Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 18, 2013

Registration No. 333-185244

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION*

 

*A name change will be effected changing the name of the registrant to Taminco Global Chemical Corporation immediately following the effectiveness of this registration statement.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2860   45-4031468

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Two Windsor Plaza, Suite 411

7540 Windsor Drive

Allentown, Pennsylvania 18195

(610) 366-6730

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Edward Yocum

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Two Windsor Plaza, Suite 411

7540 Windsor Drive

Allentown, Pennsylvania 18195

(610) 366-6730

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With copies to:

 

Joshua N. Korff, Esq.

Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.

Michael Kim, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

 

Michael Kaplan, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $250,000,000               (3)

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the offering price of any additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(3) The registration fee for the offering was previously paid in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC on December 3, 2012 (File No. 333-185244), to which this Registration Statement is Amendment No. 1.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated January 18, 2013

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

             Shares

 

LOGO

Taminco Global Chemical Corporation

Common Stock

$         per share

 

 

This is an initial public offering of our common stock. We are offering              shares of our common stock.

After the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with Apollo Global Management, LLC will continue to own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of             . See “Principal Stockholders.”

We expect the public offering price to be between $             and $            . Currently, no public market exists for the shares. We intend to apply to list our common stock on              under the symbol “         .”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 14 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Price to public

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

We have agreed to allow the underwriters to purchase up to an additional              shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment on or about             .

Citigroup

Credit Suisse

Deutsche Bank Securities

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Nomura

UBS Investment Bank

 

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2013


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     14   

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     36   

MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA

     38   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     39   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     40   

CAPITALIZATION

     41   

DILUTION

     42   

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     44   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     52   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     53   

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     73   

BUSINESS

     77   

MANAGEMENT

     100   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     105   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     117   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     119   

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

     121   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     125   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     129   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     131   

UNDERWRITING

     135   

LEGAL MATTERS

     141   

EXPERTS

     141   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     141   

APPENDIX A: GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS

     142   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligations

Until              (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

Our current name is Taminco Acquisition Corporation. Our subsidiary that is the direct holding company of our operating subsidiaries and the borrower under the senior secured credit facilities and issuer of the second-priority senior secured notes due 2020 is currently named Taminco Global Chemical Corporation. We will change our corporate name and the corporate name of the subsidiary prior to completion of this offering. Following the name changes, we will be known as Taminco Global Chemical Corporation and our subsidiary will be known as Taminco Finance Corporation. This prospectus reflects these future name changes. We, the issuer in this offering, are referred to in this prospectus as Taminco Global Chemical Corporation and our subsidiary is referred to as Taminco Finance Corporation.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors,” our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and supplemental pro forma financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

Our current name is Taminco Acquisition Corporation. As part of this offering, we and our subsidiary that is the borrower under the senior secured credit facilities and issuer of the second-priority senior secured notes due 2020 will change our respective corporate names. Following the name changes, we will be known as Taminco Global Chemical Corporation and our subsidiary will be known as Taminco Finance Corporation. This prospectus reflects these future name changes. We, the issuer in this offering, are referred to in this prospectus as Taminco Global Chemical Corporation and our subsidiary is referred to as Taminco Finance Corporation. Except as otherwise indicated herein or as the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Taminco,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer collectively to Taminco Global Chemical Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries (including Taminco Finance Corporation) for the Successor Period (as defined below) and to Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. for the Predecessor Period (as defined below).

In this prospectus, references to the “Pro Forma LTM Period” refer to the twelve month period ended September 30, 2012 on a pro forma combined basis including results for our predecessor and us. The consolidated financial statements for 2012 are presented in this prospectus for two periods: January 1 through February 14, 2012, which relates to the period immediately preceding the Acquisition (as defined below) and the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Prior to the Acquisition, Taminco Global Chemical Corporation had no operations or activity other than transaction costs related to the Acquisition. See “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” for more information. For a list of certain industry terms used herein, see “Appendix A: Glossary of Technical Terms.”

Our Company

We are the world’s largest pure play producer of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives. Our products are used by our customers in the manufacturing of everyday products primarily for the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas end-markets. Our products provide these goods with a variety of ancillary characteristics required for optimal performance, such as neutralizing acidity, and removing contaminants. We have an extensive offering of differentiated value-added products that typically represent a small portion of our customers’ overall costs and are sold into diversified, global end-markets that benefit from favorable underlying economic and population growth trends. We currently operate in 19 countries with seven production facilities and, as of September 30, 2012, had an installed production capacity of 1,302 kt. According to the report issued by Arthur D. Little Benelux S.A./N.V. (the “ADL Report”), we hold the #1 or #2 market position globally in the vast majority of the chemicals we produce, including an approximately 50% and 75% share of certain products, respectively, in North America and Europe. During the Pro Forma LTM Period, eight of our products accounted for more than 57% of our revenue, with six of the eight products holding a leading global market position. During the Pro Forma LTM period, through our worldwide network of production facilities, we sold 48% of our volume in North America, 36% of our volume in Europe, and 16% of our volume in the emerging markets (7% in Latin America and 9% in Asia). Furthermore, we expect to increase the portion of our volume from the Americas and Asia with our recent capital investments. As a result of our leading market positions, attractive end-markets, and significant recent capital investments, we believe we are well positioned for significant growth over the coming years. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, we generated revenue of $1,110 million, Adjusted EBITDA of $234 million, and Adjusted EBITDA margin of over 21%. See “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Alkylamines are organic compounds produced through the reaction of an alcohol with ammonia. The immediate results of these processes are the production of methylamines and higher alkylamines, which can then be further reacted with other chemicals to produce alkylamine derivatives. Our products are primarily used in the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition, pharmaceutical and oil & gas end-markets, which combined accounted for approximately 70% of our volume during the Pro Forma LTM Period. Our end-markets tend to be non-cyclical and benefit from strong underlying fundamentals such as increasing global population, urbanization of emerging markets and rising income levels.

We currently operate seven plants worldwide dedicated to the production of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives, including two larger facilities in each of the United States and Europe that are among the world’s largest methylamine and higher alkylamines production facilities, a joint-venture facility with Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company and certain of its affiliates (the “MGC Group”) in China, and two other 100% Taminco-owned facilities in China.

We are also in the process of pursuing numerous growth projects to further bolster our global footprint and leverage our strategic advantages. Our currently budgeted future investments include significantly extending production capacity at our Pace, Florida methylamine facility by the end of 2014 and further development of other derivative capacity. In total, we have spent $116 million in growth capital expenditures over the past three years, which is more than we have spent in any similar historical period. We expect to realize significant growth in our financial results from these investments.

We are organized into three segments: Functional Amines, Specialty Amines, and Crop Protection.

 

   

Functional Amines . This segment serves the needs of external customers that use our alkylamines products as the integral element in their chemical processes for the production of formulated products applied in a variety of end-markets such as agriculture, personal & home care, animal nutrition, and oil & gas. Through this segment, we also produce basic amines, which are captively used as building blocks to produce our downstream derivatives through our Specialty Amines and Crop Protection segments, serving a variety of attractive, non-cyclical end-markets. Approximately 30% of the Functional Amines production is used internally and forms the basis of our vertically integrated model. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, the Functional Amines segment accounted for 50% of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Specialty Amines.  This segment sells alkylamine derivatives for use in the water treatment, personal & home care, oil & gas and animal nutrition end-markets, and specialty additives for use in the pharmaceutical, industrial coatings and metal working fluid end-markets. This segment is downstream from the Functional Amines segment and uses that segment’s production as one of its key raw materials. The Specialty Amines segment’s customers are typically large, multinational enterprises who are leading players in their industry. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, the Specialty Amines segment accounted for 33% of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Crop Protection.  This segment sells alkylamine derivatives, active ingredients and formulated products for use in the agriculture and crop protection end-markets. The majority of the segment’s customers range from multinational crop protection and agricultural enterprises to large local farms. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, the Crop Protection segment accounted for 17% of Adjusted EBITDA.

Our Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths, in addition to our industry leading alkylamine production technology, have been instrumental to our success and position us well for future growth and strong financial performance.

Serve strong end-markets with attractive global growth prospects

Our products are generally sold into large end-markets with attractive global growth prospects. We develop products mainly for use in the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition, and oil & gas

 

 

2


Table of Contents

end-markets. These targeted end-markets, which have been relatively resistant to economic downturns, represent over $1.0 trillion in market value as of 2011 and are projected by ADL to grow by an average of 6% per year from 2012 to 2016 (with certain of these end-markets expected to grow at 7% per year).

A steadily increasing world population, rising income levels (particularly in the emerging markets), increasing global urbanization and an aging global population are expected to help continue driving strong demand in our key end-markets. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, approximately 70% of our volume was generated from these key end-markets and we expect that to increase over the next few years.

Market leader in global amines industry targeting niche markets with very few competitors

We focus exclusively on the production of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives and have not entered into the production of other chemical products. As such, we believe we are the world’s largest pure play producer of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives. According to the ADL Report, we hold the #1 position in alkylamine and methylamine production in North America and the #2 position in alkylamine and methylamine production in Europe.

We benefit from long-standing relationships with blue-chip, industry-leading companies in each of our key end-markets, as well as from low customer churn (our average customer relationship among our top 10 customers is thirteen years). Overall, we believe our market position provides us with a stable and flexible platform for profitable operation and positions us to capitalize on growth opportunities quickly.

We believe that our extensive expertise and technology, our existing investments in profitable, vertically integrated manufacturing facilities, and our current set of product registrations from environmental, health and safety regulatory authorities give us a significant advantage over our competitors and new entrants. We also find it advantageous that some of our competitors have chosen to enter into certain downstream products that we do not manufacture and that compete directly with their customers.

Significant room for near-term growth due to recent capital investments

Our vertically integrated business model is one of our key strengths, differentiating us from almost all of our competitors. As we have succeeded with this model in Europe, we recently completed our vertically integrated production model in the United States, which we believe ideally positions us to capture growth in several attractive end-markets, including oil & gas (driven by shale gas demand), water treatment, feed additives, and crop protection. These recent investments in derivative capacity in the United States (AAA, DIMLA, and DMAPA, which are important production inputs for several end-markets) have large growth potential. These investments increased our U.S. derivatives capacity by 11% and further distanced ourselves from the nearest competitor in each of these product lines.

In addition, as a result of our competitive cost position and recent capacity additions at our United States-based plants and our Latin America-based sales force, we believe we are well positioned to fully serve the Latin American market, which has limited local competition.

Demonstrated financial resilience through various economic environments

For the past several years, our revenue, gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA have been growing throughout various economic environments. Due to our resilient end-markets and the integral nature of alkylamines and their derivatives to our customers, we are less vulnerable to economic cycles. In addition, we benefit from being able to grow sales volume with a limited addition of fixed costs as a result of our vertically integrated global production model. Also, we have relatively low maintenance capital expenditure requirements, which allow us to easily maintain high cash flow conversion rates in any economic environment.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

As an example of our resilient end-markets, during the 2008 to 2009 economic downturn, our volume declined only 7%, compared to an average decline of 20% for the specialty chemical industry according to the ADL Report, and our Adjusted EBITDA grew 19% in that same time period. We strongly believe that our end-markets will continue to grow in various economic environments given their resilient nature.

Ability to pass through raw material price increases

We believe one of the key reasons for our historical success is our ability to manage fluctuating raw material prices by passing through the majority of price changes to our customers. During the Pro Forma LTM Period, our top four raw materials (methanol, ethylene oxide, ammonia and acetone) accounted for 39% of our total cost of sales. Our main raw materials are readily available commodity chemicals. Approximately half of our total revenue for the Pro Forma LTM Period is generated from contracts that allow cost increases for key raw materials to be directly passed through to customers (“CPT Contracts”).

We play an important role in our customers’ value chains but our products represent a relatively small percentage of our customers’ overall cost structures. Because of the value of our products, for the portion of sales that are not generated under CPT Contracts, we are often able to pass through raw material price increases to our customers through market-based sales contracts that are typically renegotiated quarterly. Positive market dynamics and our relative insulation from raw material price volatility have historically enabled us to maintain profitability in each of our segments. We have also deployed a strategic sourcing approach for critical raw materials, which, coupled with our CPT Contracts and market-based contracts, significantly mitigates the impact of raw material volatility on our margin.

Attractive product pipeline with significant value creation opportunities

We have a strong track record of identifying and exploiting growth opportunities for new applications of our existing products. We also have expertise in new product development and we are the preferred partner for many of our key customers to jointly develop new amine-based derivative products. Our current pipeline includes several products covering each of our key end-markets that we expect will reach the market in the next few years and represents significant incremental revenue opportunities. We have a suite of products in development that are nearing realization, such as the expected launch in mid-2013 of Tenaz, a proprietary formulation of bio available silicate that is used as a plant fortifier. Our research and development is focused on five key application areas: surfactants, water treatment, oil & gas, feed additives and crop protection. Our patent portfolio is actively managed and contains 78 patents as of September 30, 2012.

Well-positioned to continue exploiting fast growing emerging markets in partnership with blue-chip customer base

With manufacturing operations and sales operations in China, sales offices in several Latin American countries and manufacturing operations in North America which can serve Latin America cost effectively, we believe we have a strong platform for further growth in these regions. Our joint venture with the MGC Group in Nanjing provides us with a base for expanding high value-added amine derivative products in China in the coming years. According to the ADL Report, Brazil is one of the largest markets in the world for crop protection and herbicide systems, and our operations in the region are positioned towards serving that growing agriculture market. In addition, recent expansion at our U.S. operations provide us with fully-vertically integrated amine derivatives manufacturing facilities that will help meet demand for our higher value-added products in Latin America. We have a number of strong relationships as a trusted supplier to global industry leaders within our key developed end-markets. We will continue to leverage these relationships in order to grow alongside our customers in these and other emerging markets.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Industry leading margins and cash flow generation

We believe we have been maintaining industry leading margins and strong cash flow generation throughout economic cycles as a result of our low cost position, leadership role in niche markets, and scalable fixed cost structure. Our ability to mitigate raw material pricing fluctuations provides stability to our margins. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin since 2007 has averaged 22%.

As a testament to our competitive strength, our cash flow conversion, measured by EBITDA minus capital expenditures divided by EBITDA, has averaged 73% over the period from 2007 to 2011, compared to approximately 60% for our industry peers according to the ADL Report.

Proven management and employee culture with meaningful employee equity ownership

We believe that our management team is among the deepest and most experienced in the chemical industry. On average, the tenure of our executive management team is 15 years with the Company and 18 years in the chemical industry. Our management team has been responsible for developing and executing our strategy that has generated consistent year-over-year sales and Adjusted EBITDA growth. We believe our employees have developed a unique culture in which each employee throughout the entire company is aligned, focused and holds each other accountable to achieve goals that drive value creation for all of our stakeholders. Our employee ownership pool is deep with approximately 42 individual employees owning equity in the Company. As of September 30, 2012, employees owned over 10% of the shares in our Company on a fully diluted basis before giving effect to this offering.

Our Strategy

Our long-term growth drivers revolve around our continued ability to work closely with market industry leaders and to further expand into emerging markets through the principal strategies outlined below.

Capitalize on key fundamental drivers of our end-markets

The primary end-markets we serve have strong exposure to numerous positive, non-cyclical macroeconomic trends. According to ADL, key factors, including a steadily increasing world population, a growing middle class in emerging markets, clean water scarcity, and enhanced oil & gas recovery techniques (especially driven by the shale gas demand in the United States), will continue to drive strong demand for agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas products. ADL projects that the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas end-markets will grow by 6%, 6%, 7%, 5% and 8%, respectively, per annum from 2012 to 2016, or on average 6%. We believe we are well positioned and intend to utilize our best-in-class business optimization and manufacturing processes to meet our customers’ increased supply needs in light of this anticipated growth in end-market demand.

Continue to partner with industry leaders to provide foundation for future growth

We currently have strong positions in each of our key end-markets, which we have achieved in part due to our strong customer relationships with leading global companies in each of those markets. A fundamental element of our strategy is to continue to work directly with our core customers to develop new products and new applications for our existing products that address their specific needs. In addition, we deploy a more customer-focused marketing approach, rather than a more traditional product-based approach. Our specialized sales force includes 29 professionals and six marketing managers with individual responsibility for particular end user markets in various regions. In addition, we employ approximately 35 other commercial professionals, including divisional managers, product managers and new business development specialists. We believe that a deeper understanding of customer needs will better enable our marketing professionals to identify future sources of

 

 

5


Table of Contents

demand for our products and, working in close cooperation with our research and development function, address that demand through product innovation. As a result, we believe our customer-focused approach will make us a more attractive partner and allow us to achieve greater penetration of our end-markets.

Leverage platform to expand emerging market presence

We have strong, leading positions in our product markets in North America and Europe as a result of our commitment to strategic capital investments and selective acquisitions. We expect to leverage this success to capture a significant portion of our future growth in demand from Asia and Latin America. One of our strategic priorities is to position ourselves for profitable growth in these markets. We currently have two production facilities in China serving the animal nutrition end-market as well as a joint venture with the MGC Group to manufacture amines and amine derivatives. We plan to use our facilities, including our joint venture, as a platform for further expansion in Asia, including potentially in the fast-growing markets of Malaysia, Indonesia, India and Vietnam, and become a partner of choice for our customers in that region by leveraging our high-quality products, standards and technical expertise and moving closer to end users. We plan to capture global growth through our continuous investment in the U.S., which also serves as a platform for export to Latin America. In addition, our joint venture with the MGC group is expected to capture growth in Asia, primarily in China. We believe our technological and process knowledge should give us a significant advantage over our competitors in that region. As we grow in Asia, we are very focused on pursuing growth opportunities and selective acquisitions that are attractive from a margin profile.

Further expand our vertically integrated model

Our vertically integrated business model is one of our key strengths, differentiating us from almost all of our competitors. Our vertically integrated model focuses on both the alkylamine and their associated derivatives, versus just focusing on the alkylamines, which some of our competitors do. By having a fully integrated value-chain we are able to maintain a sustainable low cost position, benefiting from energy optimization, limited recycling needs, optimized logistics, and a limited number of well positioned world-scale production units.

A cornerstone of our expansion strategy is the extension of our vertically integrated business and production approach to all our operations around the world. We are already vertically integrated to a high degree in our European operations, in particular at our facility in Ghent and more recently in the United States, where we have completed new derivative units at our St. Gabriel and Pace facilities. We have announced significant methylamine capacity expansion at Pace to be completed by the end of 2014 that will further increase our leadership in North America.

Furthermore, through our joint venture with the MGC Group, we produce amine derivatives in China to pursue profitable growth downstream. Equally important to our performance is the continuous pursuit of production efficiencies and regular debottlenecking projects, which yield significant benefits in exchange for modest capital expenditures. As part of the philosophy behind our vertically integrated business model, we will continue to seek and implement best-in-class process optimization and efficiency gains within each of our facilities and apply that expertise throughout our global operations.

Continue to develop new processes, markets and products to enhance growth and profitability

Another key element of our strategy is to capitalize on our technological leadership to develop new processes, new products and new applications for our existing products. Working closely with our customers to better understand our end-markets and our customers’ individual requirements, we will seek to continue developing new products that increase the overall value of our customers’ offerings. We will also focus on providing more efficient alternatives to existing formulations, using a wide range of technologies including green technologies for our solvents, plant physiologies for our agriculture products and genomics screening for our feed

 

 

6


Table of Contents

additives. In addition, we will seek to maintain and improve our knowledge of market trends and developments in order to find new and innovative applications for our existing products. Our product pipeline currently includes developments which we expect to reach our customers in the next few years in each of our key end-markets. We are focused on developing products which provide improved performance and, in most cases, represent safer, non-toxic and “greener” alternatives to existing chemicals.

Our Principal Stockholder

Apollo Investment Fund VII, L.P. and its parallel funds (the “Apollo Funds”) collectively have committed capital of approximately $14.7 billion and are our principal stockholders.

The Apollo Funds are affiliates of Apollo Global Management, LLC (together with its subsidiaries, “Apollo”). Founded in 1990, Apollo is a leading global alternative investment manager with over 22 years experience managing investments across all economic environments in companies, both domestically and internationally. As of September 30, 2012, Apollo employed approximately 250 investment professionals and had offices in New York, Houston, Los Angeles, London, Frankfurt, Luxembourg, Singapore, Hong Kong and Mumbai.

Apollo has total assets under management of approximately $110 billion as of September 30, 2012, of which approximately $40 billion is invested in the private equity business. Over the past 22 years, funds affiliated with Apollo have been large investors in industrial assets and a builder of businesses, nurturing the growth of several chemical companies in particular. The chemical industry is one of Apollo’s largest focus areas and it has completed 13 major transactions in the chemical industry since its funding, all with positive returns and most with full or partial realizations. Selected investments by funds affiliated with Apollo relevant to us include Lyondell Basell, Momentive Performance Materials, Berry Plastics, Covalence Specialty Materials Corp., Borden Chemical, Compass Minerals and United Agri Products, as well as numerous other prior investments in chemical businesses.

Our Formation

Our business was formed through the carve-out from Union Chimique Belge (“UCB”) in 2003. On December 15, 2011, an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, LLC entered into a share purchase agreement (the “Acquisition”) with the previous sponsor pursuant to which Taminco Finance Corporation acquired all of the issued share capital of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. and its subsidiaries. The Acquisition was consummated on February 15, 2012.

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Our ability to execute our strategy also is subject to certain risks. The risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. These risks include, among others, those associated with the cost of energy; the price and availability of raw materials, energy and equipment and our ability to pass costs to our customers; our reliance on certain major customers; and difficulties in macroeconomic conditions. In addition, we have a large amount of indebtedness and our debt agreements contain certain restrictions on our business activities. If any of the risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” were to occur, you may lose part or all of your investment. You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” before making an investment decision.

After consummation of this offering, funds affiliated with Apollo will continue to control a majority of our common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company’ within the meaning of the applicable stock

 

 

7


Table of Contents

exchange corporate governance standards and we will qualify for, and intent to rely on, exemptions from certain stock exchange corporate governance requirements. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors and we will not be required to have an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Following the offering, we will be classified as a “controlled company” and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements” for more information on the risks we face in connection with the Apollo Fund’s ownership of a majority of our common stock.

Additional Information

We were incorporated on December 12, 2011 in the state of Delaware. Our principal executive offices in the U.S. are located at Two Windsor Plaza, Suite 411, 7540 Windsor Drive, Allentown, Pennsylvania 18195, and the telephone number there is (610) 366-6730. Our website address is www.taminco.com. The contents of and information contained on our website do not form a part of this prospectus.

Recent Developments

On December 18, 2012, we issued $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.125%/9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 (the “PIK Toggle Notes”). The initial interest payment on the PIK Toggle Notes will be payable in cash. With respect to each interest payment thereafter (other than the final interest payment made at stated maturity, which will be paid in cash), we will be required to pay interest on the PIK Toggle Notes entirely in cash unless certain conditions are satisfied, in which case we will be entitled to pay interest with respect to such interest period by increasing the principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes or issuing new notes. Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes will accrue at the rate of 9.125% per annum for cash interest or 9.875% per annum for PIK interest. The PIK Toggle Notes will mature on December 15, 2017. The net proceeds from the PIK Toggle Notes were used to make a return of capital to our shareholders and to pay certain related transaction costs and expenses.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered

             shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares.

 

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the              under the symbol “            .”

 

Over-allotment option

We have agreed to allow the underwriters to purchase up to an additional              shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be $         (or $         if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds received by us in this offering to repay certain of our indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes. For additional information, see “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We do not currently anticipate paying dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock may be limited by restrictive covenants in our debt agreements, and will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. See “Dividend Policy,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources,” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Risk factors

For a discussion of risks relating to the Company, our business and an investment in our common stock, see “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the              for one stock split described below has been completed;

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock from us;

 

   

the initial offering price of $         per share, which represents the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

   

our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are in effect, pursuant to which the provisions described under “Description of Capital Stock” will become operative.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table presents our summary historical consolidated financial data and operating statistics. The consolidated statement of operations data and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated financial statements for 2012 are presented for two periods: January 1 through February 14, 2012 (the “Predecessor Period”), which relates to the period immediately preceding the Acquisition, and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (the “Successor Period”). The results of the Successor Period are not comparable to the results of the Predecessor Period due to the difference in the basis of presentation of purchase accounting as compared to historical cost. The consolidated statement of operations data for the period January 1, 2012 to February 14, 2012 are derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Predecessor Period included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Successor Period included elsewhere in this prospectus. Prior to the Acquisition, Taminco Global Chemical Corporation had no operations or activity other than transaction costs related to the Acquisition. The condensed consolidated financial statements, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The unaudited pro forma income statement for the Pro Forma LTM Period is calculated as follows: (i) the unaudited pro forma income statement for the year ended December 31, 2011, less (ii) the unaudited pro forma income statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, plus (iii) the unaudited pro forma income statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

The summary historical consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Selected Historical Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.

 

    Predecessor(1)         Successor(2)     Pro Forma
LTM
Period
 
    Year ended
December 31,
    Nine  months
ended

September 30,
2011
    January 1
through
February 14,
2012
          Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
   
(In millions, other than per share information)   2009     2010     2011            

Statement of Operations Data:

                 

Net sales

  $ 825      $ 951      $ 1,123      $ 868      $ 144          $ 711      $ 1,110   

Cost of sales

    651        757        906        693        111            598        943   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    174        194        217        175        33            113        167   

Selling, general and administrative expense

    48        52        49        39        66            29        45   

Research and development expense

    12        13        12        9        1            7        11   

Other operating expense

    13        2        16        10        1            44        11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    101        127        140        117        (35         33        100   

Interest expense (income), net

    80        74        75        57        8            50        100   

Other non-operating (income) expense, net

    4        (2     1        2        2            8        9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and results from companies consolidated under equity method

    17        55        64        58        (45         (25     (9

Income tax expense (benefit)

    16        33        32        28        9            2        13   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before earnings from equity method investments

    1        22        32        30        (54         (27     (22

Loss from companies consolidated under equity method

    —          —          2        1        —              2        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the period

  $ 1      $ 22      $ 30      $ 29      $ (54       $ (29   $ (25
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

                 

Basic

  $ —        $ 0.02      $ 0.03      $ 0.03      $ (0.05       $ (5.37   $ (4.63

Diluted

  $ —        $ 0.02      $ 0.03      $ 0.03      $ (0.05       $ (5.37   $ (4.63

Cash Flow Data:

                 

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 133      $ 112      $ 117      $ 109      $ 44          $ (8   $ N/M   

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

    (51     (68     (75     (52     (6         (195     N/M   

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

    (7     (22     (19     (10     —              266        N/M   

 

 

11


Table of Contents
    Predecessor(1)         Successor(2)     Pro Forma
LTM
Period
 
    Year ended December 31,     Nine months
ended
September 30,

2011
    January 1
through
February 14,
2012
          Nine months
ended
September 30,

2012
   
(In millions, other than as indicated)       2009             2010             2011                

Other financial and operating statistics:

                 

Total volume (in kt)

    478        528        540        420        57            363        540   

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

    196        203        227        184        30            161        234   

Adjusted EBITDA margin(3)

    23.8     21.3     20.2     21.2     20.8         22.6     21.1

Capital improvement expenditures

    20        8        13        9        1            7        12   

Growth capital expenditure

    21        54        41        25        5            26        47   

Toxicology and regulatory capital expenditure

    10        5        7        4        —              4        7   

Total capital expenditures

    51        67        61        38        6            37        66   

 

     As of December 31,     As of September 30,  
(In millions)    2010     2011     2012  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 111      $ 131      $ 58   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     246        249        415   

Total assets

     1,327        1,348        1,824   

Long-term debt

     1,124        1,102        904   

Total liabilities

     1,382        1,380        1,323   

Stockholders’ equity

     (55     (32     501   

 

(1) Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l.
(2) Taminco Global Chemical Corporation
(3) We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to enhance a prospective investor’s understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. EBITDA consists of profit for the period before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA and eliminates (i) transaction costs, (ii) restructuring charges, (iii) foreign exchange gains/losses, (iv) sponsor management and director fees and expenses (Successor Period only) and (v) share-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA margin reflects Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. We believe that making such adjustments provides investors meaningful information to understand our operating results and ability to analyze financial and business trends on a period-to-period basis.

You should not consider Adjusted EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA margin as an alternative to (a) operating profit or profit for the period, as reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as a measure of our operating performance, (b) cash flows from operating investing and financing activities as a measure to meet our cash needs or (c) any other measures of performance under generally accepted accounting principles. You should exercise caution in comparing Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin as reported by us to similar measures of other companies.

In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that we are likely to incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation in the future and that certain of these items could be considered recurring in nature. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by non-recurring items.

We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin because we believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful as supplemental measures in evaluating the performance of our operating businesses and provide greater transparency into our results of operations. Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

12


Table of Contents

should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income or other statement of operations data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Our management, including our chief operating decision makers, uses Adjusted EBITDA as a factor in evaluating the performance of our business. This measure is not recognized in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should not be viewed as an alternative to U.S. GAAP measures of performance. The most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP in our consolidated financial statements for Adjusted EBITDA is net income.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider Adjusted EBITDA either in isolation or as a substitute for analyzing our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations include:

 

   

it does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often need to be replaced in the future and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements that would be required for such replacements;

 

   

its does not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary, to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

it does not reflect stock option expense or its potentially dilutive impact;

 

   

some of the exceptional items that we eliminate in calculating Adjusted EBITDA reflect cash payments that were made, or will be made in the future; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, which limits its usefulness as a comparative measure.

The following table provides reconciliations of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented.

 

    Predecessor         Successor     Pro Forma
LTM
Period
 
    Year ended
December 31,
    Nine months
ended
September 30,

2011
    January 1
through
February 14,
2012
          Nine months
ended
September 30,

2012
   
(In millions)   2009     2010     2011            

Net income (loss) attributable to Taminco

  $ 1      $ 22      $ 30      $ 29      $ (54       $ (29   $ (25

Income tax expense (benefit)

    16        33        32        28        9            2        13   

Interest expense, net

    80        74        75        57        8            50        100   

Depreciation and amortization

    82        74        72        58        7            64        107   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 179      $ 203      $ 209      $ 172      $ (30       $ 87      $ 195   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction costs

    9        2        5        2        —              68        29   

Restructuring charges

    4        —          11        8        —              —          3   

Foreign exchange gains (losses)

    4        (2     2        2        —              3        3   

Sponsor management and director fees and expenses

    —          —          —          —          —              3        4   

Share-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          60            —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 196      $ 203      $ 227      $ 184      $ 30          $ 161      $ 234   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before investing in our common stock. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows would suffer. In such case, you may lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to raise additional capital, and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our existing agreements.

At September 30, 2012, we had $910 million in face value of total indebtedness on a consolidated basis, all of which was secured. As of September 30, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility; however $3 million of the total capacity of $194 million was utilized to support outstanding letters of credit (as described under “Description of Indebtedness”). In addition, we had drawn $97 million under the Non-recourse Factoring Facility (as described under “Description of Indebtedness”). As of January 18, 2013, our annual debt service obligation is approximately $94 million. This amount includes principal and interest payments under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and interest payments under the Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes and the PIK Toggle Notes. Additionally, principal payments of $400 million of Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes and $250 million of PIK Toggle Notes are due in 2020 and 2017, respectively. See “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments” and “Description of Indebtedness—Senior PIK Toggle Notes” for more information on the PIK Toggle Notes.

Our substantial indebtedness could:

 

   

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates, as borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be subject to variable rates of interest;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to certain of our competitors that have less debt;

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds;

 

   

make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business or the economy;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our operations or business; and

 

   

increase our vulnerability to and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate.

Also, we may still incur significantly more debt, which could intensify the risks described above.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business, and which may lead to default under our debt agreements.

The agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain, and any future indebtedness of ours would likely contain, a number of covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, including restrictions on our and our subsidiaries’ ability to among other things:

 

   

incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;

 

   

pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our common stock or make other restricted payments;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

sell certain assets;

 

   

create liens on certain assets;

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

   

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

As a result of these covenants, we are limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.

We have pledged and will pledge a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and Notes (as described under “Description of Indebtedness”). If repayment is accelerated, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient assets to repay our indebtedness.

Under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, we are required to satisfy and maintain specific financial ratios. Our ability to meet those financial ratios can be affected by events beyond our control, and there can be no assurance that we will meet those ratios. A failure to comply with the covenants contained in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities or our other indebtedness could result in an event of default under the facilities or the existing agreements, which if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the event of any default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities or our other indebtedness, the lenders thereunder:

 

   

will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us;

 

   

could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit; or

 

   

require us to apply all of our available cash to repay those borrowings.

Such actions by the lenders could cause cross defaults under our other indebtedness. If we are unable to repay those amounts, the lenders and noteholders under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Notes could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness.

Difficult and volatile conditions in the overall economy and in the capital, credit and commodities markets could materially adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows, and we do not know if these conditions will improve in the near future.

Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected by continuation of difficult global economic conditions and significant volatility in the capital, credit and commodities markets and in the overall economy. These factors, combined with low levels of business and

 

15


Table of Contents

consumer confidence and increased unemployment, have precipitated a slow recovery from the global recession and concern about a return to recessionary conditions. The difficult conditions in these markets and the overall economy affect our business in a number of ways. For example:

 

   

weak economic conditions, especially in our key markets in North America and Europe, could reduce demand for our products, impacting our revenues and margins;

 

   

as a result of the recent volatility in commodity prices, we may encounter difficulty in achieving sustained market acceptance of past or future price increases, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows;

 

   

under difficult market conditions, there can be no assurance that borrowings under our revolving credit facility would be available or sufficient, and in such a case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on reasonable terms, or at all;

 

   

in order to respond to market conditions, we may need to seek waivers from various provisions in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and there can be no assurance that we can obtain such waivers at a reasonable cost, if at all; and

 

   

market conditions could result in our key customers experiencing financial difficulties and/or electing to limit spending, which in turn could result in decreased sales and earnings for us.

We do not know if market conditions or the state of the overall economy will improve in the near future. In particular, a significant portion of our revenues are generated in Europe and in Euro. As a result, we could be adversely affected by the current economic crisis in Europe, particularly if such crisis worsens. We could also be affected if some or all European countries exit the Euro.

Our ability to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable terms may be limited, which could reduce funds available for our operations and place us at a competitive disadvantage.

Although we believe that our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, as well as future cash from operations and availability under our revolving credit facility, will provide adequate resources to fund ongoing operating requirements, we may need to seek additional financing to compete effectively. Our debt ratings affect both our ability to raise capital and the cost of that capital. Future downgrades of our debt ratings may increase our borrowing costs and affect our ability to access the debt or equity markets on terms and in amounts that would be satisfactory to us.

If we are unable to obtain capital on commercially reasonable terms, it could:

 

   

reduce funds available to us for purposes such as working capital, capital expenditures, research and development, strategic acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

restrict our ability to introduce new products or capitalize on business opportunities;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and competitive pressures in the markets in which we operate; and

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage.

We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs. If our lenders are unable to fund borrowings under their credit commitments or we are unable to borrow, our business could be negatively impacted.

During periods of volatile credit markets, there is a risk that lenders, even those with strong balance sheets and sound lending practices, could fail or refuse to honor their credit commitments and obligations, including but not limited to extending credit up to the maximum permitted by a credit facility and otherwise accessing capital

 

16


Table of Contents

and/or honoring loan commitments. If our lenders are unable to fund borrowings under their revolving credit commitments or if we are unable to borrow, it could be difficult to replace our revolving credit facility on similar terms.

An increase in energy costs, in particular natural gas costs, or a disruption in the supply of energy for our operations may significantly increase operational costs or adversely affect production.

The main energy sources used in our operations are natural gas and electricity. Natural gas in particular represents a significant part of our raw material and consumables expenses and any increase in the price of natural gas would significantly increase our costs and reduce our operating margin. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Drivers of Our Business—Raw Materials.”

Fluctuations in energy costs may be market-driven or government-driven. We do not hedge our natural gas costs. If we are not able to increase the prices we charge as a result of increases in natural gas and electricity prices, or if we are unable to pass on the full increase in electricity costs to our wholesale customers, our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. Although our financial conditions have not been materially impacted by recent fluctuations in natural gas prices, we may be negatively impacted by future price increases.

In addition, any disruption in the supply of energy may impair our ability to conduct our business and meet customer demands and may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Since the number of energy suppliers is generally limited, we may not be able to negotiate favorable terms when our energy supply agreements are up for renewal and we may be required to accept significant increases in the costs of our energy purchases. In Germany and the United States, we are dependent on monopolist and/or government-controlled companies for a significant portion of our electricity needs. Unexpected changes in a government’s policy of electricity supply may occur from time to time. Such changes may negatively impact our production capacity or our operating expenses and may materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our production facilities can also be disrupted due to maintenance and routine shutdowns.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from sales to several large customers, including chemical distributors, and significant reductions of sales to one or more of these customers could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We derive a substantial amount of revenue from sales to several large customers, with our top 10 customers accounting for approximately 37% of our total revenue in the Pro Forma LTM Period. Such loss of revenue could have an adverse impact on our future revenues. For more information, please see “—Risks Relating to Our Industry—We may face increasing competition, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.” See “Business—Our Operations—Marketing and Sales.” The loss of, or significant reduction in demand from, one or more of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, certain of our revenue is generated through sales to customers that are chemical distributors and that, in turn, sell our products to their customers. Sales of our products could decline if the performance of these customers deteriorates. Furthermore, because we do not have exclusive relationships with these customers, they may sell competitors’ products. There is a risk that these customers may give higher priority to the products of, or form alliances with, our competitors. If these customers do not continue to sell our products or to provide them with similar levels of promotional support as provided for our competitors’ products, our sales performance could decline and our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents

We purchase our key raw materials and some of our equipment from a relatively limited number of suppliers. As a result, any disruption or delay in the supply could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We purchase methanol, ammonia, ethylene oxide and acetone from a relatively limited number of sources. See “Business—Our Operations—Raw Materials.” As a result, any disruption or delay in the supply of those materials from a particular supplier, or loss of a supplier where we are unable to find a suitable alternative, could force us to curtail our production and adversely affect our business.

Similarly, we are only able to purchase certain components of our production equipment from a limited number of contractors and suppliers. Any interruption in the operations of our suppliers and/or the inability to obtain timely delivery of key equipment of acceptable quality or significant increases in the prices of such equipment could result in material production delays, increased costs and reductions in shipments of our products, any of which could increase our operating costs, harm our customer relationships or have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We depend on a variety of raw materials, the prices of which may vary based on market conditions. Changes in raw material prices and our supply arrangement could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The prices of the raw materials on which our business depends vary based on market conditions. In particular, the prices of certain raw materials, such as methanol and ammonia, are highly volatile. Increased costs of raw materials and/or their delivery that cannot be passed on to our customers through price increases impact our operating costs and liquidity and could have a material adverse effect on our cash flow, business and results of operations.

The main raw materials by volume used in the manufacture of alkylamines and their derivatives are methanol, ammonia, ethylene oxide and acetone. We depend upon raw materials supplied by third parties by pipeline, railcar, barge or truck. We typically enter into supply agreements for terms of one year or longer. Certain of these agreements are automatically renewable each year, subject to termination by either party upon as little as 30 days’ notice. In addition, certain of our supply arrangements are not subject to written contracts and therefore can be terminated by either party at any time. If our contractual relationships with our suppliers were terminated or were insufficient to meet our needs, or if we were otherwise unable to secure these or other necessary raw materials or to acquire them at commercially reasonable prices, then our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, there is a risk that the regulation of the transportation of ethylene oxide and ammonia may become more stringent, which could raise the cost of the raw materials. The supply of ethylene oxide has been constrained recently, which could impact availability and pricing of ethylene oxide in the future.

In addition, some of our current contracts allow us to purchase raw materials at advantageous prices. If our counterparties suffer financial problems or are for other reasons unable to fulfill their requirements under these contracts, or if we are unable to renew these contracts on the same or similar terms, then our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. For example, we have a methanol supply contract that contains favorable pricing and expires in 2019, but our supplier has invoked force majeure on a number of occasions in the last several years, resulting in a reduction in the amount of methanol supplied under the contract at the favorable price, and it is possible that the supplier may do so again in the future. When force majeure is invoked, we are required to source our methanol at higher prices, adversely impacting our margins and results.

For our production of solvents, such as dimethylformamide (“DMF”), access to low cost carbon monoxide (“CO”), is essential to profitability. As DMF is by far our largest solvent product, any disruption in access to low cost CO could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Drivers of Our Business—Raw Materials” and “Business—Our Operations—Raw Materials.”

 

18


Table of Contents

We may not be able to pass on the costs of raw materials, energy or other inputs to customers in future contracts, which may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Many of our current contracts with customers allow us to pass on much of any increase in the cost of our key raw materials, energy and other inputs to those customers as part of the price of the products they purchase. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Drivers of Our Business—Volume, Product Mix and Pricing.” When the terms of our current contracts with customers expire in the future, we may not be able to negotiate new contracts that allow us to pass the costs of inputs on to our customers and this may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. While approximately 48% of our contracts for the Pro Forma LTM Period permit pass-throughs of key raw material increases, we have generally been able to pass along increases, subject to a time lag, in our other sales. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so in the future. In addition, decreases in raw material costs are passed through to our customers, which may decrease our net sales.

Our new products and products under development may not prove to be commercially viable. Failure to develop commercially successful products or keep pace with our competitors could harm our business and results of operations.

The development of new and innovative products is a key driver of our growth. However, developing new products is a costly, lengthy and uncertain process, and it is difficult to estimate the commercial success of new products unproven in the marketplace.

New product candidates may appear promising in development, but may fail to reach the market or have only limited commercial success. This, for example, could be the result of efficacy or safety concerns, an inability to obtain necessary regulatory approvals in certain geographic markets, difficulty manufacturing or excessive manufacturing costs, erosion of patent terms as a result of a lengthy development period, infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights of others or an inability to differentiate the product adequately from its competitors.

A failure to develop commercially successful products or to develop additional uses for existing products could materially and adversely affect our financial results. For example, Taminizer D is a new product for which the market is unproven. If our expectations for the market performance of this product are not borne out, we may be unable to recover our development costs, which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, our sales are concentrated in a few key products. As a result, failure to keep pace with the innovations of new or existing competitors could reduce demand for any of these key products and may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may not be able to obtain patents protecting some of our intellectual property that is the subject of applications for patents and existing rights may be challenged and will eventually expire, which could reduce our growth potential.

Our intellectual property rights are important to our business and will be critical to our ability to grow and succeed in the future. See “Business—Our Operations—Research and Product Development—Intellectual Property.” As of September 30, 2012, we had 78 patents, 153 pending patent applications and numerous registered trademarks in various jurisdictions around the world. These pending patent applications are for the products and technologies that our research and development team has developed. There can be no assurance that these pending patent applications will not be challenged by third parties or that such applications will eventually be issued by the applicable patent offices as patents. It is possible that none of the pending patent applications will result in issued patents, which may have a materially adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Even if patents do issue from our pending applications, such patents may not provide us with any competitive advantage and there is no certainty that others will not independently develop similar or alternative technologies, each of which may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Furthermore, our existing patents are subject to challenges from third parties which may result in invalidations

 

19


Table of Contents

and will all eventually expire after which we will not be able to prevent our competitors from using our previously patented technologies, which could materially adversely affect our competitive advantage stemming from those products and technologies.

If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it will be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in any litigation would harm our business.

We cannot assure you that our activities will not, unintentionally or otherwise, infringe on the patents and other intellectual property rights owned by others. We may spend significant time and effort and incur significant litigation costs if we are required to defend ourselves against intellectual property rights claims brought against us, regardless of whether the claims have merit. If we are found to have infringed on the patents or other intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to substantial claims for damages, which could materially impact our cash flow, business, financial condition and results of operations. We may also be required to cease development, use or sale of the relevant products or processes, or we may be required to obtain a license on the disputed rights, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

We conduct some operations through a joint venture with a third party, which we cannot operate solely for our own benefit.

We have a 50% interest in a joint venture with the MGC Group in Nanjing, China. Our ability to receive dividends, royalties and other payments from this joint venture depends not only on the joint venture’s cash flows and profits, but also upon the terms of the joint venture agreement with our partner. Due to the nature of the joint venture agreement, we do not retain complete control over all decisions with respect to its operation. Conflicts with our joint venture partner may lead to deadlock and may result in our inability to pursue our desired strategy or exit the joint venture on advantageous terms. In addition, the sale or transfer of our interest in the joint venture is generally subject to the written approval of MGC Group, to the right of first offer owed to MGC Group and to the approval of certain Chinese regulatory authorities. Furthermore, the bankruptcy, insolvency or severe financial distress of us or our joint venture partner could adversely affect the joint venture.

While we do not expect the joint venture with MGC Group to contribute materially to revenue and Adjusted EBITDA, we intend it to serve as a platform for our expansion into Asia and other emerging markets. Should it not perform as expected, our efforts to expand into those markets could be materially adversely affected.

Future acquisitions and joint ventures we pursue may present unforeseen integration obstacles and costs, increase our leverage and negatively impact our performance.

We have made acquisitions of related businesses, and entered into joint ventures in the recent past and may selectively pursue acquisitions of, and joint ventures with, related businesses as one element of our growth strategy. There can be no assurance whether we decide to pursue or will be successful in completing these acquisitions, and we cannot predict the timing of any such transaction. These acquisitions may require us to assume or incur additional debt financing, resulting in additional leverage and complex debt structures. Subject to certain limitations, the covenants governing our existing indebtedness permit us to pursue additional indebtedness as part of acquisitions or joint ventures.

Although we have not had issues integrating acquired businesses in the past, we may encounter unforeseen obstacles or costs in the integration of acquired businesses in the future. Our acquisition and joint venture strategy may not be successfully received by customers, and we may not realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions or joint ventures.

Our competitive position and future prospects depend on our senior management’s experience and expertise and our ability to recruit and retain qualified personnel.

Our ability to maintain our competitive position and to implement our business strategy is dependent to a large degree on our senior management team. The loss or diminution in the services of members of our senior

 

20


Table of Contents

management team, or the inability to attract and retain additional senior management personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Competition for personnel with relevant expertise is intense due to the relatively small pool of qualified individuals, and this situation affects our ability to retain existing senior management and attract additional qualified senior management personnel. If we were to experience difficulties in recruiting or retaining qualified senior management and other personnel, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Exchange rate fluctuations may have an impact on our financial results and condition.

Our operations are global. The impact of foreign currencies on our operating results, including revenue and operating expenses, includes foreign currency transaction risk and foreign currency translation risk.

We have currency exposures related to buying, selling and financing in currencies other than the local currencies of the countries in which we operate. A significant portion of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 was denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, and we expect net sales from non-U.S. Dollar markets to continue to represent a significant portion of our net sales. Price increases caused by currency exchange rate fluctuations may make our products less competitive or have an adverse effect on our margins. Currency exchange rate fluctuations may also disrupt the business of our suppliers by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and more difficult to finance. Historically, we have reduced our exposure by aligning our costs in the same currency as our revenues or, if that is impracticable, through financial instruments that provide offsets or limits to our exposures, which are opposite to the underlying transactions. However, any measures that we may implement to reduce the effect of volatile currencies and other risks of our global operations may not be effective. We cannot provide assurance that fluctuations in currency exposures will not otherwise have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, or cause significant fluctuations in quarterly and annual results of operations.

In addition, foreign currency translation risk arises upon the translation of statement of financial position and income statement items of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is a currency other than the U.S. dollar into the U.S. dollar for purposes of preparing the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which are presented in U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of our non-U.S. dollar denominated subsidiaries are translated at the closing rate at the date of reporting and income statement items are translated at the average rate for the period. All resulting exchange differences are recognized in a separate component of equity, “Foreign currency translation reserve” and are recorded in “Other comprehensive income.” These currency translation differences may have significant negative or positive impacts. Upon the disposal of a non-U.S. dollar denominated subsidiary, the cumulative amount of exchange differences relating to that non-U.S. dollar denominated subsidiary are reclassified from equity to profit or loss. Our foreign currency translation risk mainly relates to our operations in Europe and China. Foreign currency transaction risk arises when we or our subsidiaries enter into transactions where the settlement occurs in a currency other than the functional currency of the Company or the subsidiary. Exchange differences (gains and losses) arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translation of monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition during the period or in previous financial statements are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. In order to reduce significant foreign currency transaction risk from our operating activities, we may use forward exchange contracts to hedge forecasted cash inflows and outflows. Furthermore, most non-U.S. dollar denominated debts are held by non-U.S. dollar denominated subsidiaries in the same functional currency of their operations. In certain instances, we hedge such foreign currency exposures, in which case the impact of foreign currency movement on the transaction is offset, to the extent hedged, and accounted for in the income statement concurrently with the underlying transaction.

The section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Foreign Currency Risk” sets out the impact of the foreign currency transaction and translation risks for the operating periods included in this prospectus.

 

21


Table of Contents

Economic, regulatory, political and local business risks in developing countries could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We currently operate production facilities in China and, in the future, we may expand our business and operations into other high growth emerging markets, including Asian markets and potentially including India. Our operations in those countries are subject to the risks inherent in operating in developing countries. These risks may include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

legal rights, including intellectual property rights, may be difficult to enforce and receivables may be difficult to collect through enforcement proceedings;

 

   

withholding taxes or other taxes on our foreign income may be more likely to be imposed by these countries, or other restrictions on foreign trade or investment, including currency exchange controls, may be adopted;

 

   

export and import licenses may be difficult to obtain and maintain;

 

   

regulatory requirements, particularly those affecting product requirements and the use of raw materials and labor, and environmental, health and safety standards or regulations, may be subject to change; and

 

   

economic or political conditions in emerging markets may change rapidly and such markets may be subject to greater risks of inflation and fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates.

If any of the risks described above materialize, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to risks inherent in foreign operations, including changes in social, political and economic conditions that could negatively impact our business prospects or operations.

We have operations in the United States, Europe, Latin America and Asia, and generate a portion of our sales in foreign countries, primarily in Europe. Similar to other companies with foreign operations and sales, we are exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We are also exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and policies governing foreign investments in these countries and, to a lesser extent, changes in United States laws and regulations relating to foreign trade and investment. While such changes in laws, regulations and conditions have not had a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition, we cannot assure you as to the future effect of any such changes.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws, as well as other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the UK Bribery Act, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The FCPA, UK Bribery Act and these other laws generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential FCPA/UK Bribery Act violations, and we participate in joint ventures and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the FCPA, UK Bribery Act or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security, the U.S.

 

22


Table of Contents

Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control, and various non-U.S. government entities, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements, currency exchange regulations and transfer pricing regulations (collectively, the “Trade Control laws”).

However, there is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anticorruption laws, including the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act, or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act, other anti- corruption laws or Trade Control laws by U.S. or foreign authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to continue to obtain government authorizations regarding the export of our products, or if current or future export laws limit or otherwise restrict our business, we could be prohibited from shipping our products to certain countries, which would harm our ability to generate revenue.

We must comply with U.S. and foreign laws regulating the export of our products. In certain cases, we are required to obtain a license from the U.S. federal government and foreign governments to export certain of our products. We cannot be sure of our ability to obtain any licenses required to export our products or to receive government authorizations for international sales. Moreover, the export regimes and the governing policies applicable to our business are subject to change. We cannot assure you of the extent that such export authorizations will be available to us, if at all, in the future. If we cannot obtain required government approvals under applicable regulations in a timely manner or at all, we would be delayed or prevented from selling our products in international jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We are subject to risks from litigation that may materially impact our operations.

We face an inherent business risk of exposure to various types of claims and lawsuits. We are involved in various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Although it is not possible to predict with certainty the outcome of every pending claim or lawsuit or the range of probable loss, we believe these pending lawsuits and claims will not individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. However, we could in the future be subject to various lawsuits, including intellectual property, product liability, personal injury, product warranty, environmental or antitrust claims, among others, and incur judgments or enter into settlements of lawsuits and claims that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any particular period.

Tax audits and changes in tax law may adversely affect our cash flows.

The application of the tax laws of the various tax jurisdictions in which we operate are subject to interpretation. Tax audits in these jurisdictions could adversely affect our cash flows. In addition, changes in the tax laws of these jurisdictions could increase our tax expense and as a consequence reduce our cash flows.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

We may face increasing competition, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Although the alkylamine industry is highly consolidated, we may face increased competition from existing and new foreign and domestic amines and derivatives producers. Competition within the alkylamines industry depends on regional market dynamics and varies significantly according to the specific products and applications involved. In addition, competition within the markets for our products is affected by a variety of factors, including but not limited to demand, product prices, reliability of product supply, relevant production capacity, customer service, product quality and availability to the markets of potential substitute materials. We cannot

 

23


Table of Contents

guarantee that we will be able to compete effectively against our current and future competitors. Increased competition from our competitors or the entrance of new competitors into the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. See “Industry Overview.”

Some of our international competitors may also have better process management and may utilize more advanced technology than we do or may open new facilities that increase their installed capacity and ability to produce more products that compete with ours.

Our competitors in any particular market may also benefit from raw material suppliers or production facilities that are closer to such markets, which provide them with competitive advantages in terms of cost and proximity to customers. For example, much of the future growth in global demand for methylamines and methylamine derivatives, especially various types of solvents and choline chloride, is expected to originate in China. China’s small producers may be able to better capture this growth due to their proximity to certain industrial and agricultural customers in that region. In addition, there may be new market entrants that would increase the level of competition we face.

Our business and financial condition may be negatively impacted by new production methods or ingredients that offer alternatives to our products.

We believe our alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives are sustainable and key building blocks that are generally difficult to substitute in the production of the various chemical products which currently use alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives. However, our competitors and customers may develop new methods of producing the chemical products that currently rely on the use of alkylamines or develop new ingredients that are viable alternatives to our products. For example, one of our products used in the production of herbicides, MIPA, has been substituted for other derivatives used in glyphosate formulations. The successful development of such new production methods or ingredients that offer an alternative to or substitute for alkylamines could cause our sales to decrease, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

We are subject to product registration and authorization regulations in many of the jurisdictions in which we operate and/or distribute our products, including the United States and member states of the European Union. Such regulations may lead to governmental restrictions or cancellations of, or refusal to issue, certain registrations or authorizations, or cause us or our customers to make product substitutions in the future. Such regulations may also lead to increased third party scrutiny and personal injury or product liability claims .

We are subject to regulations related to testing, manufacturing, labeling, registration and safety analysis in order to lawfully distribute many of our products, including, for example, in the U.S., the federal Toxic Substances Control Act, federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act and U.S. state and local pesticide laws, and, in the European Union (“E.U.”), the Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemical Substances (“REACH”). We are also subject to similar requirements in many of the other jurisdictions in which we operate and/or distribute our products. In some cases, such registrations are subject to periodic review by relevant authorities. Compliance with these regulations can be difficult, costly and time consuming and liabilities or costs relating to such regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Currently, three of our products are classified under REACH as carcinogenic, mutagenic or toxic to reproduction (“CMR”). These CMR classifications could result in increased costs to us, marketing and use restrictions in other jurisdictions, additional authorization requirements, or product substitutions, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, REACH could require a costly and time-consuming authorization process for any chemical deemed a Substance of Very High Concern (“SVHC”), and listed by the European Commission in Annex XIV to REACH, to remain on the market. Currently, our products NMP and DMAC are each listed as a SVHC and certain of our other products may be listed in the future. This and future listings could result in increased costs,

 

24


Table of Contents

product substitution by customers, marketing or use restrictions, or potential product bans without European Commission authorization, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. It is possible that the REACH authorization process or other marketing and use restrictions could be imposed on some chemicals that we use as raw materials or that are manufactured and/or imported into the E.U. by ourselves or our suppliers. If this were to occur, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, the CMR classifications and SVHC listings under REACH as well as any future classifications or listings of our products may result in increased third party scrutiny and personal injury or product liability litigation. Any such scrutiny or litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Also in the E.U., our plant protection products require approval under Article 28 of Regulation 1107/2009 (the “EU PPPR”) by each Member State where they are sold. Other of our products must have E.U. level approval pursuant to the Biocidal Product Regulation (EU) No. 528/2012 (the “EU BPR”) concerning the placing of biocidal products on the market in order for us to market and sell them for particular uses. We are currently seeking European Commission authorization for two of our products to be marketed as biocidal products, which as of January 2013, had not yet been granted. We cannot assure you that these authorizations will be granted. In addition, as existing authorizations expire, we may be unable to obtain reauthorization for such products. In such case, we would be unable to market and sell any such plant protection or biocidal product not reauthorized in the E.U. going forward. The failure to obtain these authorizations or reauthorizations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our permits, licenses, registrations or authorizations and those of our customers or distributors may be modified, suspended, terminated or revoked before their expiration or we and/or they may be unable to renew them upon their expiration. We may bear liability for failure to obtain, maintain or comply with required authorizations.

We are required to obtain and maintain, and may be required to obtain and maintain in the future, various permits, licenses, registrations and authorizations for the ownership or operation of our business, including the manufacturing, distribution, sale and marketing of our products and importing of raw materials. See “Business—Our Operations—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.” These permits, licenses, registrations and authorizations could be modified, suspended, terminated or revoked or we may be unable to renew them upon their expiration for various reasons, including for non-compliance. These permits, licenses, registrations and authorizations can be difficult, costly and time consuming to obtain and could contain conditions that limit our operations. Our failure to obtain, maintain and comply with necessary permits, licenses, registrations or authorizations for the conduct of our business could result in fines or penalties, which may be significant. Additionally, any such failure could restrict or otherwise prohibit certain aspects of our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Many of our customers and distributors require similar permits, licenses, registrations and authorizations to operate. If a significant customer, distributor or group thereof were to have an important permit, license, registration or authorization revoked or such permit, license, registration or authorization was not renewed, forcing them to cease or reduce their business, our sales could decrease, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to stringent environmental, health and safety laws and regulations across multiple jurisdictions, which could become more stringent in the future and increase our operating expenses. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties, injunctions and other enforcement action.

Similar to other chemical producers, we are subject to increasingly stringent environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in all of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including those governing pollution;

 

25


Table of Contents

protection of the environment; air emissions; greenhouse gas emissions; energy efficiency; water supply, use and discharges; construction and operation of sites; the use, generation, handling, transport, treatment, recycling, presence, release and threatened release, management, storage and disposal of and exposure to hazardous substances, materials or waste; public health and safety and the health and safety of our employees; product safety; noise, odor, mold, dust and nuisance; the investigation and remediation of contaminated soil and groundwater; the protection and restoration of plants, wildlife and natural resources; and cultural and historic resources, land use and other similar matters as well as numerous related reporting and record keeping requirements. See “Business—Our Operations—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.”

In addition, we are required to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in relation to our production and distribution processes, and the relevant regulatory authorities carry out regular inspections to ascertain our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and permits. The demands of compliance may require us to incur substantial costs, fines or penalties and/or may restrict our ability to conduct our operations, or to do so profitably, and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may also lead to public reprimand, fines and penalties, enforcement actions, injunctions, loss of sales and damage to our goodwill and reputation. Further, such laws and regulations, and the interpretation or enforcement thereof, are subject to change and may become more stringent in the future, each of which may result in substantial future capital expenditure requirements or compliance costs. See “Business—Our Operations—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.”

We cannot assure you that our costs of complying with current and future environmental health and safety laws, and our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances will not materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our operations or products may impact the environment or cause or contribute to contamination or exposure to hazardous substances, which could result in material liabilities for us.

Our operations generate substantial air emissions, water discharges and hazardous waste requiring treatment or disposal. We could become subject to investigation or clean-up obligations, related third-party personal injury or property damage claims or other liabilities in connection with emissions, spills and releases of hazardous materials at current or former properties or at off-site locations. For example, under certain U.S. environmental laws, current and former property owners and operators, as well as hazardous waste generators, arrangers and transporters, can be held liable for investigation and clean-up costs at properties where there has been a “release” or “threatened release” of hazardous substances. Some of these laws can also require so-called “potentially responsible parties” to fund the restoration of damaged natural resources or agree to restrictions on future uses of impacted properties. Liability under such laws can be strict, joint, several and retroactive. Accordingly, we could incur liability, whether as a result of government enforcement or private claims, for known or unknown liabilities at, or caused by migrations from or hazardous waste transported from, any of our current or former facilities or properties, including those owned or operated by predecessors or third parties. We could also incur liability under common law or state law theories, including, for example, nuisance theories for noise, odor or vibration caused by our operations. We are subject to similar laws in other jurisdictions where we operate. See “Business—Our Operations—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.” In addition, we occasionally evaluate various strategic alternatives with respect to our facilities, including possible dispositions or closures. Investigations undertaken in connection with these activities may lead to discoveries of contamination that must be remediated, and closures of facilities may trigger remediation requirements that are not currently applicable to our operating facilities.

Certain contamination at several of our properties is currently being directly addressed by third parties at their expense in accordance with contractual obligations and a governmental order. See “Business—Our Operations—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters—Contamination and Hazardous Substance Risks.” There can be no assurances that these third parties will continue to honor these obligations in the future. If third parties refuse to or are unable in the future to perform or pay in accordance with contractual or other obligations, if their contractual or other obligations expire, or if certain contamination or other liability for which we are or become

 

26


Table of Contents

obligated is not subject to an indemnity, we may be responsible for cleanup of contamination and could incur significant unanticipated costs. It is possible that we will not be able to recover a substantial portion, if any, of the costs that we may incur. Although costs incurred by us in connection with contamination matters to date have not been material, future cleanup costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, exposure of our employees, the environment, neighbors and others to risks connected with the manufacturing of our products may result in claims. In connection with contaminated properties, as well as with our operations generally, we could be subject to claims by government authorities, individuals and other third parties seeking damages for alleged personal injury or property damage resulting from hazardous substance contamination or exposure caused by our operations, facilities or products. Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover any of these exposure, product, injury or damage claims.

We are subject to federal regulations aimed at increasing the security of chemical manufacturing facilities and the transportation of hazardous materials. If the costs of complying with these and future regulations increase, our business and results of operations may be negatively impacted.

The U.S. Department of Homeland Security issued regulations aimed at decreasing the risk, and effect, of potential terrorist attacks on chemical plants located within the United States. Our facilities in the United States are subject to these regulations, including the Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standard as well as regulations regarding the transportation of chemicals in the United States. In addition, local and state governmental authorities have instituted various regulatory processes that could lead to new regulations impacting the security of chemical plant locations and the transportation of hazardous chemicals. We are a participant in certain voluntary supply chain programs, such as the U.S. Customs and Border Protections’ Customs–Trade Partnership Against Terrorism (“C–TPAT”) program and the E.U. Authorized Economic Operator (“AEO”) program. It is possible that growth of our production facilities may trigger new regulation and that future legislation or other related legislation may require a substantial increase in costs attributable to complying with such new regulations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to fluctuations in supply and demand for our products, which could decrease our net sales.

Fluctuations in the supply and demand for alkylamines and derivatives in our primary markets may trigger fluctuations in the average selling prices of our products. For example, recent low natural gas prices in the United States have impacted new investments for shale gas exploration and, by extension, demand for certain of our Specialty Amines products. The fluctuations in the average selling prices of our products are primarily caused by market competition, changes in raw material costs and other macroeconomic factors that are beyond our control. For more information about the price fluctuations of our raw materials, see “Business—Our Operations—Raw Materials.”

A number of macroeconomic factors drive demand for chemicals, including changes in world population, availability of arable land per capita and income growth. See “Industry Overview—Markets for Our Products.” Negative trends in any one of these factors may result in a decrease in demand for our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

As a result of fluctuations in supply and demand for our products, we may experience volatile or declining average selling prices for our products in the future or our average selling prices may not remain at consistent levels. This may result in pressure on our operating margins as average selling prices fall but fixed costs remain constant. Any decrease in the demand for alkylamines and derivatives in our primary markets or any other factor which negatively impacts upon our ability to sell our alkylamines and derivatives could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our business, reputation and products may be affected by product liability claims, complaints or adverse publicity in relation to our products.

Our products involve an inherent risk of injury that may result from tampering by unauthorized third parties or from product contamination or degeneration, including through the presence of foreign contaminants, chemicals, substances or other agents or residues during the various stages of the procurement, production, transportation and storage process. We cannot guarantee that our products will not cause any health related illness or injury in the future or that we will not be subject to claims or lawsuits relating to such matters. Although we carry customary third-party liability and product liability insurance, in the event that a product liability or third-party liability claim is brought against us, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful in making an insurance claim under our policies or that the claimed proceeds will be sufficient to compensate the actual damages suffered. For more information, see “Business—Insurance.”

We may be required to recall our products in certain jurisdictions if they fail to meet relevant quality or safety standards. We cannot guarantee that product liability claims will not be asserted against us as a result. A product liability judgment against us or a product recall could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, we could be required to increase our debt or divert resources from other investments in our business to discharge any such claims. In addition, adverse publicity in relation to our products could have a significant affect on future sales, which could result in a material adverse affect on the profitability of our operations.

Poor weather conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Poor weather conditions can reduce our sales, particularly in the Crop Protection segment. Sales of our Crop Protection products are affected by weather patterns because crop harvests, and decisions about whether to plant crops, vary according to whether the growing season is excessively wet or dry. Undesirable weather conditions lead to smaller harvests and, accordingly, less demand for our products. The effects of poor weather conditions may have a delayed impact on our results of operations as we sell our products to distributors who may have excess supply, or buy raw materials from suppliers who may have reduced supply, after a poor growing season, resulting in lower order volume the following season. For example, poor weather conditions negatively impacted our volumes in early 2009, which resulted in the loss of two suppliers of our raw materials and, ultimately, a decrease in gross profit margin for 2010.

A variety of force majeure events and the volatile nature of our chemical products could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, our production facilities are subject to significant operating hazards and shutdowns.

Our manufacturing operations may be disrupted by a variety of risks and hazards that are beyond our control, such as environmental hazards, strikes and certain catastrophic events, including fires, inclement weather conditions or events, major equipment failures, natural disasters, terrorist strikes and other accidents or events causing stoppages which could lead to shutdowns in operations. Any damage to our facilities, including our information systems, causing short-term disruptions or prolonged delay in the operations of the facilities and distribution and logistics services for repairs or other reasons could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Additionally, similar risks faced by our suppliers may result in force majeure events under our supply contracts that disrupt our production or increase our costs or both. For example, in 2010, an explosion at the plant of a methanol supplier in Leuna and a catalyzation problem at another methanol supplier for our Pace facility disrupted contracted-for supply for approximately one month and two months, respectively. While we were able to source replacement methanol on the market during those periods, there is no guarantee that in the future we could do so. Additionally, market rates for methanol purchased during a force majeure event have been higher than under contract. In addition, we experienced a power outage at the Ghent facility and a plant outage following difficulties with an ethylene oxide scrubber at the St. Gabriel facility in the summer of 2011. While we were able to correct these problems, we cannot assure you that in the future, similar outages will not take place, or that the impact will be effectively contained if they do. Such disruptions or cost increases could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

We use, manage, process, manufacture, store, transport and dispose of substantial quantities of chemicals, hazardous raw materials and liquid and solid wastes at our chemical facilities. Some of these materials are very volatile and could be harmful if handled or disposed of improperly. See “Industry Overview.” Accidents involving these substances, which are often subject to high pressures and temperatures during the production process, storage and transport, could cause severe damage or injury to property, the environment and human health, as well as possible disruptions, restrictions or delays in production. Any injuries or damage to persons, equipment or property or other disruption in the production or distribution of our products could result in a significant decrease in operating revenue and significant increase in costs to replace or repair and insure our assets, which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. It could also have legal consequences, such as violations of regulatory requirements and/or lawsuits for personal injuries, property damage or diminution, and similar claims.

Our insurance policies may not cover, or fully cover, us against natural disasters, global conflicts, environmental risk or the inherent hazards of our operations and products.

We currently have insurance policies for certain operating risks, which include certain property damage, including certain aspects of business interruption for certain sites, operational and product liability, marine stock, transit, directors’ and officers’ liability, pollution legal liability and industrial accident insurance. See “Business—Insurance.” However, we may become subject to liability (including in relation to pollution, occupational illnesses, injury resulting from tampering, product contamination or degeneration or other hazards) against which we have not insured or cannot fully insure.

For example, military action, terrorist attacks or hurricanes may affect our facilities. In particular, the failure of our information systems as a result of breakdown, malicious attacks, unauthorized access, viruses or other factors could severely impair several aspects of operations, including, but not limited to, logistics, sales, customer service and administration. See “Business—Information Technology.” In the past, hurricanes have caused some damage to our facilities in Florida and Louisiana and have affected our ability to deliver products on time. In addition, in the event that a product liability or third-party liability claim is brought against us, we may be required to recall our products in certain jurisdictions if they fail to meet relevant quality or safety standards, and we cannot guarantee that we will be successful in making an insurance claim under our policies or that the claimed proceeds will be sufficient to compensate the actual damages suffered.

Should we suffer a major uninsured loss, a product liability judgment against us or a product recall, future earnings could be materially adversely affected. We could be required to increase our debt or divert resources from other investments in our business to discharge product related claims. In addition, adverse publicity in relation to our products could have a significant effect on future sales, and, insurance may not continue to be available at economically acceptable premiums. As a result, our insurance coverage may not cover the full scope and extent of claims against us or losses that we incur, including, but not limited to, claims for environmental or industrial accidents, occupational illnesses, pollution and product liability and business interruption. See “Business—Insurance.”

We are subject to the risk of labor relations actions which may disrupt our operations.

Approximately 35% of our workforce is part of a trade union. There can be no assurance that our operations will not be affected by labor relations actions in the future, and there can be no assurance that work stoppages or other labor-related developments will not materially adversely affect our business and results of operations in the future. Future labor contracts may be on terms that result in higher labor costs to us, which also could adversely affect our business.

 

29


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters, and market conditions, and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in the Company will lead to the development of an active trading market or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all.

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

After this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, many of which we cannot control, including those described under “—Risks Relating to Our Business” and the following:

 

   

changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;

 

   

downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;

 

   

future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders;

 

   

market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;

 

   

investors’ perceptions of our prospects;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

 

   

changes in key personnel.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Hence, the price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price.

Apollo controls us and its interests may conflict with or differ from your interests as a stockholder.

After the consummation of this offering, funds affiliated with Apollo will beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, or     % if the underwriters exercise their option in full. In addition, representatives of Apollo comprise 5 of our 9 directors and funds affiliated with Apollo have the power to elect all of our directors. As a result, Apollo will continue to have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of our board of directors or stockholders, including the approval of significant corporate transactions such as mergers and the sale of substantially all of our assets.

The interests of Apollo could conflict with or differ from your interests as a holder of our common stock. For example, the concentration of ownership held by funds affiliated with Apollo could delay, defer or prevent a change of control of us or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination that you as a stockholder

 

30


Table of Contents

may otherwise view favorably. Apollo is in the business of making or advising on investments in companies and holds, and may from time to time, in the future, acquire interests in or provide advice to businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. They may also pursue acquisitions that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that we expressly renounce any interest or expectancy in any business opportunity, transaction or other matter in which Apollo or any of its members, directors, employees or other affiliates (the “Apollo Group”) participates or desires or seeks to participate in, even if the opportunity is one that we would reasonably be deemed to have pursued if given the opportunity to do so. The renouncement does not apply to any business opportunities that are presented to an Apollo Group member solely in such person’s capacity as a member of our board of directors and with respect to which no other member of the Apollo Group independently receives notice or otherwise identifies such business opportunity prior to us becoming aware of it, or if the business opportunity is initially identified by the Apollo Group solely through the disclosure of information by or on behalf of us.

So long as funds affiliated with Apollo continue to beneficially own a significant amount of our equity, even if such amount is less than 50%, it may continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

Following the offering, we will be classified as a “controlled company” and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Upon the closing of this offering, funds affiliated with Apollo will continue to control a majority of our common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the applicable stock exchange corporate governance standards. Under the      rules, a company of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain stock exchange corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consists of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors and we will not be required to have an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the stock exchange corporate governance requirements.

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $        per share because the initial public offering price of $        is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This dilution is due in large part

 

31


Table of Contents

to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our employees, consultants and directors under our stock option and equity incentive plans. See “Dilution.”

Because we do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, you should not expect to receive dividends on shares of our common stock.

We have no present plans to pay dividends to our stockholders and, for the foreseeable future, intend to retain all of our earnings for use in our business. The declaration of any future dividends by us is within the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on our earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, as well as any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur.

We may be restricted from paying cash dividends on our common stock in the future.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to make dividend payments on our common stock. The amounts available to us to pay cash dividends may be restricted by law, regulation, or any debt agreements entered into by us or our subsidiaries. For example, our Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain covenants limiting the payment of cash dividends without the consent of the lenders and the indentures governing our Notes contain covenants limiting the payment of cash dividends without the consent of the holders of the Notes. We cannot assure you that these agreements or the agreements governing any future indebtedness of us or our subsidiaries, or applicable laws or regulations, will permit us to pay dividends on our common stock or otherwise adhere to any dividend policy we may adopt in the future.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

We, each of our officers and directors and certain other security holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except, in our case, for the issuance of common stock upon exercise of options under existing option plans. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release any of these shares from these restrictions at any time without notice. See “Underwriting.”

After this offering, subject to any lock-up restrictions described above with respect to certain holders, holders of approximately              shares of our common stock will have the right to require us to register the sales of their shares under the Securities Act, under the terms of an agreement between us and the holders of these securities.

 

32


Table of Contents

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.

As a public company, we will become subject to additional financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to satisfy and may divert management’s attention from our business.

As a public company, we will be required to file annual and quarterly reports and other information pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with the SEC. We will be required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. We will also be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the applicable stock exchange listing standards and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which impose significant compliance obligations upon us. Specifically, we will be required to:

 

   

prepare and distribute periodic reports and other stockholder communications in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws and applicable stock exchange rules;

 

   

create or expand the roles and duties of our board of directors and committees of the board;

 

   

institute compliance and internal audit functions that are more comprehensive;

 

   

evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management’s assessment thereof, in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”) and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

   

enhance our investor relations function;

 

   

maintain internal policies, including those relating to disclosure controls and procedures; and

 

   

involve and retain outside legal counsel and accountants in connection with the activities listed above.

As a public company, we will be required to commit significant resources and management time and attention to the above-listed requirements, which will cause us to incur significant costs and which may place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our management’s attention might be diverted from other business concerns. In addition, we might not be successful in implementing these requirements. The cost of preparing and filing annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC and furnishing audited reports to stockholders will cause our expenses to be higher than they would be if we remained a privately held company. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these rules and regulations.

In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, significant resources and management oversight will be required. We will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur certain additional annual expenses related to these activities and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.

Failure to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

As a public company, we will have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that

 

33


Table of Contents

requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our financial statements and harm our operating results. In addition, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as a statement that our auditors have issued an attestation report on effectiveness of our internal controls. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not issue a favorable assessment. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our stock.

Our organizational documents may impede or discourage a takeover, which could deprive our investors of the opportunity to receive a premium of their shares.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may make it more difficult for, or prevent a third party from, acquiring control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions include:

 

   

having a classified board of directors;

 

   

establishing limitations on the removal of directors;

 

   

empowering only the board to fill any vacancy on our board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise;

 

   

authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock without any need for action by stockholders;

 

   

prohibiting stockholders from acting by written consent or calling a special meeting if less than 50.1% of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by funds affiliated with Apollo; and

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Our issuance of shares of preferred stock could delay or prevent a change in control of us. Our board of directors has the authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series, to designate the number of shares constituting any series, and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption price or prices and liquidation preferences of such series. The issuance of shares of our preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders, even where stockholders are offered a premium for their shares.

In addition, as long as funds affiliated with Apollo beneficially own a majority of our outstanding common stock, Apollo will be able to control all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation and certain corporate transactions. Together, these charter, bylaw and statutory provisions could make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common stock. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant common stock beneficially owned by funds affiliated with Apollo and its rights to nominate a specified number of directors in

 

34


Table of Contents

certain circumstances, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of us, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition. For a further discussion of these and other such anti-takeover provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock—Certain Corporate Anti-takeover Provisions.”

We will have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds of this offering and we may not use these proceeds effectively. This could affect our results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Our management team will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we are using the proceeds appropriately. We currently intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for repayment of indebtedness and other general corporate purposes. We may use the net proceeds for corporate purposes that do not improve our results of operations or which cause our stock price to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of the Company, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

35


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Any statements made in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “suggests,” “plan,” “believe,” “intend,” “estimates,” “targets,” “projects,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “may,” “will,” “forecast,” and other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are contained throughout this prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” We base these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. The forward-looking statements and projections are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and projections. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections include:

 

   

increases in energy costs, in particular natural gas costs, or a disruption in the supply of energy for our operations;

 

   

the price and availability of raw materials, energy and equipment, and our ability to pass on increased costs to customers;

 

   

loss of major customers;

 

   

commercial viability of our new products and products under development;

 

   

changes in macroeconomic conditions;

 

   

inability to secure or protect intellectual property rights;

 

   

conduct of our operations through a joint venture with a third party;

 

   

loss of senior management expertise or inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel;

 

   

exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

economic, regulatory, political and local business risks in developing countries;

 

   

the impact of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws, as well as other laws governing our operations, and our compliance therewith;

 

   

inability to obtain government authorizations regarding the export of our products, or limitation or restrictions on our business imposed by current or future export laws;

 

   

increased competition;

 

   

inability to obtain, modify and/or renew permits, licenses, registrations or other regulatory authorizations;

 

   

the impact of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those relating to greenhouse gas emissions, and compliance therewith;

 

   

costs associated with environmental contamination and/or exposure to hazardous substances, including natural resource damages;

 

   

refusal by or inability of third parties to perform or pay under indemnification or similar agreements;

 

36


Table of Contents
   

fluctuations in supply and demand for our products;

 

   

product liability claims, complaints or adverse publicity in relation to our products;

 

   

adverse weather conditions affecting sales or events of force majeure;

 

   

inadequacy of insurance coverage;

 

   

labor relations actions or other litigation;

 

   

our debt obligations and ability to raise additional financing in the future;

 

   

our ability to generate sufficient cash to service our debt and to control and finance our capital expenditures and operations; and

 

   

other factors discussed in more detail under “Risk Factors.”

These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, there should be no inference that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

 

37


Table of Contents

MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA

In this prospectus we rely on and refer to information and statistics regarding our industry, the size of certain markets and our position within the sectors in which we compete. Some of the market and industry data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information, including data from a report issued by Arthur D. Little Benelux S.A./N.V. in October 2012, while other information is based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as independent sources listed in this prospectus, and our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. Our estimates have also been based on information obtained from our customers, suppliers and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry data presented herein, our estimates, in particular as they relate to market share and our general expectations, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus.

ADL conducted its analysis and prepared its report utilizing reasonable care and skill in applying methods of analysis consistent with normal industry practice. All results are based on information available at the time of review. Changes in factors upon which the review was based could affect the results. Forecasts are inherently uncertain because of events or combinations of events that cannot reasonably be foreseen, including the actions of government, individuals, third parties and competitors.

In this prospectus, references to market position and ranking information are based on volume or installed capacity unless otherwise indicated.

 

38


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

Assuming an initial offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be $         (or $         if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay certain of our indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes.

 

39


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not currently anticipate paying dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from our available cash on hand and any funds we receive from our subsidiaries. The terms of our indebtedness may restrict us from paying dividends, or restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends to us. Under Delaware law, dividends may be payable only out of surplus, which is our net assets minus our liabilities and our capital, or if we have no surplus, out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. See “Description of Indebtedness” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

40


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, indebtedness and our capitalization as of September 30, 2012:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis giving effect to the issuance of the PIK Toggle Notes and this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        , which represents the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, and our expected use of the net proceeds of this offering.

You should read the following table in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Indebtedness” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2012  
(In millions)    Actual     Pro Forma(3)  
     (Unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 58      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

    

Capital leases

     8     

Revolving credit facility(1)

     —       

Term loan credit facility—USD

     348     

Term loan credit facility—EUR

     154     

9.750% Second-priority senior secured notes due 2020

     400     

9.125%/9.875% Senior PIK toggle notes due 2017(4)

     —          247   

Total debt

   $ 910      $                

Equity:

    

Stockholders’ equity

     —       

Common stock, $0.001 par value,              shares authorized and              shares issued(2)

     —       

Additional paid-in capital

     540     

Retained earnings (deficit)

     (29  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     501     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,411      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) As of September 30, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility, which has capacity of $194 million; however, $3 million of the total capacity was utilized to support outstanding letters of credit.
(2) We expect to complete a              for one stock split of our common stock prior to the completion of this offering. All share amounts will be retroactively adjusted to give effect to this stock split at the time of its effectiveness.
(3) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which represents the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by $        , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.
(4) The PIK Toggle Notes were issued at a discount of 99% of face value, or approximately $247 million, on December 18, 2012.

 

41


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact the initial public offering price per share of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share of common stock attributable to the existing stockholders for the presently outstanding shares of common stock.

Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of                     , 2013 was $           million, or $          per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (which for the purpose of this calculation excludes capitalized debt issuance costs) less total liabilities, divided by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding.

After giving effect to the sale of the              shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of                     , 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of $         per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $         per share. The following table illustrates this pro forma per share dilution in net tangible book value to new investors.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share before this offering

   $                   

Increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

     

Dilution per share to new investors

      $                
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (or decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (or decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value by $         million, or $         per share, and would increase (or decrease) the dilution per share to new investors by $         based on the assumptions set forth above.

The following table summarizes as of                     , 2013, on an as adjusted basis, the number of shares of common stock purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing and by new investors, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the initial public offering price range) and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

Investors in this offering

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100        100   $                
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of any outstanding options. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own approximately     % and our new investors would own approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

 

42


Table of Contents

The tables and calculations above are based on             shares of common stock outstanding as of              and assume no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us. This number excludes, as of                     , 2013, an aggregate of              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering. To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

 

43


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following pro forma statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2011, the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and the last twelve month period ended September 30, 2012 have been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared to give effect to the Acquisition, assuming that the Acquisition and the issuance of the PIK Toggle Notes occurred on January 1, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and the last twelve-month period (“LTM”) ended September 30, 2012 have been adjusted to exclude material non-recurring items as well as the increase of certain expenses directly attributable to the Acquisition and the issuance of the PIK Toggle Notes and reflect:

 

   

additional depreciation and amortization that resulted from changes in the preliminary estimated fair value of assets and liabilities, as discussed in more detail below;

 

   

incremental operating expenses, representing the annual management fee to be paid by the Company to Apollo;

 

   

elimination of transaction fees related to the Acquisition totaling $42 million;

 

   

reduction of interest expense resulting from new indebtedness incurred in connection with the Acquisition;

 

   

elimination of incremental share-based compensation expense incurred in connection with the Acquisition triggering vesting of certain outstanding share-based compensation; and

 

   

incremental interest expense associated with the PIK Toggle Notes.

The pro forma statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and the last twelve-month period ended September 30, 2012 include a $22 million fair value step up in inventory resulting from the Acquisition. This step up has temporarily increased our cost of sales in the period subsequent to the Acquisition until such inventory is sold, as reflected in our historical statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Pro Forma LTM Period refers to the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2012 and includes the results for both the Predecessor Period and Successor Period. The unaudited pro forma income statement for the LTM Period is calculated as follows: (i) the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2011, less (ii) the unaudited income statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, plus (iii) the unaudited combined income statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

In addition, the unaudited pro forma statement of operations does not give effect to certain of the adjustments reflected in our Adjusted EBITDA, as presented under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators—Adjusted EBITDA.”

Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with this pro forma statement of operations.

Management believes that the assumptions used to derive the pro forma statement of operations are reasonable given the information available; however, such assumptions are subject to change and the effect of any such change could be material. For instance, the Company has made preliminary estimates of the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Accordingly, the Company believes that the initial estimates of fair value of assets and liabilities could be subsequently revised and any such revision could be material. The pro forma combined statement of operations has been provided for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations or the actual results that would have been achieved had the Acquisition occurred on the date indicated.

 

44


Table of Contents

On December 18, 2012, we issued the PIK Toggle Notes. The interest associated with the PIK Toggle Notes may be paid in cash, through an increase in the principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes or by issuing new PIK Toggle Notes to satisfy the obligation. Interest expense is calculated at a rate of 9.125% for cash payments or 9.875% for payments made through an increase in the principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes outstanding, respectively. The net proceeds of the offering of approximately $243 million were distributed to the shareholders of the Company as a return of capital. This transaction resulted in an increase to long term debt of $247 million, an increase to deferred financing costs of $4 million and a decrease to shareholders equity of $243 million.

 

45


Table of Contents

Taminco Global Chemical Corporation

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2011

 

(In millions, except share information)   Predecessor     Acquisition
related
adjustments
        Pro forma
Acquisition
    PIK Toggle
Notes
related
adjustments
        Pro forma  

Net sales

  $ 1,123      $ —          $ 1,123      $ —          $ 1,123   

Cost of sales

    906        57      (a)     963        —            963   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross profit

    217        (57       160        —            160   

Selling, general and other administrative expenses

    49        —            49        —            49   

Research and development expenses

    12        —            12        —            12   

Other operating expenses

    16        4      (c)     20        —            20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

    140        (61       79        —            79   

Interest expense (income), net

    75        (8   (d)     67        24      (h)     91   

Other non-operating expense, net

    1        —            1        —            1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before income taxes, equity in earnings

    64        (53       11        (24       (13

Income tax expense

    32        (23   (e)     9        (9   (e)     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before equity in earnings

    32        (30       2        (15       (13

Equity in losses of unconsolidated entities

    2        —            2        —            2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 30      $ (30     $ —        $ (15       (15
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share:

             

Basic

  $ 0.03          $ —            $ (2.78

Diluted

  $ 0.03          $ —            $ (2.78

Number of common shares:

             

Basic

    1,000,000,000            5,396,056            5,396,056   

Diluted

    1,000,000,000            5,396,056            5,396,056   

 

46


Table of Contents

Taminco Global Chemical Corporation

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations

For the nine months ended September 30, 2012

 

    Predecessor(1)           Successor(2)                                      
(In millions, except share
information)
  Period from
January 1
through
February 14,

2012
          Nine months
ended

September 30,
2012
        Acquisition
related

Adjustments
        Pro Forma
Acquisition
    PIK Toggle
Notes
related
adjustments
        Pro forma  

Net sales

  $ 144          $ 711        $ —          $ 855      $ —          $ 855   

Cost of sales

    111            598      (f)     7      (a)     716        —            716   
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross profit

    33            113          (7       139        —            139   

Selling, general and other administrative expenses

    66            29          (60   (b)     35        —            35   

Research and development expenses

    1            7          —            8        —            8   

Other operating expenses

    1            44          (41   (c)     4        —            4   
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

    (35         33          94          92        —            92   

Interest expense (income), net

    8            50          1      (d)     59        18      (h)     77   

Other non-operating expense, net

    2            8          —            10        —            10   
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before income taxes, equity in earnings

    (45         (25       93          23        (18       5   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    9            2          7      (e)     18        (7   (e)     11   
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before equity in earnings

    (54         (27       86          5        (11       (6

Equity in losses of unconsolidated entities

    —              2          —            2        —            2   
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (54       $ (29     $ 86        $ 3      $ (11     $ (8
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share:

                     

Basic

  $ (0.05       $ (5.37         $ 0.56          $ (1.48

Diluted

  $ (0.05       $ (5.37         $ 0.56          $ (1.48

Number of common shares:

                     

Basic

    1,000,000,000            5,396,056              5,396,056            5,396,056   

Diluted

    1,000,000,000            5,396,056              5,396,056            5,396,056   

 

(1) Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l.
(2) Taminco Global Chemical Corporation

 

47


Table of Contents

Taminco Global Chemical Corporation

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations

For the twelve month period ended September 30, 2012

 

(In millions, except share information)    LTM     (g)    Acquisition
related
adjustments
         Pro Forma
Acquisition
    PIK Toggle
Notes
related

adjustments
         Pro Forma  

Net sales

   $ 1,110         $ —           $ 1,110      $ —           $ 1,110   

Cost of sales

     922      (f)      21      (a)      943        —             943   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

     188           (21        167        —             167   

Selling, general and other administrative expenses

     105           (60   (b)      45        —             45   

Research and development expenses

     11           —             11        —             11   

Other operating expenses

     51           (40   (c)      11        —             11   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating income

     21           79           100        —             100   

Interest expense (income), net

     76           —        (d)      76        24      (h)      100   

Other non-operating expense, net

     9           —             9        —             9   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income before income taxes, equity in earnings

     (64        79           15        (24        (9

Income tax expense

     15           7      (e)      22        (9   (e)      13   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income before equity in losses

     (79        72           (7     (15        (22

Equity in losses of unconsolidated entities

     3           —             3        —             3   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (82      $ 72         $ (10   $ (15      $ (25
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share:

                   

Basic

   $ (15.20           $ (1.85        $ (4.63

Diluted

   $ (15.20           $ (1.85        $ (4.63

Number of common shares:

                   

Basic

     5,396,056                5,396,056             5,396,056   

Diluted

     5,396,056                5,396,056             5,396,056   

 

48


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations

(In millions)

 

(a) Reflects the incremental depreciation and amortization expense resulting from the preliminary estimated fair value adjustments for purchase accounting.

 

     For the year
ended
December 31,
2011
     January 1
through
February 14,
2012
     October  1,
2011

through
February 14,
2012
 

Depreciation of:

        

Land and improvements

   $ —         $ —         $ —     

Building, structures and related improvements

     5         —           2   

Plant, machinery and equipment

     54         6         19   

Furniture and vehicles

     1         —           —     

Construction-in-process

     —           —           —     

Software

     1         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total estimated amortization expense

     61         6         21   

Elimination of previously recorded amortization

     44         4         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to depreciation

   $ 17       $ 2       $ 6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     For the year
ended
December 31,
2011
     January 1
through
February 14,
2012
     October 1,
2011
through
February 14,
2012
 

Amortization of:

        

Regulatory costs

   $ 11       $ 1       $ 1   

Customer relationships

     27         3         11   

Technology, patents and license costs

     5         1         4   

Various contracts

     24         3         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total estimated amortization expense

     67         8         25   

Elimination of previously recorded amortization

     27         3         10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to amortization

   $ 40       $ 5       $ 15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(b) Reflects the elimination of incremental share-based compensation expense of $60 million recorded for the period from January 1 to February 14, 2012 directly as a result of the Acquisition.
(c) Reflects (i) incremental operating expenses, representing the annual management fee to be paid by the Company to Apollo for the year ended December 31, 2011, for the period from January 1, 2012 through February 14, 2012 and the Pro Forma LTM Period in the amount of $4 million, $1 million and $2 million, respectively, and (ii) the elimination of the transaction fees in the amount of $42 million recorded during the period for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 directly in relation to the Acquisition, which were comprised mainly of professional fees.

 

49


Table of Contents
(d) Represents the net change in interest expense related to the indebtedness incurred in connection with the Acquisition compared to the interest expense previously recorded:

 

    For the year
ended
December 31,
2011
    January 1
through
February 14,
2012
    October 1,
2011
through
February 14,
2012
 

Estimated interest expense for USD Term Loan Credit Facility (5.25%)

  $ 19      $ 3      $ 8   

Estimated interest expense for EUR term loan credit facility (5.50%)

    9        1        3   

Estimated interest expense for second-priority senior secured notes (9.75%)

    39        5        15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total estimated interest expense

    67        9        26   

Eliminate interest expense for subordinated capitalized bonds, Facility A, B, C and D

    (75     (8     (26
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in interest expense

  $ (8   $ 1      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(e) Reflects the estimated tax effect resulting from the pro forma adjustments (except for the adjustment of share based compensation expense and certain transaction costs) at the statutory rate for the relevant tax jurisdiction. The primary jurisdictions are the United States (39%) and Belgium (34%). No pro forma tax benefit was assumed for the non-cash share-based compensation expense and a portion of the transaction expenses since the amounts are not deductible in the local jurisdictions and therefore represent permanent items.
(f) Historical results for the period from February 15, 2012 to September 30, 2012 include incremental expense of $22 million in cost of goods sold related to the sale of inventory that was subject to a fair value step up for purchase accounting at the date of the Acquisition.

 

50


Table of Contents
(g) The unaudited combined income statement for the LTM period is calculated as follows: (A) the audited income statement for the year ended December 31, 2011, less (B) the unaudited income statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, plus (C) the unaudited income statement for the period from January 1 through February 14, 2012, plus (D) the unaudited income statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2012:

 

(In millions, except share information)   For the year
ended
December 31,
2011

(A)
    For the nine
months ended
September 30,
2011
(B)
    For the period
from January 1
through
February 14,

2012
(C)
    For the nine
months ended
September 30,
2012

(D)
    LTM
Period
 

Net sales

  $ 1,123      $ 868      $ 144      $ 711      $ 1,110   

Cost of sales

    906        693        111        598        922   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    217        175        33        113        188   

Selling, general and administrative expense

    49        39        66        29        105   

Research and development expense

    12        9        1        7        11   

Other operating expense

    16        10        1        44        51   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    140        117        (35     33        21   

Interest expense (income), net

    75        57        8        50        76   

Other non-operating (income) expense, net

    1        2        2        8        9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and results from companies consolidated under equity method

    64        58        (45     (25     (64

Income tax expense (benefit)

    32        28        9        2        15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before earnings from equity method investments

    32        30        (54     (27     (79

Loss from companies consolidated under equity method

    2        1        —          2        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the period

  $ 30      $ 29      $ (54   $ (29   $ (82
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

         

Basic

  $ 0.03      $ 0.03      $ (0.05   $ (5.37   $ (15.20

Diluted

  $ 0.03      $ 0.03      $ (0.05   $ (5.37   $ (15.20

Number of common shares:

         

Basic

    1,000,000,000        1,000,000,000        1,000,000,000        5,396,056        5,396,056   

Diluted

    1,000,000,000        1,000,000,000        1,000,000,000        5,396,056        5,396,056   

 

(h) Refers to: (i) additional interest expense in connection with the PIK Toggle Notes issued on December 18, 2012, calculated at a rate of 9.125%, which assumes cash interest payments. If at our election, future interest payments are paid with PIK interest as opposed to cash interest, the interest rate will increase to 9.875% and interest expense will increase accordingly. The pro forma adjustment for the additional interest expense assuming cash interest is $24 million, $18 million and $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, the nine-months period ended September 30, 2012 and the Pro Forma LTM Period, respectively; (ii) amortization of original issue discount of $3 million; and (iii) amortization of $4 million of debt issuance costs in relation with the offering of the PIK Toggle Notes in the amount of $1 million, $1 million and $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, the nine-months period ended September 30, 2012 and the Pro Forma LTM Period, respectively.

 

51


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth our selected historical financial information. The selected historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and historical statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and historical statement of operations data for the period from January 1, 2007 through August 31, 2007 (predecessor to acquisition by the previous sponsor), the period from September 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, and the year ended December 31, 2008 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected historical balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012, has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are presented for two periods: January 1 through February 14, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, which relate to the period immediately preceding and succeeding the Acquisition, respectively. The Acquisition was consummated on February 15, 2012 and the results of the Successor Period include the results of operations of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. beginning on February 15, 2012. The results of the Successor Period are not comparable to the results of the Predecessor Period due to the difference in the basis of presentation of purchase accounting as compared to historical cost. The consolidated statement of operations data for the period January 1, 2012 to February 14, 2012 are derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Predecessor Period included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Successor Period included elsewhere in this prospectus. Prior to the Acquisition, Taminco Global Chemical Corporation had no operations or activity other than transaction costs related to the Acquisition.

The selected historical financial information and operating statistics presented below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.

 

    Predecessor(1)     Predecessor(2)           Successor(3)  
                Year ended December 31,                          
(In millions, other than per
share information)
  January 1
through
August 31,
2007
    September 1
through
December 31,
2007
    2008     2009     2010     2011     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2011
    January 1
through
February 14,
2012
          Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                     

Net sales

  $ 535      $ 313      $ 1,024      $ 825      $ 951      $ 1,123      $ 868      $ 144          $ 711   

Net income

    36        (28     (18     1        22        30        29        (54         (29

Earnings per share:

                     

Basic

    60        (0.03     (0.02     —          0.02        0.03        0.03        (0.05         (5.37

Diluted

    60        (0.03     (0.02     —          0.02        0.03        0.03        (0.05         (5.37

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
(In millions)    2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2012  

Balance Sheet Data:

                 

Total assets

   $ 1,384       $ 1,385       $ 1,374       $ 1,327       $ 1,348       $ 1,824   

Long-term debt

     1,129         1,121         1,174         1,124         1,102         904   

Total liabilities

     1,398         1,465         1,444         1,382         1,380         1,323   

 

(1) Taminco BVBA (formerly Taminco NV)
(2) Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l.
(3) Taminco Global Chemical Corporation

 

52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere herein. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are the world’s largest pure play producer of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives. Our products are used by our customers in the manufacturing of everyday products primarily for the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas end-markets. Our products provide these goods with a variety of ancillary characteristics required for optimal performance, such as neutralizing acidity, and removing contaminants. We have an extensive offering of differentiated value-added products that typically represent a small portion of our customers’ overall costs and are sold into diversified, global end-markets that benefit from favorable underlying economic and population growth trends. We currently operate in 19 countries with seven production facilities and, as of September 30, 2012, had an installed production capacity of 1,302 kt. According to the ADL Report, we hold the #1 or #2 market position globally in the vast majority of the chemicals we produce, including an approximately 50% and 75% share of certain products in North America and Europe. During the Pro Forma LTM Period, eight of our products accounted for more than 57% of our revenue, with six of the eight products holding a leading global market position. During the Pro Forma LTM period, through our worldwide network of production facilities, we sold 48% of our volume in North America, 36% of our volume in Europe, and 16% of our volume in the emerging markets (7% in Latin America and 9% in Asia). Furthermore, we expect to increase the portion of our volume from the Americas and Asia with our recent capital investments. As a result of our leading market positions, attractive end-markets, and significant recent capital investments, we believe we are well positioned for significant growth over the coming years. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, we generated revenue of $1,110 million, Adjusted EBITDA of $234 million, and Adjusted EBITDA margin of over 21%. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin.

We currently operate seven plants worldwide dedicated to the production of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives, including two larger facilities in each of the United States and Europe that are among the world’s largest methylamine and higher alkylamines production facilities, a joint-venture facility with the MGC Group in China, and two other 100% Taminco owned facilities in China.

We are also in the process of pursuing numerous growth projects to further bolster our global footprint and leverage our strategic advantages. Our currently budgeted future investments include significantly extending production capacity at our Pace, Florida methylamine facility by the end of 2014 and further development of other derivative capacity. In total, we have spent $116 million in growth capital expenditures over the past three years, which is more than we have spent in any similar historical period. We expect to realize significant growth in our financial results from these investments.

We are organized into three segments: Functional Amines, Specialty Amines, and Crop Protection.

 

   

Functional Amines . This segment serves the needs of external customers that use our alkylamines products as the integral element in their chemical processes for the production of formulated products applied in a variety of end-markets such as agriculture, personal & home care, animal nutrition, and oil & gas. Through this segment, we also produce basic amines, which are captively used as building blocks to produce our downstream derivatives through our Specialty Amines and Crop Protection segments, serving a variety of attractive, non-cyclical end-markets. Approximately 30% of the

 

53


Table of Contents
 

Functional Amines production is used internally and forms the basis of our vertically integrated model. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, the Functional Amines segment accounted for 50% of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Specialty Amines.  This segment sells alkylamine derivatives for use in the water treatment, personal & home care, oil & gas and animal nutrition end-markets, and specialty additives for use in the pharmaceutical, industrial coatings and metal working fluid end-markets. This segment is downstream from the Functional Amines segment and uses that segment’s production as one of its key raw materials. The Specialty Amines segment’s customers are typically large, multinational enterprises who are leading players in their industry. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, the Specialty Amines segment accounted for 33% of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Crop Protection.  This segment sells alkylamine derivatives, active ingredients and formulated products for use in the agriculture and crop protection end-markets. The majority of the segment’s customers range from multinational crop protection and agricultural enterprises to large local farms. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, the Crop Protection segment accounted for 17% of Adjusted EBITDA.

Share Purchase Agreement with an Affiliate of Apollo

On December 15, 2011, Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. and Taminco Inc. entered into an Agreement for the Sale of the Share Capital of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. and Taminco Inc. (the “Share Purchase Agreement”) with Taminco Finance Corporation, which is an entity controlled by the Apollo Funds. Under the Share Purchase Agreement, Taminco Finance Corporation acquired all of the issued and outstanding share capital of Taminco Global Holdings S.à.r.l. and Taminco Inc. (the “Acquisition”). The Acquisition was consummated on February 15, 2012.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows are presented for two periods: January 1 through February 14, 2012 (the “Predecessor Period”), which relates to the period immediately preceding the Acquisition, and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (the “Successor Period”). Prior to the Acquisition, Taminco Global Chemical Corporation had no activity other than transaction costs related to the Acquisition. The pro forma results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 represent the addition of the Predecessor and Successor Periods as well as the pro forma adjustments to reflect the Acquisition as if it had occurred prior to the beginning of the period presented (“pro forma”), in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and included in “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.” The consolidated financial statements for the Successor Period reflect the acquisition of Taminco under the purchase method of accounting. The results of the Successor Period are not comparable to the results of the Predecessor Period due to the difference in the basis of presentation of purchase accounting as compared to historical cost. The pro forma results do not reflect the actual results we would have achieved had the Acquisition been completed as of the beginning of the year and are not indicative of our future results of operations.

Key Performance Indicators

Adjusted EBITDA

We present Adjusted EBITDA to enhance a prospective investor’s understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. EBITDA consists of profit for the period before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA and eliminates (i) transaction costs, (ii) restructuring charges, (iii) foreign exchange gains/losses, (iv) sponsor management and director fees and expenses (Successor Period only) and (v) share-based compensation expense. We believe that making such adjustments provides investors meaningful information to understand our operating results and ability to analyze financial and business trends on a period-to-period basis. Adjusted EBITDA for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012 is calculated in the same manner as Adjusted EBITDA. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”

 

54


Table of Contents

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful as supplemental measure in evaluating the performance of our operating businesses and provides greater transparency into our consolidated results of operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a measure used by our management, including our chief operating decision maker, to perform such evaluation, and is a factor in measuring compliance with debt covenants relating to certain of our borrowing arrangements, including our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing our Notes.

You should not consider Adjusted EBITDA in isolation or as an alternative to (a) operating profit or profit for the period (as reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP), (b) cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities as a measure to meet our cash needs or (c) any other measures of performance under generally accepted accounting principles. You should exercise caution in comparing Adjusted EBITDA as reported by us to similar measures of other companies. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that we are likely to incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation in the future and that certain of these items could be considered recurring in nature. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by non-recurring items. For a discussion of additional limitations of Adjusted EBITDA as well as a reconciliation from profit for the period to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” respectively. For a discussion of trends affecting Adjusted EBITDA, see “—Results of Operations.”

The following table presents our net sales and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented. See “—Basis of Presentation” for an explanation on the Predecessor Period and Successor Period and “—Results of Operations” below for a discussion of trends affecting Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented.

 

       Year ended December 31,      Nine months
ended
September 30,

2011
     January 1
through
February 14,

2012
     Nine months
ended
September 30,

2012
     Pro forma
nine months
ended
September 30,

2012
 
       2009      2010      2011              
(In millions)                                                 

Net sales

   $ 825       $ 951       $ 1,123       $ 868       $ 144       $ 711       $ 855   

Adjusted EBITDA

     196         203         227         184         30         161         191   

Significant Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Volume, Product Mix and Pricing

Volume and our ability to control margins by passing the cost of raw materials onto customers through our pricing strategy are important variables in explaining our financial performance. We believe we occupy strong positions in growing niche markets with a relatively small group of suppliers. We enjoy positive gross profit across most of our product portfolio. In addition, a substantial portion of our sales is made pursuant to cost pass through contracts (“CPT Contracts”) under which the prices we receive for our products are automatically adjusted on a quarterly basis to reflect changes in key raw material prices. An equally substantial portion of our sales are made pursuant to contracts under which sales prices are renegotiated quarterly, generally permitting us to incorporate any increases in key raw material costs in revised sales prices. With respect to both types of contracts, however, price adjustments are made based on the experience of the previous quarter. Accordingly, changes to selling prices will lag behind changes in key raw material costs incurred. This means that in an environment of rising key raw material prices, we will not recover our increased key raw material costs in full until prices stabilize or fall. Conversely, in an environment of falling key raw materials prices, the sales prices we achieve may generate high gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA until prices stabilize or increase. Product mix also significantly impacts our results of operations as the gross margin associated with our products varies significantly. As a result, although we may experience significant top line growth, the ultimate profitability of our operations will be dependent upon our efforts to promote our higher margin products or increase volumes associated with those that produce lower margins.

 

55


Table of Contents

Raw Materials

The majority of our operating expenses are comprised of costs for key raw materials and consumables. Our most significant raw materials, in order of importance based on volume, are methanol, ammonia, ethylene oxide and acetone. Energy, primarily natural gas, also represents a material operating expense to us. Generally, all of our main raw materials are readily available commodity chemicals with multiple suppliers, and are bought in low volumes relative to total global capacities. Prices fluctuate widely, and our key raw materials and consumables expenses are highly variable from year to year. As discussed above, the contracts under which we sell our products help to insulate us, via CPT arrangements and quarterly repricing provisions, from the negative impact of fluctuations in key raw material prices.

Results of Operations

The following table presents our consolidated results for the periods presented:

 

    Year ended December 31,     Predecessor           Successor           Pro forma(1)  
      2009         2010       2011     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2011
    January 1
through
February 14,
2012
          Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
          Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
 
(In millions)                                                      

Net sales

  $ 825      $ 951      $ 1,123      $ 868      $ 144          $ 711          $ 855   

Cost of sales

    651        757        906        693        111            598            716   

Selling, general and administrative expense

    48        52        49        39        66            29            35   

Research and development expense

    12        13        12        9        1            7            8   

Other operating expense

    13        2        16        10        1            44            4   

Interest expense (income), net

    80        74        75        57        8            50            77   

Other non-operating (income) expense, net

    4        (2     1        2        2            8            10   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    16        33        32        28        9            2            11   

Equity in loss of unconsolidated entities

    —          —          2        1        —              2            2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 1      $ 22      $ 30      $ 29      $ (54       $ (29       $ (8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) Pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012 gives effect to the Acquisition and the PIK Toggle Notes as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”

Pro Forma Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 vs. Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net Sales

Net sales were $855 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, a decrease of $13 million, or 1.5%, compared to $868 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease was related to declining raw material prices that are contractually tied to, or passed through under, a significant share of our contracts and a change in product mix.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales was $716 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, an increase of $23 million, or 3.3%, compared to $693 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This increase was primarily related to the higher cost of sales due to the inventory step-up to fair value, partially offset by changes in product mix and decreased volume within our Crop Protection segment. Margins in the pro forma nine months

 

56


Table of Contents

ended September 30, 2012 were 16.3% compared to 20.2% in the previous year. Excluding the inventory step up, margins in the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012 were 18.8%. This decline compared to the previous year was due to the higher depreciation and amortization related to the step up in asset value related to the Acquisition.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling, general and administrative expense was $35 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, a decrease of $4 million, or 10.3%, compared to $39 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease was due to the shutdown of the Brazilian operation.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense was $4 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, a decrease of $6 million, or 60%, compared to $10 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Other operating expense for prior years included costs of shutting down our Brazil operation.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $77 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, an increase of $20 million, or 35.1%, compared to $57 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The change was primarily related to increased interest costs on the new credit facilities.

Other Non-Operating Expense

Other non-operating expense for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $10 million, an increase of $8 million, compared to $2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to expenses related to the currency swap entered into for the Acquisition and impact of foreign exchange rates.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $11 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, a decrease of $17 million compared to $28 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The change was primarily related to lower income before taxes.

Period from January 1, 2012 to February 14, 2012 (Predecessor Period) and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 (Successor Period) vs. Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net sales were $144 million for the Predecessor Period and $711 million for the Successor Period, compared to $868 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Cost of sales was $111 million for the Predecessor Period and $598 million for the Successor Period, compared to $693 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Raw materials as a percentage of cost of sales for the Predecessor Period, Successor Period and nine months ended September 30, 2011 represented 57.3%, 59.1% and 67.2%, respectively. The gross profit margin derived from these periods was 22.9%, 15.9% and 20.2%, respectively. Gross profit margin was negatively impacted in the Successor Period by additional depreciation and amortization by approximately 2.1% as well as the adjustment to record existing inventory at fair value resulting from the Acquisition by approximately 3.1%.

Selling, general and administrative expense was $66 million for the Predecessor Period and $29 million for the Successor Period, compared to $39 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The selling,

 

57


Table of Contents

general and administrative expenses for the Predecessor Period have been impacted by a one-time management compensation expense, which was accounted for upon the sale of the Company by the former management stockholders of approximately $60 million. This expense resulted from the agreements entered into by certain management members in August 2007, in connection with the acquisition of our predecessor at that time. These agreements related to stock options granted to management, subordinated loans and shares of the Company, all of which were contingent on continuing employment of management until the occurrence of a sale of the Company, change in control or an initial public offering (the “Exit Event”). The grant date fair value of the stock options ($8 million), the fair value of the subordinated loans plus accrued interest ($49 million) on the Exit Event, and the fair value of the shares at the investment date ($3 million) were recorded as compensation expense upon the Exit Event on February 14, 2012.

Other operating expense for the Predecessor Period was $1 and other operating expense was $44 million for the Successor Period, compared to $10 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The amount during the Successor Period was related to the Acquisition and included fees paid to Apollo, legal fees and general advisory fees.

Interest expense was $8 million for the Predecessor Period and $50 million for the Successor Period, compared to $57 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Other non-operating expense was $2 million for the Predecessor Period and $8 million for the Successor Period, compared to $2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Segment Level Financial Results

The following table presents the results of each of our reportable segments for the periods presented:

 

     Net Sales  
     Predecessor             Successor             Pro forma(1)  
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2011
     January 1
through
February 14,
2012
            Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
            Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
 
(In millions)                                          

Functional Amines

   $ 393       $ 64            $ 318            $ 382   

Specialty Amines

     355         61              302              363   

Crop Protection

     120         19              91              110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total Company

   $ 868       $ 144            $ 711            $ 855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

(1) Pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012 gives effect to the Acquisition and the PIK Toggle Notes as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”

 

58


Table of Contents
     Adjusted EBITDA  
     Predecessor           Successor           Pro forma(1)  
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2011
    January 1
through
February 14,
2012
          Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
          Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
 
(In millions)                                     

Functional Amines

   $ 88      $ 15          $ 81          $ 96   

Specialty Amines

     61        9            53            62   

Crop Protection

     35        6            27            33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 184      $ 30        $ 161        $ 191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Reconciliation:

                

Transaction costs

     (2     —              (68         (27

Restructuring charges

     (8     —              —              —     

Foreign exchange gains (losses)

     (2     —              (3         (3

Sponsor management and director fees and expenses

     —          —              (3         (3

Share-based compensation expense

     —          (60         —              —     

Depreciation and Amortization

     (58     (7         (64         (78

Interest expense, net

     (57     (8         (50         (77

Income tax expense

     (28     (9         (2         (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 29      $ (54       $ (29       $ (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) Pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012 gives effect to the Acquisition and the PIK Toggle Notes as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”

Pro Forma Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 vs. Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net Sales

Net sales derived from the Functional Amines segment was $382 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, a decrease of $11 million, or 2.8%, compared to $393 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease was related to declining raw material prices that are contractually tied to a significant share of our contracts and a change in product mix.

Net sales derived from the Specialty Amines segment was $363 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, an increase of $8 million, or 2.3%, compared to $355 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase was due to the startup of the DIMLA plant in the U.S. and increased sales to the water treatment and personal & home care end-markets.

Net sales derived from the Crop Protection segment was $110 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, a decrease of $10 million, or 8.3%, compared to $120 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This decrease was primarily related to adverse economic and weather conditions in the south of Europe, weak performance in the rubber chemicals industry and delays in orders from Latin America.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA derived from the Functional Amines segment was $96 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, an increase of $8 million, or 9.1%, compared to $88 million.

Adjusted EBITDA derived from the Specialty Amines segment was $62 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, an increase of $1 million, or 1.6%, compared to $61 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

 

59


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA derived from the Crop Protection segment was $33 million for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012, a decrease of $2 million, or 5.7%, compared to $35 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This decrease was primarily related to lower volumes due to unfavorable economic and weather conditions.

Adjusted EBITDA for the pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $191 million, compared to $184 million in the corresponding period of 2011, which represented an increase of $7 million or 3.8%. The increase was mainly due to improved product/customer mix, pricing discipline, addition of new derivative capacities in the U.S. and a strong season in the herbicide amines.

Period from January 1, 2012 to February 14, 2012 (Predecessor Period) and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 (Successor Period) vs. Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net Sales

Net sales derived from the Functional Amines segment were $64 million for the Predecessor Period and $318 million for the Successor Period, compared to $393 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Net sales derived from the Specialty Amines segment were $61 million for the Predecessor Period and $302 million for the Successor Period, compared to $355 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Net sales derived from the Crop Protection segment were $19 million for the Predecessor Period and $91 million for the Successor Period, compared to $120 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA derived from the Functional Amines segment was $15 million for the Predecessor Period and $81 million for the Successor Period, compared to $88 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Adjusted EBITDA derived from the Specialty Amines segment was $9 million for the Predecessor Period and $53 million for the Successor Period, compared to $61 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Adjusted EBITDA derived from the Crop Protection segment was $6 million for the Predecessor Period and $27 million for the Successor Period, compared to $35 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 vs. Year Ended December 31, 2010

Net Sales

Net sales were $1,123 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $172 million, or 18.1%, compared to $951 million in the corresponding period of 2010. Approximately $146 million of this increase was due to price increases including those experienced under our CPT contracts as well as product mix. Additionally approximately $26 million of this increase was due to increased demand. This demand was primarily driven by increased sales of water treatment products of approximately 500 metric tons, which were primarily utilized within developing countries. We were also able to utilize increased capacity at our St. Gabriel facility to capture additional market share. Ultimately this resulted in increased sales of approximately 4,100 metric tons of products utilized by manufacturers of fabric softeners and oil and gas products. We also experienced increased Crop Protection volumes of 2,700 metric tons due to a strong fungicide and soil fumigation season.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales was $906 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $149 million, or 19.7%, compared to $757 million in the corresponding period of 2010. The change was primarily related to the higher sales volumes representing approximately $21 million or 14.0% of the increase. The remaining increase of $128 million or 86.0% related to increased cost for key raw materials, such as acetone, ammonia and ethanol as well as product mix. Raw materials as a percentage of cost of sales totaled 57.2% and 66.7% for the years ended

 

60


Table of Contents

December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. However, given the pass through of raw material costs, the gross profit margin was not affected. The gross profit margin was 20.4% and 19.3% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expenses primarily represent legal and other third-party advisory fees as well as restructuring expenses. Other operating expense was $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $14 million, compared to $2 million in the corresponding period of 2010. This increase was primarily due to our decision and commitment to a restructuring plan associated with our Brazilian operations as well as increased third-party vendor costs leading up to the Acquisition. Other operating expense represented approximately 0.2% and 1.4% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Interest Expense/Income

Interest expense was $75 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $1 million, or 1.4%, compared to $74 million in the corresponding period of 2010. The change was primarily related to increased interest costs on Euro-denominated debt.

Other Non-operating (Income) Expense

Other non-operating (income) expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $1 million, a decrease of $3 million, or 150.0%, compared to other non-operating income of $2 million in the corresponding period of 2010. This decrease was related to foreign exchange rate movements related to our operations.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $32 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $1 million, or 3.0%, compared to $33 million in the corresponding period of 2010. The Company’s annual effective tax rate was 60.6% and 50.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively while the statutory tax rate was 28.59 % for both fiscal years. The primary drivers of the high effective tax rate relate to foreign tax rate differentials and to an increase in the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in certain jurisdictions due to uncertainty regarding the Company’s ability to realize the assets. The increase in the effective tax rate from foreign tax rate differentials is driven by jurisdictions where the statutory tax rate in those jurisdictions is higher than the statutory tax rate in Luxembourg, primarily in Belgium and the United States.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 vs. Year Ended December 31, 2009

Net Sales

Net sales were $951 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $126 million, or 15.3%, compared to $825 million in the corresponding period of 2009. Approximately $89 million of this increase was due to increased demand. The change was primarily related to increased sales to our customers within the water treatment end-market. The increase in net sales was further driven by an increased demand of approximately 900 metric tons of our fungicide products during the season, partially offset by challenges related to adverse weather conditions and herbicide reformulations. Additionally approximately $37 million of this increase was due to price increases including those experienced under our CPT contracts as well as product mix.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales was $757 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $106 million, or 16.3%, compared to $651 million in the corresponding period of 2009. The change was primarily related to the

 

61


Table of Contents

higher sales volumes representing approximately $71.2 million or 67.0% of the increase. The remaining increase of $34.8 million or 33.0% was due to increased cost of key raw materials such as acetone and butanol and product mix. Raw materials as a percentage of cost of sales totaled 46.8% and 57.2% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The gross profit margin derived from these periods was 21.1% and 20.4% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expenses primarily represent legal and other third party advisory fees as well as restructuring expenses. Other operating expense was $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $11 million, or 84.6%, compared to $13 million in the corresponding period. This decrease was due to expenses associated with our abandoned equity offering within the Belgian markets of approximately $9 million as well as a commitment to a restructuring plan associated with our Riverview, Michigan operations totaling $4 million recorded during 2009. Other operating expense represented approximately 0.2% and 1.6% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $74 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $6 million, or 7.5%, compared to $80 million in the corresponding period of 2009. The change was primarily related to lower variable interest rates in Euro- and U.S. Dollar-denominated debt and reduced borrowings.

Other Non-operating (Income) Expense

Other non-operating income was $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $6 million, compared to other non-operating expense of $4 million in the corresponding period of 2009. This decrease was related to foreign exchange movements related our operations.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $33 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $17 million, or 106.3%, compared to $16 million in the corresponding period of 2009. The change was primarily related to our profitable operations as income from operations before income taxes increased from $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $55 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company’s annual effective tax rate was 90.5% and 60.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively while the statutory tax rate was 28.59 % for both fiscal years. The high effective tax rate mainly results from valuation allowances which were recorded against net operating losses in certain jurisdiction to the extent that the related deferred tax assets are not recoverable. The effective tax rate is also increased due to jurisdictions where the statutory tax rate in those jurisdictions is higher than the statutory tax rate in Luxembourg, primarily in Belgium and the United States. Income tax expense in 2009 is partially offset by the release of tax accruals of approximately $2 million due to the expiration of the statute of limitations.

Segment Level Financial Results

The following table presents the results of each of our reportable segments for the periods presented:

 

     Net Sales  
     Year ended December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  
(In millions)       

Functional Amines

   $ 411       $ 465       $ 515   

Specialty Amines

     294         357         460   

Crop Protection

     120         129         148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Company

   $ 825       $ 951       $ 1,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents
     Adjusted EBITDA  
     Year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
(In millions)       

Functional Amines

   $ 111      $ 106      $ 108   

Specialty Amines

     54        57        78   

Crop Protection

     31        40        41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 196      $ 203      $ 227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation :

      

Transaction costs

     (9     (2     (5

Restructuring charges

     (4     —          (11

Foreign exchange (gains) losses

     (4     2        (2

Depreciation and amortization

     (82     (74     (72

Interest expense, net

     (80     (74     (75

Income tax benefit

     (16     (33     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1      $ 22      $ 30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

Net sales derived from the Functional Amines segment were $515 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $50 million, or 10.8%, compared to $465 million for the corresponding period in 2010. Approximately $65 million of this increase was due to price increases, including those experienced under our CPT contracts as well as changes in product mix. This increase was offset by a reduction in volume resulting in a reduction in revenue of $15 million. Net sales derived from the Functional Amines segment were $465 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $54 million, or 13.1%, compared to $411 million for the corresponding period of 2009. Approximately $35 million of this increase was due to increased demand. Additionally, approximately $19 million of this increase was due to price increases, including those experienced under our CPT contracts as well as changes in product mix.

Net sales derived from the Specialty Amines segment were $460 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $103 million, or 28.9%, compared to $357 million for the corresponding period in 2010. Approximately $58 million of this increase was due to price increases, including those experienced under our CPT contracts as well as changes in product mix. Additionally approximately $45 million of this increase was due to increased demand in the water treatment and oil & gas end-markets. Net sales derived from the Specialty Amines segment were $357 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $63 million, or 21.4%, compared to $294 million for the corresponding period in 2009. Approximately $50 million of this increase was due to increased demand in the water treatment end-market. Additionally, approximately $13 million of this increase was due to price increases, including those experienced under our CPT contracts as well as changes in product mix.

Net sales derived from the Crop Protection segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $148 million, an increase of $19 million, or 14.7%, compared to $129 million for the corresponding period in 2010. Approximately $7 million of this increase was due to increased demand. The increase was primarily related to a strong fungicide and soil fumigant season. Additionally, approximately $12 million of this increase was due to price increases, including those experienced under our CPT contracts as well as changes in product mix. Net sales derived from the Crop Protection segment for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $129 million, an increase of $9 million, or 7.5%, compared to $120 million for the corresponding period in 2009. Approximately $7 million of this increase was due to increased demand. The increase was primarily related to a strong fungicide season. Additionally, approximately $2 million of this increase was due to price increases, including those experienced under our CPT contracts as well as changes in product mix.

 

63


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA derived from the Functional Amines segment was $108 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $2 million, or 1.9%, compared to $106 million for the corresponding period in 2010. This increase was primarily related to increased net sales of $50 million, offset by increased cost of sales of $54 million inclusive of higher raw material costs, which increased from 57.2% of cost of sales in 2010 to 66.2% of cost of sales in 2011. The increase in cost of sales was offset by savings in selling, general and administrative and research and development expenses. Adjusted EBITDA derived from the Functional Amines segment was $106 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $5 million, or 4.5%, compared to $111 million for the corresponding period in 2009. This decrease was primarily related to raw material costs.

Adjusted EBITDA derived from the Specialty Amines segment was $78 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $21 million, or 36.8%, compared to $57 million for the corresponding period in 2010. This increase was primarily related to increased demand in the water treatment and oil & gas end-markets that increased net sales by $103 million, partially offset by the related cost of sales of $79 million to maintain margins. Adjusted EBITDA for the Specialty Amines segment was $57 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $3 million, or 5.6%, compared to $54 million for the corresponding period in 2009. This increase was primarily related to higher sales volumes and increasing net sales of $63 million, partially offset by the related cost of sales of approximately $59 million to maintain margins.

Adjusted EBITDA derived from the Crop Protection segment was $41 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $1 million or 2.5%, compared to $40 million for the corresponding period in 2010. This increase was primarily related to higher sales volume and increasing net sales of $19 million. Adjusted EBITDA for the Crop Protection segment was $40 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $9 million, or 29.0%, compared to $31 million for the corresponding period in 2009. This increase was primarily related to higher sales volumes and net sales of $9 million at strong margins.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash from operations and short- and long-term borrowings. We also make use of an off-balance sheet, non-recourse factoring facility (the “Non-recourse Factoring Facility”) to help manage our liquidity position. The Non-recourse Factoring Facility has a limit of $129.3 million, the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the €100 million commitment amount, and applies solely to the accounts receivable of Taminco BVBA (formerly Taminco NV) and Taminco Inc. Financing for each borrower is limited to a maximum of 15% of the amount of approved outstanding accounts receivable for all borrowers assigned to the bank acting as factor with the exception of certain agreed upon borrowers, the financing for whom is limited to 30% of the amount of approved outstanding accounts receivable. The Non-recourse Factoring Facility is committed until July 1, 2015 with a provision for indefinite extension and a notice period prior to termination of one year. Financing was approved on 85% of the relevant outstanding accounts receivable.

The costs associated with the Non-recourse Factoring Facility consist of a commission fee on the factored receivables and an interest charge on the amount drawn under the facility. The commission fee and interest charge for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were $0.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The commission fee is included in selling, general and administrative expense on the income statement and the interest charge is included in interest expense on the income statement. The Non-recourse Factoring Facility is an off-balance sheet obligation, and is not included in calculations of our indebtedness. The amount drawn under the Non-recourse Factoring Facility was $97 million at September 30, 2012 and $75 million at December 31, 2011. For additional information, please see “Description of Indebtedness—Non-recourse Factoring Facility Agreement.”

We also have senior secured credit facilities totaling $696 million (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”), consisting of a $194 million revolving credit facility, none of which was drawn as of September 30, 2012, and a

 

64


Table of Contents

$348 million USD term loan facility and €120 million EUR term loan facility, and $400 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of second-priority senior secured notes due 2020 (the “Notes”). The Senior Secured Credit Facility and the indenture governing the Notes contain customary covenants. We may be required to comply with a specific financial ratio under our revolving credit facility. Under the revolving credit facility, if we have indebtedness under the revolving credit facility or if more than $20 million of letters of credit that are not cash-collateralized are outstanding, we must maintain a maximum net first lien coverage ratio of 3.75 to 1.00, tested quarterly and upon each credit extension. As of September 30, 2012, there were no amounts drawn under our revolving credit facility and we had a net first lien coverage ratio of 1.9 to 1.00, which would have been in compliance with the ratio requirement if we were under an obligation to comply. This restriction may affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. For a description of the covenants and material terms under the indenture governing the Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, see “Description of Indebtedness” and “Note 9—Short and Long Term Debt” of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Future Cash Needs

Our primary future cash needs will be to meet debt service requirements, working capital requirements, capital commitments and capital expenditures. Capital expenditures in 2013 are expected to be approximately $86 million (of which $66 million are for growth capital expenditures). We may also pursue strategic acquisition opportunities, which may impact our future cash requirements. We believe that our cash flows from operations, combined with availability under our revolving credit facility and our factoring facility, will be sufficient to meet our presently anticipated future cash needs. We may, from time to time, increase borrowings under our revolving credit facility or issue securities, if market conditions are favorable, to meet our future cash needs or to reduce our borrowing costs.

We or our affiliates may from time to time seek to retire the Notes or loans through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, tenders or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Cash Flows

Cash and cash equivalents decreased from $131 million at December 31, 2011 to $58 million at September 30, 2012. This decrease was primarily attributable to refinancing upon the closing of the Acquisition, including related Acquisition costs. Cash and cash equivalents increased from $111 million at December 31, 2010 to $131 million at December 31, 2011. Similarly, cash and cash equivalents increased from $91 million at December 31, 2009 to $111 million at December 31, 2010. These increases were primarily attributable to increased cash generation from our operating activities, partially offset by cash used in investing and financing activities. Of the total cash balance, the majority is in the United States and Belgium, which is where the cash needs are. Management believes the cash is located in the regions needed.

 

65


Table of Contents

Cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities are presented in the following table:

 

    Predecessor           Successor  
    Year ended
December 31,
                         
    2009     2010     2011     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2011
    January 1
through
February 14,
2012
          Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
 
(In millions)                                          

Cash provided by (use in):

               

Operating activities

  $ 133      $ 112      $ 117      $ 109      $ 44          $ (8

Investing activities

    (51     (68     (75     (52     (6         (195

Financing activities

    (7     (22     (19     (10     —              266   

Effects of change in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    1        (2     (3     (2     2            (5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 76      $ 20      $ 20      $ 45      $ 40          $ 58   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities consist of profit after tax adjusted for changes in net working capital and non-cash items such as depreciation, amortization and write-offs, and movements in provisions and pensions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, cash used in operating activities was $8 million, compared to $109 million of cash generated in operations in the corresponding period in 2011 primarily as a result of the transaction costs of $44 million and a decrease in our net working capital position of $1 million, driven by inventory increases, partially offset by positive operating income excluding transaction costs. Adjusted for the transaction costs, cash from operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 would have been $36 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated $117 million of cash flow from operating activities, following strong cash flow from operating activities, partially offset by $26 million working capital increase primarily related to higher inventory associated with increased raw material prices. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated $112 million of cash flow from operating activities, following strong operating results for the period, partially offset by a $35 million working capital increase primarily related to higher inventory associated with increased raw material prices. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated $133 million of cash flow from operating activities, primarily reflecting strong cash profitability and a $2 million decrease in working capital.

The following table presents our trade working capital and trade working capital margin as of the periods presented:

 

     As of the year ended December 31,      As of the nine months
ended September 30,
 
         2009              2010              2011          2012  
(In millions, except percentages)                            

Trade receivables

   $ 64       $ 91       $ 90       $ 88   

Inventories

     78         87         117         136   

Trade payables

     68         69         72         90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade working capital(1)

     74         109         135         134   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Trade working capital represents trade receivables plus inventories less trade payables.

Trade Working Capital

Trade working capital at September 30, 2012 was $134 million, down by $1 million from $135 million at the end of 2011, mainly as a result of lower trade receivables. The increase in inventories was offset in part by as increase in accounts payable.

 

66


Table of Contents

Trade Receivables

Trade receivables at September 30, 2012 were $88 million, a decrease of $2 million from $90 million at the end of 2011. The decrease was due to the drawing of the Non-recourse Factoring Facility.

Inventories

Inventories at September 30, 2012 were $136 million, an increase of $19 million from $117 million at the end of 2011. This increase was mainly due to an increase in finished goods related to an upcoming outage in our European facility with a smaller increase in raw materials.

Non-current Interest-bearing Loans and Borrowings

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings decreased by $221 million to $910 million between December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, reflecting a new debt structure subsequent to the Acquisition. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings decreased by $22 million to $1,102 million between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 due to principal payments made and currency fluctuations.

Cash used in investing activities was $195 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 primarily due to the new DIMLA unit at our Pace, Florida facility, in addition to major maintenance and growth projects, as well as the Acquisition. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $75 million, also related to initial spending on the new DIMLA unit, as well as the investment in a new DMAPA unit at our St. Gabriel, Louisiana facility. Cash used in investing activities was $68 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to increased capital expenditures on our new DMAPA units in the United States, major maintenance projects with respect to our production units and the initial payment for the acquisition of our interest in the joint venture in China. Cash used in investing activities was $51 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily consisting of capital expenditures associated with the addition of new capacity at St. Gabriel and a co-generation unit at Ghent.

The table below sets forth information with respect to our capital expenditures for the periods presented.

 

     Predecessor             Successor  
     Year ended
December 31,
                             
     2009      2010      2011      Nine months
ended
September 30,
2011
     January 1
through
February 14,
2012
            Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012
 
(In millions)                                                 

Tangible capital expenditures

   $ 41       $ 62       $ 54       $ 34       $ 6            $ 33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

Growth and optimization

     21         54         41         25         5              26   

Capital improvements

     20         8         13         9         1              7   

Intangible capital expenditures

     10         5         7         4         0              4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

   $ 51       $ 67       $ 61       $ 38       $ 6            $ 37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

Generally, our capital expenditures are directed to one of three main categories of tangible assets: growth projects, optimization projects and capital improvements. A relatively small part of our capital expenditures are spent on intangible assets, including information and communications technology and toxicological and regulatory studies in connection with product registrations and re-registrations.

Cash generated in financing activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $266 million, as a result of the refinancing upon the closing of the Acquisition, which included the unwinding of the outstanding interest rate swaps, as well as the debt premium and debt issuance cost of $56 million. The corresponding period

 

67


Table of Contents

of 2011 had cash used from financing activities of $10 million. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $19 million, $22 million and $7 million, respectively, consisting of repayments on our Senior Credit Facilities.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table sets forth, by major category of commitment and obligation, our material contractual obligations and their maturity as of December 31, 2011:

 

     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      Thereafter      Total  
(In millions)       

Related party second lien notes

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 373       $ 373   

Term facilities - € loan

     13         15         21         99         110         155         413   

Term facilities - $ loan

     15         18         20         142         142         —           337   

Interest expense

     70         69         68         62         51         33         353   

Operating leases

     10         9         9         8         8         12         56   

Capital leases

     1         1         1         1         1         3         8   

Purchase commitments(a)

     4         5         4         4         4         19         40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 113       $ 117       $ 123       $ 316       $ 316       $ 595       $ 1,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) We are a party to certain obligations to purchase products and services, principally related to the purchase of raw materials. These commitments are designed to assure sources of supply and historically have not and are not expected to be in excess of our manufacturing requirements. Under a limited number of these obligations, which are structured as take-or-pay contracts, we are obligated to make minimum payments whether or not we take the contractual minimum. The amounts disclosed in the above table represent these minimum payments to be made in accordance with the contracts in place. We have historically always required the minimum levels in each of these contracts.

The following table sets forth, by major category of commitment and obligation, our material contractual obligations and their maturity as of September 30, 2012:

 

     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      Thereafter      Total  
(In millions)       

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

                    

Revolving credit facility

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

USD term loan credit facility

     1         4         4         4         4         331         348   

EUR term loan credit facility

     —           2         2         2         2         146         154   

Second-priority senior secured notes

     —           —           —           —           —           400         400   

Interest expense

     7         65         65         65         65         190         457   

Operating leases

     2         9         9         8         8         12         48   

Capital leases

     —           1         1         1         1         3         7   

Purchase commitments(a)

     1         5         4         4         4         19         37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11       $ 86       $ 85       $ 84       $ 84       $ 1,101       $ 1,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) We are a party to certain obligations to purchase products and services, principally related to the purchase of raw materials. These commitments are designed to assure sources of supply and historically have not and are not expected to be in excess of our manufacturing requirements. Under a limited number of these obligations, which are structured as take-or-pay contracts, we are obligated to make minimum payments whether or not we take the contractual minimum. The amounts disclosed in the above table represent these minimum payments to be made in accordance with the contracts in place. We have historically always required the minimum levels in each of these contracts.

 

68


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Our primary off-balance sheet commitment is the Non-recourse Factoring Facility described above under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Critical Accounting Policies

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as revenues and expenses during the reported periods.

On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments regarding impairment on goodwill, pension benefits, share-based compensation and income taxes. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results from this evaluation form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Under different assumptions or conditions, alternative estimates and judgments could be derived which would differ from the estimates being used by management. Actual results could differ from any or all of these estimates.

Impairment on Goodwill

We assess goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. We perform our required annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter of each year subsequent to completing our annual forecasting process. Each of our operating segments represents a reporting unit.

We assess goodwill for impairment by first comparing the carrying value of each reporting unit to its fair value using the present value of expected future cash flows. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then we would perform a second test for that reporting unit to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. We determine the fair value of our reporting units utilizing our best estimate of future revenues, operating expenses, cash flows, market and general economic conditions as well as assumptions that we believe marketplace participants utilize, including discount rates, cost of capital and long term growth rates. When available and as appropriate, we use comparable market multiples and other factors to corroborate the discounted cash flow results. During our 2011 assessment, we noted that an increase of the weighted average cost of capital, a key assumption, of 1%, with the other key assumptions being unchanged, would not result in impairment of any of the units. As a result of the Acquisition, the fair value of the current reporting units equals the recorded value.

Pension Benefits

The costs of the granted pension plans and the current value of the pension liabilities are determined using an actuarial valuation. The actuarial valuation involves making assumptions about the discount rate, expected yield of the pension funds, future increases in compensations, mortality tables and future pension increases. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to uncertainty. The net pension liability was $13 million at December 31, 2011 and $17 million at September 30, 2012.

We believe the current assumptions used to estimate obligations and pension expense are appropriate in the current economic environment. However, as economic conditions change, we may change some of our assumptions, which could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table presents the sensitivity of our project pension benefit obligation (“PBO”), accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”), deficit (“Deficit”) and 2011 pension expense to the following changes in key assumptions:

 

     Increase/(Decrease) at December 31, 2011     Increase/(Decrease)  
     PBO     ABO     Deficit     2011 Expense  

Assumptions:

        

Increase in discount rate of 0.5%

   $ (1   $ (1   $ (1   $ —     

Decrease in discount rate of 0.5%

   $ 1      $ 1      $ 1      $ —     

Increase in estimated return on assets of 1.0%

     N/M        N/M        N/M      $ —     

Decrease in estimated return on assets of 1.0%

     N/M        N/M        N/M      $ —     

Share-Based Compensation

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of time vested stock options and a lattice based valuation model to estimate the fair value of performance-based awards on the date of grant which requires certain estimates by management including the expected volatility and expected term of the option. The fair value of the performance vesting options was determined using the Monte Carlo model.

Management also makes decisions regarding the risk-free interest rate used in the models and makes estimates regarding forfeiture rates. Fluctuations in the market that affect these estimates could have an impact on the resulting compensation cost. For non-performance based employee stock awards, the fair value of the compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. Compensation cost for restricted stock (non-vested stock) is recorded based on its market value on the date of grant and is expensed in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations ratably over the vesting period. For a description of the assumptions used in our fair value determination of share based compensation, see “Note 10— Share-Based Compensation” of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

Our deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the recorded deferred tax balances will not be realized in future periods. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable could be reduced in the near period if estimates of future taxable income in the carryforward period are reduced.

ASC 740-10 requires the recognition of a tax benefit when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position would be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. The amount to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority.

We record interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

The Company’s deferred tax assets are recorded, net of valuation allowance, when, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the recorded deferred tax balances will not be realized in future periods. Decreases to the valuation allowance are recorded as deductions to the Company’s provision for income taxes and increases to the valuation allowance result in an additional provision for income taxes.

 

70


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Risk

We operate on a global basis and face foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to U.S. Dollar and Euro. We are exposed to currency risks from our investing, financing and operating activities. We intend to utilize a hedging strategy to mitigate the cash flow impact of foreign currency exchange risk.

We frequently enter into transactions with third parties that are settled in currencies other than our current functional currencies. This risk is partially mitigated by matching the currency of third party transactions with the currency denomination of our indebtedness and intercompany loans. To the extent that such matching is insufficient to ameliorate exchange risk, we may consider entering into swap or other hedging contracts to provide additional protection from foreign exchange fluctuations.

We intend, among other things, to effectuate our general policy to reduce this risk:

 

   

by funding working capital and capital expenditures in the currency in which they generate the majority of their operational cash flows; and

 

   

through otherwise strategically denominated borrowings in the functional currencies of our companies, principally either U.S. Dollar or Euro.

Currency risks from investing activities

Foreign-currency risks arise in the area of investing activities, such as from the acquisition and disposal of non-U.S. Dollar denominated investments. We may hedge these risks, however, this risk has not historically affected our company.

Currency risks from financing activities

Foreign currency risks in the financing area arise from our financial liabilities vis-à-vis third parties in foreign currencies and from intercompany loans denominated in foreign currencies that are extended between our companies for financing purposes. We intend to convert financial obligations and intercompany loans denominated in foreign currencies into our functional currency or a currency that otherwise offsets related risk.

Currency risks from operating activities

Foreign currency risks in the operating area result from transactions with third parties that are not denominated in the functional currency of the respective group company. Some of our group companies with the Euro as the functional currency do experience significant U.S. Dollar denominated cash flows. However, currency risks resulting from operating activities in non-functional currencies are naturally hedged by matching the denomination of loans to and from our companies and third parties to the denomination of operating cash flows in non-functional currencies.

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

Our interest rate risk arises from external borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose us to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose us to fair value interest rate risk. Approximately one-half of our borrowings are variable rate indebtedness. We currently do not intend to employ interest rate hedges.

We assess our market risk based on changes in interest rates utilizing a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis measures the potential impact on earnings, fair values and cash flows based on a hypothetical 10%

 

71


Table of Contents

change (increase and decrease) in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% increase in our interest rate would have resulted in $78 million and $55 million in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012, respectively.

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from cash, cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables. Our internal policies require that credit exposures with banks and other financial institutions be regularly measured and actively managed and that results reported to senior management to ensure relevancy in volatile credit markets. Credit risks related to trade receivables are systematically analyzed, monitored and managed. We have policies in place to ensure that sales of products and services on credit are made to customers with an appropriate credit history.

Change in Accountants

On June 21, 2012, the audit committee of our board of directors approved the decision to dismiss Ernst & Young Bedrijfsrevisoren BCVBA (the “Former Auditors”) and appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm. We were not an SEC filer at the time of the Former Auditors’ replacement by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Former Auditors’ audit reports on our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

During the subsequent interim period on or prior to replacement, there were no disagreements between us and the Former Auditors on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the Former Auditors, would have caused the Former Auditors to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report.

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the subsequent interim period from January 1, 2012 through February 14, 2012, we did not consult with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP regarding the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or any of the matters or events set forth in Item 304(a)(2) of Regulation S-K.

 

72


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Description of our products

Alkylamines are organic compounds produced through the reaction of an alcohol with ammonia. The largest alkylamine product category by volume consists of methylamines, where the alcohol used is methanol. Higher alkylamines are produced when alcohols containing chains of two or more carbon atoms are used instead of methanol. International and regional competition in the alkylamine industry can be affected by the cost and logistical difficulties involved in the shipping of alkylamine building blocks. Alkylamine derivatives production tends to be regional to minimize shipping costs. As a result of these factors, production in the industry is generally regional.

We believe that our extensive expertise and technology, our existing investments in profitable, vertically integrated manufacturing facilities, and our current set of product registrations from environmental, health and safety regulatory authorities give us a significant advantage over our competitors and new entrants. We also find it advantageous that some of our competitors have chosen to enter into certain downstream products that we do not manufacture and that compete directly with their customers.

Over the past decade, producers in the alkylamine industry that compete in our geographies have consolidated significantly. Key consolidation events include Air Products’s UK closure of a 50 kt production line in 2004, Chinook Canada’s closure of a 68 kt production line in 2004 and sale of contracts to DuPont, our purchase of Air Products’s North American and Latin American amines business in 2006, Akzo Nobel’s Netherlands closure of a 22 kt production line in 2006 and sale of contracts to us and Balchem’s purchase of Akzo Nobel’s 18 kt Italian operations in 2007.

The largest alkylamine building block product by volume is methylamines, followed by higher alkylamines. Methylamines are manufactured by combining methanol with ammonia in a catalytic reactor. Three different methylamine isomers are produced: mono methylamine (“MMA”), di methylamine (“DMA”) and tri methylamine (“TMA”). The proportion in which these three isomers are produced depends upon pressure, temperature and the specific catalyst present in the catalytic reactor. If an excess of any isomer is produced, it is returned to the catalytic reactor and recycled. The isomers are then distilled and used as raw materials for the production of alkylamine derivatives, or in other manufacturing processes.

The term higher alkylamines refers to the C2-C6 alkylamines, that is, ethyl, n butyl, n propyl, isopropyl and cyclohexyl amines. The manufacturing process for higher alkylamines is similar to that for methylamines, as ammonia is combined with various alcohols in catalytic reactors and subsequently distilled. The use of different alcohols results in the creation of different higher alkylamines.

According to the ADL Report, consumption of methylamines accounted for 74% of global consumption of alkylamines by volume. Higher alkylamines made up the remainder of global consumption, with ethylamines accounting for 7%, isopropylamines, which include MIPA, for 13% and butylamines for 2% of total global consumption by volume.

The three producers of methylamines in North America are Taminco, DuPont and BASF, with Taminco having the largest share of production capacity at 49% in 2011 according to the ADL Report and DuPont having the next largest share. The two producers of higher alkylamines in North America are Taminco and U.S. Amines, with Taminco’s share of production capacity at 75% in 2011. The European methylamine producers are Taminco, BASF, Balchem and CEPSA, with Taminco having the largest share of European production capacity at 52% and BASF having the majority of the remaining capacity share. In Asia, the significant methylamine producers include Zheijiang Jiangshu, Shandong Huala Hengsheng, Luxi Chemical Corp. and Taminco, with Taminco’s share representing 4% of Asian production capacity in 2011.

In general, because alkylamines are key intermediates in numerous end-market products, there is a reduced threat of substitution by other products. In addition, although there has recently been increasing interest in the use

 

73


Table of Contents

of renewable-based precursors, such as biomethanol, bioethanol and bioammonia, in the production of alkylamines, we believe our production facilities, equipment and production processes would be able to readily adapt to such developments. For example, bioethanol is already used as feedstock in ethylamine production in the United States. We are also in the process of developing new amines produced from renewable precursors, which are intended for products in the personal care and agricultural end-markets.

Methylamines are expensive to transport in gaseous form due to their volatile nature and logistical complexity. As such, supply and demand for methylamines is typically matched on a regional basis. Competition in higher alkylamines production is generally regional. With few exceptions, producers tend to focus on producing a small number of higher alkylamines, which results in a limited number of producers of each type of higher alkylamine in each region.

Methylamines and higher alkylamines are the principal building blocks that can, following reaction with various other chemical compounds, be used for the manufacture of a wide range of specialty alkylamine derivatives.

Markets for Our Products

We are the world’s largest pure play producer of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives. Our products are used by our customers in the manufacturing of everyday products primarily for the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas end-markets. Our products provide these goods with a variety of ancillary characteristics required for optimal performance, such as neutralizing acidity, and removing contaminants. We have an extensive offering of differentiated value-added products that typically represent a small portion of our customers’ overall costs and are sold into diversified, global end-markets that benefit from favorable underlying economic and population growth trends. We currently operate in 19 countries with seven production facilities and, as of September 30, 2012, had an installed production capacity of 1,302 kt. According to the ADL Report, we hold the #1 or #2 market position globally in the vast majority of the chemicals we produce, including an approximately 50% and 75% capacity share of certain products, respectively, in North America and Europe. During the Pro Forma LTM Period, eight of our products accounted for more than 57% of our revenue, with six of the eight products holding a leading global market position. During the Pro Forma LTM period, through our worldwide network of production facilities, we sold 48% of our volume in North America, 36% of our volume in Europe, and 16% of our volume in the emerging markets (7% in Latin America and 9% in Asia). Furthermore, we expect to increase the portion of our volume from the Americas and Asia with our recent capital investments. As a result of our leading market positions, attractive end-markets, and significant recent capital investments, we believe we are well positioned for significant growth over the coming years. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, we generated revenue of $1,110 million, Adjusted EBITDA of $234 million, and Adjusted EBITDA margin of over 21%. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin.

Agriculture (28% of Pro Forma LTM Period Volumes)

The total market for agricultural chemicals is estimated at $49 billion, having grown by 7% per annum between 2005 and 2009, and by over 5% per annum between 2009 and 2011. According to the ADL Report, the market is projected to increase at approximately 6% per annum from 2012 to 2016. The top global producers in this market include Syngenta, Bayer, BASF, Dow, Monsanto and DuPont. We believe demand for agricultural chemicals will be driven by numerous factors, including the need for increased agricultural yields to serve a growing world population as arable surface area available for agricultural production is limited; rising disposable incomes among a growing middle class in emerging markets being spent on more high quality food; increased use of biofuels which is diverting more agriculture away from food supply; and desire among governments to increase food supply in order to limit domestic food price volatility.

We expect that increasing yield from existing land will require more productive plants, and crop protection products, such as fungicide, soil fumigation and plant growth regulators will be key components to achieving

 

74


Table of Contents

greater yield with minimal crop loss. We also expect demand for agricultural yields to drive growth in the market for herbicide systems, particularly in developing countries, albeit at a slower rate than certain other agricultural chemicals, and that this growth will be partially offset by increasingly commoditized pricing, as low cost producers in China and elsewhere enter the market. According to the ADL Report, on average, amines and their derivatives account for approximately 15% of the end product cost structure for those products.

In the Pro Forma LTM Period, products serving the agriculture end-market represented approximately 28% of our total volume. We serve this end-market through our Crop Protection segment, which produces active ingredients and formulated products that are used to control pests such as fungi, insects, worms and weeds that would detrimentally impact the health and productivity of useful crops. We also serve this end-market through our Functional Amines segment, which sells a variety of intermediate alkylamines that are used as building blocks or formulation aids in a variety of other agricultural chemicals.

Water Treatment (12% of Pro Forma LTM Period Volumes)

According to the ADL Report, the total market for water treatment chemicals is estimated at $24 billion in 2011 and is projected to increase at approximately 6% per annum from 2012 to 2016. The top global producers by sales in the water treatment industry include Ashland, BASF, Ecolab, GE Water, Kemira and SNF Florger. We believe demand for water treatment will continue to grow as increased water consumption will require greater sanitizing and higher water recycling rates to combat overall water scarcity. Key drivers of demand include the increasing scarcity of potable water and water used for agriculture and industry; rising urban populations, particularly in emerging markets such as China and India, which are placing greater stress on aging water treatment facilities; enhanced environmental standards across the globe; increasing demand from the expanding middle class for products that require higher water intensity in their production process, such as food; and an increasing backlog of undeveloped water treatment facilities, particularly in China, as governments try to undo much of the environmental degradation that resulted from their recent rapid economic expansion. According to the ADL Report, amines and their derivatives account for approximately 15% of the end product cost structure for water treatment products on average.

In the Pro Forma LTM Period, products serving the water treatment end-market represented approximately 12% of our total volume. We serve this end-market through our Specialty Amines segment, which mainly produces the building blocks for water sanitation chemicals and active water treatment ingredients. We produce advanced chemicals for use in preventing corrosion and scaling, processing in recycling facilities and sanitizing with agents to prevent microbial and algae proliferation, which will become increasingly important in the treatment of water around the world as sources of fresh water become increasingly scarce.

Personal & Home Care (9% of Pro Forma LTM Period Volumes)

According to the ADL Report, the total market for personal & home care is estimated at $200 billion in 2011, including $52 billion of functional ingredients, and is projected to increase at approximately 7% per annum from 2012 to 2016. Significant producers of personal & home care products include Colgate, Henkel, Kao, Lever, Procter & Gamble and Unilever. We believe the personal & home care industry will grow strongly over the near term driven by many factors, including increasing demand from emerging markets such as Asia, as purchasing power among a growing middle class in these regions continues to advance; product innovation designed to meet the diverse range of needs of different consumers; and an increased focus on environmental sustainability, which is driving new products to incorporate “green chemistry.” According to the ADL Report, amines and their derivatives account for less than 10% of the end product cost structure for products in the personal & home care end-market on average.

In the Pro Forma LTM Period, products serving the personal & home care end-market represented approximately 9% of our total volume. We serve this end-market through our Specialty Amines segment, which primarily produces building blocks for surfactants, key ingredients in the development of milder cleaning agents

 

75


Table of Contents

and aroma chemicals, as well as skin-sensitive product formulations such as baby shampoos and foam baths. We also produce intermediate alkylamines that constitute building blocks for surfactants used in other personal & home care products.

Animal Nutrition (13% of Pro Forma LTM Period Volumes)

According to the ADL Report, the total market for animal nutrition is estimated at $810 billion in 2011 and is projected to increase at approximately 5% per annum from 2012 to 2016. Important players in the animal nutrition end-market include ADM, Cargill, CP Group Thailand, New Hope Group China and Nutreco. We believe demand for animal nutrition will be driven by many factors, including increasing world population; global dietary habits shifting toward higher meat consumption, particularly white meat, as a result of rising incomes; increasing adoption of modern farming practices, particularly in Asia, leading to an increase in feed additive usage; and the desire among governments to increase food supply in order to limit domestic food price volatility and import dependency.

The animal nutrition end-market encompasses both compounded feed (often corn and soy byproducts from agricultural processing) and feed additives. Feed additives supplement the food for animals, enhancing conversion yields while positively contributing to animal health, contributing to higher overall productivity. One of the primary feed additives is choline chloride, and we expect the market for this additive to grow steadily over the near term. According to the ADL Report, on average, amines and their derivatives account for less than 1% of the end product cost structure for animal nutrition products.

In the Pro Forma LTM Period, products serving the animal nutrition end-market represented approximately 13% of our total volume. We serve this end-market mainly through our Specialty Amines segment, which mainly produces feed additives based on choline chloride, a vitamin commonly incorporated into feed for poultry and swine that helps achieve higher feed conversion yields while reducing animal morbidity. We also serve this end-market through our Functional Amines segment selling the amine used to produce feed additives as well as functional ingredients such as vitamins and amino acids and processing aids that facilitate the storage of animal feed.

Oil & Gas (5% of Pro Forma LTM Period Volumes)

According to the ADL Report, the total market for chemicals used in oil & gas exploration and production is estimated at $7.5 billion in 2011 and is projected to increase at approximately 8% per annum from 2012 to 2016. The top oil & gas service companies include Baker Hughes International, Halliburton, Schlumberger and Weatherford International. Chemicals used in the exploration and production of oil & gas include desulphurization solutions for absorbing and removing sulphur contaminants, consisting of blends of various amines, drilling muds containing various ingredients for the cooling and lubrication of drilling heads, dispersion of rock fragments and prevention of pressure blow-outs, and enhanced recovery systems consisting of complex surfactant blends for facilitating recovery of oil & gas in reservoirs. According to the ADL Report, amines and their derivatives account for approximately 4% of the end product cost structure for these oil & gas products, on average.

Demand for oil & gas exploration and production chemicals has grown steadily in recent years, and we expect that trend to continue, driven by increasing demand for oil & gas, particularly in rapidly growing emerging markets, such as China; rising energy prices; decreasing quality of oil & gas deposits; and increasing oil & gas prices, leading producers to seek minerals from more complex reservoirs and requiring additional chemical inputs for extraction, such as in the nascent shale gas fracturing market. We estimate that in 2011, global demand for choline chloride for fracturing was approximately 25 kt, and that up to 65% of natural gas wells drilled in the next decade will require hydraulic fracturing.

In the Pro Forma LTM Period, products serving the oil & gas exploration and production market represented approximately 5% of our total volume. We serve this end-market through our Specialty Amines segment.

 

76


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are the world’s largest pure play producer of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives. Our products are used by our customers in the manufacturing of everyday products primarily for the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas end-markets. Our products provide these goods with a variety of ancillary characteristics required for optimal performance, such as neutralizing acidity, and removing contaminants. We have an extensive offering of differentiated value-added products that typically represent a small portion of our customers’ overall costs and are sold into diversified, global end-markets that benefit from favorable underlying economic and population growth trends. We currently operate in 19 countries with seven production facilities and, as of September 30, 2012, had an installed production capacity of 1,302 kt. According to the ADL Report, we hold the #1 or #2 market position globally in the vast majority of the chemicals we produce, including an approximately 50% and 75% capacity share of certain products, respectively, in North America and Europe. During the Pro Forma LTM Period, eight of our products accounted for more than 57% of our revenue, with six of the eight products holding a leading global market position. During the Pro Forma LTM period, through our worldwide network of production facilities, we sold 48% of our volume in North America, 36% of our volume in Europe, and 16% of our volume in the emerging markets (7% in Latin America and 9% in Asia). Furthermore, we expect to increase the portion of our volume from the Americas and Asia with our recent capital investments. As a result of our leading market positions, attractive end-markets, and significant recent capital investments, we believe we are well positioned for significant growth over the coming years. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, we generated revenue of $1,110 million, Adjusted EBITDA of $234 million, and Adjusted EBITDA margin of over 21%. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin.

Alkylamines are organic compounds produced through the reaction of an alcohol with ammonia. The immediate results of these processes are the production of methylamines and higher alkylamines, which can then be further reacted with other chemicals to produce alkylamine derivatives. Our products are primarily used in the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition, pharmaceutical and oil & gas end-markets, which combined accounted for approximately 70% of our volume during the Pro Forma LTM Period. Our end-markets tend to be non-cyclical and benefit from strong underlying fundamentals such as increasing global population, urbanization of emerging markets and rising income levels.

We currently operate seven plants worldwide dedicated to the production of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives, including two larger facilities in each of the United States and Europe that are among the world’s largest methylamine and higher alkylamines production facilities, a joint-venture facility with the MGC Group in China, and two other 100% Taminco-owned facilities in China.

We are also in the process of pursuing numerous growth projects to further bolster our global footprint and leverage our strategic advantages. Our currently budgeted future investments include significantly extending production capacity at our Pace, Florida methylamine facility by the end of 2014 and further development of other derivative capacity. In total, we have spent $116 million in growth capital expenditures over the past three years, which is more than we have spent in any similar historical period. We expect to realize significant growth in our financial results from these investments.

We are organized into three segments: Functional Amines, Specialty Amines, and Crop Protection.

 

77


Table of Contents

Our segments are organized as follows:

 

LOGO

 

   

Functional Amines . This segment serves the needs of external customers that use our alkylamines products as the integral element in their chemical processes for the production of formulated products applied in a variety of end-markets such as agriculture, personal & home care, animal nutrition, and oil & gas. Through this segment, we also produce basic amines, which are captively used as building blocks to produce our downstream derivatives through our Specialty Amines and Crop Protection segments, serving a variety of attractive, non-cyclical end-markets. Two of this segment’s products, DMA (water treatment and household cleaners) and MIPA (herbicides), contributed to more than 10% of our consolidated net sales. DMA accounted for 15%, 10% and 9% for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. MIPA accounted for 10%, 10% and 9% for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Approximately 30% of the Functional Amines production is used internally and forms the basis of our vertically integrated model. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, the Functional Amines segment accounted for 50% of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Specialty Amines.  This segment sells alkylamine derivatives for use in the water treatment, personal & home care, oil & gas and animal nutrition end-markets, and specialty additives for use in the pharmaceutical, industrial coatings and metal working fluid end-markets. This segment is downstream from the Functional Amines segment and uses that segment’s production as one of its key raw materials. One of this segment’s products, DMAE (water treatment), contributed 11%, 12% and 11% to our consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The Specialty Amines segment’s customers are typically large, multinational enterprises who are leading players in their industry. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, the Specialty Amines segment accounted for 33% of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Crop Protection.  This segment sells alkylamine derivatives, active ingredients and formulated products for use in the agriculture and crop protection end-markets. The majority of the segment’s customers range from multinational crop protection and agricultural enterprises to large local farms. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, the Crop Protection segment accounted for 17% of Adjusted EBITDA.

Please see “Note 17—Segment Information” to our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for financial information by segments and geography.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths, in addition to our industry leading alkylamine production technology, have been instrumental to our success and position us well for future growth and strong financial performance.

Serve strong end-markets with attractive global growth prospects

Our products are generally sold into large end-markets with attractive global growth prospects. We develop products mainly for use in the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition, and oil & gas end-markets. These targeted end-markets, which have been relatively resistant to economic downturns, represent over $1.0 trillion in market value as of 2011 and are projected by ADL to grow by an average of 6% per year from 2012 to 2016. Specifically, ADL projects that the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas end-markets will grow by 6%, 6%, 7%, 5% and 8%, respectively, per annum from 2012 to 2016.

Our key earnings drivers are generally macroeconomic trends created through non-discretionary spending by industries and consumers. A steadily increasing world population, rising income levels (particularly in the emerging markets), increasing global urbanization and an aging global population are expected to help continue driving strong demand in our key end-markets. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, approximately 70% of our volume was generated from these key end-markets and we expect that to increase over the next few years.

Market leader in global amines industry targeting niche markets with very few competitors

We focus exclusively on the production of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives and have not entered into the production of other chemical products. As such, we believe we are the world’s largest pure play producer of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives. According to the ADL Report, we hold the #1 position in alkylamine and methylamine production in North America and the #2 position in alkylamine and methylamine production in Europe. We achieved these market positions due to our ongoing commitment to balance growing our profitability while achieving significant scale.

We benefit from long-standing relationships with blue-chip, industry-leading companies in each of our key end-markets, as well as from low customer churn (our average customer relationship among our top 10 customers is thirteen years). Some of our blue-chip customers include Arkema, Dow Agro Sciences, Procter & Gamble, SNF and Syngenta. Overall, we believe our market position provides us with a stable and flexible platform for profitable operation and positions us to capitalize on growth opportunities quickly.

We believe that our extensive expertise and technology, our existing investments in profitable, vertically integrated manufacturing facilities, and our current set of product registrations from environmental, health and safety regulatory authorities give us a significant advantage over our competitors and new entrants. We also find it advantageous that some of our competitors have chosen to enter into certain downstream products that we do not manufacture and that compete directly with their customers.

Significant room for near-term growth due to recent capital investments

Our vertically integrated business model is one of our key strengths, differentiating us from almost all of our competitors. As we have succeeded with this model in Europe, we recently completed our vertically integrated production model in the United States, which we believe ideally positions us to capture growth in several attractive end-markets, including oil & gas (driven by shale gas demand), water treatment, feed additives, and crop protection. These recent investments in derivative capacity in the United States (AAA, DIMLA, and DMAPA) have large growth potential. These investments increased our U.S. derivatives capacity by 11% and further distanced ourselves from the nearest competitor in each of these product lines.

 

79


Table of Contents

In addition, as a result of our competitive cost position and recent capacity additions at our United States-based plants and our Latin America-based sales force, we believe we are well positioned to fully serve the Latin American market, which has limited local competition.

Going forward, there are a variety of accretive, global growth projects to further expand our footprint, product portfolio, and customer base. We will continue to evaluate these on a systematic basis with a strong focus on ensuring a rapid payback and sustained earnings stream.

Demonstrated financial resilience through various economic environments

For the past several years, our revenue, gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA have been growing throughout various economic environments. Due to our resilient end-markets and the integral nature of alkylamines and their derivatives to our customers, we are less vulnerable to economic cycles. In addition, we benefit from being able to grow sales volume with a limited addition of fixed costs as a result of our vertically integrated global production model. Also, we have relatively low maintenance capital expenditure requirements, which allow us to easily maintain high cash flow conversion rates in any economic environment.

As an example of our resilient end-markets, during the 2008 to 2009 economic downturn, our volume declined only 7%, compared to an average decline of 20% for the specialty chemical industry according to the ADL Report, and our Adjusted EBITDA grew 19% in that same time period. Similarly, our European originated sales continue to do well despite the challenging economic environment in Europe. For the quarter ended September 30, 2012, volumes were up 12% versus the comparable period in the previous year. We strongly believe that our end-markets will continue to grow in various economic environments given their resilient nature.

Ability to pass through raw material price increases

We believe one of the key reasons for our historical success is our ability to manage fluctuating raw material prices by passing through the majority of price changes to our customers. During the Pro Forma LTM Period, our top four raw materials (methanol, ethylene oxide, ammonia and acetone) accounted for 39% of our total cost of sales. Our main raw materials are readily available commodity chemicals. Approximately half of our total revenue for the Pro Forma LTM Period is generated from CPT Contracts.

We play an important role in our customers’ value chains but our products represent a relatively small percentage of our customers’ overall cost structures. Because of the value of our products, for the portion of sales that are not generated under CPT Contracts, we are often able to pass through raw material price increases to our customers through market-based sales contracts that are typically renegotiated quarterly. Positive market dynamics and our relative insulation from raw material price volatility have historically enabled us to maintain profitability in each of our segments. We have also deployed a strategic sourcing approach for critical raw materials, which, coupled with our CPT Contracts and market-based contracts, significantly mitigates the impact of raw material volatility on our margin.

Attractive product pipeline with significant value creation opportunities

We have a strong track record of identifying and exploiting growth opportunities for new applications of our existing products. We also have expertise in new product development and we are the preferred partner for many of our key customers to jointly develop new amine-based derivative products. Our current pipeline includes several products covering each of our key end-markets that we expect will reach the market in the next few years and represents significant incremental revenue opportunities. We have a suite of products in development that are nearing realization, such as the expected launch in mid-2013 of Tenaz, a proprietary formulation of bio available silicate that is used as a plant fortifier. Our research and development is focused on five key application areas: surfactants, water treatment, oil & gas, feed additives and crop protection. Our patent portfolio is actively managed and contains 78 patents as of September 30, 2012.

 

80


Table of Contents

Past achievements in the Crop Protection segment include Banguard fungicide, used to control banana diseases, which was first introduced in Asia in 2009 and is being introduced into Central and Latin America. In the Specialty Amines segment, we have introduced formulations of MDEA for use in refineries and gas plants as solvents for sulfur and carbon dioxide extraction. We have also introduced a new feed additive, Taminizer C, in 2009, which is a new version of dry choline chloride that is very pure and concentrated, leading to transportation cost savings and higher food safety standards.

Well-positioned to continue exploiting fast growing emerging markets in partnership with blue-chip customer base

With manufacturing operations and sales operations in China, sales offices in several Latin American countries and manufacturing operations in North America which can serve Latin America cost effectively, we believe we have a strong platform for further growth in these regions. Our joint venture with the MGC Group in Nanjing provides us with a base for expanding high value-added amine derivative products in China in the coming years. According to the ADL Report, Brazil is one of the largest markets in the world for crop protection and herbicide systems, and our operations in the region are positioned towards serving that growing agriculture market. In addition, recent expansion at our U.S. operations provide us with fully-vertically integrated amine derivatives manufacturing facilities that will help meet demand for our higher value-added products in Latin America. We have a number of strong relationships as a trusted supplier to global industry leaders within our key developed end-markets. We will continue to leverage these relationships in order to grow alongside our customers in these and other emerging markets.

Industry leading margins and cash flow generation

We believe we have been maintaining industry leading margins and strong cash flow generation throughout economic cycles as a result of our low cost position, leadership role in niche markets, and scalable fixed cost structure. Our ability to mitigate raw material pricing fluctuations provides stability to our margins. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin since 2007 has averaged 22%.

As a testament to our competitive strength, our cash flow conversion, measured by EBITDA minus capital expenditures divided by EBITDA, has averaged 73% over the period from 2007 to 2011 compared to approximately 60% for our industry peers according to the ADL Report.

Proven management and employee culture with meaningful employee equity ownership

We believe that our management team is among the deepest and most experienced in the chemical industry. On average, the tenure of our executive management team is 15 years with the Company and 18 years in the chemical industry. Our management team has been responsible for developing and executing our strategy that has generated consistent year-over-year sales and Adjusted EBITDA growth. We believe our employees have developed a unique culture in which each employee throughout the entire company is aligned, focused and holds each other accountable to achieve goals that drive value creation for all of our stakeholders. Our employee ownership pool is deep with approximately 42 individual employees owning equity in the Company. As of September 30, 2012, employees owned over 10% of the shares in our Company on a fully diluted basis before giving effect to this offering.

Our Strategy

Our long-term growth drivers revolve around our continued ability to work closely with market industry leaders and to further expand into emerging markets through the principal strategies outlined below.

Capitalize on key fundamental drivers of our end-markets

The primary end-markets we serve have strong exposure to numerous positive, non-cyclical macroeconomic trends. According to ADL, key factors, including a steadily increasing world population, a growing middle class

 

81


Table of Contents

in emerging markets, clean water scarcity, and enhanced oil & gas recovery techniques (especially driven by the shale gas demand in the United States), will continue to drive strong demand for agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas products. ADL projects that the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas end-markets will grow by 6%, 6%, 7%, 5% and 8%, respectively, per annum from 2012 to 2016, or an average of 6%. We believe we are well positioned and intend to utilize our best-in-class business optimization and manufacturing processes to meet our customers’ increased supply needs in light of this anticipated growth in end-market demand.

Continue to partner with industry leaders to provide foundation for future growth

We currently have strong positions in each of our key end-markets, which we have achieved in part due to our strong customer relationships with leading global companies in each of those markets. A fundamental element of our strategy is to continue to work directly with our core customers to develop new products and new applications for our existing products that address their specific needs. In addition, we deploy a more customer-focused marketing approach, rather than a more traditional product-based approach. Our specialized sales force includes 29 professionals and six marketing managers with individual responsibility for particular end user markets in various regions. In addition, we employ approximately 35 other commercial professionals, including divisional managers, product managers and new business development specialists. We believe that a deeper understanding of customer needs will better enable our marketing professionals to identify future sources of demand for our products and, working in close cooperation with our research and development function, address that demand through product innovation. As a result, we believe our customer-focused approach will make us a more attractive partner and allow us to achieve greater penetration of our end-markets.

Examples of successful products we have developed with our customers include: (i) Amietol M201, a gas sweetening solution based on methylamines that helps with CO2 removal in natural gas plants and oil refineries, which we co-developed with Shell and (ii) Banguard, a formulation to cure a banana disease (Black Sikatoka), which we developed in partnership with Dole and Delmonte for use in the Philippines and is now rolling out in Latin America.

Leverage platform to expand emerging market presence

We have strong, leading positions in our product markets in North America and Europe as a result of our commitment to strategic capital investments and selective acquisitions. We expect to leverage this success to capture a significant portion of our future growth in demand from Asia and Latin America. One of our strategic priorities is to position ourselves for profitable growth in these markets. We currently have two production facilities in China serving the animal nutrition end-market as well as a joint venture with the MGC Group to manufacture amines and amine derivatives. We plan to use our facilities, including our joint venture, as a platform for further expansion in Asia, including potentially in the fast-growing markets of Malaysia, Indonesia, India and Vietnam, and become a partner of choice for our customers in that region by leveraging our high-quality products, standards and technical expertise and moving closer to end users. We plan to capture global growth through our continuous investment in the U.S., which also serves as a platform for export to Latin America. In addition, our joint venture with the MGC group is expected to capture growth in Asia, primarily in China. We believe our technological and process knowledge should give us a significant advantage over our competitors in that region. As we grow in Asia, we are very focused on pursuing growth opportunities and selective acquisitions that are attractive from a margin profile.

In Latin America, we hold a strong market position in the agricultural chemicals, including crop protection and herbicides, that we sell and we seek to continue developing our presence in that region. We believe our competitive cost position in the United States and our network of sales offices in Latin America provide us with a strong platform for organic growth, and we will also aim to build strategic partnerships in Latin America and work with our global customers to develop business in that region. We will also continue to invest in our vertically integrated production capability in the United States and strategically pursue acquisitions, which we believe will facilitate further expansion of our derivative products for end-markets such as personal & home care and oil & gas in both North and South America.

 

82


Table of Contents

Further expand our vertically integrated model

Our vertically integrated business model is one of our key strengths, differentiating us from almost all of our competitors. Our vertically integrated model focuses on both the alkylamine and their associated derivatives, versus just focusing on the alkylamines, which some of our competitors do. By having a fully integrated value-chain we are able to maintain a sustainable low cost position, benefiting from energy optimization, limited recycling needs, optimized logistics, and a limited number of well positioned world-scale production units.

A cornerstone of our expansion strategy is the extension of our vertically integrated business and production approach to all our operations around the world. We are already vertically integrated to a high degree in our European operations, in particular at our facility in Ghent and more recently in the United States, where we have completed new derivative units at our St. Gabriel and Pace facilities. We have announced significant methylamine capacity expansion at Pace to be completed by the end of 2014 that will further increase our leadership in North America.

Furthermore, through our joint venture with the MGC Group, we produce amine derivatives in China to pursue profitable growth downstream. Equally important to our performance is the continuous pursuit of production efficiencies and regular debottlenecking projects, which yield significant benefits in exchange for modest capital expenditures. As part of the philosophy behind our vertically integrated business model, we will continue to seek and implement best-in-class process optimization and efficiency gains within each of our facilities and apply that expertise throughout our global operations.

Continue to develop new processes, markets and products to enhance growth and profitability

Another key element of our strategy is to capitalize on our technological leadership to develop new processes, new products and new applications for our existing products. Working closely with our customers to better understand our end-markets and our customers’ individual requirements, we will seek to continue developing new products that increase the overall value of our customers’ offerings. We will also focus on providing more efficient alternatives to existing formulations, using a wide range of technologies including green technologies for our solvents, plant physiologies for our agriculture products and genomics screening for our feed additives. In addition, we will seek to maintain and improve our knowledge of market trends and developments in order to find new and innovative applications for our existing products. Our product pipeline currently includes developments which we expect to reach our customers in the next few years in each of our key end-markets. We are focused on developing products which provide improved performance and, in most cases, represent safer, non-toxic and “greener” alternatives to existing chemicals.

History and Development

Our business originated with the formation of Taminco N.V., a Belgian public limited liability company, through the carve-out from Union Chimique Belge (“UCB”) in 2003. We entered the U.S. market in 2006 through the acquisition of certain assets of Air Products Americas. Taminco Group N.V. was incorporated in 2007 as a vehicle to effect the acquisition by funds advised by the previous sponsor. On December 15, 2011, an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, LLC entered into a share purchase agreement pursuant to which Taminco Finance Corporation acquired all of the issued share capital of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l., the parent of Taminco Group NV, and its subsidiaries.

In addition to increasing our production capabilities through acquisitions, we have also selectively acquired various supply contracts to increase the capacity at each of our plants. In 2004, we acquired Air Products’ European methylamines and derivatives customer portfolio and in 2006, we acquired Akzo Nobel’s customer portfolio following the closure of their Delfzijl plant. In 2007, we acquired Arkema’s U.S. methylamine and higher alkylamines ethoxylated derivatives business, which added 15 new products to our portfolio for both methylamine and higher alkylamines. We also acquired patented technology relating to plant growth regulators for use in cereals and formulations of chlorocholine chloride from Mandops UK in 2007. In 2008, we opened a

 

83


Table of Contents

more energy efficient, fourth generation methylamine unit in Ghent. In 2009, we closed our Riverview facility as the first step in integrating our production in the United States, and in 2010, we completed the transfer of its equipment to our plant at St. Gabriel, Louisiana. Also in 2010, we launched a joint venture in Nanjing, China with the MGC Group and acquired the remaining shares in our Yixing facility from our joint venture partner at that facility, in order to take advantage of continuing growth opportunities in that market and the rest of Asia. Under the joint venture agreement with MGC Group, we have a 50% interest in the joint venture and are responsible, jointly along with MGC Group, for all activities related to the business of the joint venture. We also have shared power with MGC Group to appoint the board of directors and other management members. The term of the joint venture agreement is indefinite and may be terminated if circumstances arise where the operation of the joint venture is no longer practical, such as the revocation of its business license or occurrence of an event that materially discriminates against foreign investors. For additional information, see “Note 6—Other Investments” to our audited consolidated financial statements and “Note 3—Equity Method Investments” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our Primary End-Markets

We are an amines company and our principal products consist of basic amines, including methylamines and higher alkylamines, solvents, specialty amine derivatives, and other intermediate chemicals. We evaluate our business in terms of the end-markets we serve with these chemicals, namely the agriculture, water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas end-markets, as well as various other niche markets. We divide our business into three primary segments, Functional Amines, Specialty Amines and Crop Protection. Our Functional Amines segment focuses on methylamines and salts, higher alkylamines and solvents. Our Specialty Amines segment focuses mainly on alkylamine derivatives for the water treatment, personal & home care, animal nutrition and oil & gas end-markets. Our Crop Protection segment focuses mainly on the agriculture and crop protection end-markets. All segments also serve certain additional niche industrial and other end-markets.

Functional Amines

Segment Overview

Our Functional Amines segment produces amines through the reaction of primary alcohols with ammonia. The products generated from this reaction are methylamines and higher alklylamines, the key building blocks that are used in the production of specialty chemicals and active ingredients for an array of widely applicable chemical products in diversified end-markets. Our Functional Amines segment had net sales and Adjusted EBITDA of $515 million and $108 million, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2011, and $505 million and $117 million, respectively, for the Pro Forma LTM Period.

Methylamines and Salts

We produce several basic amines, including methylamines (mono-, di- and tri-methylamine) and higher alkylamines that are used as intermediates in more than 200 different downstream applications across many growing end-markets. We are the largest global producer of methylamines, by installed capacity, with approximately 25% market share. Our amines businesses differ from region to region. In Europe, we manufacture methylamines but not higher alkylamines; in the United States, we manufacture both methylamines and higher alkylamines. We also have a presence in China through a joint venture producing methylamines and solvents.

Our products include MMA, DMA and TMA (methylamines) and DEA, TEA, MNPA, DIPA, N-Butyls and Iso-Butyls and Amylamines (higher alkylamines). We are the top global producer by volume of MMA, DMA, TMA, TEA and DEA. These products are available as gases and solutions, and are packaged in various forms including rail trucks and ISO tanks. Several of the products produced by our Functional Amines segment, including DMA, DMAc and TMA, have applications in the animal nutrition and agriculture end-markets and are

 

84


Table of Contents

sold to customers, including Dow, Nufarm, Balchem and Nutrinova. We are also developing new products through customer partnerships, as with Choline Agro Grade, a neutralizing amine that allows different herbicides to perform better together.

The customer base for our amines products is broad, comprising a wide array of customers, both large and small. In Europe and in the United States, our most significant competitor in methylamines is BASF. We enjoy very strong market positions in our amines business in all of the regions in which we operate. In Europe we have shifted our focus toward increased integrated production of higher-value specialty derivatives using our own amines, ensuring a secured outlet for our basic amines products through our integrated production model and partially/incrementally insulating our amines business from competition.

Solvents

Our Functional Amines segment produces a number of solvents for industrial and professional uses for a diverse set of customers in the global market, with a focus on Europe, including manufacturers of textile fibers, artificial leather and electronics, which include C-base, NMP, DMF and DMAc. Our overall solvents business is considerably smaller than our methylamines and higher amines business, and is decreasing in relative importance over time. We are estimated to be the fourth-largest global producer of DMF (a solvent used predominately in the production of artificial leather, electronics and acrylic fibers) by installed capacity, with a market share of approximately 9%, and have a market leading position in Europe. Our most significant competitor in the European solvents market is BASF. We do, however, compete with Chemanol and Chinese producers in the DMF market. We expect that demand for our solvents products will continue to grow.

Higher Alkylamines

We also supply higher alkylamines. The agriculture end-market is the largest single outlet for our products as they are primarily used in the formulation of major herbicide amines, including MIPA and MEA, key ingredients in glyphosate and atrazine. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, 28% of our total volume was attributable to products developed for the agriculture end-market.

We are one of the leading global producers of MIPA by installed capacity and the largest global producer of MEA by installed capacity, which are used in the production of herbicides, and have a global market share by volume of approximately 30% in each product with only one primary competitor in the U.S. The market for MIPA in North America is relatively concentrated, consisting of large crop protection companies. We sell most of the MEA we produce to one such company, Syngenta, with which we have a long-standing relationship, and which we supply by pipeline from a facility neighboring our St. Gabriel plant. We compete with only one other major supplier of these products, U.S. Amines, and, to a lesser extent, with the increasing Chinese presence in the glyphosate market. Another large manufacturer, Oxea, mainly produces out of Europe. Our large and highly flexible manufacturing capabilities allow us to serve our customers in a timely manner and to accommodate seasonal demand effectively, despite the short growing season. Although alternatives to these products are available, our customers would be required to seek re-registration of the herbicides they produce in order to effect a substitution. For all of these reasons, our competitive position in the North American market is very strong. Our customer base consists of local affiliates of major international crop companies and local formulators.

Specialty Amines

Segment Overview

Our Specialty Amines segment produces amine derivatives and other chemical intermediates, the building blocks that are used in the production of specialty chemicals and active ingredients for the water treatment, personal & home care, oil & gas and animal nutrition end-markets, as well as for industrial and other applications. This segment, through our integration model, sources its raw materials from the Functional Amines

 

85


Table of Contents

segment and other chemical companies. Our Specialty Amines segment had net sales and Adjusted EBITDA of $460 million and $78 million, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2011, and $468 million and $78 million, respectively, for the Pro Forma LTM Period.

We produce many specialty amine derivative products, and we expect the market for these products, in particular the water treatment, personal & home care and oil & gas end-markets, to experience additional growth over the near term. We believe we hold strong market positions in Europe, where we produce several specialty derivatives, and in the United States, where we have been actively investing in expanding our specialty derivatives capacity. Led by our DIMLA and DMAPA products, which are used in the production of detergents and other personal & home care products, we believe we can continue to reinforce our market position in the United States and therefore grow our business above the underlying market growth rate. In particular, we plan to capture growth in the water treatment and personal & home care end-markets in Latin America through our low-cost production facilities in the United States and significant sales force in Latin America. We also plan to expand our presence in China, introducing specialty derivatives as a way to counteract the growing competition among simpler amine products. In China, we are currently focused on growing our business and gaining market share. We plan to capitalize on ongoing investment in the new AAA unit with a planned capacity of 30 kt at our joint venture facility in Nanjing, targeting rapidly growing water treatment, personal & home care and oil & gas markets in Asia. We also plan to invest in developing a local platform in China for surfactant intermediates.

Originally in Europe, but for also for the last several years in North America, we have been increasingly focused on building an integrated production of higher-value specialty derivatives using our own amines, ensuring a secured outlet for our basic amines products through our integrated production model and partially insulate our amines business from competition. In total, we have spent $116 million in growth capital expenditures over the past three years to enhance our footprint and product mix.

Water Treatment

We serve the water treatment end-market primarily through specialty derivatives such as DMAE (Amietol M21), DEAE and DEHA, and other derivatives. Our products primarily include intermediates for coagulants and flocculants used to eliminate particles and impurities from liquids in industrial applications, to treat municipal wastewater and boiler water, and to prevent corrosion and scaling in closed circuits. We also supply basic methylamines, including MMA, DMA and TMA, and higher alkylamines, including DEA, TNPA and TNBA, to customers in the water treatment end-market. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, 12% of our total volume was derived from the water treatment end-market.

The key markets for water treatment products are the United States and Europe, where living standards are higher and regulatory requirements stricter. In both of these markets, the customer base for our water treatment intermediates is highly concentrated, comprising a small group of major chemicals manufacturers with whom we have long-standing and ongoing relationships, including Nalco, General Electric, SNF Floerger and Arkema. We and BASF are the two most significant suppliers of precursors for cationic monomers used in water treatment products with Taminco having a 45% market share. In addition, we are the largest global producer, by installed capacity, of DMAE, which is primarily used as a precursor for water treatment chemicals. Due to increasing demands placed upon global water supply systems, growth in demand for our water treatment products has historically been strong, proving resilient even under challenging macroeconomic conditions. Our products are used in the most efficient water treatment technologies, which we believe will increase their growth in emerging markets. Our presence in Asia is still limited but certain of our key customers are moving into Asia, and our objective is to grow with them and secure our position in that market. Water is becoming an increasingly scarce resource in many parts of the world as economies develop and populations grow. Demand for our water treatment products is expected to grow in line with the expected growth rate for the global water treatment products market of 4% per annum.

 

86


Table of Contents

Personal & Home Care

We serve the personal & home care end-market primarily through a type of specialty amine derivative that is used as a chemical intermediate in the production of surfactants. These chemicals are key building blocks for use in the production of fabric softeners, detergents, biocides and personal & home care products such as shampoos. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, 9% of our total volume was attributable to the personal & home care industry.

Our two main derivative products are DMAPA, which is used in personal & home care products and DIMLA, which is used in the production of detergents and biocides. We are also developing next generation products, such as an “enabling” molecule that increases the compatibility of surfactants with different characteristics to create new products. We are one of the top three global producers of DIMLA, by installed capacity. We are the second-largest global producer of DMAPA, by installed capacity, following our U.S. capacity expansion. We are also expanding our DIMLA capacity in the United States, and a substantial portion of our new U.S. DMAPA capacity has already been committed. We are a growing participant in the two largest markets, the United States and Europe. The customer base for our surfactant products is relatively concentrated, dominated by larger consumer products companies such as Procter & Gamble, and chemical manufacturers such as Huntsman, Evonik Industries and Stepan. In Europe, we are one of three major producers of DMAPA, along with Albemarle, BASF and Huntsman, and compete with a number of producers of DIMLA, including Kao and Clariant. Our primary market is Europe, where we believe our position is strong as a result of our long-term stable relationships with certain key customers and bolstered by our position as a “neutral” player in the market, meaning that we do not produce the same products as our customers and therefore do not compete with them. Our presence in the North American surfactants market is growing, and we believe that we are well positioned to increase our share in this market by leveraging our global customer relationships. In 2011 we began operation of a new DMAPA unit at our St. Gabriel facility, and in June 2012 we began operation of a new DIMLA unit at our Pace facility. Growth in demand for our surfactant products is expected to outpace the expected growth rate of approximately 6% per annum for the global amine-based surfactants market, driven by increasing demand in Eastern Europe, Russia, the Middle East and the United States. We are also accompanying the move of certain large customers, such as SNF Floerger, into emerging markets.

Oil & Gas

We serve the oil & gas end-market primarily through a range of basic methylamines, such as MMA, DMA and TMA, higher alkylamines, such as DEA, TEA, MNBA, DNBA and TNBA, and specialty derivatives, such as Amietol M12, ACT M12, MDEA and choline chloride, which are used in refineries and off-shore production facilities to remove impurities from crude oil and natural gas, principally, hydrogen sulphide and carbon dioxide, and referred to as oil & gas “sweeteners.” We also supply basic methylamines and higher alkylamines to customers in the oil & gas end-market for use in offshore oil & gas treatment as well as natural gas fracturing fluids such as choline chloride. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, 5% of our total volume was attributable to the oil & gas end-market.

Currently, Europe and the Middle East are the key markets for our oil & gas treatment chemicals, and there is a broad customer base for our products in both regions. Customers in these regions include Baker Petrolite, Ineos and Shell. The two markets differ in that European customers typically place recurrent orders with a chosen supplier, while customers in the Middle East generally supply a larger portion of their needs through tender processes. In Europe and the Middle East, we compete with a number of suppliers of alkylamine-based oil & gas treatment products, primarily large chemicals companies such as BASF, Dow, Huntsman, Balchem and Ineos. We are the second-largest global producer of MDEA, which is used in the manufacturing of fabric softners and in the oil & gas end-market, by installed capacity, with approximately 30% market share. We are the second-largest global producer of choline chloride, by installed capacity. We also have strong relationships with many key customers, and our alkylamines systems are based on an advanced technology that we believe is superior to traditional ethanolamines currently in use. In 2010, we commenced production of oil & gas treatment products including MDEA at our plant in St. Gabriel and we believe that this will enable us to establish a presence within

 

87


Table of Contents

this end-market in North America. Generally, the demand for oil & gas treatment products is increasing, both as a result of global growth in energy demand and because an increasing proportion of the oil & gas fields now being tapped have higher impurity levels than traditional oil & gas assets, requiring greater use of sweeteners. We are developing a new product, Amietol M43, to help these fields. In China, we are continuing to develop relationships with customers and increasing product penetration as the domestic oil & gas market develops. We will be able to serve this end-market from the AAA unit being constructed at our joint venture facility in Nanjing. Growth in demand for our products is expected to grow at a rate of approximately 6% per annum from 2012 to 2016 for the global oil & gas market.

Animal Nutrition

We serve the animal nutrition end-market primarily through choline chloride, a methylamine derivative also known as vitamin B4. Choline chloride is chiefly used in poultry feed, swine, fish and pet feed to allow better nutrient conversion and therefore reduce overall feed costs for the industry’s customers. In the Pro Forma LTM Period, 13% of our total volume was attributable to the animal nutrition end-market. Our strategy going forward is to develop safer substitutes, such as Taminizer C, for existing products, and to develop new products corresponding to unmet market demand, such as Taminizer D. Taminizer C is a patented solid form of concentrated choline chloride used in premium feed additives, containing almost double the amount of choline compared to other commonly used products. Taminizer D is a patented feed additive based on amines rather than choline chloride, which provides a more efficient metabolism of lipids, and therefore higher food conversion yields. It is currently undergoing field trials and has been approved by regulatory authorities in Brazil, Mexico and Europe.

We operate primarily in Europe, where our customers include MIAVIT and C.P. Group and our main competitors are Balchem, BASF and Be-Long. We expect the global market for choline chloride to grow steadily over the near term, and we believe we will be able to grow our volumes in line with or above the overall market. In addition, we believe our presence in China gives us a good platform to capitalize on increased demand for feed additives and expand our operations in that region. As a result, we expect our growth within this end-market will be driven by volume gains over the near term while we expect our gross profit margins to remain relatively flat or decline slightly due to potential declines in unit prices. In Asia, we plan to increase our market share through investment in existing production facilities.

We are the second-largest producer of choline chloride by installed capacity, with a global market share of approximately 17% in 2011. Our European customer base consists of a number of major integrated meat companies that purchase choline chloride in liquid form and spray it directly onto poultry and swine feed. In Asia, our customers are primarily small, specialized feed mills, to whom we sell choline chloride applied to a carrier (typically corn cobs). Our competitors include a large number of local producers. The demand for our choline chloride is expected to grow in line with the expected growth rate of approximately 3% per annum for the global choline chloride market, driven by increasing demand for poultry as it forms a growing part of the diet in emerging markets.

Specialty Additives

Pharmaceuticals

Our products for the pharmaceuticals end-market include a variety of basic methylamines, higher alkylamines and solvents, as well as specialty amine derivative products, each with their own specific properties and particular market dynamics. These products include DMA HCl and 2-Pyrrolidone. We believe we have strong market positions in small niches within Europe. Our pharmaceuticals end-market customers include UCB, Merck and Sanofi Aventis.

Other Specialty Derivative Products

Our Specialty Amines segment also supplies a number of specialty products for use in coatings and metalworking fluids, fuel additives and polymer additives to manufacturers and other industrial customers.

 

88


Table of Contents

Among these products, our chemicals developed for use in coatings, Advantex, Vantex T, Amietol M21 and Amietol M12, and metalworking fluids are the largest by a significant margin. Chemicals used in fuel additives include specialty additives used to enhance the properties of fuel and chemicals used in polymer additives, Terminator P and AN/FMI. Polymer additives are special additives used to enhance the properties of plastics. Both our polymer additives and fuel additives product lines are in the early stages of development. The markets for these specialty products are relatively small compared to products for the other end-markets served by our Specialty Amines segment. Our customers for these products include Akzo Nobel, Valspar, BASF, 3M, Sachem, Dow and Kaltex Fibers. We believe the primary driver of growth in these end-markets will be continued product and application development. We expect to continue to grow volumes for these specialty products over the near term while maintaining the high margins these products generally achieve, although we do not expect these products to comprise a substantial portion of our total revenue in the near to medium term.

Crop Protection

Segment Overview

Our Crop Protection segment produces alkylamine and alkylamine derivatives that are used directly in the agriculture and crop protection end-markets. Our Crop Protection segment had net sales and Adjusted EBITDA of $148 million and $41 million, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2011, and $138 million and $39 million, respectively, for the Pro Forma LTM Period. Demand for our crop protection products is generally increasing as a result of growth in world population and overall wealth, coupled with the growing scarcity of arable land per person, which we believe means crop protection products are becoming increasingly important. Advances in the bio-engineering of crops are also contributing to increased demand for some of our products. We are also developing new products through customer partnerships and internally, such as a “green,” plant strengthener undergoing proof of concept trials with certain customers.

We hold leading positions in niche markets for many of our crop protection products. One of the key issues facing producers of agricultural products is the need to obtain and maintain product registrations from environmental, health and safety authorities in order to be permitted to use and sell such products. Within many of our product markets, we are one of a small number of main producers holding the required registrations. In addition, registrations held by our customers in many cases depend on products we supply. In addition, we believe that we have established a reputation for advanced knowledge and strict quality control in our Crop Protection segment, which has contributed to the loyalty of our customer base.

We serve the agriculture end-market by supplying several crop protection products designed to increase the yields and longevity of crops, including fungicides, soil disinfectants, plant growth regulators and formulation of third party active ingredients.

We believe that crop protection represents a key growth area for the Company, and we expect to increase volumes at or above the overall market trend by introducing new products and broadening our overall product portfolio. In 2011, we committed a majority of our total group research and development expenditures to the development of crop protection products, and we expect that trend to continue over the near term. Within our crop protection product portfolio, we expect volume growth to be driven by growth in our fungicide and growth regulator lines. We believe we can achieve volume growth without reducing our overall gross profit margins, by successfully introducing new products, maintaining our pricing strategy and broadening the range of countries in which our existing products are registered. We are continuing to develop uses for our products on new crops such as avocados, with an added focus on tropical crops, such as rice and mangoes, to capture more emerging market demand.

Fungicides

We produce three fungicide end-products for use as fungicides or seed treatment agents: Thiram, Ziram and Ferbam. The key market for these products is Europe, where we are the largest producer of Ziram and Thiram.

 

89


Table of Contents

According to the ADL Report, we have a leading position in Ziram and Thiram production. Our primary competitors in the fungicides market are Bayer and United Phosphorus. We have product registrations for fungicides in numerous countries around the world. We sell fungicides to large multinationals, which then resell them under their own brands, as well as to national distributors of leading crop protection companies, which sell them under our brand names. These products have a broad range of applications for many different crops and a long track record in the market. Over time, our fungicides have faced competition from more selective fungicides, developed for use against a narrower range of diseases. As disease resistance to these more specialized products has increased, the need for effective alternatives has enabled our fungicides to gain additional market share. We are currently exploring new “non-residue” applications for our fungicides in crops with skins that are not consumed, such as bananas. These products are also used to protect plant seeds from soil fungal disease during the early germination phase, which is achieved by coating the seed with a special form of the fungicide before planting. We expect the market for these products to grow broadly in line with the expected growth rate for the global crop protection market of 4% per annum, provided that we have all of the required registrations.

Soil Fumigation

Our soil fumigation products comprise two active ingredients, metam sodium and metam potassium, which are used prior to planting or sowing in order to clean soil of bacteria, weed seeds and nematodes, primarily in connection with growing high value fruit and vegetable crops, such as strawberries. We have product registrations for soil disinfectants in numerous countries around the world. The key markets for these products are North America and Europe. We sell soil fumigation products to a broad range of customers, both directly and through distributors of leading crop protection companies. We face a relatively limited range of competitors, two in Europe, Lainco and FMC Foret, and two large producers in North America, TKI and Amvac. We believe we are the largest global producer, by installed capacity, of metam sodium, with market share of approximately 40%, and our primary customers include Certis and Simplot. We currently sell our soil fumigation products in Europe under product registrations, which extend to 2014, and are in the process of seeking extensions for a further 10 years. Demand for our soil fumigation products is expected to grow in line with the expected growth rate for the global crop protection market of 4% per annum, provided that we have all of the required registrations.

Formulations

Our formulations products comprise free formulation Water Dispersible Granules (“WDG”), a specific technique that we use to formulate third parties’ active ingredients. Each of the regions in which we operate is a key market for our formulations products, which are shipped globally from our production facilities in Ghent. Our customer base is highly concentrated and consists of crop protection companies seeking high-quality formulation capacity. We compete with a limited number of large formulations producers, as well as with a broader range of manufacturers who have a lower capacity and less advanced technology than ours. We have developed our own technology, which we allow crop protection companies to globally access through tolling agreements. Demand for our products is driven by a number of large companies willing to enter into tolling agreements, which has shifted volumes in our favor as manufacturers seek a technologically-advanced player with the capacity to provide high volumes of product and a willingness to share its resources through tolling arrangements. Demand for our formulations products is expected to grow in line with the expected growth rate for the global crop protection market of 4% per annum, provided that we have all of the required registrations.

Plant Growth Regulators

Our plant growth regulators comprise products such as chlormequat chloride formulations, which regulate plant hormones to strengthen root systems and stems in cereals. These products include CCC, C5, Adjust, Barlequat, Stimul, Bettaquat, Tyran/Regus and Desikote. We acquired this line of products from our Mandops acquisition, but we are expanding it with several products currently in the development phase, focusing on high-margin niches. We have product registrations for plant growth regulators in numerous countries around the

 

90


Table of Contents

world. The key market for these products is Europe, where we have a strong position. Our customer base is concentrated and consists of major crop protection companies. Competition is relatively concentrated, with two other companies, BASF and Nufarm, holding significant market positions. We participate in an industry group, the European Task Force, whose members share the costs and benefits of obtaining product registrations in this area. Demand for plant growth regulators is expected to grow above the expected growth rate for the general crop protection market of 4% per annum due to an increase in the development of specialty formulations, provided that we have all of the required registrations.

Industrial Applications

Our Crop Protection segment also produces biocides that serve a variety of industrial uses as well as rubber chemicals. These products are produced alongside our crop protection products within our Crop Protection segment because of their similar chemical properties.

Our biocides are used in industrial processes to protect products, such as sugar, paper and leather, from bacterial erosion. In addition, our biocides are used to treat cooling water. Our rubber chemicals are used in niche plastics or rubber markets and include, for example, vulcanization accelerators used to solidify rubber on a molecular level. The key market for our biocide and rubber chemicals products is Europe. We sell biocides primarily to a relatively concentrated customer group, consisting of companies that provide industrial water treatment services to large manufacturers. We have relatively few competitors, and product registrations significantly support our strong competitive position. We are the leading global producer, by volume, of Thiram, a key product in crop protection fungicide and the biocides and rubber chemicals group. We sell rubber chemicals to a relatively concentrated group comprised of major rubber producers, such as manufacturers of tires and belts. Competition in this market consists primarily of imports from Asia. Following expected near-term recovery, demand for both biocides and rubber chemicals is expected to grow thereafter in line with GDP in each of our key regions where the products are sold.

Our Operations

Integrated Production Model

A key strength of our business is our integrated production model, which involves using the methylamines and higher alkylamines manufactured in a given plant within the same facility as inputs in manufacturing derivatives. This enables us to lower costs through heat and steam recycling within the facilities, and to redirect resources to the manufacture of those derivatives for which demand is highest. In addition, we have selectively chosen not to enter into certain downstream products that would directly compete with our key customers, which we believe is a competitive advantage. Our decision to not enter into certain downstream end-markets that compete with our customers and our specialization in amines and their derivatives are the reasons we are the chosen partner for the largest and fastest growing companies in the industry.

 

91


Table of Contents

The following chart illustrates our integrated production model:

 

LOGO

Research and Product Development

In addition to growing through acquisitions, we have also experienced significant growth in revenue and Adjusted EBITDA from organic growth in the end-markets we serve, as well as from the introduction of new products.

Research

Our research and development department focuses on product development within our key end-markets, and improving existing processes, clean technologies and energy efficiency. We operate a well-equipped lab and pilot unit, and we employ 34 full-time employees, including PhDs, lab and pilot technicians and business developers, located in Ghent. We pursue research and development according to an open innovation model, meaning that we develop products both on a stand-alone basis and in partnership with several departments of the Universities of Ghent and Leuven. We also have partnerships with the University of Prague and the University of Rostock. In 2009, 2010 and 2011, our research and development expenditures amounted to approximately $12 million, $13 million and $12 million, respectively.

Past achievements of the department include the development of processes allowing feedstock flexibility for some of our existing products. We also improved our Thiram production process by making it cleaner and lower-cost by using an oxygen-based, low-waste process, and we believe we remain the sole producer in the world to use this production methodology.

Technology

In addition to our efforts on growth projects and improving plant efficiency, our engineering department has also pursued energy initiatives that have generated significant energy savings.

Examples include our energy-efficient, fourth-generation methylamine plant in Ghent on which we began operating in 2008, leading to approximately 50% primary energy savings compared to the previous unit with the same product mix. In 2009, we initiated a new cogeneration unit at Ghent, which produces highly efficient energy and steam and that has led to additional energy savings and a reduction in carbon dioxide emissions.

 

92


Table of Contents

Product Development

The product development group is responsible for the development of both new and existing products. The group also provides valuable market, product and competitor intelligence to assist us in making strategic acquisitions. The team works closely with the marketing, production and engineering departments to align the objectives of product development with our general business objectives. Every new project is assigned a steering committee, which includes representatives from each of these departments and adopts a goal-oriented approach to product development. The average timeline for product development from conception to execution is three to five years.

Past achievements include the Banguard42 SC fungicide, used as an aerial spray to control certain banana diseases and the new feed additive Taminzer C, a new version of dry choline chloride that is very pure and concentrated, which results in transportation cost savings and has a unique micro-granular structure that allows it to mix well with other chemicals. The development pipeline currently includes projects within each segment. Within the Functional Amines segment, we are focused on the development of green solvents from renewable raw materials, alkylamine-based surfactants and, enhanced performance molecules for gas sweetening. Within the Specialty Amines segment, we are focused on developing products for the water treatment, personal & home care, oil & gas and feed additives end-markets. Within the Crop Protection segment, we are focused on plant physiologics, developing sustainable products that help plants overcome diseases (curative) or stimulate the plant’s strength (preventive) to become less vulnerable to pests, drought stress, salinity and other extreme weather conditions. Our other area of focus is pre- and post-harvest management, which includes improvement of the conservation of crops to overcome yield losses due to exposure to adverse weather conditions (pre-harvest), and the interruption of natural ripening or decaying processes by either a physical barrier or by triggering the reverse mechanisms of the plant (post-harvest).

Intellectual Property

We currently have 78 patents issued in various jurisdictions worldwide, covering production processes for fatty alkylamines and specialty alkylamine applications in coatings and metal working fluids, as well as new formulations for plant protection, plant biomodulators and feed additives. We have developed some of this intellectual property internally in our state of the art laboratory and pilot unit in Ghent, and have also added to our intellectual property portfolio through the Air Products, Arkema and Mandops acquisitions. The technologies in the research and development pipeline constitute significant innovations, and we strive to protect them all with patents. We currently have 153 pending patent applications relating both to products still in the development phase, including plant protection agents and feed additive products, and products and applications that are already on the market, such as basic and specialty higher alkylamines. We have pending patent applications in the United States, Canada, Brazil, Mexico, Japan, China, Korea and the European Union. In cases where we collaborate with universities, we have contracts in place which will give us full ownership of any intellectual property developed in the collaboration, in exchange for a fixed amount of royalties, and other compensation. In addition to patents, we have over 69 brand names and logos protected as registered trademarks, including the TAMINCO MOLECULES brand name and logo as well as names for individual products such as AMIETOL, GRANUFLO, METAM CL, METAM KLR, TAMINIZER and ZIRAM GRANUFLO.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We and our operations and facilities are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing pollution; protection of the environment; licenses and permits; air emissions; greenhouse gas emissions; energy efficiency; water supply, use and discharges; construction and operation of sites; the use, generation, handling, transport, treatment, recycling, presence, release and threatened release, management, storage and disposal of and exposure to hazardous substances, materials or waste; public health and safety and the health and safety of our employees; chemical plant security; product safety, registration, and authorization; noise, odor, mold, dust and nuisance; the investigation and remediation of contaminated soil and groundwater; the protection and restoration of plants,

 

93


Table of Contents

wildlife and natural resources; and cultural and historic resources, land use and other similar matters as well as numerous related reporting and record keeping requirements. Governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with their regulations and violators of environmental, health and safety laws may be subject to civil, criminal and administrative penalties, injunctions or both. In addition, private lawsuits for personal injury, property damage, diminution in value or similar claims may be initiated as a result of our operations. Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and the interpretation or enforcement thereof, are subject to change and may become more stringent in the future which may result in substantial future costs or capital or operating expenses. We cannot estimate the impact of increased and more stringent regulation on our operations, future capital expenditure requirements or the cost of compliance.

Chemical Product Registration Requirements. We must comply with regulations related to the testing, manufacturing, labeling, registration and safety analysis of our products in order to distribute many of our products, including, for example, in the U.S., the federal Toxic Substances Control Act, federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act and U.S. state and local pesticide laws, and in the European Union, the Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemical Substances (“REACH”). Currently, three of our products are classified under REACH as carcinogenic, mutagenic or toxic to reproduction (“CMR”). As a result of this CMR classification, these products may be subject to restrictions in other jurisdictions, may require additional authorization or may be substituted in the future by other products. In addition, our products NMP and DMAC are each listed as a Substance of Very High Concern (“SVHC”) under REACH and certain of our other products may be listed in the future. This designation may require us to apply for the European Chemical Agency’s authorization to continue to use or place these substances on the market. Alternatively, the European Commission could instead impose marketing and use restrictions under REACH or other E.U. directives to address risks posed by an SVHC.

Also in the E. U., plant protection products require approval under Article 28 of Regulation 1107/2009 (the “EU PPPR”) by each Member State where they are sold. Other of our products must have E.U. level approval pursuant to the Biocidal Product Regulation (EU) No. 528/2012 (the “EU BPR”) concerning the placing of biocidal products on the market in order for us to market and sell them for particular uses. We are currently seeking European Commission authorization pursuant to the EU BPR for two of our products to be marketed as biocidal products, which as of January 2013, were not yet permitted. In addition, as existing authorizations under the EU PPPR and EU BPR expire, we may be unable to obtain reauthorizations for such products. In such case, we would be unable to market and sell any such plant protection or biocidal product not reauthorized in the E.U. going forward.

Air Emissions . The U.S. federal Clean Air Act (the “CAA”) and comparable U.S. state and foreign statutes and regulations, regulate emissions of various air pollutants and contaminants into the air. Certain of the CAA’s regulatory programs are the subject of ongoing review and/or are subject to ongoing litigation, such as the rules establishing new Maximum Achievable Control Technology for industrial boilers, and significant emissions control expenditures may be required to meet these current and emerging standards. Regulatory agencies can also impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance with air permits or other legal requirements regarding air emissions. In addition, some states do, and further states may, choose to set more stringent air emissions rules than those in the CAA.

There has been a broad range of proposed or promulgated state, national and international laws focusing on greenhouse gas (“GHG”) reductions. In the U.S., the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has promulgated federal GHG regulations under the CAA affecting certain sources. In addition, a number of state, local and regional GHG initiatives are also being developed or are already in place. In the European Union, implementation of the Kyoto Protocol requirements regarding GHG emission reductions consists of energy efficiency regulations, carbon dioxide emissions allowances trading and renewable energy requirements.

Waste Management . Our operations are subject to statutes and regulations addressing the remediation, removal, treatment, storage, disposal, remediation and transportation of solid and hazardous wastes and

 

94


Table of Contents

hazardous substances. In the U.S., the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, (“CERCLA”), also known as the “Superfund” law, and comparable state laws, generally impose joint, strict and several liability for costs of investigation and remediation, natural resources damages, and certain health studies, on potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”). All such PRPs (or any one of them) can be required to bear all of such costs regardless of fault, the legality of the original disposal or ownership of the disposal site. Accordingly, we may become subject to liability under CERCLA for cleanup costs or investigation or clean up obligations or related third-party claims in connection with releases of hazardous substances at or from our current or former sites or offsite waste disposal facilities, including those caused by predecessors or relating to divested properties or operations. The Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, (“RCRA”) and comparable state laws regulate the treatment, storage, disposal, remediation and transportation of solid and hazardous wastes by imposing management requirements on generators and transporters of such wastes and on the owners and operators of treatment, storage and disposal facilities. It is possible that our operations may generate wastes that are subject to RCRA and comparable state statutes.

We are or may be required to comply with a number of additional foreign, federal, state and local environmental, health, safety and similar laws and regulations in addition to those discussed above, including those addressing discharges to surface and groundwater, emergency planning, chemical plant security, notice to governmental authorities, and occupational health and safety.

We have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs to maintain compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. We expect to incur approximately $11.5 million in capital expenditures relating to environmental, health and safety regulations in 2012. We estimate that our capital expenditures relating to environmental, health and safety regulations will be $18.5 million in 2013 and $8-$14 million per year through 2016; however, these estimates are subject to change given the uncertainty of future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and the interpretation and enforcement thereof, as further described in this prospectus. Our environmental capital expenditure plans cover, among other things, the currently expected costs associated with known permit requirements relating to plant improvements.

Contamination and Hazardous Substance Risks

Certain U.S. and foreign environmental laws (including CERCLA discussed above) assess liability on current or previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of removal or remediation of hazardous substances. Contamination has been identified at several of our properties, including our Ghent, Leuna, Yixing, and Camaçari, Bahia, Brazil sites. We are, however, the beneficiary of certain environmental indemnities (including an indemnity contained in a governmental order) and contractual obligations of third parties received in connection with certain past transactions. Pursuant to some of these indemnities and obligations, third parties are currently conducting remediation at our Ghent and Leuna sites, respectively. There is currently no indemnification coverage applicable to the Yixing or Camaçari, Bahia, Brazil sites. There can be no assurances that these and the other third parties will be able to or will otherwise agree to continue to perform under these indemnities or obligations, or that these indemnities or obligations, as drafted, will cover other remedial obligations at these or other sites that may arise in the future.

In addition to cleanup obligations, we could also be held liable for any and all consequences arising out of human exposure to hazardous substances or other environmental damage, which liability may not be covered by the above described indemnities or insurance we may have.

Environmental Reserves, Asset Retirement Obligations and Financial Assurance

Following our decision in August 2011 to close our production facility located in Camaçari, Bahia, Brazil, Brazilian authorities required us to conduct environmental sampling and analysis at the site, which identified some localized soil contamination. The estimated cost to remediate the identified contamination is less than $1 million which is accrued for on the balance sheet.

 

95


Table of Contents

We have an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) relating to the future closure of our Pace site at the end of our long-term lease in 2056. The lease provides that at the end of the term or upon earlier termination, we shall, among other obligations, return the premises in the condition in which we agreed in the lease to maintain them, subject to normal wear and tear, and remove certain improvements to the premises.

We maintain a letter of credit in the amount of $1,116,937 for closure and post-closure care of solid waste sludge impoundments under RCRA at our plant in St. Gabriel, Louisiana.

Workplace Health and Safety

We are committed to manufacturing safe products and achieving a safe workplace. Our Quality, Safety, Health and Environment department specializes in the health and safety aspects of our production. To protect employees, we have established health and safety policies, programs and processes at all our manufacturing sites, including the creation of a global best practice exchange program that seeks to optimize our safety policies and procedures. Our safety management is founded on safe design of production processes, governed by hazard and operability analysis (“HAZOP”) and layer of protection analysis (“LOPA”) techniques to analyze safety hazards in the operation of chemical plants. Likewise, all process changes are governed by “management of change” procedures which are based on guidelines to manage mechanical or operational changes in chemical plants. An external health and safety audit is performed at each of our plants on a yearly basis, in accordance with local health and safety standards. In addition, we have an internal health and safety audit system, with an internal committee that reports on health and safety issues on a monthly basis on each of our seven manufacturing plants.

Raw Materials

Our key raw materials are methanol, ethylene oxide, ammonia and acetone. The main raw materials required for the production of methylamines and higher alkylamines are ammonia, methanol and acetone. The key raw materials used in the production of derivative products include ethylene oxide, acrylonitrile and acetic acid, in combination with methylamines and higher alkylamines. All of our main raw materials are readily available commodity chemicals, and we purchase them in relatively low volumes compared to total global capacity. Specifically, we source a significant portion of our methanol requirements through a long term contract. We have a secure supply of key raw materials, which are provided by truck, railcar, barge and pipeline from a relatively limited number of suppliers. Our key sources of energy are electricity, steam and natural gas. All of our energy is readily available and supplied by local producers. As we engage in CPT Contracts for approximately 50% of revenues for the Pro Forma LTM Period, we can largely pass raw material price increase through to customers. For information on how raw material and energy costs influence our results of operations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Drivers of Our Business—Raw Materials.”

 

96


Table of Contents

Our Production Facilities and Properties

Total Production Capacity by Plant Facility as of September 30, 2012 (in kT)

 

     Methylamines      Derivatives      Higher
Alkylamines
     Taminco  

Pace

     145         50         30         225   

St. Gabriel

     —           80         140         220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

America

     145         130         170         445   

Shanghai

     —           6         —           6   

Yixing

     —           15         —           15   

Nanjing

     35         83         —           118   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Asia

     35         104         —           139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ghent

     90         438         —           528   

Leuna

     90         100         —           190   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Europe

     180         538         —           718   

Total

     360         772         170         1,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We currently have seven plants worldwide dedicated to the production of alkylamines and derivatives, consisting of two larger facilities in each of the United States (Pace, Florida and St. Gabriel, Louisiana) and Europe (Ghent, Belgium and Leuna, Germany), a joint venture facility with MGC Group (Nanjing, China) and two other facilities in China (Fengxian and Yixing, China). We have a total annual global production capacity of approximately 1,302 kt, with capacity in North America, Asia and Europe at 445 kt, 139 kt and 718 kt, respectively. Each plant is a large complex, housing alkylamine processing areas in open air chemical production units, storage tank farms, loading areas, wastewater treatment units, a control room and administrative unit, and rail and road infrastructure.

A key element of our strategy is the integrated production model, through which methylamines and higher alkylamines manufactured in a given plant are used within the same facility as a raw material in manufacturing derivatives. This enables us to lower costs through heat and steam recycling within the facilities and to direct resources to the manufacture of key amines and derivatives. Currently, Ghent is our most integrated plant, producing both methylamines and methylamine derivative products. We are currently in the process of integrating our other key plants, including both energy and production integration. In 2010, the St. Gabriel plant was substantially expanded in order to manufacture three derivative products, including basic AAA, specialty AAA and DEHA. Generally, our plants are designed and equipped as stand-alone facilities, sourcing raw materials and supplying customers within the regions in which they are located. This is a reflection of the nature of methylamines, which are volatile substances requiring special care and involving high costs to transport. Our plants are strategically located near ports or within existing chemical complexes to facilitate the supply of raw materials. Over time, we have built significant logistical expertise, transporting 150 different products, from bulk gaseous alkylamines to liquids, to packed materials, to 85 different countries.

In addition to the production facilities discussed above, we have corporate offices in Allentown Pennsylvania and Ghent, Belgium. We lease our corporate headquarters offices at Two Windsor Plaza, Suite 411, 7540 Windsor Drive, Allentown, Pennsylvania 18195. We own our Belgian corporate offices located at Pantserschipstraat 207, 9000 Ghent, Belgium and lease additional corporate offices at Guldensporenpark 82, 9820 Merelbeke (Ghent), Belgium.

 

97


Table of Contents

Marketing and Sales

Our business is organized into business units focused on a particular end use to cater directly to existing customers and easily identify new opportunities to expand. As of September 30, 2012, our global specialized sales force consisted of 29 sales people in 19 countries and 20 sales offices, each with individual responsibility for a particular end-use sector or region in which we operate and the customers within those sectors or regions. The sales force closely monitors market appetite for our products and relays the information to the Global Marketing Manager, who acts as an intermediate between the sales force and our research and development department. The Global Marketing Manager tracks market trends and identifies new opportunities, and then communicates his findings to two key persons: the Regional Product Manager, who adjusts production of products that are in high demand to ensure a consistent supply and finds new uses for existing products, and the Global Business Developer who adjusts or develops formulations to match newly identified uses or opportunities for our products. In this manner, the Global Marketing Manager directs the sales force and also communicates new opportunities to the research and development and engineering departments to focus research and adjust formulations in the manufacture of products.

Our customers are typically producers of derivative products that require alkylamines or producers of end products that require alkylamine derivatives. For the Pro Forma LTM Period, our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 37% of our revenue. For more information, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Key Drivers of Our Business.” The majority of our top 10 customers have contracts with more than one business unit serving different end-markets, and all have multiple contracts for different products. In addition, the stability of our revenue stream is further enhanced by the longer-term nature of our contracts, which have an average duration of two to five years, and a lack of customer concentration, as none of our customers account for more than 7% of revenue in the Pro Forma LTM Period.

Insurance

We have obtained insurance for our operations, which we believe is broadly in line with that of similar companies in the industry. Through a number of international and local insurers, we have insurance policies relating to our liability for death or injury to employees, contamination and other environmental risks, losses relating to our assets, transportation of our products, certain aspects of business interruption and product and operational accountability. Many of our insurers visit our facilities on a regular basis to audit our facilities and procedures. Over the last six years, our insurance premiums have decreased due to favorable insurance markets and appraisers’ increasing understanding of our business. However, our insurance does not cover every potential risk associated with our business or for which we may otherwise be liable, as it is not possible for companies within the industry to obtain meaningful coverage at reasonable rates for certain types of environmental hazards. For more information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Industry—Our insurance policies may not cover, or fully cover, us against natural disasters, global conflicts, environmental risk or the inherent hazards of our operations and products.”

Information Technology

Our core critical business systems are Microsoft products, such as Server products, Office and Windows, and the Systems, Applications and Products (“SAP”) software used for our commercial activities, including sales and marketing, finance, purchasing, plant maintenance and reporting. The SAP software system provides full financial reporting and integration among the logistics processes across our global operations. Our plants in North America, Europe and Asia run on the SAP system. We currently have several full-time, external SAP consultants on site at our plant in Ghent and strong internal knowledge in each of our plants. Furthermore, we have taken appropriate measures to secure our systems and data by using market standard IT security capability. We have a centralized back-up data storage facility at our plant in Ghent, as well as business continuity plans. We have not had any significant IT problems in the past and, when we have encountered difficulty, recovery has been smooth and rapid.

 

98


Table of Contents

Competition

We believe that our extensive expertise and technology, our existing investments in profitable, vertically integrated manufacturing facilities, and our current set of product registrations from environmental, health and safety regulatory authorities give us a significant advantage over our competitors and new entrants. We also find it advantageous that some of our competitors have chosen to enter into certain downstream products that we do not manufacture and that compete directly with their customers.

Over the past decade, producers in the alkylamine industry that compete in our geographies have consolidated significantly. Key consolidation events include Air Product’s UK closure of a 50 kt production line in 2004, Chinook Canada’s closure of a 68 kt production line in 2004 and sale of contracts to DuPont, our purchase of Air Product’s North American and Latin American amines business in 2006, Akzo Nobel’s Netherlands closure of a 22 kt production line in 2006 and sale of contracts to us and Balchem’s purchase of Akzo Nobel’s 18 kt Italian operations in 2007.

The largest alkylamine building block product by volume is methylamines, followed by higher alkylamines. We believe consumption of methylamines accounted for approximately 74% of global consumption of alkylamines by volume and that higher alkylamines made up the remainder of global consumption. The three producers of methylamines in North America are Taminco, DuPont and BASF, with Taminco having the largest share of production capacity at 49% in 2011 and DuPont having the next largest share. The two producers of higher alkylamines in North America are Taminco and U.S. Amines, with Taminco’s share of production capacity at 75% in 2011. The European methylamine producers are Taminco, BASF, Balchem and CEPSA, with Taminco having the largest share of European production capacity at 52% and BASF having the majority of the remaining capacity share. In Asia, the significant methylamine producers include Zheijiang Jiangshu, Shandong Huala Hengsheng, Luxi Chemical Corp. and Taminco, with Taminco’s share representing 4% of Asian production capacity in 2011.

Employee Relations

We have approximately 820 employees as of September 30, 2012 through our various subsidiaries. Approximately 35% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements with our subsidiaries. Most of our employees covered by collective bargaining agreements are located in Belgium. Our collective bargaining agreements with our employees in Belgium expire on December 31, 2012. We are in ongoing discussions with our employees on this agreement and do not expect any issues to arise upon renewal of such agreements.

Legal Proceedings and Other Matters

We are not involved in any pending governmental, judicial or arbitral proceeding, including any pending or threatened proceeding of which we are aware, that we believe may have, or has had, a material effect on our financial position or profitability. We are either a plaintiff or a defendant in other pending legal matters in the normal course of business. Management believes none of these other legal matters will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or cash flow upon their final disposition.

 

99


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers and directors.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Laurent Lenoir

     46       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Kurt Decat

     47       Chief Financial Officer and Director

Johan De Saegher

     47       Chief Operating Officer

Randall Colin Gouveia

     49       Executive Vice-President Functional Amines and Regional President North America

Guy Wouters

     56       Executive Vice-President Supply Chain & Purchasing & ICT

Piet Vanneste

     50       Executive Vice-President Strategy, R&D and M&A

Guy Van Den Bossche

     51       Executive Vice-President Crop Protection

Sabine Ketsman

     35       Executive Vice-President Specialty Amines

Edward Yocum

     47       Executive Vice-President and General Counsel

Charlie Shaver

     54       Director and Non-Executive Chairman

Kenny Cordell

     55       Director

Samuel Feinstein

     29       Director

Scott Kleinman

     40       Director

Marvin Schlanger

     64       Director

Justin Stevens

     32       Director

Pol Vanderhaeghen

     65       Director

Background of Executive Officers and Directors

Laurent Lenoir has been our Chief Executive Officer since January 2010. Prior to that, he was Group Vice-President BU Methylamines & Derivatives—Regional President Asia from 2007 to December 2009 and has served in a variety of operational and executive roles during his 21 years of service with the Company. Mr. Lenoir graduated from École Nationale Supérieure d’Agronomie de Montpellier with a degree in life sciences engineering. Due to his more than 20 years of experience in the alkylamine industry and various managerial positions within Taminco, Mr. Lenoir was elected as a member of our board of directors.

Kurt Decat joined Taminco in 2003 as Chief Financial Officer, after a career of 15 years in financial management and business management at several multinational companies. Mr. Decat studied applied economics and holds a masters degree in business administration from Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. Due to his more than 20 years of experience as a finance professional, Mr. Decat was elected as a member of our board of directors.

Johan De Saegher has been our Chief Operating Officer since February 2012. Prior to that, he was Group Vice-President Agro Sciences and Regional President Latin America and has served the Company in various operational and managerial roles since 1994. Mr. Saegher holds a PhD in chemical engineering from Universiteit Gent.

Randall Colin Gouveia has been our Executive Vice-President Functional Amines and Regional President North America since August 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Gouveia was General Manager at Dow Chemical, which he joined in 2003. Mr. Gouveia holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Norwich University and a Master of Business Administration from Villanova University.

Guy Wouters has been our Executive Vice-President Supply Chain and Purchasing and ICT since 2007. He joined Taminco in 1984 and has served in various roles at the Company. Mr. Wouters holds a degree in commercial engineering from I.C.H.E.C. Brussels.

Piet Vanneste has been our Executive Vice-President Strategy, R&D and M&A since 2004. Mr. Vanneste started his career at BASF and has served in various operational and executive roles in the chemical industry. Mr. Vanneste holds a masters degree in chemical engineering from Ghent University.

 

100


Table of Contents

Guy Van Den Bossche has been our Executive Vice-President Crop Protection since February 2012. Prior to that, he was Business Director Crop Protection and Feed Additives. From 2005 to 2009, Mr. Van Den Bossche was Global Product Manager Life Sciences. Mr. Van Den Bossche holds a masters degree in commercial engineering from FUCAM University Mons (Belgium).

Sabine Ketsman has been our Executive Vice-President Specialty Amines since February 2012 and is also responsible for the global sales organization. She started her career with Taminco in 2000 and has served in various executive roles with the Company. Ms. Ketsman holds a masters degree in business engineering from EHSAL University (Brussels).

Edward Yocum has been our Executive Vice-President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary since July 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Yocum served in senior legal positions for both publicly-traded and privately-held corporations, including Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Journal Register Company from 2006 to 2011 and Deputy General Counsel of GrafTech International Ltd. From 2003 to 2006. He was in private practice from 2011 to 2012. He started his career with the law firm of Shearman & Sterling LLP in New York. He holds a Juris Doctorate degree from Villanova University School of Law and a degree in business administration from Temple University.

Charlie Shaver became a member of our board in February 2012. He was most recently the Chief Executive Officer and President of the TPC Group from 2004 to April 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Shaver served as Vice President and General Manager for General Chemical, a division of Gentek, Inc. (GETI), from 2001 through 2004 and as a Vice President and General Manager for Arch Chemicals, Inc. from 1999 through 2001. Mr. Shaver began his career with the Dow Chemical Company serving in a series of operational, engineering and business positions from 1980 through 1996. Mr. Shaver currently serves as Chairman of the Board for U.S. Silica and serves on the Boards of Zeachem, Inc. and EP Minerals. Mr. Shaver’s management experience in the chemical industry qualifies him to serve as a member of our board.

Kenny Cordell became a member of our board in February 2012. He currently serves on the board of Momentive Performance Chemicals, a global chemicals manufacturer, and serves on the board of Origin Agritech Limited, a Chinese producer of quality seeds. From 2010 to 2012, Mr. Cordell was a consultant to Apollo. From 2006 until 2009, Mr. Cordell was the CEO and Chairman of the Board for UAP Holdings, a distributor of crop inputs in the United States. Prior to that time, Mr. Cordell held various executive positions in FMC, BASF, and Rohm and Haas Company. Mr. Cordell holds an M.B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Cordell’s extensive management experience qualifies him to serve as a member of our board.

Samuel Feinstein became a member of our board in December 2011. He is a Principal of Apollo’s private equity business, which he joined in 2007. Prior to that time, Mr. Feinstein was a member of the Investment Banking Group at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Feinstein’s leadership role at Apollo and extensive financial and business experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

Scott Kleinman became a member of our board in December 2011. He is Lead Partner for Private Equity at Apollo, where he has worked since February 1996. Mr. Kleinman serves on the boards of directors of LyondellBasell Industries N.V., Momentive Performance Materials Holdings LLC, Verso Paper Corp and Realogy Corporation. Mr. Kleinman’s leadership role at Apollo and his extensive financial and business experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

Marvin Schlanger became a member of our board in February 2012. He has been a principal in the firm of Cherry Hill Chemical Investments, LLC, which has provided management services and capital to chemical and allied industries since October 1998. Prior to October 1998, Mr. Schlanger held various executive positions with ARCO Chemical Company. Mr. Schlanger is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CEVA Group Plc, a director and Chairman of the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell Industries NV, and a director of Momentive Specialty Chemical Holdings LLC, UGI Corporation, UGI Utilities Inc. and Amerigas Partners LP. Mr. Schlanger holds a degree in chemical engineering from the University of Massachusetts. Mr. Schlanger’s experience in the chemical industry qualifies him to serve as a member of our board.

 

101


Table of Contents

Justin Stevens became a member of our board in February 2012. Mr. Stevens is a Partner at Apollo, which he joined in 2003. Prior to that time, Mr. Stevens was a member of the Leverage Finance Group at Deutsche Bank. Mr. Stevens also serves on the board of directors of Apollo Residential Mortgage Inc., Countrywide Ltd. and Vantium Capital Inc. Mr. Stevens graduated cum laude from Cornell University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Applied Economics & Management. Mr. Steven’s leadership role at Apollo and his extensive financial and business experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

Pol Vanderhaeghen became a member of our board in February 2012. He joined UCB in the Specialties business unit in 1973, where he held several positions. From October 1, 2003 to December 31, 2009, he was our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Vanderhaeghen holds an M.B.A. from INSEAD. Mr. Vanderhaeghen’s management experience with UCB and us qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

Composition of Board of Directors

Upon the closing of this offering, the Company will have                      directors. We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the applicable stock exchange rules, which eliminates the requirements that we have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors and that we have compensation and nominating/corporate governance committees composed entirely of independent directors. We will be required, however, to have an audit committee with one independent director during the 90-day period beginning on the date of effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with this offering and of which this prospectus is part. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be required to have a majority of independent directors on our audit committee. Thereafter, we will be required to have an audit committee comprised entirely of independent directors.

If at any time we cease to be a “controlled company” under the stock exchange rules, the board of directors will take all action necessary to comply with the applicable stock exchange rules, including appointing a majority of independent directors to the board of directors and establishing certain committees composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted “phase-in” period.

Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will serve staggered, three-year terms, other than with respect to the initial terms of the Class I and Class II directors, which will be one and two years, respectively. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. Upon consummation of this offering:

 

   

            ,             and             will be Class I directors, whose initial terms will expire at the 2013 annual meeting of stockholders;

 

   

            ,             and             will be Class II directors, whose initial terms will expire at the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders; and

 

   

            ,             and             will be Class III directors, whose initial terms will expire at the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control.

At each annual meeting, our stockholders will elect the successors to our directors. Any director may be removed from office by a majority of our stockholders. Our executive officers and key employees serve at the discretion of our board of directors. Directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our common stock.

 

102


Table of Contents

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that, under             listing standards and taking into account any applicable committee standards,              ,              and              are independent directors.              ,              and are not considered independent under any general listing standards due to their current and past employment relationships with us, and              ,              and                      are not considered independent under any general listing standards due to their relationship with Apollo Funds, our largest stockholder. As funds affiliated with Apollo will continue to control a majority of our voting stock following the offering, under              listing standards, we will qualify as a “controlled company” and, accordingly, are exempt from its requirements to have a majority of independent directors and a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee each composed entirely of independent directors.

Board Committees

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will comprise an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, an Executive Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and an Environmental, Health and Safety Committee.

Audit Committee

Following the offering, our Audit Committee will consist of                      (Chair),              and                     . Our board of directors has determined that              qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined by the SEC and that Charles Shaver is independent as independence is defined in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. The principal duties and responsibilities of our Audit Committee are to oversee and monitor the following:

 

   

the annual appointment of auditors, including the independence, qualifications and performance of our auditors and the scope of audit and non-audit assignments and related fees;

 

   

the accounting principles we use in financial reporting;

 

   

our financial reporting process and internal auditing and control procedures;

 

   

our risk management policies;

 

   

the integrity of our financial statements; and

 

   

our compliance with legal, ethical and regulatory matters.

Compensation Committee

Following the offering, our Compensation Committee will consist of              (Chair),              and             . The principal duties and responsibilities of our Compensation Committee will be the following:

 

   

approval and recommendation to our board of directors of all compensation plans for the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, all employees of the Company and its subsidiaries who report directly to the Chief Executive Officer, and other executive officers, as well as all compensation for our board of directors;

 

   

provide oversight concerning the selection of officers, management succession planning, expense accounts and severance plans and policies of the Company;

 

   

approval and authorization of grants under the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ incentive plans, including all equity plans; and

 

   

the preparation of any report on executive compensation required by SEC rules and regulations, if any.

 

103


Table of Contents

Executive Committee

Following the offering, our Executive Committee will consist of              (Chair),              and             . The principal duties and responsibilities of our Executive Committee will be the following:

 

   

the exercise of the powers and duties of the board of directors between board meetings and while the board is not in session, subject to applicable law and our organizational documents; and

 

   

the implementation of the policy decisions of our board of directors.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of              (Chair),              and                      . The principal duties and responsibilities of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be the following:

 

   

implementation and review of criteria for membership on our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

recommendation of proposed nominees for election to our board of directors and membership on its committees; and

 

   

recommendations to our board of directors regarding governance and related matters.

Environmental, Health and Safety Committee

Following the offering, our Environmental, Health and Safety Committee will consist of              (Chair),              and             . The principal duties and responsibilities of our Environmental, Health and Safety Committee will be the following:

 

   

review the overall adequacy of, and provide oversight with respect to, environmental, health and safety policies, programs, procedures and initiatives; and

 

   

review and discuss with management our compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.

Code of Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a Code of Conduct that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer. The purpose of the Code of Conduct is to promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; to promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in period reports required to be filed by the Company; and to promote compliance with all applicable rules and regulations that apply to the Company and its officers. The Code of Conduct will be posted on our website: www.taminco.com under “Investor Relations.” The information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

104


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that are paid, awarded to, or earned by, our “named executive officers,” who consist of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and generally the three other most highly compensated executive officers. However, since we are still determining certain elements of compensation with respect to the 2012 fiscal year, including the applicable payout under our annual bonus plan, we are unable to confirm all named executive officers as of the date of this filing. We will update this disclosure once more information becomes available. For fiscal year 2012, our named executive officers that we have been able to determine as of the date of this filing were:

 

   

Laurent Lenoir, Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Kurt Decat, Chief Financial Officer;

 

   

Piet Vanneste, Executive Vice-President, Strategy, R&D and M&A; and

 

   

Guy Wouters, Executive Vice-President, Supply Chain & Purchasing & ICT.

Historical Compensation Decisions

Our compensation approach is necessarily tied to our stage of development. Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company. As a result, we have not been subject to any stock exchange listing or SEC rules requiring a majority of our board of directors to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of board committees, including audit, compensation and nominating committees. Most, if not all, of our prior compensation policies and determinations, including those made for fiscal year 2012, have been the product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will review and approve the compensation of our named executive officers and oversee and administer our executive compensation programs and initiatives. As we gain experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve. Accordingly, the compensation paid to our named executive officers for fiscal year 2012 is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named executive officers after this offering.

We have strived to create an executive compensation program that balances short-term versus long-term payments and awards, cash payments versus equity awards and fixed versus contingent payments, and that awards in ways that we believe are most appropriate to motivate our executive officers. Our executive compensation program is designed to:

 

   

attract and retain talented and experienced executives in our industry;

 

   

reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

 

   

align the interests of our executive officers and stockholders by motivating executive officers to increase stockholder value and rewarding executive officers when stockholder value increases;

 

   

ensure fairness among the executive management team by recognizing the contributions each executive makes to our success;

 

   

foster a shared commitment among executives by aligning their individual goals with the goals of the executive management team and our company; and

 

   

compensate our executives in a manner that incentivizes them to manage our business to meet our long-range objectives.

 

105


Table of Contents

To achieve these objectives, the board of directors expects to implement new compensation plans and maintain our current compensation plans in order to tie a substantial portion of the executives’ overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals.

We seek to ensure that all incentives are aligned with our stated compensation philosophy of providing compensation commensurate with performance, while targeting pay at approximately the 50th percentile of the competitive market. To ensure we maintain our position to market, it has been our historical practice to review benchmark data on an annual basis to ensure executive compensation remains commensurate with the targeted percentile noted above by comparing total direct compensation with compensation surveys. To this end, our Human Resources Department has engaged the Hay Group to assist in our benchmarking analysis and prepare compensation surveys that reflect how our executive compensation practices relate to the market. The Hay Group did not performance any services for the Company or the board of directors during 2012, other than the executive compensation services described above. Since we were a private company during fiscal year 2012, the companies against which we compared our compensation consisted of companies across a range of both public and private companies, including companies in the chemical, technology, healthcare, and industrials sectors such as 3M Belgium, Bridgestone Europe, Dow Benelux, Orgaline, KBC Group, Alcopa and BNP Paribas Fortis. Based upon this analysis, we anticipate that total direct compensation will meet the targeted median of the competitive market for 2012, which we expect will be primarily attributable to us achieving our target performance for each of our annual bonus metrics. However, because actual performance under our annual bonus plan will not be determined until the end of the first quarter once our financial statements are certified, the exact relationship to our peer group cannot be determined as of the date of this filing.

We anticipate that our compensation committee will more formally benchmark executive compensation against a peer group of comparable companies in the future and engage its own compensation consultant to assist in benchmarking compensation. We also anticipate that our compensation committee may make adjustments in executive compensation levels in the future as a result of this more formal benchmarking process.

Compensation Procedures

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will form a compensation committee to oversee and administer our compensation arrangements, including the Taminco Acquisition Corporation 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (described below). The compensation committee will meet outside the presence of all of our executive officers, including our named executive officers, to consider appropriate compensation for our Chief Executive Officer. For all other named executive officers, the compensation committee will meet outside the presence of all executive officers except our Chief Executive Officer. We expect that following this offering, our Chief Executive Officer will review annually each other named executive officer’s performance with the compensation committee and recommend appropriate base salary, cash performance awards and grants of long-term equity incentive awards for all other executive officers. Based upon the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer and in consideration of the objectives described above and the principles described below, the compensation committee will approve the annual compensation packages of our executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer. We also expect that the compensation committee will annually analyze our Chief Executive Officer’s performance and determine his base salary, cash performance awards and grants of long-term equity incentive awards based on its assessment of his performance with input from any consultants engaged by the compensation committee.

The Company has determined that any risks arising from its compensation programs and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company’s compensation programs and policies mitigate risk by combining performance-based, long-term compensation elements with payouts that are highly correlated to the value delivered to stockholders. The combination of performance measures for annual bonuses and the equity compensation programs for executive officers, as well as the multiyear vesting schedules for equity awards encourage employees to maintain both a short- and a long-term view with respect to Company performance.

 

106


Table of Contents

Elements of Compensation

Our current executive compensation program, consists of the following components:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

annual cash incentive awards linked to our overall performance;

 

   

periodic grants of long-term equity-based compensation;

 

   

other executive benefits and perquisites; and

 

   

employment agreements, which contain termination benefits.

We combine these elements in order to formulate compensation packages that provide competitive pay, reward the achievement of financial, operational and strategic objectives and align the interests of our executive officers and other senior personnel with those of our stockholders.

Pay Mix

We utilize the particular elements of compensation described above because we believe that it provides a well-proportioned mix of secure compensation, retention value and at-risk compensation which produces short-term and long-term performance incentives and rewards. By following this approach, we provide the executive a measure of security in the minimum expected level of compensation, while motivating the executive to focus on business metrics that will produce a high level of short-term and long-term performance for the Company and long-term wealth creation for the executive, as well as reducing the risk of recruitment of top executive talent by competitors. The mix of metrics used for our annual performance bonus and long-term incentive program likewise provides an appropriate balance between short-term financial performance and long-term financial and stock performance.

Base Salary

The primary component of compensation of our executive officers is base salary. The base salary established for each of our executive officers is intended to reflect each individual’s responsibilities, experience, prior performance and other discretionary factors deemed relevant by our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors. Base salary is also designed to provide our executive officers with steady cash flow during the course of the fiscal year that is not contingent on short-term variations in our corporate performance. Our Human Resources Department, with the assistance of the Hay Group, generally determines market level compensation for base salaries with reference to the base salaries of similarly situated executives in other companies in our general industry. This determination is based primarily on a review of relevant competitive market data provided by the Hay Group. In connection with the Acquisition, the base salaries of each of our named executive officers were reviewed by our board of directors and increased in order to align their total direct compensation with the 50th percentile of the competitive market. As a result, the base salaries for each of Messrs. Lenoir, Decat, Vanneste, and Wouters were increased to €282,200, €219,996, €170,172, and €154,200, respectively (having been increased from €235,000, €200,000, €141,807, and €145,470, respectively). The base salaries actually paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2012 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.

Upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee will take a more significant role in this annual review and decision-making process.

Bonus

Our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors have authority to award annual cash bonuses to our executive officers. The annual cash bonuses are intended to offer incentive compensation by rewarding the achievement of specified corporate performance objectives. Generally, at the commencement of an executive officer’s employment with us, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors typically sets a target level

 

107


Table of Contents

of bonus compensation that is structured as a percentage of such executive officer’s annual base salary. In this regard, the employment agreements specifically provide that the sum of the annual bonus is targeted at 40% of the executive’s annual base compensation for each of Messrs. Decat, Vanneste and Wouters and 50% of the executive’s annual base compensation for Mr. Lenoir.

For our 2012 fiscal year, annual cash bonuses for our named executive officers were based on the following corporate performance metrics: 80% of the annual bonus was based on specified EBITDA targets and 20% of the annual bonus based on achievement of specified Working Capital targets. To the extent actual results with respect to one of the foregoing metrics for the performance year were less than 70% of applicable performance target the executive would receive a zero bonus payout with respect to that metric and, to the extent actual performance exceeded 125% of the applicable performance target, the annual bonus was capped at 125% of the target bonus payout. These corporate performance objectives are designed to be challenging but achievable. We expect that for the 2012 fiscal year we will meet each of the foregoing performance metrics and our named executive officers will be entitled to receive an annual bonus commensurate with target performance. However, actual achievement of the performance metrics will not be determined until our financial statements are complete later in our first quarter.

At this time, we are not disclosing the specific performance targets because disclosure of the specific targets would signal areas of strategic focus and give competitors harmful insight into the direction of our business. We are committed to the long-term success and growth of our enterprise and disclosing short-term objectives would run counter to both our compensation and business philosophy of focusing on long-term goals and, as a result, could result in confusion for investors. As we gain experience as a public company and expand, we will continue to assess whether the disclosure of specific performance metrics will cause us competitive harm.

Our board of directors has the discretion to determine whether and in what amounts such bonuses are paid based upon their quantitative evaluation of the impact of their performance on overall corporate objectives. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors may adjust bonuses due to extraordinary or nonrecurring events, such as significant financings, equity offerings or acquisitions. We believe that establishing cash bonus opportunities helps us attract and retain qualified and highly skilled executives. These annual bonuses are intended to reward executive officers who have a positive impact on corporate results. Upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee will take a more significant role in this annual review and decision-making process.

Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation

Our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors believe that equity-based compensation is an important component of our executive compensation program and that providing a significant portion of our executive officers’ total compensation package in equity-based compensation aligns the incentives of our executives with the interests of our stockholders and with our long-term corporate success. Additionally, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors believe that equity-based compensation awards enable us to attract, motivate, retain and adequately compensate executive talent. To that end, we have awarded equity-based compensation in the form of stock options because our board of directors believes that appreciation awards, rather than full value awards such as restricted stock, most closely aligns our executive’s interests with the interests of our stockholders. Our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors believe equity awards provide executives with a significant long-term interest in our success by rewarding the creation of stockholder value over time.

Following the Acquisition, our NEOs were each granted stock options under our 2012 Incentive Plan (described below). One-third of the options granted are subject to time-based vesting criteria and two-thirds of the options are subject to specified performance-based vesting criteria. Specifically, the time-vesting options will vest in five equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the executive’s continued service on each such vesting date. The time-vesting options will also fully vest on a Realization Event

 

108


Table of Contents

(which generally means either a liquidation of the Company or a change in control transaction). The performance-vesting options are divided into three equal tranches that vest based upon specified performance criteria after a Realization Event, subject to the executive’s continued service on such date as follows:

(i) one-third of the performance-vesting options will vest if either (a) the Sponsor (which generally means the investment funds managed by Apollo Management VII, L.P.) internal rate of return or “IRR” equals or exceeds 17% and the Sponsor receives cash proceeds equal to 1.5 times its investment or (b) the Sponsor receives cash proceeds equal to 2.0 times its investment;

(ii) two-thirds of the performance-vesting options will vest if either (a) the Sponsor IRR equals or exceeds 20% and the Sponsor receives cash proceeds equal to 1.75 times its investment or (b) the Sponsor receives cash proceeds equal to 2.5 times its investment; and

(iii) all of the performance-vesting options will vest if either (a) the Sponsor IRR equals or exceeds 25% and the Sponsor receives cash proceeds equal to 2.0 times its investment or (b) the Sponsor receives cash proceeds equal to 3.0 times its investment.

In the event of the executive’s termination of service, any unvested options will be forfeited, except in the event of an executive’s termination of service by the Company without “cause” (as defined) on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of grant then the option will remain outstanding through the ten year term of the option and be eligible to vest in accordance with the foregoing performance conditions. The Company also has the right to repurchase shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an option: (i) for fair market value, if the executive is a “Good Leaver,” (ii) 50% for fair market value and 50% for the lesser of cost or fair market value, if the executive is a “Medium Leaver” and (iii) for the lesser of cost and fair market value if the executive is a “Bad Leaver.” Under the option agreements, (I) “Good Leaver” generally means (a) a termination of employment without cause, (b) a termination of employment for good reason, (c) the employee’s death, serious illness or permanent disability, or (d) the employee’s retirement on or following the third anniversary of the date of grant; (II) “Medium Leaver” generally means (a) the employee’s voluntary resignation on or following the third anniversary of the date of grant for any reason, other than a Good Leaver termination or (b) the employee’s retirement prior to the third anniversary of the date of grant; and (III) “Bad Leaver” generally means (a) a termination of employment for cause, or (b) the employee’s voluntary resignation prior to the third anniversary of the date of grant, other than a Good Leaver or a Medium Leaver termination.

The combination of time and performance based vesting of the options is designed to compensate executives for long term commitment to us, while motivating sustained increases in our financial performance and helping ensure the stockholders have received an appropriate return on their invested capital.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to this offering, the board of directors adopted the Taminco Acquisition Corporation 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the “2012 Incentive Plan.” The 2012 Incentive Plan provides for grants of stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units or “RSUs.” The purpose of the 2012 Incentive Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate high performing officers, directors, employees and consultants by providing them a proprietary interest in our long-term success or compensation based on their performance in fulfilling their responsibilities to our company. Set forth below is a summary of the material terms of the 2012 Incentive Plan. For further information about the 2012 Incentive Plan, we refer you to the complete copy of the 2012 Incentive Plan, which we will file as an exhibit to the registration statement.

Administration. The 2012 Incentive Plan is administered by a committee consisting of either the board of directors or the compensation committee of the board of directors. The committee has full authority to administer and interpret the 2012 Incentive Plan, to grant awards under the 2012 Incentive Plan, and to make all other determinations in connection with the 2012 Incentive Plan and the awards thereunder as the committee deems necessary or desirable and to delegate authority under the 2012 Incentive Plan to our executive officers.

 

109


Table of Contents

Available Shares . The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2012 Incentive Plan or with respect to which awards may be granted may not exceed 442,234 shares. The number of shares available for issuance under the 2012 Incentive Plan is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, corporate transaction or similar change in our corporate structure. Generally, if awards under the 2012 Incentive Plan are for any reason cancelled, or expire or terminate unexercised, the shares covered by such awards may again be available for the grant of awards under the 2012 Incentive Plan.

Eligibility for Participation . Members of our board of directors, as well as employees of, and consultants to, us or any of our subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2012 Incentive Plan.

Award Agreement. Awards granted under the 2012 Incentive Plan are evidenced by award agreements that provide additional terms, conditions, restrictions or limitations covering the grant of the award.

Stock Options. The committee may grant nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options to purchase shares of our common stock only to eligible employees. The committee will determine the number of shares of our common stock subject to each option, the term of each option, the exercise price, the vesting schedule, if any, and the other material terms of each option. The exercise price for nonqualified stock options will be determined by the committee in its discretion. The exercise price for incentive stock options will be equal to the fair market value on the date of grant except, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% or greater stockholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of fair market value. Options will be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the committee at grant. A stock option may be exercised by (i) the payment of cash or personal or certified check or (ii) with the consent of the committee, the withholding of shares having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price. The 2012 Incentive Plan provides that in connection with a change in control, at least five days prior to the consummation of the change in control transaction, the Company will (i) notify optionholders of the change in control, (ii) provide that each option that would vest in connection with such change in control will be exercisable immediately prior to the change in control, and (iii) permit optionholders to elect to exercise each outstanding vested option prior to such change in control. The committee may also provide for vested options that are not exercised to be cancelled immediately following the consummation of the change in control.

Restricted Stock. The committee may award shares of restricted stock. Except as otherwise provided by the committee upon the award of restricted stock, the recipient generally will have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares, including the right to receive ordinary cash dividends and the right to vote the shares of restricted stock. Dividends and other distributions, other than ordinary cash dividends, will generally be deferred until the expiration of the applicable restriction period. Recipients of restricted stock will be required to enter into a restricted stock agreement that states the restrictions to which the shares are subject.

Restricted Stock Units. The committee may, subject to limitations under applicable law, make a grant of RSUs that are payable in cash or denominated or payable in or valued by shares of our common stock. The committee will determine the terms and conditions of RSU awards at the time of grant. The committee, in its discretion, may also grant the right to receive the equivalent value, in cash or shares, of ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to the shares underlying RSUs, which may either be paid currently or deferred until the settlement of the RSUs.

Amendment and Termination . Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2012 Incentive Plan, our board of directors may at any time amend any or all of the provisions of the 2012 Incentive Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in the 2012 Incentive Plan, the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted prior to any amendment, suspension or termination may not be adversely affected without the consent of the respective participants.

Transferability. Awards granted under the 2012 Incentive Plan generally will be nontransferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

110


Table of Contents

Foreign Participants . The Committee may modify awards granted to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the 2012 Incentive Plan to address differences in laws or customs of such foreign jurisdictions.

Effective Date. The 2012 Incentive Plan was adopted by the board of directors on February 15, 2012.

Other Executive Benefits and Perquisites

We provide the following benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as other eligible employees:

 

   

health insurance;

 

   

pension benefits;

 

   

invalidity insurance for Belgium employees; and

 

   

vacation, personal holidays and sick days.

We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies with which we compete for employees.

Employment Agreements and Severance and Change of Control Benefits

We believe that a strong, experienced management team is essential to the best interests of the Company and our shareholders. We recognize that the possibility of a change in control could arise and that such a possibility could result in the departure or distraction of members of the management team to the detriment of the Company and our shareholders. We have entered into the employment agreements with the named executive officers in order to minimize employment security concerns arising in the course of negotiating and completing a significant transaction. These benefits, which generally are payable if the executive is terminated by the Company other than due to a “Material Breach” (as defined in the agreements), are enumerated and quantified in the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Severance Benefits.”

Section 162(m) Compliance

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits us to a deduction for federal income tax purposes of no more than $1 million of compensation paid to certain executive officers in a taxable year. Compensation above $1 million may be deducted if it is “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code. Following this offering, our compensation committee will determine whether and/or how to structure our compensation arrangements so as to preserve the related federal income tax deductions. Pursuant to applicable regulations, Section 162(m) will not apply to compensation paid or equity awards granted under the compensation agreements and plans in existence prior to the completion of this offering and during the reliance transition period ending on the earlier of the date the applicable agreement or plan is materially modified and the Company’s annual stockholders meeting occurring in 2016. While we will continue to monitor our compensation programs in light of Section 162(m), the board of directors considers it important to retain the flexibility to design compensation programs that are in the best long-term interests of our company and our stockholders, particularly as we continue our transition to a publicly traded company. As a result, we have not adopted a policy requiring that all compensation be deductible and the board of directors or compensation committee may conclude that paying compensation at levels that are not deductible under Section 162(m) is nevertheless in the best interests of our company and our stockholders.

Section 409A Considerations

Another section of the Code, Section 409A, affects the manner by which deferred compensation opportunities are offered to our employees because Section 409A requires, among other things, that “non-

 

111


Table of Contents

qualified deferred compensation” be structured in a manner that limits employees’ abilities to accelerate or further defer certain kinds of deferred compensation. We intend to operate our existing compensation arrangements that are covered by Section 409A in accordance with the applicable rules thereunder, and we will continue to review and amend our compensation arrangements where necessary to comply with Section 409A.

Section 280G Considerations

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a company’s tax deduction for payments received by certain individuals in connection with a change in control to the extent that the payments exceed an amount approximately three times their average annual compensation and Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a 20% excise tax on those payments. The board of directors and compensation committee will take into account the implications of Section 280G in determining potential payments to be made to our executives in connection with a change in control. Nevertheless, to the extent that certain payments upon a change in control are classified as excess parachute payments, such payments may not be deductible pursuant to Section 280G.

Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“Topic 718”).

Topic 718 requires a public company to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award. Our equity awards to the named executive officers are structured to comply with the requirements of Topic 718 to maintain the appropriate equity accounting treatment, and the Company takes such accounting treatment into account when designing and implementing its compensation programs.

2012 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to compensation for the year ended December 31, 2012 earned by, awarded to or paid to our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Stock
Awards
($)(1)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)

Laurent Lenoir

                 

Chief Executive Officer

    2012                   

Kurt Decat

                 

Chief Financial Officer

    2012                   

Piet Vanneste

                 

Executive Vice- President, Strategy, R&D and M&A

    2012                   

Guy Wouters

                 

Executive Vice- President, Supply Chain & Purchasing & ICT

    2012                   

 

(1) The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for incentive shares for financial statement reporting purposes for fiscal year 2012 (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions) in accordance with FASB ASC 718.

 

112


Table of Contents

2012 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2012 with respect to our named executive officers.

 

          Estimated Future Payouts
Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
  Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan  Awards(1)
  All Other
Stock

Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)
  All  Other
Option
Awards:
Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/sh)
  Grant
Date
Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Option
Awards

Name

  Grant
Date
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
       

Laurent Lenoir

                     

Kurt Decat

                     

Piet Vanneste

                     

Guy Wouters

                     

Outstanding Equity Awards At 2012 Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding equity awards of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012 with respect to the named executive officer. The market value of the shares in the following table is the fair value of such shares at December 31, 2012.

 

    Option Awards   Stock Awards

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number  of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have  Not
Vested
(#)
  Market
Value of
Shares
or Units
of  Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)
  Equity
Incentive

Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not Vested
(#)
  Equity
Incentive

Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares or
Other

Rights
That Have
Not  Vested

($)

Laurent Lenoir

                 

Kurt Decat

                 

Piet Vanneste

                 

Guy Wouters

                 

Options Exercised and Stock Vested

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the vesting or exercise of stock options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 with respect to our named executive officers.

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
   Value Realized
on Exercise
($)
   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
(#)
   Value Realized
on Vesting
($)

Laurent Lenoir

           

Kurt Decat

           

Piet Vanneste

           

Guy Wouters

           

 

113


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the accrued pension benefits payable to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Name

   Plan Name    Number of Years
Credited Service (#)
   Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit ($)
   Payments During Last
Fiscal Year ($)

Laurent Lenoir

           

Kurt Decat

           

Piet Vanneste

           

Guy Wouters

           

Employment Agreements

On December 31, 2009, we entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, which provide for an indefinite term beginning on January 1, 2010. The employment agreements with each of Messrs. Lenoir, Decat, Vanneste, and Wouters the (“Executive Agreements”) provide for them to receive annual compensation equal to $372,476, $290,373, $224,610, and $203,529, respectively (having been increased on March 14, 2012 from $310,177, $263,980, $181,171 and $192,006 respectively). In addition, the executives are each eligible to earn a bonus under the Company’s annual bonus plan based on the achievement of specified business objectives, and a pension contribution under the Company’s pension scheme (to which the Company contributes an amount equal to 50% of the bonus that the respective executive earns under the annual bonus plan). The Executive Agreements specifically provide that the sum of the annual bonus and pension contribution is targeted at 40% of the executive’s annual base compensation for each of Messrs. Decat, Vanneste and Wouters and 50% of the executive’s annual base compensation for Mr. Lenoir. The Company also provides medical and other benefits to the executives under the Company’s benefits plans.

Generally, each of the Executive Agreements requires nine months’ advance written notice to terminate the agreement or payment in lieu of notice. If the Company terminates the executive without the requisite notice, the executive will be entitled to a lump sum payment on the date of termination of employment equal to the executive’s base monthly compensation for the notice period plus payments for continued coverage under the Company’s benefits plans. In the event the Executive Agreement is terminated by either party based on (i) a Material Breach (as defined in the employment agreement) that has not been cured within ten days of notice or (ii) the Company’s dissolution, bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency or the executive’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the other party may terminate the agreement immediately without notice. Under the employment agreements, in the event that an executive suffers a disability, the Company will pay the executive his monthly base compensation and benefits for one month in addition to any benefits payable under the Company’s benefit plans.

The Executive Agreements also contain (i) a non-competition covenant that prohibits the executive from developing any activities or taking actions that are competitive to the Company’s business, (ii) a non-solicitation covenant that prohibits the executive from soliciting senior employees, directors or businesses similar to those being provided by the Company or inducing suppliers to cease or restrict their relationships with the Company, (iii) a confidentiality covenant that restricts the executive from using or disclosing confidential information related to the business or affairs of the Company and (iv) a covenant that prohibits the use of a trade name used by the Company. Each restrictive covenant applies during the term of the employment agreement and for two years thereafter. The Executive Agreements are governed by Belgium law.

 

114


Table of Contents

Termination, Severance and Change of Control Arrangements

The table below shows the potential severance payments for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2012. All payments are contingent on the executive’s termination of employment and/or the identified triggering events.

 

Name and Triggering Event    Cash
Severance
Payment
($)
   Accelerated
Vesting of
Stock-based
Awards
($)
   Continuation
of Benefits
and
Perquisites
($)
   Excise
Tax
Gross-Up
($)
   Total
($)

Laurent Lenoir

              

Resignation or Termination by Company for Cause

              

Termination due to Death or Disability(a)

              

Termination by Company without Cause or due to Good Reason(b)

              

Change of Control Transaction and Termination by Company without Cause or due to Good Reason(c)

              

Change of Control Transaction without Termination

              

Kurt Decat

              

Resignation or Termination by Company for Cause

              

Termination due to Death or Disability(d)

              

Termination by Company without Cause or due to Good Reason(e)

              

Change of Control Transaction and Termination by Company without Cause or due to Good Reason(f)

              

Change of Control Transaction without Termination

              

Piet Vanneste

              

Resignation or Termination by Company for Cause

              

Termination due to Death or Disability

              

Termination by Company without Cause or due to Good Reason

              

Change of Control Transaction and Termination by Company without Cause

              

Change of Control Transaction without Termination

              

Guy Wouters

              

Resignation or Termination by Company for Cause

              

Termination due to Death or Disability

              

Termination by Company without Cause or due to Good Reason

              

Change of Control Transaction and Termination by Company without Cause

              

Change of Control Transaction without Termination

              

Director Compensation

During 2012, following the Acquisition, our board of directors adopted a non-employee director compensation policy where (i) the annual retainer for each non-employee director that served on our board was equal to $40,000, and (ii) the annual retainer for the chairman was equal to $150,000. Non-employee director compensation is payable on the last business day prior to each calendar quarter during which each non-employee director serves on the board and is pro-rated for partial service during any calendar quarter.

 

115


Table of Contents

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

We will adopt provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also will provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify our other officers and employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our amended and restated bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws would permit indemnification.

 

116


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table shows information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of July 23, 2012 by:

 

   

each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

For further information regarding material transactions between us and certain of our stockholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Upon completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with Apollo will own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. As a result, we will qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the             .

 

     Common stock owned before
the offering(1)
    Common stock owned
after the offering

Name

       Number              Percentage         Number    Percentage

Principal Stockholders:

          

Apollo Funds(2)

     5,157,196         95.5     

Executive Officers and Directors:

          

Laurent Lenoir

     29,043               

Kurt Decat

     26,403               

Johan De Saegher

     26,403               

Randall Colin Gouveia

     822               

Guy Wouters

     19,802               

Piet Vanneste

     26,403               

Guy Van Den Bossche

     7,921               

Sabine Ketsman

     7,921               

Edward Yocum

     4,110               

Charlie Shaver

     5,000               

Kenny Cordell

     1,000               

Samuel Feinstein

     —                 

Scott Kleinman

     —                 

Marvin Schlanger

     1,000               

Justin Stevens

     —                 

Pol Vanderhaeghen

     3,000               

Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (16 persons)

     158,828         2.9     

 

* Less than 1%
(1) The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the bases of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Except as otherwise indicated in these footnotes, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares of common stock.

 

117


Table of Contents
(2) The amount reported includes shares held of record by AP Taminco Global Chemical Holdings, L.P. (“Taminco Holdings”) and Taminco Co-Investors, L.P. (“Taminco Co-Investors,” together with Taminco Holdings, the “Apollo Funds”). AP Taminco Global Chemical Holdings GP, LLC (“Taminco Holdings GP”) is the general partner of Taminco Holdings, and Taminco Co-Investors GP, LLC (“Taminco Co-Investors GP”). Apollo Management VII, L.P. (“Management VII”) is the manager of each of Taminco Holdings GP and Taminco Co-Investors GP. AIF VII Management, LLC (“AIF VII LLC”) is the general partner of Management VII. Apollo Management, L.P. (“Apollo Management”) is the sole member and manager of AIF VII LLC, and Apollo Management GP, LLC (“Apollo Management GP”) is the general partner of Apollo Management. Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. (“Management Holdings”) is the sole member and manager of Apollo Management GP, and Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC (“Management Holdings GP”) is the general partner of Management Holdings. Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan are the managers, as well as executive officers, of Management Holdings GP, and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares of our common stock held by the Apollo Funds. The address of the Apollo Funds, Taminco Holdings GP, Taminco Co-Investors GP, Management VII, AIF VII LLC, Apollo Management, Apollo Management GP, Management Holdings and Management Holdings GP, and Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan, is 9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, New York 10019. The amount reported does not include shares of our common stock beneficially owned by certain of our directors, executive officers and other members of our management, for which Taminco Holdings has the power to cause the sale of such shares under certain circumstances pursuant to the management investor rights agreement.

 

118


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Manager Investor Rights Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we and the Apollo Funds entered into an investor rights agreement with those members of management who co-invested alongside the Apollo Funds and/or received incentive equity awards in connection with the transaction, collectively referred to as the “Management Holders,” which govern certain aspects of the relationship between us, the Apollo Funds and the Management Holders. The investor rights agreement contains, among other matters:

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of shares of our common stock and stock options by the Management Holders;

 

   

our and the Apollo Fund’s rights of first refusal to purchase our common stock within 30 days in the event of certain permitted transfers by the Management Holders;

 

   

rights of the Management Holders to participate on a proportionate basis in certain transfers of our common stock by the Apollo Funds other than to an affiliate;

 

   

agreement by the Management Holders to sell their shares of our common stock on a proportionate basis in connection with certain transfers of common stock by the Apollo Funds other than to an affiliate;

 

   

our and the Apollo Fund’s repurchase rights in the event of the termination of a Management Holder’s service relationship with us;

 

   

preemptive rights granted to the Management Holders to purchase common stock issued by us to the Apollo Funds in the amounts required to maintain each Management Holder’s percentage ownership of co-investment shares; and

 

   

right granted to Management Holders to participate on a pro rata basis in certain sales of common stock by the Apollo Funds in connection with a public offering (subject to an underwriters cutback).

The investor rights agreement will terminate upon our dissolution or a disposition by the Apollo Funds following which a person or group other than the Apollo Funds or its affiliates possesses more than 50% of our voting power.

Management Consulting Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we and Taminco Finance Corporation (collectively, the “Taminco Parties”) entered into a management fee agreement (the “Management Consulting Agreement”) with Apollo Management VII, L.P. (“Apollo Management”), a subsidiary of Apollo, pursuant to which Apollo Management provides certain advisory services to us, our direct and indirect divisions and subsidiaries, parent entities and controlled affiliates (collectively, the “Company Group”). In connection with the provision of such services, Apollo Management is paid an annual fee of $3.9 million in consideration for services performed, which was prorated for the fiscal year of 2012 to cover only the period commencing on the date of the closing of the Acquisition and ending on December 31, 2012. The Management Consulting Agreement provides that Apollo Management will provide the advisory services for a twelve year period, with an automatic extension of the term for a one year period beginning at the end of such twelve year period and each year thereafter, unless notice by any party to the contrary is given. Apollo Management’s obligations to provide services under the Management Consulting Agreement will terminate automatically upon the change of control of the Company Group or a public offering of any class of equity securities of any member of the Company Group meeting certain criteria and, in each such case, Apollo Management will have the right to receive a lump-sum payment equal to the net present value of the remaining annual management fees owing and payable by the Taminco Parties until the expiration of the Management Consulting Agreement determined using an applicable discount rate. In addition, in the event that any member of the Company Group undertakes an acquisition or similar transaction, we are

 

119


Table of Contents

required to pay Apollo Management an additional transaction fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate enterprise value of such transaction. Under the Management Consulting Agreement, we also agreed to indemnify Apollo Management and its affiliates and its and their respective limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors their directors, officers and representatives for potential losses relating to the services contemplated under the Management Consulting Agreement.

Transactions with Apollo Affiliates

We have entered into certain transactions in the normal course of business with Momentive Specialty Chemicals Inc., LyondellBassell Industries N.V. and their subsidiaries, which are owned by funds affiliated with Apollo, for the sale of our products. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recognized net sales related to these transactions of $5 million comprised of approximately $4.4 million in sales to Lyondell Bassell and its subsidiaries and approximately $0.5 million to Momentive Specialty Chemicals Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Indemnification

Our officers and directors under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are indemnified and held harmless against any and all claims alleged against any of them in their official capacities to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) as it exists today or as it may be amended but only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than previously permitted.

Policies and Procedures With Respect to Related Party Transactions

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a formal written policy for the review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons.

 

120


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

General

In connection with the Acquisition, our subsidiary, Taminco Finance Corporation entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Nomura Securities International, Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as the joint lead arrangers, and an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities consist of a revolving credit facility and term loan facility. The term loan facility has a principal amount of $504 million, which includes a $350 million tranche in U.S. Dollars and a tranche in an amount in Euros equivalent to $154 million. As of September 30, 2012, the total outstanding amount on the term loan facility was $502 million, which included $348 million outstanding under the U.S. Dollar tranche and $154 million outstanding under the Euro tranche. The revolving credit facility has a principal amount of $194 million and includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. Subject to covenant compliance and certain conditions, our Senior Secured Credit Facilities permit additional, but uncommitted, loans of up to $163 million plus such additional amount as may be incurred without causing the net first lien leverage ratio to exceed 2.75 to 1.00. The borrowings under the revolving credit facility are U.S. Dollar or Euro-denominated, at our option. As a result, to the extent we choose to borrow in Euros, the availability under our new revolving credit facility will depend upon the prevailing exchange rate.

The revolving credit facility matures on February 15, 2017, and the term loan facility matures on February 15, 2019. To facilitate syndication, the agents are allowed to modify certain terms of our senior credit facilities within certain parameters under certain circumstances.

Commencing with the last day of the first full quarter ending after the closing of the acquisition, the term loan facility will amortize in equal quarterly installments in an amount equal to 1.00% per annum of the original principal amount thereof, with the remaining balance due at final maturity.

Under the revolving credit facility, we must maintain a maximum net first lien coverage ratio of 3.75 to 1.00, tested quarterly and upon each credit extension. The test is applicable only if we have indebtedness under the revolving credit facility or if more than $20 million of letters of credit that are not cash-collateralized are outstanding.

The obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are guaranteed by Taminco Intermediate Corporation and certain current and future direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Taminco Finance Corporation and exclude, among other subsidiaries, (i) subsidiaries designated as unrestricted, (ii) certain immaterial subsidiaries, (iii) any subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law or contractual obligation existing on the closing date of the initial borrowing from guaranteeing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or which would require governmental approval to provide a guarantee, unless such approval has already been received, (iv) any non-U.S. subsidiary other than non-U.S. subsidiaries that are organized under the laws of certain specific jurisdictions, (v) any subsidiary for which the providing of a guarantee could reasonably be expected to result in an adverse tax consequence to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, (vi) not-for-profit subsidiaries, if any, and (vii) any non-U.S. subsidiary for which the providing of a guarantee could reasonably be expected to result in any violation or breach of, or conflict with, fiduciary duties of such subsidiary’s officers, directors or managers. Non-U.S. guarantees will also be subject to applicable maintenance of capital, corporate benefit, financial assistance and other similar laws, rules and regulations, and subsidiaries may be excluded from guaranteeing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities if Taminco Finance Corporation and the

 

121


Table of Contents

administrative agent reasonably agree that the cost of providing such guarantee is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby. The guarantors include our subsidiaries organized under the laws of Luxembourg, Belgium, Germany and the United States.

Security Interests

The borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, all guarantees thereof and, at Taminco Finance Corporation’s option, its obligations under specified hedging agreements and certain cash management obligations provided by any lender party to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or any of its affiliates will be secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrower and each guarantor, including: (i) all of Taminco Finance Corporation’s capital stock and all of the capital stock or other equity interests held by it, Taminco Intermediate Corporation and each of Taminco Finance Corporation’s existing and future subsidiary guarantors (subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the credit agreement); and (ii) substantially all of Taminco Finance Corporation’s and Taminco Intermediate Corporation’s tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of each of Taminco Finance Corporation’s existing and future subsidiary guarantors, with certain exceptions as set forth in the credit agreement and other loan documents.

Interest Rates and Fees

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to the applicable margin plus, at the borrower’s option, either: (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (a) the prime lending rate announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City, (b) the federal funds rate effective from time to time plus 0.50% per annum and (c) one-month Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.00% per annum; or (ii) (a) the Adjusted LIBOR rate, determined by reference to the higher of (x) the rate for Eurodollar deposits for the relevant interest period and (y) a floor of 1.25% per annum or (b) in the case of revolving loans funded in Euros, the EURIBOR rate, determined by reference to the higher of (x) the rate for the relevant interest period and (y) a floor of 1.25% per annum.

The applicable margin on the U.S. Dollar tranche is 4.00% per annum for LIBOR rates loans and 3.00% per annum for base rate loans. The applicable margin on the Euro tranche is 4.25% per annum for LIBOR rates loans and 3.25% per annum for base rate loans. The applicable margin is subject to change depending on our net first lien leverage ratio.

The borrower also pays the lenders a commitment fee on the unused commitments under our revolving credit facility, which is payable quarterly in arrears. The commitment fee is 0.50% per annum, subject to change depending on the net first lien leverage ratio.

Mandatory and Optional Repayment

Subject to exceptions for reinvestment of proceeds and other exceptions and materiality thresholds, Taminco Finance Corporation is required to prepay outstanding loans under with the net proceeds of certain asset dispositions and the incurrence of certain debt (to the extent not permitted under the new senior credit facilities), and 50% of excess cash flow, subject to reduction to 25% and 0% if certain net first lien leverage ratios are met.

Taminco Finance Corporation may voluntarily prepay loans or reduce commitments under, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts. If Adjusted LIBOR rate loans are prepaid other than at the end of an applicable interest period, Taminco Finance Corporation is required to reimburse lenders for their losses or expenses sustained as a result of such prepayment.

Covenants

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain negative and affirmative covenants affecting Taminco Finance Corporation and its existing and future restricted subsidiaries, with certain exceptions set forth in the credit

 

122


Table of Contents

agreement. The negative covenants and restrictions include, among others: limitations on dispositions of assets, restrictions on liens, debt, dividends, distributions and other restricted payments, redemptions and stock repurchases, mergers and acquisitions, prepayments of subordinated, junior lien and certain unsecured debt, investments, loans, advances, changes in business, changes in fiscal year, restrictive agreements with subsidiaries, transactions with affiliates, sale/leaseback transactions, modifications to organizational documents and documents governing subordinated debt, junior secured debt and certain unsecured debt, passivity covenant applicable to Taminco Intermediate Corporation, and a maximum net first lien leverage ratio applicable to the revolving facility only.

The affirmative covenants include, among others: maintenance of corporate existence and rights; performance and payment of obligations; delivery of consolidated financial statements and an annual budget; delivery of notices of default, U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) events, material litigation and material adverse change; maintenance of properties in good working order; maintenance of books and records; maintenance of customary insurance; commercially reasonable efforts to maintain ratings, but not a specific rating; compliance with laws; inspection of books and properties; environmental; additional guarantors and additional collateral; further assurances in respect of collateral matters; use of proceeds; payment of taxes; and quarterly lender calls.

Events of Default

Events of default include, among others: nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts; violation of covenants; incorrectness of representations and warranties in any material respect; cross default and cross acceleration; bankruptcy and similar events; material judgments; ERISA events; actual or asserted invalidity of guarantees or security documents in each case representing a material portion of the guarantees or the collateral; and change of control.

Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes

As part of the Acquisition, Taminco Finance Corporation issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of second-priority senior secured notes due 2020. The Notes mature on March 31, 2020 and bear interest at a rate of 9.750% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually on each March 31 and September 30.

The Notes are guaranteed fully and unconditionally on a second-priority senior secured basis by Taminco Intermediate Corporation and each of Taminco Finance Corporation’s existing and future subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Notes are secured on a second-priority basis by the assets that secure the obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens.

Taminco Finance Corporation may, at its option, redeem the Notes prior to March 31, 2015 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus an applicable “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. The Notes may also be redeemed on or after March 31, 2015, in whole or in part, at the redemption price set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. In addition, upon certain events constituting a change of control, the issuer must offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase.

The Notes contain customary covenants including, among others: restrictions on incurrence or guarantees of additional indebtedness; restrictions on certain payments, including dividends or other distributions; restrictions on certain investments; agreements that restrict the restricted subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends; transfer or sell off of assets; transactions with affiliates; liens on assets to secure indebtedness; or merger or consolidation with or into another company. In the event the Notes receive investment grade ratings from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and no default has occurred or is continuing under the indenture, the limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, restricted payments, dividends, asset sales, affiliate transactions and the ratio requirement of the merger and acquisition covenant will no longer be applicable.

 

123


Table of Contents

Senior PIK Toggle Notes

On December 18, 2012, we issued $250 million aggregate principal amount of Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017. The PIK Toggle Notes mature on December 15, 2017. The initial interest payment on the PIK Toggle Notes will be payable in cash (“Cash Interest”). With respect to each interest payment thereafter (other than the final interest payment made at stated maturity, which will be paid in cash), we will be required to pay interest on the PIK Toggle Notes entirely in cash unless certain conditions are satisfied, in which case we will be entitled to pay interest with respect to such interest period by increasing the principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes or issuing new notes (such increase or issuance being referred to as “PIK Interest”). Cash Interest will accrue on the PIK Toggle Notes at the rate of 9.125% per annum, while PIK Interest will accrue at the rate of 9.875% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually on each of June 15 and December 15.

We may, at our option, redeem the PIK Toggle Notes prior to December 15, 2013 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes to be redeemed plus the applicable “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The PIK Toggle Notes may be redeemed on or after December 15, 2013, in whole or in part, at the redemption price set forth in the indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, we may redeem up to 100% of the PIK Toggle Notes using the net proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 102% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Upon certain events constituting a change of control, we must offer to repurchase all outstanding PIK Toggle Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase.

The indenture governing the PIK Toggle Notes contains customary covenants including, among others: restrictions on incurrence or guarantees of additional indebtedness; restrictions on certain payments, including dividends or other distributions; restrictions on certain investments; agreements that restrict the restricted subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends; transfer or sell off of assets; transactions with affiliates; liens on assets to secure indebtedness; or merger or consolidation with or into another company. In the event the PIK Toggle Notes receive investment grade ratings from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and no default has occurred or is continuing under the indenture, the limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, restricted payments, dividends, asset sales, affiliate transactions and the ratio requirement of the merger and acquisition covenant will no longer be applicable.

Non-recourse Factoring Facility Agreement

We and Fortis Commercial Finance NV (“Fortis”) entered into the factoring facility agreements on July 31, 2007, effective as of August 24, 2007, to provide better security for the payment of all our existing and future receivables and to manage fluctuations in working capital. On October 24, 2012, the parties extended the initial term of the agreements to June 30, 2015. After the initial term, the agreements will automatically renew for consecutive renewal periods of one year each unless terminated by us or Fortis with a one-year notice period. Under the terms of the agreements, we assigned and transferred certain of Taminco BVBA’s accounts receivable and the accounts receivable of our U.S. subsidiaries, Taminco Inc., Taminco Methylamines Inc. and Taminco Higher Amines Inc., to Fortis, as factor. In December 2010, Taminco Inc. and Taminco Higher Amines Inc. were merged into Taminco Methylamines Inc., and the surviving entity then changed its name to Taminco Inc. The Non-recourse Factoring Facility does not apply to receivables in our subsidiaries in Germany, Italy, China, Brazil, Mexico and certain of our Belgian subsidiaries. The costs associated with the Non-recourse Factoring Facility consist of three parts: a commission fee on the factored receivables, certain start-up and registration costs and an interest charge on the amount drawn under the facility. The commission fee and interest charge for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $0.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were $0.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively. At September 30, 2012, $97 million was drawn under the Non-recourse Factoring Facility and $75 million was drawn at December 31, 2011.

 

124


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as each will be in effect as of the consummation of this offering, and of specific provisions of Delaware law. The following description is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and the DGCL.

General

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our capital stock will consist of authorized shares, of which              shares, par value $0.001 per share, will be designated as “common stock” and shares, par value $0.001 per share, will be designated as “preferred stock.” Immediately following the completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding. There will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately following this offering.

Common Stock

Voting Rights. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted for action by the stockholders.

Dividend Rights . Subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding preferred stock, all shares of our common stock are entitled to share equally in any dividends our board of directors may declare from legally available sources.

Liquidation Rights . Upon our liquidation or dissolution, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment in full of the amounts required to be paid to holders of any the outstanding preferred stock, all shares of our common stock are entitled to share equally in the assets available for distribution to stockholders after payment of all of our prior obligations.

Other Matters . Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights, and our common stock are not subject to further calls or assessments by us.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, shares of preferred stock will be issuable from time to time, in one or more series, with the designations of the series, the voting rights of the shares of the series (if any), the powers, preferences and relative, participation, optional or other special rights (if any), and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as our board of directors from time to time may adopt by resolution (and without further stockholder approval), subject to certain limitations. Each series will consist of that number of shares as will be stated and expressed in the certificate of designations providing for the issuance of the stock of the series. All shares of any one series of preferred stock will be identical.

Composition of Board of Directors; Election and Removal of Directors

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, the number of directors comprising our board of directors will be determined from time to time by our board of directors, and only a majority of the board of directors may fix the number of directors. We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the              rules, which exempt us from certain requirements, including the requirements that we have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors and that we have compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees composed entirely of independent directors. We will, however, remain subject to the requirement that we have an audit committee composed entirely of independent members.

 

125


Table of Contents

Upon the closing of this offering, it is anticipated that we will have              directors. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, with such elections decided by plurality vote, each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Each director is to hold office until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders do not have the right to cumulative votes in the election of directors. At any meeting of our board of directors, except as otherwise required by law, a majority of the total number of directors then in office will constitute a quorum for all purposes.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, chairman, president or secretary, and only proposals included in the Company’s notice may be considered at such special meetings.

Certain Corporate Anti-takeover Provisions

Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that permit our board of directors to issue, without any further vote or action by stockholders, shares of preferred stock in one or more series and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting rights (if any) of the shares of the series, and the powers, preference sand relative, participation, optional and other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of the shares of such series. See “—Preferred Stock.”

Classified Board; Number of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and the number of directors on our board of directors may be fixed only by the majority of our board of directors, as described above in “—Composition of Board of Directors; Election and Removal of Directors.”

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our stockholders will be able to remove directors only for cause upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors. Vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of our board of directors, although less than a quorum.

No Cumulative Voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders do not have the right to cumulative votes in the election of directors. Cumulative voting rights would have been available to our stockholders if our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had not negated cumulative voting.

 

126


Table of Contents

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our amended and restated bylaws will not permit stockholder action without a meeting by consent if less than 50.1% of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by Apollo Funds. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, chairman, president or secretary, and only proposals included in the Company’s notice may be considered at such special meetings.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice thereof in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice generally will have to be delivered to and received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, that in the event that the date of such meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to, or delayed by more than 30 days after, the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of our stockholders, a stockholder’s notice to be timely will have to be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

All the foregoing proposed provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by the Board of Directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These same provisions may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest. In addition, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Delaware Takeover Statute

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we are not governed by Section 203 of the DGCL which, in the absence of such provisions, would have imposed additional requirements regarding mergers and other business combinations.

Corporate Opportunity

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no officer or director of ours who is also an officer, director, employee, managing director or other affiliate of Apollo will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to Apollo instead of us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that the officer, director, employee, managing director or other affiliate has directed to Apollo.

Amendment of Our Certificate of Incorporation

Under Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that it may be amended only with the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon; provided that Apollo’s prior written consent is required for any amendment, modification or repeal of the provisions discussed above regarding the ability of Apollo-related directors to direct or communicate corporate opportunities to Apollo.

 

127


Table of Contents

Amendment of Our Bylaws

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that they can be amended by the vote of the holders of shares constituting a majority of the voting power or by the vote of a majority of the board of directors.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability:

 

   

for any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of laws;

 

   

under Section 174 of the DGCL (governing distributions to stockholders); or

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

However, if the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. The modification or repeal of this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not adversely affect any right or protection of a director existing at the time of such modification or repeal.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we will, to the fullest extent from time to time permitted by law, indemnify our directors and officers against all liabilities and expenses in any suit or proceeding, arising out of their status as an officer or director or their activities in these capacities. We will also indemnify any person who, at our request, is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. We may, by action of our board of directors, provide indemnification to our employees and agents within the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

The right to be indemnified will include the right of an officer or a director to be paid expenses in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding, provided that, if required by law, we receive an undertaking to repay such amount if it will be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified.

Our board of directors may take such action as it deems necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions, including adopting procedures for determining and enforcing indemnification rights and purchasing insurance policies. Our board of directors may also adopt bylaws, resolutions or contracts implementing indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. Neither the amendment nor the repeal of these indemnification provisions, nor the adoption of any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inconsistent with these indemnification provisions, will eliminate or reduce any rights to indemnification relating to their status or any activities prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

We believe these provisions will assist in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as directors.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our shares of common stock on the              under the symbol “                     .”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                     .

 

128


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and no predictions can be made about the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of such shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, the actual sale of, or the perceived potential for the sale of, our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price for the common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.”

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering, we will have an aggregate of              shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these shares, the              shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering and shares will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares which are held or may be acquired by any of our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144. The remaining shares of our common stock outstanding will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144, and may in the future be sold without restriction under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or any applicable exemption under the Securities Act.

Equity Incentive Plan

After the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan. As of the date of this prospectus, we have granted options to purchase              shares of our common stock, of which              shares are vested and exercisable. Accordingly,              shares of our common stock registered under any such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market upon exercise by the holders, subject to vesting restrictions, Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and the contractual lock-up provisions described below.

Lock-up Agreements

We and our executive officers, directors and certain of our other existing securityholders, including the Apollo Funds, have agreed not to directly or indirectly, sell or dispose of any shares of our common stock for a period of      days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of the underwriters. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders, would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the

 

129


Table of Contents

then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, an employee, consultants or advisors who purchases shares of our common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Management Investor Rights Agreement, we have granted the Apollo Funds and certain of our Management Holders incidental registration rights, in each case, with respect to an aggregate of shares of common stock owned by them. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Investor Rights Agreement.”

 

130


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations for “non-U.S. holders,” as defined below, of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. This discussion deals only with shares of common stock purchased in this offering that are held as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) by a non-U.S. holder.

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such an entity or arrangement);

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

This discussion is based upon provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, rulings and other administrative pronouncements, and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation, nor does it address any aspects of the unearned income Medicare contribution tax enacted pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. In addition, this discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances or that may be applicable to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including a non-U.S. holder that is a U.S. expatriate, a bank or other financial institution, an insurance company, a tax-exempt organization, a broker, dealer, or trader in securities or currencies, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” a person who acquired shares of our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or a person who holds shares of our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment). Moreover, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state or local or non-U.S. taxes. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations described in this discussion.

We have not and will not seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS,” regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of shares of our common stock that differ from those discussed below.

If any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding shares of our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

This discussion is for general information only and is not intended to constitute a complete description of all U.S. federal income tax consequences for non-U.S. holders relating to the ownership and disposition

 

131


Table of Contents

of shares of our common stock. If you are considering the purchase of shares of our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.

Dividends

In general, cash distributions on shares of our common stock held by a non-U.S. holder will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent any such distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will first be treated as a return of capital reducing the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and thereafter, will be treated as gain from the sale of stock, the treatment of which is discussed under “Gain on Disposition of Shares of Common Stock.”

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that we do pay dividends, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the non-U.S. holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) generally will not be subject to such withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied (including providing a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. A corporate non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on earnings and profits attributable to such dividends that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to its U.S. permanent establishment).

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete an IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if such holder’s shares are held through certain foreign intermediaries or foreign partnerships, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock who is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Shares of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below on the backup withholding tax and the FATCA legislation, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held shares of our common stock.

 

132


Table of Contents

In the case of a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, any gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, and a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits attributable to such gain (or, if an income tax treaty applies, at such lower rate as may be specified by the treaty on its gains attributable to its U.S. permanent establishment). Except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a 30% tax on any gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States under the Code. We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however, no assurance can be given in this regard. You should consult your own tax advisor about the consequences that could result if we are, or become, a United States real property holding corporation.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

The amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, will be reported annually to the IRS and to each such holder, regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28% and scheduled to increase to 31% for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013) for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of shares of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Common Stock Held by or Through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010, or the “FATCA legislation,” generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income paid on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, shares of stock paid after December 31, 2012 to (i) a foreign financial institution (broadly defined for this purpose, generally including an investment vehicle), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners), and (ii) a foreign entity that is not a financial institution, unless such entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity, which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity. Under proposed regulations which are not yet effective, this new withholding tax will not apply (i) to dividend income on stock that is paid on or before December 31, 2013 or (ii) to gross proceeds from the disposition of stock paid on or before December 31, 2016. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the implications of the FATCA legislation on their investment in our common stock.

 

133


Table of Contents

THE DISCUSSION OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

 

134


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

                     and                      are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including:

 

   

the obligation to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby, other than those shares of common stock covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below, if any of the shares are purchased;

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

   

we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may re-allow, a discount not in excess of $         per share to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and expenses we will pay to the underwriters. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

     Without Option      With Option  
     Per Share      Total      Per Share      Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount and commissions

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Taminco

   $         $         $         $     

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $         million and are payable by us.

Over-allotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to              additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

 

135


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and executive officers and certain of our other existing stockholders, including the Apollo Funds have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for      days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the representatives, we and they will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of, any shares of our common stock, including, without limitation, shares of our common stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into our common stock or any of our other securities.

The     -day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the restricted period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the restricted period referred to above, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the restricted period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of a material event, unless such extension is waived in writing by the representatives.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from the lock-up agreements, the representatives will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of our common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our shares of common stock on the              under the symbol “                     .” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Determination of Offering Price

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

   

the value multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospect for, our Company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

136


Table of Contents

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representative may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representative will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including

 

137


Table of Contents

bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders and/or agents under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospective Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospective Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of such Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the subscribers has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a nondiscretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information

 

138


Table of Contents

on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “ Order ”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “ relevant persons ”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or

 

139


Table of Contents

(ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law. The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

140


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York will pass upon the validity of the common stock offered hereby on our behalf. The underwriters are represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, appearing in this registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young Bedrijfsrevisoren BCVBA, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Certain information set forth in “Prospectus Summary,” “Industry Overview” and “Business” have been included in reliance upon Arthur D. Little Benelux S.A./N.V.’s authority as an expert on such matters.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We are required to file annual and quarterly reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C., 20549. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our filings will also be available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Our reports and other information that we have filed, or may in the future file, with the SEC are not incorporated by reference into and do not constitute part of this prospectus.

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement. This prospectus summarizes provisions that we consider material of certain contracts and other documents to which we refer you. Because the summaries may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of those documents.

We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about us or the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in this prospectus. If you are given any information or representations about these matters that is not discussed in this prospectus, you must not rely on that information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities under applicable law.

 

141


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A: GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS

2-Pyrrolidone: 2-Pyrolidone is an amine derivative. It is a specialty amine used in pharmaceutical production.

AAA (Amietols) : AAA refers to Amietols, a group of products that are manufactured by reacting MMA and DMA with ethylene oxide in a high pressure reactor. Amietol products are used as precursors in the manufacturing of fabric softeners, as solvents for oil & gas sweetening and for hydrogen sulphide scavenging.

Advantex : Advantex is a higher alkylamino ethanol derivative obtained by etoxylation of higher amines. It is primarily used in the paints and coatings industry.

CCC (Chlormequat chloride) : CCC is methylamine derivative manufactured using TMA. It is a plant growth regulator. Its key applications include the treatment of crops such as cereals (wheat, rye, barley), cotton, and ornamentals.

Choline chloride : Choline chloride, also known as vitamin B4, is a methylamine derivative manufactured using TMA, hydrochloric acid and ethylene oxide. The principal use of choline chloride is as a feed additive for poultry and swine as it plays a key role in several metabolic processes that enhance animal growth and feed conversion yields.

DEA (Diethylamine) : DEA is a higher alkylamine created by chemically reacting ammonia with ethanol. Once produced, it is subsequently reacted with other raw materials to produce a wide variety of derivative products.

DIMLA : DIMLA is the trade name for Alkyl-di-methylamine, a tertiary amine manufactured by reacting DMA together with fatty alcohols. DIMLA is used for the production of detergents and biocides.

DMA (Di methylamine) : DMA is one of the three forms of methylamines produced by chemically reacting methanol and ammonia. Once produced, it is subsequently reacted with other raw materials to produce a wide variety of derivative products.

DMAc (Dimethylacetamide) : DMAc is a methylamine derivative produced through reactions of DMA with acetic acid (HOAc). It is an amide aprotic solvent.

DMAE (Dimethylaminoethanol) : DMAE is a methylamine derivative also known as Amietol ® M21. Its primary use is as precursor for water treatment chemical purposes. It also acts as a curing agent for polyurethanes and epoxy resins and is used to some extent in the coatings industry.

DMAPA (Dimethylaminopropylamine) : DMAPA is a tertiary amine produced by reacting DMA with acrylonitrile (ACN) and hydrogen. DMAPA is a surfactant precursor, DMAPA is also used in the manufacture of personal & home care products (betaines).

DMF (Dimethylformamide) : DMF is a methylamine derivative produced by the catalyzed reaction of DMA and carbon monoxide. DMF is used as a solvent predominantly in the production of polyurethane synthetic leather, electronics manufacture and the spinning of acrylic fibers.

DNPA (Di-n-propylamine) : DNPA is a higher alkylamine and is manufactured by chemically reacting ammonia and n-propanol. In agricultural applications, DNPA is a primary product and is used in the production of herbicides (primarily Trifluralin).

Ferbam : Ferbam is a methylamine derivative manufactured from DMA, irontrichloride and carbon disulphide. It is used as a contact fungicide.

 

142


Table of Contents

MDEA (Monomethyldiethanolamine) : MDEA is a methylamine derivative created by chemically reacting MMA and ethylene oxide. It is used in the manufacturing of fabric softeners, as solvent for oil & gas sweetening and for hydrogen sulphide scavenging.

MEA (Monoethylamine) : MEA is a higher amine and is manufactured by chemically reacting ammonia and ethanol. In agricultural applications, MEA is a primary product and is used in the production of herbicides (primarily atrazine).

Metam Sodium : Metam Sodium is a methylamine derivative manufactured from MMA, caustic soda and carbon disulphide. It is used as a soil disinfectant for controlling nematodes and soil diseases and is also endowed with herbicidal properties.

MIPA (Monoisopropylamine) : MIPA is a higher amine manufactured by chemically reacting ammonia and isopropanol or acetone. In agricultural applications, MIPA is a primary product and is used in the production of herbicides (primarily glyphosate and atrazine).

MMA (Mono-methylamine) : MMA is one of the three forms of methylamines produced by chemically reacting methanol and ammonia. Once produced, it is subsequently reacted with other raw materials to produce a wide variety of derivative products.

NMP (N-Methylpyrrolidone) : NMP is a methylamine derivative produced through reactions of MMA with gammabutyrolacetone (GBL). NMP is used as an aprotic solvent.

Synergex : Synergex is a higher alkylamine derivative. It is mainly used to enhance the performance of metal working fluids.

TEA (Triethylamine) : TEA is a higher alkylamine created by chemically reacting ammonia with ethanol. Once produced, it is mainly sold as intermediate chemical to various industries.

Thiram : Thiram is a methylamine derivative manufactured from DMA and carbon disulphide. It is a dithiocarbamate contact fungicide belonging to a family of agrochemicals initially developed in the 1940s and used in selected applications such as those for stone fruits and tropical crops.

TMA (Tri-methylamine) : TMA is one of the three forms of methylamines produced by chemically reacting methanol and ammonia. Once produced, it is subsequently reacted with other raw materials to produce a wide variety of derivative products.

Vantex : Vantex T is a higher alkylamine derivative used as additive for paints and coatings.

Ziram : Ziram is a methylamine derivative manufactured from DMA, zinc sulfate and carbon disulphide. It is a dithiocarbamate contact fungicide belonging to a family of agrochemicals initially developed in the 1940s and used in selected applications such as those for stone fruits and tropical crops.

 

143


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. (Predecessor)

  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2   

Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

     F-3   

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2011

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

     F-6   

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the years ended December  31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

     F-7   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-8   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. (Predecessor) and Taminco Acquisition Corporation (Successor)

  

Condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September  30, 2011, for the period from January 1 through February 14, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012

     F-35   

Condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the nine months ended September  30, 2011, for the period from January 1 through February 14, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012

     F-36   

Condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012

     F-37   

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September  30, 2011, for the period from January 1 through February 14, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012

     F-38   

Condensed consolidated statements of equity (deficit) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012

     F-39   

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

     F-40   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 16(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

Ghent, 3 December 2012

 

Ernst & Young Bedrijfsrevisoren BCVBA

Represented by

/s/ Lieve Cornelis            

Lieve Cornelis

Partner

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TAMINCO GROUP HOLDINGS S.À R.L.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions, except number of shares and share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009      2010     2011  

Net Sales

   $ 825       $ 951      $ 1,123   

Cost of Sales

     651         757        906   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     174         194        217   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     48         52        49   

Research and development expense

     12         13        12   

Other operating expense, net

     13         2        16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     101         127        140   

Interest expense, net (including related party interest expense of $30, $32 and $37 in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

     80         74        75   

Other non-operating expense (income), net

     4         (2     1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and losses on unconsolidated joint ventures

     17         55        64   

Income tax expense

     16         33        32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before losses on unconsolidated joint ventures

     1         22        32   

Equity losses of unconsolidated joint ventures, net

     —           —          2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to equity holders of the parent

   $ 1       $ 22      $ 30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per common share of the parent:

       

Basic

   $ —           0.02      $ 0.03   

Diluted

   $ —         $ 0.02      $ 0.03   

Number of common shares

     1,000,000,000         1,000,000,000        1,000,000,000   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TAMINCO GROUP HOLDINGS S.À R.L.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In millions)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
       2009         2010         2011    

Net income

   $ 1      $ 22      $ 30   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     11        (4     (6

Net pension and other postretirement benefit adjustments

     (2     (1     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

     9        (5     (8

Income tax expense related to items of other comprehensive income

     1        —          1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     10        (5     (7

Comprehensive income attributable to equity holders of the parent

   $ 11      $ 17      $ 23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TAMINCO GROUP HOLDINGS S.À R.L.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions, other than share information)

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 111      $ 131   

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.7 and $1.3 in 2010 and 2011, respectively)

     90        89   

Related party receivables

     1        1   

Inventories

     87        117   

Deferred income taxes

     8        7   

Assets held for sale

     —          2   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     12        15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     309        362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     246        249   

Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures

     —          12   

Intangibles assets, net

     201        175   

Goodwill

     558        540   

Capitalized debt issuance costs

     13        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,327      $ 1,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Short-term debt

     15        29   

Trade payables

     69        72   

Income tax payable

     1        6   

Other current liabilities

     48        44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     133        151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     774        729   

Related party long-term debt

     350        373   

Other liabilities

     21        24   

Long-term pension and post employment benefit obligations

     11        13   

Deferred income taxes

     93        90   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,382        1,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock ($0.014 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized and issued)

     14        14   

Retained deficit

     (54     (24

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (15     (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total company share of stockholders’ deficit

     (55     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 1,327      $ 1,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TAMINCO GROUP HOLDINGS S.À R.L.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2009         2010         2011    

Operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 1      $ 22      $ 30   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     82        74        72   

Deferred tax provision

     (7     (8     (6

Other non-cash adjustments:

      

Loss from equity investments

     —          —          2   

Amortization of debt-related costs

     3        3        3   

Accrued interest on related party loans

     30        32        37   

Unrealized profit on derivatives

     (3     (6     (5

Net change in assets and liabilities:

      

(Increase)/decrease in accounts receivable

     (8     (16     (4

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

     18        (16     (31

(Increase)/decrease in other operating assets

     7        7        (3

Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable

     8        8        7   

Increase/(decrease) in income tax payable

     (10     (2     5   

Increase/(decrease) in other current liabilities

     16        22        3   

Increase/(decrease) in other non-current liabilities

     (4     (8     7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

     133        112        117   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (41     (62     (54

Purchase of intangible assets

     (10     (5     (7

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

     —          (1     —     

Acquisition and investment within joint venture

     —          —          (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

     (51     (68     (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from borrowings

     —          1        —     

Repayments of borrowings

     (7     (23     (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities

     (7     (22     (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     75        22        23   

Net foreign exchange differences

     1        (2     (3

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     15        91        111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 91      $ 111      $ 131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 33      $ 44      $ 41   

Income tax payments, net

   $ 23      $ 41      $ 38   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TAMINCO GROUP HOLDINGS S.À R.L.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In millions)

 

    Total     Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
stockholders’
Deficit
    Retained
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid In
Capital
 

Balance at January 1, 2009

  $ (82   $ 1      $ (83   $ (77   $ (20   $ 14      $   

Net income

    1        —          1        1        —          —       

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    11        —          11        —          11        —       

Net Pension and other postretirement benefit adjustments

    (1     —          (1     —          (1     —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ (71   $ 1      $ (72   $ (76   $ (10   $ 14      $ —     

Net Income

    22        —          22        22        —          —       

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (4     —          (4     —          (4     —       

Unrealized net gain on available for sale securities

    —          —          —          —          —          —       

Net Pension and other postretirement benefit adjustments

    (1     —          (1     —          (1     —       

Acquisition of non controlling interest

    (1     (1     —          —          —          —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ (55   $ —        $ (55   $ (54   $ (15   $ 14      $ —     

Net Income

    30        —          30        30        —          —       

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (6     —          (6     —          (6     —       

Net Pension and other postretirement benefit adjustments

    (1     —          (1     —          (1     —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ (32   $ —        $ (32   $ (24   $ (22   $ 14      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TAMINCO GROUP HOLDINGS S.À R.L.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unless otherwise noted, all amounts are in millions)

1. Background and Basis of Presentation

Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l., a limited liability company, was incorporated on August 24, 2007 under the laws of Luxemburg (collectively with its subsidiaries, “Taminco,” the “Company” or the “Group”). Its registered corporate address is 20, Avenue Monterey, L2163 Luxemburg.

At the balance sheet date, the ultimate controlling parties of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. are CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited and CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited as the general partners of CVC Fund IV. The general partners are 100% indirectly owned by CVC Capital Partners SICAV-FIS S.A. The controlling parties acquired the Company in 2007.

Taminco’s products are used by our customers in the manufacturing of everyday products primarily for the agriculture, water treatment, personal & homecare, animal nutrition and oil & gas end-markets. Taminco offers differentiated value-added products that are sold into diversified, global end-markets that benefit from favorable underlying economic and population trends.

Alkylamines are organic compounds produced through the reaction of an alcohol with ammonia. The immediate results of these processes are the production of methylamines and higher alkylamines, which can then be further reacted with other chemicals to produce alkylamine derivatives.

Taminco currently operates seven plants worldwide dedicated to the production of alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives, including two larger facilities in the United States and in Europe, a joint venture facility with Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company and certain of its affiliates (the “MGC Group”) in China, and two other 100% Taminco-owned facilities in China.

The accompanying financial statements comprise the consolidated financial statements of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. and its subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND PRESENTATION

All majority owned or controlled subsidiaries of Taminco are included in the consolidated financial statements and intercompany transactions are eliminated upon consolidation.

Subsidiaries are those enterprises that are controlled by Taminco. Control exists when Taminco has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an enterprise so as to obtain benefits from its activities. The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as those of the parent company, using consistent accounting policies. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to Taminco and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to a person or entity outside the control of Taminco. A change in ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a change in control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

Historically, the Company has one non-controlling interest within the Company in relation to Taminco Yixing Choline Chloride Factory, where the Company held 67.5% of the shares. In June 2010, the Company purchased an additional 32.5% of Taminco Yixing Choline Chloride Factory, increasing its ownership interest to 100%. A consideration of $1.4 million was paid to the non-controlling interest shareholder, and since completion of this transaction, there are no non-controlling interests within the Company. The net income attributable to non-controlling interests amounted to $0.14 million and $0.02 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURES

Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures are included at cost plus its equity in undistributed earnings in accordance with the equity method of accounting and reflected as investments in unconsolidated joint ventures in the consolidated balance sheets.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management believes the most complex and sensitive judgments, because of their significance to the consolidated financial statements, result primarily from the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of the most significant estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are related to allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserve, goodwill, pension and post-retirement benefits, asset retirement obligation and income taxes. Allocation methods are described in the notes to these consolidated financial statements where appropriate.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The consolidated financial statements are reported in U.S. Dollars. The functional currency for each subsidiary is their respective local currency. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars are recorded in a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Gains or losses resulting from transactions in other than the functional currency are reflected in the consolidated statements of income.

The accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income amounted to $13.2 million and $18.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Sales of products are recorded (i) upon shipment if title passes to the customer upon shipment, or upon delivery if title passes to the customer upon delivery, (ii) when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists with the customer, (iii) when the sales price is fixed and determinable, and (iv) when the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized net of discounts and allowances, which are comprised of trade allowances, cash discounts and sales returns and value added tax. The company accounts for rebates in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-50. Accordingly, consideration given by the Company to a customer is characterized as a reduction of net sales. Freight costs and any directly related costs of shipping finished product to customers are recorded as “cost of sales”. Billings to customers for shipping fees are included in net sales in accordance with ASC 605-45. Handling costs are incurred from the point the product is removed from inventory until it is provided to the shipper and generally include costs to store, move and prepare the products for shipment. Handling costs are recorded in cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash with banks and short term investments (maximum original maturities of 3 months) that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and that are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.

TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company accounts for sales and transfers of financial instruments under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 860. ASC 860 states that a transfer of financial assets (either all or a portion of a financial asset) in which

 

F-9


Table of Contents

the transferor surrenders control over those financial assets shall be accounted for as a sale to the extent that consideration other than beneficial interests in the transferred assets is received in exchange. The Company sells receivables to a bank which qualify as financial assets since they are associated with the sale of products by the subsidiaries of the Company and accepted by the Company’s customers in the ordinary course of business. For all receivables sold to the bank, the risks of collection of such receivables reside with the bank. Therefore, upon sale of the receivables to the bank, the appropriate reversal of any accounts receivable or applicable allowances are recorded by the Company.

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

Outstanding trade receivables are regularly monitored and any shipments to major customers are generally covered by letters of credit or other forms of credit insurance. Analysis is performed regularly to estimate the allowance necessary to provide for uncollectible receivables. This analysis is based on historical experience, combined with a review of current developments and includes specific accounts for which payment has become unlikely. The process by which the Company calculates the allowance begins in the individual subsidiaries where specific problem accounts are identified and reserved primarily based upon the age and risk profile of the receivables and specific payment issues.

INVENTORY

Inventories are stated at lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method. Costs include direct material, direct labor and applicable manufacturing overheads, which are based on normal production capacity. Abnormal manufacturing costs are recognized as period costs and fixed manufacturing overheads are allocated based on normal production capacity. An allowance is provided for excess and obsolete inventories based on management’s review of inventories on-hand compared to the estimated future usage and sales.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment (including leasehold improvements and software costs) are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Major renewals and betterments are capitalized, maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Depreciation, recorded as a component of cost of sales or as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, is computed utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements is recorded as a component of cost of sales, and is computed utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated benefit period of the related assets or the lease term, if shorter. Useful lives are 15 years for buildings, from 5 to 15 years for plant, machinery and equipment, and from 3 to 15 years for furniture and vehicles.

The Company capitalizes the costs of software developed for internal use, which is entirely comprised of external costs. The Company amortizes software developed or obtained for internal use on a straight-line basis, for 5 years, when such software is substantially ready for use. The net carrying value of software developed or obtained for internal use was $3 million and $2 million at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

The Company records asset retirement obligations as liabilities on a discounted basis and accretes them over time for the change in present value. Costs associated with the liabilities are capitalized and amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of the asset.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets mainly include regulatory registration costs, customer relationships, patents and licenses, various contracts and software costs.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Regulatory costs

Certain products primarily within the Group’s Crop Protection segment need to be registered before they can be sold/offered to the market (phyto-pharmaceuticals, biocides, etc). Costs related to such registration, such as toxicological studies and registration costs made to third parties, as well as re-registration costs, are included in intangible assets as they represent transferrable assets that have a future value. These intangibles are amortized over a period of 3 years.

Patents and licenses

Acquired patents and licenses are measured on initial recognition at cost. Following initial recognition, they are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. They are amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired.

Software costs

Costs for software license fees purchased from third parties are recorded as intangible assets and amortized over a period of 5 years.

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets mainly include customer relationships and raw material purchase contracts resulting from purchase accounting on historical acquisitions. These customer relationships recognized on the CVC acquisition in 2007 originates from a very strong customer base with low attrition and high entrance barriers for new competitors, further reducing the churn rate of the customer base. Other intangible assets were stated at fair value at acquisition and amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives (or over the term of the related agreement, if shorter).

Costs incurred to renew or extend the term of a recognized intangible asset are expensed.

IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL, INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND OTHER LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Company assesses goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. The Company performs its required annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter of each year subsequent to completing its annual forecasting process. Each of the Company’s reporting segments represents a reporting unit.

The Company assesses goodwill for impairment by first comparing the carrying value of each reporting unit to its fair value using the present value of expected future cash flows. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then the Company would perform a second test for that reporting unit to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units utilizing the Company’s best estimate of future revenues, operating expenses, cash flows, market and general economic conditions as well as assumptions that it believes marketplace participants would utilize, including discount rates, cost of capital, and long term growth rates. When available and as appropriate, the Company uses comparative market multiples and other factors to corroborate the discounted cash flow results.

We performed an annual impairment test at December 31, 2011, based on cash flow projections which were derived from the most current financial budgets covering a five-year period, as approved by the Board of Directors. The budgets and projected cash flows were updated based on an assessment of the main parameters described above. The cash flows beyond the five-year period were compiled using a 2% volume growth rate. The projected cash flows do not include restructuring activities that the Company has not yet committed to, or significant future investments that will enhance the performance of the reporting units. There were no goodwill impairments recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its other long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, if circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred. This analysis is performed by comparing the respective carrying values of the assets to the current and expected future cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, to be generated from such assets. Property and equipment is evaluated separately within each business unit. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of these assets is not recoverable, then the carrying value of such assets is reduced to fair value through a charge to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. There were no impairments recorded relating to other long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, for the years ended 2009, 2010 or 2011.

LEASES

We lease land and fixed assets for use in our operations. All lease agreements are evaluated and classified as either an operating lease or a capital lease. A lease is capitalized as a capital lease if any of the following criteria are met: transfer of ownership to the lessee by the end of the lease term; the lease contains a bargain purchase option; the lease term is equal to 75% or greater of the asset’s useful economic life; or the present value of the future minimum lease payments is equal to or greater than 90% of the asset’s fair market value. Capital leases are capitalized at the lower of the net present value of the total amount of rent payable under the leasing agreement (excluding finance charges) or fair market value of the leased asset. Capital lease assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis, over a period consistent with our normal depreciation policy for tangible fixed assets, but not exceeding the lease term. Operating lease expense is recognized ratably over the entire lease term.

CONTINGENCIES

The Company records liabilities for loss contingencies, including environmental remediation costs, arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties and other sources when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated.

PENSIONS AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS

All post-retirement benefits are accounted for on an accrual basis using actuarial assumptions. Post-retirement pension benefits are provided for substantially all employees of Taminco NV and Taminco Germany GmbH, through plans specific to each of these legal entities. The costs of the benefits provided through plans of the Company are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and summarized in detail along with other information pertaining to these plans in Note 12. These actuarial calculations include making assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on plan assets, future salary increases, future health care costs, mortality rates and future pension increases. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, estimates are subject to uncertainty. Plans are primarily concentrated in Belgium and Germany. Employees of Taminco Inc. have a 401k plan.

The Company is also required to measure a defined benefit plan’s assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year, and recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit post-retirement plan in comprehensive income in the year in which the changes occur.

Additionally, the Company offers to its Belgian employees, executives and blue collar workers the opportunity to enter into an early retirement scheme, as agreed in a collective employment agreement at the level of the Belgian Chemicals Industry sector. The employee benefits of this early retirement scheme are partly paid by the Company and partly paid by the Belgian Government. This early retirement scheme is unfunded and is recorded in the non-current liabilities section of the consolidated balance sheets. The amounts accrued in the Financial Statements are derived from an actuarial calculation and represent the current and future liabilities from the Company to fund its obligations in this early retirement scheme.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

The Company uses derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to manage its risk associated with interest rate fluctuations. Such financial instruments are recorded at fair value. The fair value of the interest rate swaps is determined by estimating the present value of amounts to be paid under the agreement offset by the net present value of expected cash inflows based on market rates. See note 14 for further details regarding these instruments.

ADVERTISING EXPENSE

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred. Advertising expenses, recorded within the Selling, general and administrative line item on the Consolidated Statement of Operations, were approximately $0.2 million, $0.4 and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 respectively.

RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING EXPENSES

Research, development and engineering costs are expensed as incurred.

INCOME TAXES

The Company’s provision for income taxes is determined using the liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

The Company’s deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the recorded deferred tax balances will not be realized in future periods. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable could be impacted in the near period if there are changes in estimates of future taxable income in the carryforward period.

The Company recognizes a tax benefit when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position would be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. The amount to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority. The Company records interest and penalties accrued in relation to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic net income / (loss) per basic and diluted share has been computed using the number of the company’s common shares outstanding. A basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures which becomes effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The new guidance enhances disclosures and refines certain aspects of fair value measurement that primarily affect financial instruments. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued amendments to the presentation of comprehensive income, which becomes effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with retrospective application. The

 

F-13


Table of Contents

amendments eliminate the current reporting option of displaying components of other comprehensive income within the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. Under the new guidance, the Company has presented an operating statement immediately followed by a statement of comprehensive income for all years presented.

3. Accounts Receivable

The Company has a Non-Recourse Factoring Facility with BNP Paribas Fortis Factor NV, which we use to manage fluctuations in our trade working capital. The Factoring Facility has a limit of $129 million (the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the €100 million commitment amount as of December 31, 2011) and applies to the eligible accounts receivable of Taminco NV and Taminco, Inc. It does not apply to receivables in our subsidiaries in Germany, Italy, China or Brazil. The arrangement contains limitations as to the amount of eligible receivables that any one debtor can be factored at any moment in time. The limit is usually 15% of the amount of outstanding eligible receivables with the exception of certain specific debtors, where this limit is 30%. The total amount of eligible receivables insured by BNP Paribas Fortis Factor NV sold during 2009, 2010 and 2011 were $375.5 million, $480.3 million and $710.3 million, respectively. The Non-recourse Factoring Facility was initially committed until July 1, 2015 with a provision for indefinite extension and a notice period prior to termination of one year, but was modified subsequent to financial year 2012. The Company sells the receivables at face value but receives actual funding net of a deposit account (approximately 85%) until collections are received from customers for the receivables sold.

The costs associated with the Non-recourse Factoring Facility consist of a commission fee on the factored receivables and an interest charge on the amount drawn under the facility. The commission fee and interest charge for 2009, 2010 and 2011 were $1.8 million, $1.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The commission fee was $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $0.9 million for 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and is included in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expense” of the Consolidated Statement of Operations while the interest charge is included in the line item “Interest expense” and amounted to $0.6 million, $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively The sold receivables are removed from the accounts receivables in accordance with guidance under ASC topic 860, Transfers and Servicing. The amount drawn under the Non-recourse Factoring Facility was $57.3 million, $66.0 million and $75.4 million at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

As part of the program, the Company continues to service the receivables. The fair value of the receivables sold equals the carrying value at the time of the sale, and no gain or loss was recorded. The Company estimates the fair value using Level 3 inputs based on historical and anticipated performance of similar receivables, including historical and anticipated credit losses. The Company is exposed to credit losses of factored/sold receivables up to the amount of the deposit amount. Credit losses for receivables sold and past due amounts outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 were both immaterial.

Allowances for doubtful accounts were $0.7 million and $1.3 million at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and mainly related to the receivables not sold. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the expense charged for uncollectable accounts was $0.1 million, $(0.1) million and $0.7 million.

4. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following components at December 31:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
       2010          2011    

Finished goods and work-in-progress

   $ 65       $ 93   

Raw materials and supplies

     22         24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 87       $ 117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Total inventories are presented net of an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory of $2.1 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the expense charged for excess and obsolete inventory was $0.4 million, $0.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment, at cost, and the related accumulated depreciation were as follows at December 31:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
       2010          2011    

Land and improvements

   $ 12       $ 12   

Buildings, structures and related improvements

     25         19   

Plant, machinery and equipment

     344         363   

Furniture and vehicles

     4         5   

Construction-in-process

     13         37   

Software

     6         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less accumulated depreciation

     158         193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 246       $ 249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2011, the Company decided to close the production facility of Taminco Comércio e Industría de Aminas Ltda. located in Camaçari, Bahia, Brazil. The closure of the plant did not meet the criteria as a discontinued operation due to continuance of the business through other production facilities in the United States. The assets, relating predominantly to land and buildings, plant and machinery, have been presented separately on the face of the balance sheet as assets held for sale amounting to $ 2.1 million. Management believes the net assets are recoverable.

Total capitalized interests amounted to $0.2 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. Total depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $52.1 million, $47.3 million and $43.9 million, respectively.

CAPITAL LEASES

 

(In millions)    2010      2011  
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net      Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Plant, machinery and equipment

   $ 12       $ 2       $ 10       $ 11       $ 3       $ 8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital lease assets

   $ 12       $ 2       $ 10       $ 11       $ 3       $ 8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We lease our co-generating equipment under long-term capital leases. The amortization expense of assets recorded under capital leases are included with the depreciation expense and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $0.8 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

The aggregate future estimated payments under these commitments are:

 

2012

   $ 1   

2013

     1   

2014

     1   

2015

     1   

2016

     1   

Thereafter

     3   
  

 

 

 

Total capital lease

   $ 8   
  

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The future interest payments are $0.4 million for 2012 and 2013, $0.3 million for 2014 and 2015 and $0.2 million for 2016 and thereafter.

OPERATING LEASES

We lease office facilities, railcars, vehicles and other equipment under long-term non-cancelable operating leases

The aggregate future estimated payments under these commitments are:

 

2012

   $ 10   

2013

     9   

2014

     9   

2015

     8   

2016

     8   

Thereafter

     8   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payment

   $ 52   
  

 

 

 

Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $12.7 million, $12.6 million and $13.9 million, respectively.

ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS

The Company has a contractual obligation to remove certain assets constructed on leased land. The fair value of the future retirement obligation is recorded as a liability on a discounted basis when they are incurred and an equivalent amount is capitalized to property and equipment. The initial recorded obligation is discounted using the Company’s credit adjusted risk free-rate and is reviewed periodically for changes in the estimated future costs underlying the obligation. The Company amortizes the initial amount capitalized to property and equipment as depreciation expense, and recognizes accretion expense in connection with the discounted liability over the estimated remaining useful life of the leased assets in the line cost of sales in the consolidated Statement of Operations.

In August 2007, an asset retirement obligation of $1.7 million was established representing the discounted cost of the Company’s estimate of the obligations to remove any equipment at the end of the lease term at one of its production facilities. The estimate was developed with the assistance of a third party contractor familiar with the site.

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, the asset retirement obligations amounted to $2.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively. During both years, there was an accretion of discount amount to $0.2 million.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

6. Other Investments

At December 31, 2011, the Company has one equity method investment. The Company and MGC Group entered into a joint venture agreement for the Chinese company Te An Ling Tian, in which the Company has acquired a 50% interest. Total investment in the joint venture amounts to $ 6.5 million of which $ 2.5 million was paid in March 2011 and $ 4.0 million was paid in September 2011. In April 2011, the joint venture partners agreed on an equal capital increase in which the Group contributed $2.5 million. In September 2011 the partners agreed to further finance the venture in equal amounts, in which the Company provided a subordinated shareholder loan of $5.0 million.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 

Beginning balance

   $ —     

Loss from equity investments

     (2

Contributions to joint venture

     14   
  

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 12   
  

 

 

 

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

On July 4, 2007, CVC Capital Partners, through its subsidiary Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. (a Luxembourg legal entity), entered into a share purchase agreement with Alpinvest Partners Direct Investment 2003 CV (a Dutch legal entity) and Stichting Executives Taminco (a Dutch legal foundation) to acquire 100% of the shares in Taminco NV. Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. acquired control of the shares of Taminco NV on August 31, 2007 for a total purchase price of €601 million ($820 million). The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and purchase price was allocated based on the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and gave rise to a goodwill of €418 million ($540 million valued at $/€ exchange rate as of December 31, 2011).

Goodwill by reporting unit, which is consistent with our reporting segments and changes in the carrying amounts are as follows:

 

     Functional
Amines
    Specialty
Amines
    Crop
Protection
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 151      $ 187      $ 245      $ 583   

Foreign Currency Translation

     6        5        8        19   

Balance at December 31, 2009

     157        192        253        602   

Foreign Currency Translation

     (12     (14     (18     (44

Balance at December 31, 2010

     145        178        235        558   

Foreign Currency Translation

     (5     (6     (7     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 140      $ 172      $ 228      $ 540   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Intangible assets consisted of the following components:

 

               As of December 31, 2010      As of December 31, 2011  
    

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Lives

  

Weighted
Average
Useful
Lives

   Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net      Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Land leasehold

   44 years    49 years    $ 4       $ —         $ 4       $ 4       $ —         $ 4   

Regulatory costs

   1.5 years    3 years      11         4         7         9         2         7   

Customer relationships

   11 years    13 years      183         47         136         177         59         118   

Technology, patents and license costs

   2 years    10 years      10         8         2         11         9         2   

Various Contracts

   8 years    15 years      70         19         51         68         24         44   

Software License costs

   3 years    5 years      2         1         1         2         2         —     
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   10 years    13 years    $ 280       $ 79       $ 201       $ 271       $ 96       $ 175   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible asset amortization expense for the years ended December 31, are as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
         2009          2010          2011      

Land leasehold

   $ —         $ —         $ —     

Regulatory costs

     —           4         4   

Customer relationships

     15         14         15   

Technology, patents and license costs

     7         2         2   

Various contracts

     6         6         6   

Software license

     1         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortization expense

   $ 29       $ 26       $ 27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Estimated annual intangible amortization expense for 2012 through 2016 is $27 million.

8. Other Current Liabilities

Other Current Liabilities consisted of the following components:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010          2011      

Payroll and benefits

   $ 10       $ 10   

Taxes other than income taxes

     3         5   

Deferred income

     13         14   

Accrued charges

     18         15   

Other

     4         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 48       $ 44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

9. Restructuring

The following table sets forth the changes in the restructuring reserve:

 

     Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2009

   $ —     

Incurred and charged to expense

     4   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

   $ 4   
  

 

 

 

Incurred and charged to expense

   $ —     

Cash payments

     (4
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Incurred and charged to expense

   $ 11   

Cash payments

     1   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 10   
  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company decided to close their Riverview plant in the U.S. The assets which could be recovered from this restructuring process were transferred to the St. Gabriel, Louisiana operating unit. As a result, the Company incurred restructuring costs for an amount of $4 million, which was principally composed of one-time termination benefits. The 2009 restructuring affected the Functional Amines and Specialty Amines segments.

The restructuring costs for financial year 2009 can be broken down as follows:

 

One-time termination benefits

     4   

Total

   $ 4   

In 2011 the Company recognized restructuring expenses reported in the Other Operating Expense of the Consolidated Statement of Operations for a total amount of $ 11 million primarily related to a restructuring provision following the decision in August 2011 to close the MIPA (monoisopropylamine) production facility of Taminco Comércio e Industría de Aminas Ltda. located in Camaçari, Bahia, Brazil. The provision is an estimate for all costs related to the closure such as employee termination indemnities, early termination indemnity of raw material and utilities supply contracts and cleaning costs to make the site available for sale. The operating business of the MIPA facility has moved to the production facility in St. Gabriel, Louisiana. The MIPA business is now managed through the North American entity, Taminco Inc. The 2011 restructuring affected the Functional Amines segment.

The 2011 restructuring provision can be broken down as follows:

 

Supplier termination expenses

   $ 6   

Other expenditures

     2   

Severance liabilities

     3   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11   
  

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

10. Short and Long-Term Debt

Total Indebtedness is as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010      2011  

Capital and financing lease obligations

   $ 10       $ 8   

Subordinated capitalization bonds(1)

     350         373   

Term facility—€ loan

     435         413   

Term facility—$ loan

     344         337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,139         1,131   

Less current maturities

     15         29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term and related party debt

   $ 1,124       $ 1,102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Subordinated capitalization bonds are related party debt. See note 15 for more information.

Aggregate maturities of debt for long-term borrowings are as follows:

 

2013

   $ 35   

2014

     39   

2015

     243   

2016

     253   

Thereafter

     532   
  

 

 

 

Total aggregate maturities of debt

   $ 1,102   
  

 

 

 

The Company entered into a EUR 440 million and USD 357 million Senior Facility Agreement with Rabobank dated August 31, 2007. The Senior Facility Agreement includes a number of smaller loan facilities with floating interest rates (Libor or Euribor + margin) which have been partially swapped into fixed interest rates via various interest rate swap contracts (see note 14). USD denominated loan agreements are mainly recorded by the US entity Taminco Inc. and a small portion by Taminco NV; whereas the EUR loan agreements are contracted by Taminco NV and Taminco Germany entities having EUR as functional currency. In 2010 following a US restructuring whereas Taminco North America Inc., Taminco Higher Amines Inc. and Taminco Inc. merged into Taminco Methylamines Inc., the USD denominated loan agreements recorded by Taminco North America Inc. were transferred to Taminco Methylamines Inc. This merger had no impact on the outstanding bank debt. In 2011 Taminco Methylamines Inc. was renamed into Taminco Inc.

Interest rates and maturities on Rabobank Senior facility agreements were as follows:

 

    

Interest Rate%

  

Maturity Date

Facility A—$ loan

   LIBOR +2.00    August 31, 2014

Facility A—€ loan

   EURIBOR +2.00    August 31, 2014

Facility B—$ loan

   LIBOR +2.00    August 31, 2015

Facility B—€ loan

   EURIBOR +2.00    August 31, 2015

Facility C—$ loan

   LIBOR +3.25    August 31, 2016

Facility C—€ loan

   EURIBOR +3.25    August 31, 2016

Facility D—$ loan

   LIBOR +4.25    August 31, 2017

The costs related to the issuance of debt are capitalized and amortized over the life of the related debt. The Company has a balance of $13 million and $10 million related to deferred financing costs included in the non-current assets of the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. A total of $2.7 million, $2.6 million and $2.9 million was amortized during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and included in interest expense of the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The Senior Facility Agreement contains terms and provisions (including representations, covenants and conditions) customary for credit agreements of this type. There are three primary financial covenants. The interest over covenant is a test which requires the consolidated EBITDA should be more than 1.8 times the consolidated total net cash interest expense. The leverage ratio is a leverage test which requires Total Net Debt, as defined, not exceeding 7 times the consolidated EBITDA. The cash flow cover requires that total consolidated cash flow is both positive and larger than the total net cash interest expense and all repayments of borrowings on consolidated basis. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all debt covenants.

The Senior Facility Agreement with Rabobank has been secured through:

 

   

Pledges of the shares of Taminco NV, Taminco South NV, Taminco North BVBA, Taminco Germany GmbH, Taminco do Brasil Comércio & Industria de Aminas Ltda, Taminco Do Brasil Produtos Quimicos LTDA and Taminco Inc. amounting to $1.2 billion;

 

   

Mortgages and pledges on the business of Taminco NV amounting to $662 million and;

 

   

Pledges on the receivables of Taminco NV, Taminco North BVBA and Taminco South NV amounting to $203 million.

11. Share-Based Compensation

STOCK OPTIONS

In August 2007 certain management members (“Beneficiaries”) entered into an agreement (the “Option Agreement”) whereby stock options were granted to management that are exercisable into shares of Taminco International S.à r.l. (which was the direct holding company of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. until February 14, 2012). In accordance with the Option Agreement, the options are exercisable only upon the occurrence of a sale of the Company, change in control, or initial public offering (the “Exit Event”). The number of exercisable options is determined on the basis of the internal rate of return achieved by the investors in Taminco International S.à r.l. upon the Exit Event. All options lapse if the option holders cease to remain employees of the Company through the Exit Event. Since the stock options only become exercisable upon an Exit Event, management determined that it is not probable that such options will vest until the Exit Event occurs.

The maximum number of stock options to be granted to the Beneficiaries upon the agreement in 2007 amounted to 165 million with an exercise price of $0.01 per option. The maximum number of stock options which potentially could vest upon an Exit Event remained unchanged at 165 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

The grant date fair value of the options was $8 million and was calculated using the Monte Carlo model. The following table summarizes the significant assumptions used for the grant in 2007.

 

Assumption

  

Risk-free interest rate

     4.56

Expected equity volatility

     55

Expected time to exit event

     3 Years   

The risk free interest rate is based on the yield of a 3 year Euro Swap rate. Equity volatility is based upon the stock price return of publicly traded comparable companies.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, these stock options have had no impact on cash flow or income statement.

An Exit Event occurred on February 14, 2012 and consequently certain stock options became exercisable and were converted into shares. As the vesting of such options was not probable until the Exit Event, the Company recorded a non-cash compensation charge during the period from January 1, 2012 through February 14, 2012 (Predecessor period). The charge represented the fair value of the options as determined on the date of grant.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

OTHER SHARE-BASED ARRANGEMENT

In connection with the acquisition of the Company in August 2007, certain agreements were entered into whereby management invested $36 million in Taminco International S.à r.l., which was comprised of $33 million in subordinated loans and $3 million in shares. The subordinated loans bear a fixed compounded interest rate of 10%. Under the terms of the agreements, the loans and the shares required that management provide service to the Company through the Exit Event. If management were to terminate employment at its own discretion or by the Company for cause prior to the Exit Event, the entire investment and accrued interest with respect to the subordinated loans would be forfeited. As a result, the arrangement is accounted for as compensatory and expense is pushed down from Taminco International S.à r.l. to the financial statements of the Company.

Since the loans are cash settled, it is treated as a liability award, and compensation expense will be recognized when it is probable that the Exit Event will occur in an amount equal to the actual amount paid to management at the Exit Event. The shares are an equity award as settlement is required in shares. Therefore, the Company determined the fair value of the shares on the grant date and compensation expense will be recognized when it is probable that the Exit Event will occur. The fair value of the shares on the grant date is equal to $3 million.

An Exit Event occurred on February 14, 2012 and consequently the actual amount paid to management under the terms of the loan, and the grant date fair value of the shares, will be expensed in the period from January 1, 2012 through February 14, 2012 (Predecessor period).

12. Commitments and Contingencies

COMMITMENTS

At December 31, 2011 the Company had capital expenditure commitments of $1.9 million, mainly related to the new production unit in the US which is expected to be completed by the end of 2012, compared to $3.5 million as at December 31, 2010, which had been accrued for the construction of a waste water treatment installation. Refer to note 5 for our lease commitments.

CONTINGENCIES

The Company is, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and similar proceedings incidental to its business. These legal matters primarily involve claims for damages arising out of the use of the Company’s products and services and claims relating to intellectual property matters, employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, competition and sales and trading practices, personal injury and insurance coverage. The Company may also become subject to lawsuits as a result of past or future acquisitions or as a result of liabilities retained from, or representations, warranties or indemnities provided in connection with, divested businesses. Some of these lawsuits may include claims for punitive and consequential, as well as compensatory damages. Based upon the Company’s experience, current information and applicable law, it does not believe that these proceedings and claims will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

13. Pensions and Other Long-Term Post-Employment Benefits

The Company offers pensions and various other long-term benefit plans to its employees. Where permitted by applicable law, the Company reserves the right to change, modify or discontinue the plans.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes liabilities in its consolidated balance sheets a liability for the long-term pension and post employment benefit obligations. These amounted to $11 million and $13 million as at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The following table presents the significant components of the long-term liability for employee benefits:

 

     2010      2011  

Defined benefit pension plans in Belgium

   $ 5       $ 7   

Compensation career termination—early retirement in Belgium

     4         5   

Other long-term employee benefits in Belgium

     1         1   

Long-term employee compensation in other entities

     1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term liability for employee benefits

   $ 11       $ 13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS BELGIUM

The Company funds two major defined benefit pension plans in Belgium, covering approximately 85 senior management members and 116 employees. Both plans are financed through a group insurance product at AXA Belgium NV.

The following table provides a reconciliation of projected benefit obligations, plan assets and the funded status of these defined benefit plans:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Change in benefit obligation:

    

Benefit obligation, beginning of period

   $ 15      $ 16   

Service cost

     1        1   

Interest cost

     1        1   

Actuarial loss in year

     1        2   

(Benefits paid)/transfers in year

     (1     (1

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, end of period

     16        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

    

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of period

   $ 11      $ 11   

Actual return on plan assets

     1        1   

Company contributions

     1        1   

Benefits paid

     (1     (1

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, end of period

     11        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status of continuing operations, end of period

   $ (5   $ (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accumulated actuarial losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income amounted to $1.8 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The amounts recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 is $1.6 million, $1.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The following table provides the components of net periodic pension costs of these defined benefit plans:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Net periodic Pension Cost:

      

Service cost

   $ 1      $ 1      $ 1   

Interest cost

     1        1        1   

Expected return on plan assets

     (1     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 1      $ 1      $ 1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Group expects to contribute $1.2 million to its defined benefit pension plans in 2012.

Additional benefit obligation information

The information below includes all plans.

 

     Defined Benefit Pension
Plans
 
     2010      2011  

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 11       $ 12   

The information below relates to plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets

 

     Defined Benefit Pension
Plans
 
     2010      2011  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 16       $ 18   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     11         12   

Fair value of plan assets

     11         11   

The information below relates to plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets

 

     Defined Benefit Pension
Plans
 
     2010      2011  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 16       $ 18   

Fair value of plan assets

     11         11   

Plan assets

The Company’s pension plans assets consist of guaranteed investment contracts with a large insurance company, AXA Belgium. The insurance company invests the majority of its funds in sovereign and corporate bonds. Investment decisions are based on strategic asset allocation studies and risk management best practices. The contracts provide a guaranteed rate of return, with returns over the guaranteed amount provided at the discretion of the insurance company based on actual returns of the investments. The contracts are recorded at fair value and are considered in the fair value hierarchy as Level 2 assets, for valuation purposes, based on contract value. Contract value is the most relevant indicator of fair value because the contracts can be redeemed or transferred at this amount.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Estimated future benefit payments

As of December 31, 2011, future expected benefit payments by our pension plans which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, were as follows:

 

     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017-2021  

Belgian pension plans

   $ 1       $ 2       $ 2       $ 1       $ 1       $ 11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1       $ 2       $ 2       $ 1       $ 1       $ 11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Actuarial assumptions

The Company’s actuarial assumptions are determined based on the demographics of the population, the discount rate, the expected long-term return on assets, the rate of salary increase including inflation, the increase of the pension ceiling including inflation, economic trends, statutory requirements and other factors that could impact the benefit obligation and plan assets.

The assumptions used in determining net benefit costs and net benefit liabilities for our pension plans were as follows:

 

     2009     2010     2011  

Discount rate

     5.0     4.5     4.0

Expected rate of return on assets

     4.5     4.5     4.5

Future salary increases

     3.5     3.5     3.5

Future pension increases

     2.0     2.0     2.0

The Company selects the discount rates based on cash flow models using the yields of high-grade corporate bonds with the same duration of the pension and prepension liabilities within the Group, namely around 10 years.

The discount rate assumption in this chart changed from 2010 to 2011, resulting in a change in the pension benefit obligation. In the table showing that reconciles the change in benefit obligations for the year, the impact of the discount rate change is included in the actuarial loss line item.

The expected return on plan assets is based on market expectations both forward-looking as well as historical experience, taking into account the duration of the pension liabilities. As of financial year 2005, the average return on plan assets have been in the range of 4.93% to 5.13%, but has been reduced to 4.5%, considering the current financial climate with decreasing global interest rates.

EARLY RETIREMENT SCHEME IN BELGIUM

The Company offers to its Belgian employees, executives and blue collar workers the opportunity to enter into an early retirement scheme, as agreed in a collective employment agreement at the level of the Belgian Chemicals Industry sector. The employee benefits of this early retirement scheme are partly paid by the Company and partly paid by the Belgian government. This early retirement scheme is unfunded and the amounts accrued in the Financial Statements are derived from an actuarial calculation and represent the current and future liabilities from the Company to fund its obligations in this early retirement scheme.

The liability for this early retirement scheme at December 31, 2010 and 2011 were $4 million and $5 million, respectively.

The principal assumptions used in determining the early retirement benefit obligation under this plan are shown below:

 

     2009     2010     2011  

Discount rate

     5.0     4.5     4.0

Rate of inflation

     2.0     2.0     2.0

 

F-25


Table of Contents

OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS IN BELGIUM

The other long-term employee benefits in Belgium relate to a seniority bonus provision for executives and employees for which the liabilities recognized at December 31, 2010 and 2011 were $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION IN OTHER ENTITIES

The long-term employee compensation in other entities relate to a German early retirement program (Altersteilzeit) for 11 employees in Taminco Germany GmbH. The accrued liabilities recorded under this plan at December 31, 2010 and 2011 were $0.55 and $0.36 million, respectively. The liabilities are based on an actuarial calculation with principal assumptions of a future salary increase of 3.0%, an average remaining obligation of one year and discount factors of 3.75% and 3.80% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS

The Company sponsors a defined contribution savings plan for its U.S.-based employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers all employees who meet the defined age and service requirements, and allows participants an opportunity to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. The Company contributes a percentage of its eligible employees’ earnings. In addition, the Company may, at its discretion, make an additional profit sharing contribution of a designated percentage of each employee’s compensation, based upon the employee’s length of service.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the total amounts included in expenses for the Company’s contributions to the 401(k) Plan were $1.8 million, $1.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

Certain employees in Belgium are eligible to participate in defined contribution plans by contributing a portion of their compensation. We match the employees’ contributions. Contribution to these plans and charges to expenses amounted to $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

14. Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes is determined using the liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

Our deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the recorded deferred tax balances will not be realized in future periods. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable could be reduced in the near period if estimates of future taxable income in the carryforward period are reduced.

ASC 740-10 requires the recognition of a tax benefit when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position would be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. The amount to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority.

We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the income tax provision:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
         2009             2010             2011      

Income before taxes:

      

U.S.

   $ 33      $ 48      $ 60   

Non-U.S.

     (16     7        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income before taxes

   $ 17      $ 55      $ 64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current

      

U.S. Federal

   $ 11      $ 7      $ 17   

U.S. State and Local

     2        1        2   

Non-U.S.

     10        33        19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     23        41        38   

Deferred

      

U.S. Federal

     (4     8        4   

U.S. State and Local

     (1     2        1   

Non-U.S.

     (2     (18     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (7     (8     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 16      $ 33      $ 32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current and non-current deferred income tax assets and liabilities, as of December 31, are comprised of the following:

 

     2010     2011  

Assets

    

Asset retirement obligation

   $ 1      $ 1   

Inventory

     3        4   

Loss and credit carryforwards

     44        59   

Pension

     3        3   

Financial instruments

     6        4   

Other

     1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     58        72   

Valuation allowance

     (38     (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 20      $ 14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Property, plant and equipment

     (38     (42

Intangible assets

     (65     (54

Interest bearing loans

     (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (105     (97
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (85   $ (83
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified in the consolidated balance sheets as follows at December 31:

 

     2010     2011  

Current deferred tax asset

   $ 8      $ 7   

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     (93     (90
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (85   $ (83
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had €98 million ($176 million) and €136 million ($131 million) of foreign net operating loss carryforwards available for utilization in future years. The carryforwards have an unlimited carryforward period in all taxing jurisdictions. The Company has provided a valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty regarding the Company’s ability to realize the entire assets. The valuation allowance has increased by $11 million, $13 million and $20 million during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $21 million, $418 million and $420 million at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Those earnings from material subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely reinvested; accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been provided thereon. Upon repatriation of those earnings, in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to foreign income taxes in Belgium and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability is not practicable due to the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.

The Group’s effective income tax rate differs from the ultimate parent company, Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l.’s, Luxembourg domestic tax rate of 28.59% for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
         2009             2010             2011      

Tax at statutory rate—28.59%

     28.59     28.59     28.59

Non-taxable income

     (1 )%      —          (2 )% 

Foreign tax rate differential

     16     9     7

State taxes

     9     3     4

Withholding tax

     1     —          —     

Changes in tax rate—impact on deferred taxes

     (10 )%      —          —     

Valuation allowance

     63     23     32

Tax incentives

     (13 )%      (8 )%      (19 )% 

Non-deductible expenses

     2     1     1

Net changes to tax contingency accruals

     (10 )%      2     —     

Other

     4     2     (2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     90     61     50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effective tax rate is mainly the result of tax losses and foreign tax rate differentials on which no deferred tax assets have been recognized.

The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and several non-U.S. jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by tax authorities whereby the outcome of the audits is uncertain.

The following table summarizes the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
         2009             2010             2011      

Beginning balance

   $ 4      $ 3      $ 2   

Increases for tax position in current years

     1        1        —     

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (2     (2     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 3      $ 2      $ 2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, there are $1.4 million, $2.3 million and $2.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits, including penalties and interest, that if recognized would affect the annual effective tax rate. The Company anticipates that it is reasonably possible that approximately $0.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits, primarily related to nondeductible interest, will be reversed within the next 12 months due to statute of limitations.

The Company classifies the liability for unrecognized tax benefits in noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, total interest, net of tax, and penalties included in the income tax expense was $0.02 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits totaled $0.2 million and $0.2 million in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States and various non-U.S. jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s open tax years subject to examination were 2006 through 2010.

15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As required by U.S. GAAP, the Company uses applicable guidance for defining fair value, the initial recording and periodic remeasurement of certain assets and liabilities measured at fair value and related disclosures for instruments measured at fair value. Fair value accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). An instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement.

For assets that are measured using quoted prices in active markets (Level 1), the total fair value is the published market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held without consideration of transaction costs. Assets and liabilities that are measured using significant other observable inputs (Level 2) are primarily valued by reference to quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets, adjusted for any terms specific to that asset or liability. For all other assets and liabilities for which unobservable inputs are used (Level 3), fair value is derived through the use of fair value models, such as a discounted cash flow model or other standard pricing models that the Company deems reasonable.

The following is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair value of all of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are carried in the financial statements.

The fair value of assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

            Carrying amount      Fair value  
                December 31,          December 31,  
     Level      2010      2011      2010      2011  

Financial assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

     1       $ 111       $ 131       $ 111       $ 131   

Accounts receivable

     1         91         90         91         90   

Financial liabilities

              

Trade accounts payable

     1         69         72         69         72   

Capital lease obligations

     2         10         8         10         8   

Current portion of long-term debt

     2         28         14         28         14   

Interest rate swap contracts

     2         17         12         17         12   

Long-term debt

     3         774         729         766         749   

Related party debt

     3         350         373         420         424   

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a recurring basis

The following tables present financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis by the valuation hierarchy as defined in the fair value guidance:

 

December 31, 2010

          
     Level I         Level II        Level III         Total   

Interest rate swaps

     —           (17     —           (17

December 31, 2011

          
     Level I         Level II        Level III         Total   

Interest rate swaps

     —           (12     —           (12

The marked-to-market value of interest rate swaps of $17 million and $11.6 million at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, are included in other non-current liabilities. These derivative instruments are not designated as cash flow hedges. The portion of changes in the fair value is recognized through the interest expense caption in the consolidated statements of operations. The amount recorded in interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $3 million, $5.8 million and $5.4 million, respectively. There are no new interest rate swap contracts entered into in 2011. The interest rate swaps are classified as a Level 2 fair value measurement, as the value is determined based on the observed values of underlying interest rates and market determined risk premiums.

Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a non-recurring Basis

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis, but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (e.g., when there is evidence of impairment). At December 31, 2010 and 2011, no material fair value adjustments or fair value measurements were required for non-financial assets or liabilities.

Certain Financial Assets and Liabilities not Measured at Fair Value

The Group’s principal financial liabilities, other than interest rate swap derivatives, comprise loans and borrowings, trade payables and secured borrowings under the factoring contract. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to fund the Group’s operations. The Group has trade receivables and cash and short-term deposits considered as financial assets. The interest rate swaps contracts are recorded in the balance sheets at fair value and the loans and borrowings debt at amortized costs.

At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the Company’s related party was estimated at $424 million compared to a carrying amount of $373 million. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt as of December 31, 2011 was estimated at $749 million compared to a carrying value of $729 million. The long-term and related party debt consists of debt denominated in U.S. dollar and Euro and are not actively traded nor is there a readily available market for comparison. The most appropriate measure of fair value is to hold EURIBOR and LIBOR constant over the term of the debt to measure the future cash flows for both principal and interests, and then discount the cashflows back to present value using the market’s current risk free interest rates plus the Company specific credit debt spread. At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the non-related party long-term debt is higher than the carrying value of he debt due to contractual interest rates being higher than the risk free interest rate plus the Company specific credit debt spread. The estimated fair value of the related party debt has been determined using an appropriate risk premium which reflects the unsecured nature of the debt, as well as the Company’s current situation.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

16. Related Party Transactions

TRANSACTIONS WITH TAMINCO INTERNATIONAL S.À R.L.

The related party balances, between the Company and Taminco International S.à r.l. (the direct holding entity of the Company), can be summarized below for the year ended December 31:

 

     Amounts
Due

To
     Interest
Paid
To
     Amounts
Owed

by
 

2010

     350         32         1   

2011

     373         37         1   

As at December 31, 2011, amounts due to Taminco International Sàrl relate to $246 million bonds (€190 million) plus capitalized interests ($127 million compared to $96 million as at December 31, 2010) and a related party loan ($0.2 million compared to zero as at December 31, 2010).

Amounts owed by related parties at December 31, 2010 and 2011 related to receivables from Taminco International S.à r.l. in relation to recharge of various costs.

The interest expense resulting from related party debt increased from $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to the increased principal from unpaid interest, which is included in the principal loan balance subject to interest.

17. Segment Information

The reportable segments presented below represent the Company’s operating segments for which separate financial information is available and which is utilized on a regular basis by its chief operating decision maker to assess performance and to allocate resources. In identifying its reportable segments, the Company also considers the nature of services provided by its operating segments. Management evaluates the operating results of each of its reportable segments based upon net sales and Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure). Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA, which is defined as net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, interest (income) expense and income taxes, each of which is presented in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and adjusted for certain items as discussed below. The Company’s presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. Business segment assets are the owned or allocated assets used by each business.

We are organized into three segments: Functional Amines, Specialty Amines, and Crop Protection.

 

   

Functional Amines . This segment serves the needs of external customers that use our alkylamines products as the integral element in their chemical processes for the production of formulated products applied in a variety of end-markets such as agriculture, personal & home care, animal nutrition, and oil & gas. Through this segment, we also produce basic amines, which are captively used as building blocks to produce our downstream derivatives through our Specialty Amines and Crop Protection segments, serving a variety of attractive, non-cyclical end-markets. Approximately 30% of the Functional Amines production is used internally and forms the basis of our vertically integrated model.

 

   

Specialty Amines.  This segment sells alkylamine derivatives for use in the water treatment, personal & home care, oil & gas and animal nutrition end-markets, and specialty additives for use in the pharmaceutical, industrial coatings and metal working fluid end-markets. This segment is downstream from the Functional Amines segment and uses that segment’s production as one of its key raw materials. The Specialty Amines segment’s customers are typically large, multinational enterprises who are leading players in their industry.

 

   

Crop Protection.  This segment sells alkylamine derivatives, active ingredients and formulated products for use in the agriculture and crop protection end-markets. The majority of the segment’s customers range from multinational crop protection and agricultural enterprises to large local farms.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA and eliminates (i) transaction costs, (ii) restructuring charges and (iii) foreign exchange gains/losses. We believe that making such adjustments provides investors meaningful information to understand our operating results and ability to analyze financial and business trends on a period-to-period basis and on a basis consistent with how management views the business.

 

     Net Sales  
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
         2009              2010              2011      

Functional Amines

   $ 411       $ 465       $ 515   

Specialty Amines

     294         357         460   

Crop Protection

     120         129         148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Company

   $ 825       $ 951       $ 1,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Functional Amines: two customers in the Functional Amines segment represented 13% and 10% of the Company’s consolidated sales in the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. One customer in the Functional Amine segment represented 11% and 14% of the Company’s consolidated sales in the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Specialty Amines: one customer in the Specialty Amines segment represented 10% and 11% of the Company’s consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2011, respectively.

Products are transferred from the Functional Amines segment to the Specialty Amines segment at cost and therefore are not recorded as a sale. Accordingly, the Functional Amines segment does not reflect profit on products transferred to the Specialty Amines segment. Products are transferred from the Functional Amines segment to the Crop Protection segment on a basis intended to reflect as nearly as practicable, the market value of the products.

 

     Adjusted EBITDA  
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
         2009             2010             2011      

Functional Amines

   $ 111      $ 106      $ 108   

Specialty Amines

     54        57        78   

Crop Protection

     31        40        41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 196      $ 203      $ 227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation:

      

Transaction costs

     (9     (2     (5

Restructuring charges

     (4     —          (11

Foreign exchange (gains) losses

     (4     2        (2

Depreciation and amortization

     (82     (74     (72

Interest expense, net

     (80     (74     (75

Income tax expense

     (16     (33     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1      $ 22      $ 30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Depreciation and Amortization  
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
         2009              2010              2011      

Functional Amines

   $ 55       $ 48       $ 41   

Specialty Amines

     21         19         22   

Crop Protection

     6         7         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Company

   $ 82       $ 74       $ 72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents
     Total Assets  
     As of December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Functional Amines

   $ 427       $ 431   

Specialty Amines

     409         417   

Crop Protection

     347         326   

Corporate

     144         174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Company

   $ 1,327       $ 1,348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The assets per segment include investments in equity method investees and expenditure in long lived assets.

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The Company’s net sales, total assets and property, plant and equipment are presented by country. These are predominately the countries in which the Company has production facilities. The caption “All Other Countries” represents Germany, China and Brazil.

 

     United States      Belgium      All Other
Countries
     Companywide
Goodwill &
Intangible
     Total  

On or for the year ended December 31, 2009

              

Net Sales

   $ 404       $ 338       $ 83       $ —         $ 825   

Total Assets

     211         204         213         845         1,473   

Net property and equipment

     78         152         10         —           240   

On or for the year ended December 31, 2010

              

Net Sales

     466         390         95         —           951   

Total Assets

     252         214         101         760         1,327   

Net property and equipment

     100         140         6         —           246   

On or for the year ended December 31, 2011

              

Net Sales

     533         483         107         —           1,123   

Total Assets

     301         235         97         715         1,348   

Net property and equipment

     116         131         2         —           249   

18. Subsequent Events

On December 15, 2011, the previous sponsor (the seller) and an affiliate of Apollo Global Management (the purchaser) entered into a sale purchase agreement for the shares of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l., resulting in the transfer of the shares and closing of the transaction on February 15, 2012 (the “Acquisition”). As part of the execution of this share purchase agreement all external financial debt has been repaid on February 15, 2012 and the related derivatives have been settled the same day. The Senior Facility Agreement with Rabobank and the subordinated capitalization bonds with Taminco International S.à.r.l. have been replaced by a new term loan facility and second-priority senior secured notes at the level of Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, a company established in the State of Delaware and the new shareholder of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Unaudited consolidated financial statements of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. (Predecessor) and Taminco Acquisition Corporation (Successor)

  

Condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September  30, 2011, for the period from January 1 through February 14, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012

     F-35   

Condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the nine months ended September  30, 2011, for the period from January 1 through February 14, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012

     F-36   

Condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012

     F-37   

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September  30, 2011, for the period from January 1 through February 14, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012

     F-38   

Condensed consolidated statements of equity (deficit) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012

     F-39   

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

     F-40   

 

F-34


Table of Contents

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In Millions, except share amount)

(Unaudited)

 

     Predecessor            Successor  
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
     January 1
through
February 14,

2012
           Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
 

Net Sales

   $ 868       $ 144           $ 711   

Cost of Sales

     693         111             598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     175         33             113   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     39         66             29   

Research and development expense

     9         1             7   

Other operating expense

     10         1             44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Operating income

     117         (35          33   

Interest expense, net (including related party interest expense of $26 and $5 for the periods ended September 30, 2011 and February 14, 2012, respectively)

     57         8             50   

Other non-operating (income) expense, net

     2         2             8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in earnings

     58         (45          (25

Income tax expense

     28         9             2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Income (loss)before results from equity in earnings

     30         (54          (27

Equity in losses of unconsolidated entities

     1         —               2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the period

   $ 29       $ (54        $ (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share

            

Basic

   $ 0.03       $ (0.05        $ (5.37

Diluted

   $ 0.03       $ (0.05        $ (5.37

Number of common shares

     1,000,000,000         1,000,000,000             5,396,056   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-35


Table of Contents

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In Millions)

(Unaudited)

 

     Predecessor            Successor  
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
    January 1
through
February 14,
2012
           Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
 

Net income (loss) for the period

   $ 29      $ (54        $ (29

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (1     —               (10

Net pension and other postretirement benefit adjustments

     (1     —               —     

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

     (2     —               (10

Income tax expense related to other comprehensive loss

     —          —               —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     (2     —               (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 27      $ (54        $ (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-36


Table of Contents

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In Millions)

(Unaudited)

 

     Predecessor            Successor  
     December 31,
2011
           September 30,
2012
 

Assets

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 131           $ 58   

Trade receivables, net of allowance of doubtful accounts of $1.3 and $1.5 in 2011 and 2012, respectively

     89             87   

Related parties Receivables

     1             1   

Inventories

     117             136   

Deferred income taxes

     7             1   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     15             13   

Current assets held for sale

     2             —     
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total current assets

     362             296   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     249             415   

Investments and long term receivables

     12             20   

Intangibles assets, net

     175             581   

Goodwill

     540             455   

Deferred income taxes

     —               2   

Capitalized debt issuance costs

     10             55   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,348           $ 1,824   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

         

Current liabilities:

         

Current installments of long-term debt

   $ 29           $ 6   

Trade Payables

     72             90   

Income tax payable

     6             5   

Other current liabilities

     44             44   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     151             145   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     729             904   

Long-term related party debt

     373             —     

Other liabilities

     24             15   

Long-term pension and post employment benefit obligations

     13             17   

Deferred income taxes

     90             242   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,380             1,323   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

     —               —     

Common stock (Predecessor: $0.014 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized and issued; Successor: $0.001 par value, 5,396,056 shares authorized and issued)

     14             —     

Additional paid-in capital

     —               540   

Accumulated deficit

     (24          (29

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (22          (10
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     (32          501   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,348           $ 1,824   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-37


Table of Contents

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In Millions)

(Unaudited)

 

     Predecessor            Successor  
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
    January 1
through
February 14,
2012
           Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
 

Cash flows provided by operating activities

           

Net income (loss)

   $ 29      $ (54        $ (29

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

     58        7             64   

Deferred tax provision

     (1     (3          (19

Other non-cash adjustments:

           

Management stock option compensation plan

     —          60             —     

Equity investments

     1        —               —     

Amortization of debt-related costs

     2        —               —     

Unrealized profit on derivatives(3)

     (2     —               —     

Accrued interest on related party loans

     26        5             —     

Net change in assets and liabilities:

           

(Increase)/Decrease in accounts receivable

     (4     16             (18

(Increase)/Decrease in inventories

     (17     5             (24

Increase/(Decrease) in accounts payable

     19        15             3   

Increase/(Decrease) in income tax payable

     10        9             —     

(Increase)/Decrease in other current assets

     2        (3          4   

Increase/(Decrease) in other current liabilities

     (9     —               7   

Increase/(Decrease) in other non-current liabilities

     (5     (13          4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

     109        44             (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

           

Acquisition of Taminco Group Holdings S.à.r.l., net of cash acquired

     —          —               (158

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (34     (6          (33

Purchase of intangible assets

     (4     —               (4

Acquisition and investment within joint venture

     (14     —               —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net cash flows from / (used in) investing activities

     (52     (6          (195
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Cash flows used in financing activities

           

Net increase (decrease) in short term borrowings

     —          —               (5

Proceeds from borrowings

     —          —               908   

Repayments of borrowings

     (10     —               (1,121

Capital Contribution, net

     —          —               540   

Payments of debt issuance costs

     —          —               (56
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net cash flows from / (used in) financing activities

     (10     —               266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     47        38             63   

Net foreign exchange difference

     (2     2             (5

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     111        131             —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 156      $ 171           $ 58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

           

Interest paid

   $ 25      $ 1           $ 44   

Income tax payments, net

     22        —               24   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-38


Table of Contents

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In Millions)

(Unaudited)

 

    Total Equity
(Deficit)
    Earnings     Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Common Stock     Additional paid In
Capital
 

Successor

         

Balance at January 1, 2012

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital contribution

    540        —          —          —          540   

Net Loss

    (29     (29     —          —          —     

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

         

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (10     —          (10     —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2012

  $ 501      $ (29   $ (10   $ —        $ 540   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-39


Table of Contents

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unless otherwise noted, all amounts are in millions)

(Unaudited)

1. Background and Basis of Presentation

Taminco Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“TAC”) was incorporated on December 12, 2011 and is a holding company for its wholly owned subsidiary, Taminco Intermediate Corporation (“TIC”). TIC is a holding company for its wholly owned subsidiary, Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Taminco”), and its subsidiaries. TAC, TIC and Taminco and its subsidiaries being referred to herein collectively as the “Company”. TAC and TIC derive all of their operating income and cash flows from Taminco and its subsidiaries.

On December 15, 2011, an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, LLC (the “Purchaser”) entered into a share purchase agreement (the “Acquisition”) with CVC Capital Partners (the “Seller”) pursuant to which Taminco acquired all of the issued share capital of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. and its subsidiaries for a total consideration, including assumed indebtedness, of approximately $1.4 billion. The Acquisition was finalized on February 15, 2012. Therefore, the condensed consolidated statement of operations, condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income, condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity and condensed consolidated statement of cash flows are presented for three periods: the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 (“Predecessor”), January 1, 2012 through February 14, 2012 (“Predecessor”) and January 1, 2012 through September 30, 2012 (“Successor”), which relate to the period immediately preceding and succeeding the Acquisition, respectively. The statement of financial position of TAC as of December 31, 2011 and the results of its operations and cash flows from December 12, 2011 to December 31, 2011 are nominal and accordingly, have not been presented. Additionally, the results of operations and cash flows of TAC for the period from January 1, 2012 until February 14, 2012 (the period prior to the Acquisition) consists solely of Acquisition related costs. The results of the Successor are not comparable to the results of the Predecessor as the acquired assets and liabilities have been subsequently remeasured at fair market value.

The principal activity of the Company is to produce alkylamines and derivatives, key building blocks in an array of chemical products that have a wide range of applications. These alkylamines and alkylamine derivatives are used by the Company’s customers in the manufacturing of products, primarily for the agriculture, water treatment, personal and home care, animal nutrition and oil and gas end-markets.

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements comprise the consolidated financial statements of TAC and Taminco. TAC’s only asset is its investment in TIC, and TIC’s only asset is its investment in Taminco. TAC’s only obligations are its guarantees of certain borrowings of Taminco. All expenses incurred by TAC and TIC are for the benefit of Taminco and have been reflected in Taminco’s condensed consolidated financial statements. All issuances of TAC’s equity securities, including grants of stock options and restricted stock by TAC to employees and directors of Taminco and its subsidiaries have been reflected in Taminco’s condensed consolidated financial statements. As a result, the consolidated financial positions, results of operations and cash flows of TAC, TIC and Taminco are the same. The condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. In presenting the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and the related disclosures. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgment and available information. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

In management’s opinion, the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements reflect all normal and recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 and the results of operations, comprehensive income/(loss) and cash flows for the nine

 

F-40


Table of Contents

months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012. As the interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared using the same accounting policies used to prepare the annual financial statements, they should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The year-end condensed consolidated balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Significant Accounting Policies

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of time-vested stock options and a lattice-based valuation model to estimate the fair value of performance-based awards on the date of grant, which requires certain estimates by management including the expected volatility and expected term of the option. The fair value of the performance-vesting options was determined using a Monte Carlo model.

Management also makes decisions regarding the risk-free interest rate used in the models and makes estimates regarding forfeiture rates. Fluctuations in the market that affect these estimates could have an impact on the resulting compensation cost. For non-performance-based employee stock awards, the fair value of the compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. Compensation cost for restricted stock (non-vested stock) is recorded based on its market value on the date of grant and is expensed in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations ratably over the vesting period. Performance-based awards vest upon the achievement of certain internal rate of return measures. Unrecognized costs of the performance-based options will be recorded as compensation expense when the above measures are probable of occurring.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the FASB amended the guidance on testing for goodwill impairment that allows an entity to elect to qualitatively assess whether it is necessary to perform the current two-step goodwill impairment test. If the qualitative assessment determines that it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step test is unnecessary. If the entity elects to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit and proceed directly to Step One of the test and validate the conclusion by measuring fair value, it can resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company may not elect to utilize the quantitative analysis for its goodwill impairment test given the Apollo Acquisition during the calendar year.

In May 2011, the FASB amended the guidance on Fair Value Measurement that result in common measurement of fair value and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The amendments mainly change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The amendments are effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted the amendments on January 1, 2012 and the adoption did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

2. Acquisition of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l.

On December 15, 2011, an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, LLC (the “Purchaser”) entered into a share purchase agreement (the “Acquisition”) with CVC Capital Partners (the “Seller”) pursuant to which Taminco acquired all of the issued share capital of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. and its subsidiaries for a total consideration of approximately $1.4 billion, including assumed indebtedness, of approximately $1.1 billion. The Acquisition was consummated on February 15, 2012.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation

We accounted for the Acquisition in accordance with the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, “Business Combinations”, whereby the purchase price paid to effect the Acquisition is allocated to recognize the acquired assets and liabilities at fair value.

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 805, the total purchase price was preliminarily assigned to the Company’s net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as set forth below. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. These initial purchase price allocations may be adjusted within one year of the effective date of the Acquisition (February 15, 2012) for changes in estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the fair value for the acquired assets and liabilities.

The Company has made preliminary estimates of the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed that are presented in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, the Company believes that the initial estimates of fair value of assets and liabilities could subsequently be revised and any such revisions could be material.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

 

Cash

   $ 171   

Inventory

     138   

Accounts Receivable

     85   

Property, plant and equipment

     417   

Intangible Assets

     619   

Goodwill

     455   

Other long term assets

     19   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,904   

Current liabilities

     167   

Long term debt

     1,108   

Other long term liabilities

     300   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,575   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 329   
  

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities assumed are primarily comprised of noncurrent deferred tax liabilities of $267 million and other accruals of $33 million.

Inventory held by the Company includes a fair value adjustment of $22 million. The Company expensed this amount by June 30, 2012 as the acquired inventory was sold.

Property, plant and equipment include a fair value adjustment of $165 million and consist of land, buildings, plant and equipment. Depreciable lives are 15 years for buildings and range from 5 to 15 years for plant and equipment.

The preliminary fair values assigned to intangible assets were determined through the use of the income approach, specifically the relief from royalty method and the multi-period excess earnings method. Both valuation methods rely on management’s judgments, including expected future cash flows resulting from existing customer relationships, customer attrition rates, contributory effects of other assets utilized in the business, peer group cost of capital and royalty rates as well as other factors. The valuation of tangible assets was derived using a combination of the income approach, the market approach and the cost approach. Significant judgments used in valuing tangible assets include estimated reproduction or replacement cost, useful lives of assets, estimated selling prices, costs to complete and reasonable profit.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The Acquisition related intangible assets valuation are as follows:

 

     Estimated
Useful Lives
     As of
February 15, 2012
 

Regulatory costs

     1.5 years       $ 7   

Customer relationships

     13 years         332   

Technology, patents and license costs

     10 years         94   

Various Contracts

     8 years         186   

Software License costs

     5 years         —     
     

 

 

 

Total Intangible Assets at Acquisition

        619   

Supplementary Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 have been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements and have been prepared to give effect to the Acquisition, assuming that the Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the nine months period ended September 30, 2012 have been adjusted to reflect:

 

   

additional depreciation and amortization that resulted from changes in the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities;

 

   

reduction of the interest expense resulting from new indebtedness incurred in connection with the Acquisition; and

 

   

incremental operating expenses, representing the annual management fee to be paid by the Company to Apollo.

 

                 For the Nine months  ended
September 30, 2012
 
(In millions, except per share amounts)    Predecessor
January 1
through
February 14,
2012
    Successor
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
    Adjustments     Pro Forma  

Net sales

   $ 144      $ 711      $ —        $ 855   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (54   $ (29   $ (5   $ (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share:

        

Basic

   $ (0.05   $ (5.37     $ (16.2

Diluted

   $ (0.05   $ (5.37     $ (16.2

The pro forma combined financial information is based on the Company’s preliminary assignment of purchase price and therefore subject to adjustment upon finalizing the purchase price assignment. Pro forma results do not include any anticipated synergies or other anticipated benefits of the Acquisition. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative or either future results of operations or results that might have been achieved had the Acquisition occurred in January 1, 2012. The pro forma combined results above include non-recurring transaction costs and share-based compensation charges of $42 million and $60 million, respectively, that were directly related to the Acquisition.

3. Equity Method Investments

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company and Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company (MGC) entered into a 50/50 joint venture agreement, obtaining official approval of the Te An Ling Tian (TALT). As of March 31, 2011, the Company had acquired a 50% interest. Total investment in the joint venture amounts to $6.5 million of which $2.5 million was paid in March 2011 and $4.0 million was paid in September 2011. In

 

F-43


Table of Contents

April 2011 the joint venture partners agreed on an equal capital increase in which the group contributed $2.5 million. In September 2011 the Company provided further financing through a subordinated shareholder loan of $5.0 million. For financial reporting purposes, the results of operations from this joint venture have been included in the Company’s financial statement from the quarter end September 30, 2011.

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill by segment and changes in the carrying amount are as follows:

 

     Functional
Amines
    Specialty
Amines
    Crop
Protection
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 140      $ 172      $ 228      $ 540   

Sale of a business(1)

     (140     (172     (228     (540

Business acquisitions(2)

     109        146        200        455   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2012

   $ 109      $ 146      $ 200      $ 455   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents the elimination of the goodwill established during the Acquisition of Taminco NV by CVC Capital Partners.
(2) Represents the goodwill established during the acquisition of the Company by affiliates of Apollo Global Management (see Footnote 1 and Footnote 2).

Intangible assets are as follows:

 

          Predecessor           Successor  
          December 31,
2011
          September 30,
2012
 
    Weighted
Average
Useful Lives
    Cost     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net           Cost     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  

Landleasehold

    49 years      $ 4      $ —        $ 4          $ —        $ —        $ —     

Regulatory costs

    3 years        9        2        7            10        3        7   

Customer relationships

    13 years        177        59        118            332        18        314   

Technology, patents and license costs

    10 years        11        9        2            94        5        89   

Various Contracts

    12 years        68        24        44            186        15        171   

Software License costs

    5 years        2        2        —              —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

    $ 271      $ 96      $ 175          $ 622      $ 41      $ 581   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible asset amortization expense is as follows:

 

     Predecessor           Successor  
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
     January 1
through
February 14,
2012
          Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
 

Regulatory costs

   $ 3       $ 1          $ 3   

Customer relationships

     11         1            18   

Technology, patents and license costs

     1         1            5   

Various Contracts

     5         1            15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total amortization expense

   $ 20       $ 4          $ 41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Based on the Company’s amortizable intangible assets as of September 30, 2012, the Company expects related amortization expense for the remainder of 2012 to be $15 million and the four succeeding years to approximate $60 million annually.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

5. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following components:

 

     Predecessor           Successor  
     December 31,
2011
          September 30,
2012
 

Finished goods and work-in-process

   $ 93          $ 106   

Raw materials and supplies

     24            30   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 117          $ 136   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment, at cost, and the related accumulated depreciation were as follows:

 

    Predecessor           Successor  
    December 31,
2011
          September 30,
2012
 

Land and improvements

  $ 12          $ 33   

Buildings, structures and related improvements

    19            36   

Plant, machinery and equipment

    363            336   

Furniture and vehicles

    5            2   

Construction-in-process

    37            27   

Software applications

    6            4   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Less accumulated depreciation

    193            23   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 249          $ 415   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense for the period ended September 30, 2011 was $37 million. Total depreciation expense for the predecessor period from January 1 through February 14, 2012 was $3 million and for the successor period for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $23 million. The amortization expense of assets recorded under capital leases are included with the depreciation expense and was $0.9 million for the period ended September 30, 2011. The amortization expense of assets recorded under capital leases was $0.2 million for the predecessor period from January 1 through February 14, 2012 and was $0.6 million for the successor period for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

7. Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     Predecessor             Successor  
     December 31,
2011
            September 30,
2012
 

Payroll and benefits

   $ 10            $ 10   

Taxes other than income taxes

     5              4   

Deferred income

     14              13   

Accrued charges

     15              17   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 44            $ 44   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

8. Restructuring

In 2011 the Company recognized restructuring expenses reported in the other operating expense of the condensed consolidated statement of operations for a total amount of $ 11 million primarily related to a restructuring provision following the decision in August 2011 to close the MIPA (monoisopropylamine) production facility of Taminco Comércio e Industría de Aminas Ltda. located in Camaçari, Bahia, Brazil. The provision is an estimate for all costs related to the closure such as employee termination indemnities, early termination indemnity of raw material and utilities supply contracts and cleaning costs to make the site available for sale. The operating business of the MIPA facility has moved to the production facility in St. Gabriel, Louisiana. The MIPA business is now managed through the North American entity, Taminco Inc.

The following table sets forth the changes in the restructuring reserve:

 

     Functional
Amines
    Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2012

   $ —        $ —     

Acquisition

     8        8   

Additions

     5        5   

Cash payments

     (4     (4

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2012

   $ 9      $ 9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The above restructuring provision contains the following components:

 

Termination

   $ 5   

Site closure costs

     2   

Other costs

     2   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9   
  

 

 

 

9. Short and Long-Term Debt

Total indebtedness is as follows:

 

     Predecessor             Successor  
     December 31,
2011
            September 30,
2012
 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

          

Term loan credit facility - USD - $350 million

   $ —              $ 348   

Term loan credit facility - EUR - €120 million

     —                154   

Second-priority senior secured 9.75% notes due 2020, $400 million

     —                400   

Capital and financing lease obligations

     8              8   

Subordinated capitalization bonds

     373              —     

Term facility - € loan

     413              —     

Term facility - $ loan

     337              —     
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total

     1,131              910   

Less current maturities

     29              6   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,102            $ 904   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Indebtedness Table

As of September 30, 2012, the total capacity, outstanding borrowings and available capacity under the Company’s borrowing arrangements were as follows:

 

     Interest
Rate
    Expiration
Date
     Total
Capacity
     Outstanding
Borrowings
     Available
Capacity
 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

             

Revolving Credit Facility - USD - $194 million

     (1)(2     February 15, 2017       $ 194       $ —         $ 194   

Term loan Credit Facility - USD - $350 million

     (1)(3     February 15, 2019         348         348         —     

Term loan Credit Facility - EUR - €120 million

     (1)(4     February 15, 2019         154         154         —     

Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes

     9.75     March 31, 2020         400         400         —     
       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        $ 1,096       $ 902       $ 194   
       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Alternate base rate is 1.25%.
(2) The applicable rate for the revolving credit facility is determined by the First Lien Leverage Ratio. Below is table summarizing the applicable rate for the revolving credit facility:

 

Revolving Credit Facility Leverage Ratio

   ABR Spread for
Revolving Loans
    Eurocurrency
Spread for
Revolving Loans
 

Category 1 :

    

Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00

     3.00     4.00

Category 2 :

    

Less than 1.50 to 1.00 and greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00

     2.75     3.75

Category 3 :

    

Less than 1.00 to 1.00

     2.50     3.50

 

(3) The applicable rate for the Dollar term loan is 4.00% per annum.
(4) The applicable rate for the Euro term loan is 4.25% per annum.

Indebtedness Incurred at the Time of the Acquisition and Subsequent Debt Transactions

As a result of the Acquisition, the senior facility agreement and subordinated capitalization bonds were repaid and replaced by a new debt structure. The debt incurred on the transaction date, February 15, 2012, included borrowings under Taminco’s senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) and the issuance of secured notes. Taminco borrowed an initial amount of $510 million in term loan facilities and under the Senior Secured Credit Facility (consisting of $350 million Dollar term loans and €120 million Euro term loan) with original maturity dates of February 15, 2019. In addition, Taminco issued an original aggregate principal amount of $400 million under a second-priority senior secured notes with a maturity date of March 31, 2020. The initial term loan facilities and issuance of notes were used by Taminco to pay off the previously existing debt.

Taminco also entered an agreement for a $200 million senior secured revolving credit facility. There have not been any borrowings against the revolving loan.

On May 15, 2012, Taminco refinanced the senior secured term loans and Revolving Credit Loans. As part of this refinancing, the applicable rate was lowered by 1% on the USD loans and 0.75% on the Euro loans. There were no changes to the terms of the loans. In addition, the revolving credit agreement was reduced by $5.7 million, reducing the available capacity to $194 million. The transaction was treated as a debt modification and the financing costs of $8 million were capitalized and will be amortized over the life of the loan to interest expense.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Senior Secured Credit Facility

The Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of term loan facilities and revolving credit facilities (the facilities described in the Original Credit Agreement, and as amended by the Senior Secured Credit Facility Amendment).

The Senior Secured Credit Facility and the indenture governing the notes contain customary covenants. Only the revolver line is subject to financial covenants, and only one ratio exists: a maximum net first lien leverage ratio of 3.75, tested quarterly and upon each credit extension, depending on certain conditions, as detailed in the debt terms and conditions. The test applies only if loans under this line exist or if more than $20 million of letters of credit that are not cash-collateralized are outstanding. This ratio is also based only on part of the financial debt, since the second-priority senior secured notes, which represent about half the financial debt, do not have first lien claims.

Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes

On February 15, 2012, Taminco issued in a private placement $400 million of 9.75% Second-Priority Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”). These Notes mature on March 15, 2020 and bear interest payable semiannually on March 31 and September 30 of each year.

Taminco may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time on or after March 31, 2015 at the redemption price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. In addition, Taminco may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes on or prior to March 31, 2015, with the net proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 109.750%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any to the redemption date. Prior to March 31, 2015, Taminco may redeem some or all of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and a calculated amount equal to one percent of the outstanding principal amount.

10. Share-Based Compensation

Stock Options

In August 2007, certain management members entered into an agreement (the “Option Agreement”) whereby stock options were granted to management that are exercisable into shares of Taminco International S.à r.l. (which was the direct holding company of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. until February 14, 2012). In accordance with the Option Agreement, the options are exercisable only upon the occurrence of a sale of the Company, change in control, or initial public offering (the “Exit Event”). The number of exercisable options is determined on the basis of the internal rate of return achievable by the investors upon the Exit Event. All options lapse if the optionholders cease to remain employees of the Company through the Exit Event. Since the stock options only become exercisable upon an Exit Event, management determined that it is not probable that such options will vest until the Exit Event occurs.

An Exit Event occurred on February 14, 2012 and consequently 27,643,485 stock options became exercisable and were converted into shares. As the vesting of such options was not probable until the Exit Event, the Company recorded a non-cash compensation charge of $8 million during the period from January 1, 2012 through February 14, 2012 (Predecessor period), which is classified in selling, general and administrative expense. The charge represented the fair value of the options as determined on the date of grant.

Other Share-Based Arrangement

In connection with the acquisition of the Company in August 2007, certain agreements were entered into whereby management invested $36 million in Taminco International S.à r.l., which was comprised of $33 million in subordinated loans and $3 million in shares. The subordinated loans bear a fixed compounded interest rate of 10%. Under the terms of the agreements, the loans and the shares required that management provide service to the Company through the Exit Event. If management were to terminate employment at its own discretion prior to the Exit Event, the entire investment and accrued interest with respect to the subordinated loans would be forfeited. As a result, the arrangement is accounted for as compensatory and expense is pushed down from Taminco International Sà r.l. to the financial statements of the Company.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Since the loans are cash settled, it is treated as a liability award, and compensation expense will be recognized when it is probably that the Exit Event will occur in an amount equal to the actual amounts paid to management at the Exit Event. The shares are an equity award as settlement is required in shares. Therefore, the Company determined the fair value of the shares on the grant date and compensation expense will be recognized when it is probable that the Exit Event will occur. The fair value of the shares on the grant date is equal to $3 million. As a result of the Exit Event on February 14, 2012, the non-cash compensation expense related to the shares and the subordinated loans of $52 million was recorded in the period from January 1, 2012 through February 14, 2012, and is included in selling, general and administrative expense.

Incentive Equity Awards Granted by TAC

In April 2012, TAC granted stock options. The original stock options granted were either time vesting or performance based awards with an exercise price equal to the grant date fair price of the underlying shares. The Tranche A shares which are time vesting follow a vesting schedule whereby one-fifth of the shares vest on each of the first five grant date anniversaries. The vesting of the rest of the shares will accelerate upon a realization event. The Tranche B shares are performance vesting are based on the occurrence of a realization event and two financial metrics (sponsor internal rate of return and sponsor multiple of invested capital).

Options with an estimated fair value of $8.7 million were granted in connection with the April 2012 issuance. An additional grant of options with an estimated fair value of $0.5 million was issued in the third quarter of 2012. The fair value of the time vesting options was determined by using the Black-Scholes formula with expected life based on the SEC simplified method. The fair value of the performance vesting options was determined by using a Monte Carlo model.

 

     2012
Time Vesting
Options
 

Weighted average grant date fair value

   $ 44.29   

Expected volatility

     37

Expected Term (years)

     8   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.81

Dividend yield

     —     

Equity Award Activity

A summary of 2012 option and restricted share activity is presented below (number of shares in millions):

 

    Time Vesting Options     Performance Based Options  

Outstanding at January 1, 2012

    —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

    0.15        0.24   

Exercised

    —          —     

Vested

    —          —     

Forfeited

    —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30, 2012

    0.15        0.24   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no options exercisable at September 30, 2012.

As of September 30, 2012, there was approximately $6.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the time vesting options and $2.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to performance based options issued. Unrecognized cost for the time vesting options will be recorded in future periods as compensation

 

F-49


Table of Contents

expense as the awards vest over the 8 year period from the date of grant with a remaining weighted average period of approximately 8 years. Performance-based awards vest upon the achievement of certain internal rate of return measures. Unrecognized costs of the performance-based options will be recorded as compensation expense when the above measures are probable of occurring.

11. Financial Instruments and Derivatives

The fair value of derivative instruments was as follows:

 

Liability Derivatives

   Predecessor
December 31, 2011
Fair Value
            Successor
September 30,  2012
Fair Value
 

Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

            

Interest rate swaps

  Other non-current liabilities    $ 12            $ —     
    

 

 

         

 

 

 
     $ 12            $ —     
    

 

 

         

 

 

 

During the Successor Period for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company did not have any financial instruments and derivatives.

The following tables present the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and are categorized using the fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value.

 

Level Input:

  

Input Definition:

Level I

   Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.

Level II

   Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level I that are observable for the asset or liability through corroboration with market data at the measurement date.

Level III

   Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from asset to asset and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of asset, whether the asset is new and not yet established in the marketplace, and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level III. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level at December 31, 2011 for assets/liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Derivatives

           

Interest rate swaps (included in other non-current liabilities

   $ —         $ 12       $ —         $ 12   

There were no assets or liabilities valued at fair value on a recurring basis during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 for the successor.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the carrying amount of the Company’s indebtedness compared to the estimated fair value at:

 

     Predecessor
December 31, 2011
            Successor
September 30, 2012
 
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value(a)
            Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value(a)
 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

                

Revolving credit facility - USD - $200 million

   $ —         $ —              $ —         $ —     

Term loan credit facility - USD - $350 million

     —           —                348         349   

Term loan credit facility - EUR - €120 million

     —           —                154         156   

Second-priority senior secured 9.75% notes due 2020, $400 million

     —           —                400         424   

Related party debt

     373         424              —           —     

Term facility

     729         749              —           —     

 

(a) The fair value of the Company’s indebtedness is categorized as Level II.

12. Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Net periodic benefit costs for the defined benefit pension plan for the period presented are as follows:

 

(amounts in millions)    Predecessor             Successor  
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2011
    January 1
through
February 14,

2012
            Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2012
 
          

Service cost

   $ 1      $ —              $ 1   

Interest cost

     1        —                1   

Expected return on plan assets

     (1     —                (1

Amortization of actuarial gain/loss

     —          —                —     

Amortization of prior service cost

     —          —                —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit costs

   $ 1      $ —              $ 1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

13. Income Taxes

The Company calculates the tax provision for interim periods using an estimated annual effective tax rate methodology which is based on a current projection of full-year earnings before taxes amongst different taxing jurisdictions and is adjusted for the impact of discrete quarterly items. The annual estimated effective tax rate for the year ending December 31, 2012 is 49.11%. The estimated annual effective tax rate is greater than the U.S. statutory tax rate of 35% due to state taxes and operations in non-U.S. jurisdictions where the Company is not able to defer taxation in the U.S. The Company has incurred a pretax loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and has recorded tax expense at an effective tax rate of 18.61%. The effective tax rate for the period is different from the estimated annual effective tax rate due to the non-deductibility of certain transaction costs that were recorded as a discrete expense during the period.

For the Predecessor period, income tax expense for the first nine months of 2011 was $28 million on pre-tax income of $58 million. The income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was partially off-set by anticipated tax credits due to the liquidation of Taminco South. The income tax expense for the period January 1 through February 14, 2012 was $9 million on a pre-tax loss of $45 million. This effective tax rate of (20)% is explained by the non-deductibility of the share-based compensation and other share-based arrangements in the Predecessor period as described in note 10.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

14. Related Parties

Transactions with Related Parties (Taminco International Sàrl)

As of December 31, 2011 amounts due to related parties were $373 million for the subordinated capitalization bonds and amounts due from related parties were $1 million. As part of the acquisition, all outstanding interest and capitalized interest were repaid.

Transactions with Related Parties (Apollo Affiliates)

The Company has entered into certain transactions in the normal course of business with entities that are owned by affiliates of Apollo. For nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company has recognized net sales related to these transactions of $5 million.

Apollo Management Fee Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, Apollo Management VII, LP (“Apollo Management”) entered into a management fee agreement with the Company which allows Apollo Management and its affiliates to provide certain management consulting services to the Company. The Company pays Apollo Management an annual management fee for this service of $3.9 million plus out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith. In 2012, the fee was prorated based on the date of the Acquisition. At September 30, 2012, the company has expensed $2.4 million with a remainder of $1 million carried as a prepaid asset. In addition to the management fee, the company has recognized expenses paid to Apollo Global Securities, LLC in connection with the Acquisition amounting to $14.6 million.

15. Other Operating Expenses

Other operating expenses for the period ended September 30, 2012 totaled $44 million. The amount is related to the recent Acquisition and includes fees paid to Apollo, legal fees and general advisory fees.

16. Other Non-Operating Expenses

Other non-operating expenses for the period ended September 30, 2012 totaled $8 million. The amount consisted of costs related to a foreign currency swap of approximately $6 million related to the Acquisition and approximately $2 million related to foreign exchange rates.

17. Segment Information

The reportable segments presented below represent the Company’s operating segments for which separate financial information is available and which is utilized on a regular basis by its chief operating decision maker to assess performance and to allocate resources. In identifying its reportable segments, the Company also considers the nature of services provided by its operating segments. Management evaluates the operating results of each of its reportable segments based upon net sales and Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure). The Company’s presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. Business segment assets are the owned or allocated assets used by each business.

EBITDA consists of profit for the period before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA and eliminates (i) transaction costs, (ii) restructuring charges, (iii) foreign exchange gains/losses, (iv) sponsor management and director fees and expenses (Successor period only), and (v) share-based compensation expense.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

 

     Net Sales(1)  
     Predecessor             Successor  
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2011
     January 1
through
February 14,

2012
            Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2012
 
               

Functional Amines

   $ 393       $ 64            $ 318   

Specialty Amines

     355         61              302   

Crop Protection

     120         19              91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total Company

   $ 868       $ 144            $ 711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

(1) Products are transferred from the Functional Amines segment to the Specialty Amines segment at cost and therefore are not recorded as a sale. Accordingly, the Functional Amines segment does not reflect profit on products transferred to the Specialty Amines segment. Products are transferred from the Functional Amines segment to the Crop Protection segment on a basis intended to reflect as nearly as practicable, the market value of the products.

 

     Adjusted EBITDA  
     Predecessor            Successor  
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2011
    January 1
through
February 14,

2012
           Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2012
 
             

Functional Amines

   $ 88      $ 15           $ 81   

Specialty Amines

     61        9             53   

Crop Protection

     35        6             27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 184      $ 30           $ 161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Reconciliation:

           

Transaction costs

     (2     —               (68

Restructuring charges

     (8     —               —     

Foreign exchange (gains) losses

     (2     —               (3

Sponsor management and director fees and expenses

     —          —               (3

Share-based compensation expense

     —          (60          —     

Depreciation and amortization

     (58     (7          (64

Interest expense, net

     (57     (8          (50

Income tax expense

     (28     (9          (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net Income (loss)

   $ 29      $ (54        $ (29
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

     Depreciation and Amortization  
     Predecessor             Successor  
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2011
     January 1
through
February 14,

2012
            Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2012
 
           

Functional Amines

   $ 35       $ 4            $ 29   

Specialty Amines

     17         2              21   

Crop Protection

     6         1              14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total Company

   $ 58       $ 7            $ 64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents
     Total Assets  
     Predecessor             Successor  
     December  31,
2011
            September  30,
2012
 
        

Functional Amines

   $ 431            $ 549   

Specialty Amines

     417              649   

Crop Protection

     326              476   

Corporate

     174              150   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total Company

   $ 1,348            $ 1,824   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

18. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and similar proceedings incidental to its business. These legal matters primarily involve claims for damages arising out of the use of the Company’s products and services and claims relating to intellectual property matters, employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, competition and sales and trading practices, personal injury and insurance coverage. The Company may also become subject to lawsuits as a result of past or future acquisitions or as a result of liabilities retained from, or representations, warranties or indemnities provided in connection with, divested businesses. Some of these lawsuits may include claims for punitive and consequential, as well as compensatory damages. Based upon the Company’s experience, current information and applicable law, it does not believe that these proceedings and claims will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity. However, in the event of unexpected further developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters, if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

19. Subsequent Events

On December 18, 2012, TAC issued $250 million of 9.125%/9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 (“Toggle Notes”). The interest associated with the Toggle Notes may be paid in cash, through an increase in the principal amount of the Toggle Notes or by issuing new Toggle Notes to satisfy the obligation. Interest expense is calculated at a rate of 9.125% for cash payments or 9.875% for payments made through an increase in the principal amount of Toggle Notes outstanding, respectively. The net proceeds of this offering of approximately $243 million were distributed to the shareholders of the Company as a return of capital.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

 

 

            Shares

 

LOGO

TAMINCO GLOBAL CHEMICAL CORPORATION

Common Stock

Citigroup

Credit Suisse

Deutsche Bank Securities

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Nomura

UBS Investment Bank

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

                    , 2013

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee.

 

       Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 34,100   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 38,000   

Listing fee

     *   

Printing expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer Agent and Registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

Reference is also made to Section 145 of the DGCL, which provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who is, or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of such corporation, by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any officer or director in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses that such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated by-laws provides for indemnification of the officers and directors to the full extent permitted by applicable law. The Underwriting Agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below in chronological order is certain information regarding securities issued by the Registrant during the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement in transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), including the consideration, if any, received by the Registrant for such issuances. None of these transactions involved any underwriters or any public offerings. Each of these transactions was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D or Rule 701 promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. With respect to each transaction listed below, no general solicitation was made by either the Registrant or any person acting on its behalf; the recipient of our securities agreed that the securities would be subject to the standard restrictions applicable to a private placement of securities under applicable state and federal securities laws; and appropriate legends were affixed to the certificates issued in such transactions.

 

 

On February 3, 2012, the Registrant issued $400 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2020 at an issue price of 100%.

 

 

On February 22, 2012, the Registrant issued 238,860 shares of its common stock to certain key employees and directors at a purchase price of $100 per share.

 

 

On July 16, 2012, the Registrant issued 296 shares of its common stock to a certain key employee at a purchase price of $122 per share.

 

 

On August 8, 2012, the Registrant issued 4,110 shares of its common stock to a certain key employee at a purchase price of $122 per share.

 

 

On August 20, 2012, the Registrant issued 518 shares of its common stock to a certain key employee at a purchase price of $122 per share.

 

 

On October 8, 2012, the Registrant issued 822 shares of its common stock to a certain key employee at a purchase price of $122 per share.

 

 

On December 18, 2012, the Registrant issued $250 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.125%/9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 at an issue price of 99%.

 

 

On December 28, 2012, the Registrant issued 13,703 shares of its common stock to certain key employees at a purchase price of $89.53 per share.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits

(a) Exhibits

The list of exhibits is set forth under “Exhibit Index” at the end of this registration statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

The Financial Statement Schedule of the Company appended hereto is for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and consists of the following:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

Description

  Balance
at
Beginning
of Year
    Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
    Balance at
End of
Year
 

Fiscal Year 2009:

     

Valuation allowance for trade and notes receivable

  $ 1      $ —        $ 1   

Valuation allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

    2        —          2   

Valuation allowance for income taxes

    13        12        25   

Fiscal Year 2010:

     

Valuation allowance for trade and notes receivable

    1        —          1   

Valuation allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

    2        —          2   

Valuation allowance for income taxes

    25        13        38   

Fiscal Year 2011:

     

Valuation allowance for trade and notes receivable

    1        —          1   

Valuation allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

    2        —          2   

Valuation allowance for income taxes

    38        20        58   

 

(1) Uncollectible amounts, dispositions charged against the reserve and utilization of net operation losses.

All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or because the information required is included in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Item 17. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Ghent, Belgium, on January 18, 2013.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By:    

 

/s/ Laurent Lenoir

  Name:     Laurent Lenoir
  Title:       Chief Executive Officer and Director

* * * *

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the date indicated below:

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Laurent Lenoir

Laurent Lenoir

   Chief Executive Officer and
Director (Principal Executive
Officer)
  January 18, 2013

/s/ Kurt Decat

Kurt Decat

   Chief Financial Officer and
Director (Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer)
  January 18, 2013

*

Charlie Shaver

   Director   January 18, 2013

*

Kenny Cordell

   Director   January 18, 2013

*

Samuel Feinstein

   Director   January 18, 2013

*

Scott Kleinman

   Director   January 18, 2013

*

Marvin Schlanger

   Director   January 18, 2013

*

Justin Stevens

   Director   January 18, 2013

*

Pol Vanderhaeghen

   Director   January 18, 2013

 

*By:  

/s/ Laurent Lenoir

 

Laurent Lenoir

  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement (including form of lock-up agreement)
  3.1*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Taminco Global Chemical Corporation
  3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Taminco Global Chemical Corporation
  4.1**   Indenture, dated as of February 3, 2012, among Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, relating to the issuance of 9.750% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2020
  4.2**   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 15, 2012, among Taminco Inc., Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l., Taminco Group NV, Taminco NV, Taminco North BVBA and Taminco Germany GmbH, as the New Guarantors, Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, to the Indenture, dated as of February 3, 2012, among Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent relating respect to the issuance of 9.75% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2020
  4.3   Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2012, among Taminco Acquisition Corporation, as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the issuance of 9.125%/9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017
  5.1*   Form of Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1**   Credit Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2012, among Taminco Intermediate Corporation, Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, as Borrower, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as the Joint Lead Arrangers
10.2**   Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 14, 2012, among Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, as the Borrower, Taminco Intermediate Corporation, the lending institutions from time to time thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2012, among Taminco Intermediate Corporation, Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, as Borrower, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as the Joint Lead Arrangers
10.3**   First Lien Collateral Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2012, among Taminco Intermediate Corporation, Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, the other grantors party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent
10.4**   Master Guarantee Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2012, among Taminco Intermediate Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors indentified therein, Citibank International PLC, as Belgian sub-agent for the Secured Parties, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
10.5**   Notes Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2012, among Citibank, N.A., as Credit Agreement Agent, each Other First Priority Lien Obligations Agent from time to time party thereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee and Second Priority Collateral Agent, each collateral agent for any Future Second Lien Indebtedness from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Common Collateral Agent
10.6   Management Fee Agreement, among Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, Taminco Acquisition Corporation and Apollo Management VII, L.P., dated as of February 15, 2012

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
  Description
10.7   Investor Rights Agreement, among Taminco Acquisition Corporation, the Sponsor and the Holders party thereto, dated as of February 15, 2012
10.8   Amended and Restated Non-recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2012, among BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. and Taminco B.V.B.A.
10.9   Form of Tranche A Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan of Taminco Acquisition Corporation
10.10   Form of Tranche B-1 Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan of Taminco Acquisition Corporation
10.11   Form of Tranche B-2 Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan of Taminco Acquisition Corporation
10.12   Form of Tranche B-3 Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan of Taminco Acquisition Corporation
10.13   Form of Director Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan of Taminco Acquisition Corporation
10.14   Form of Apollo Director Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan of Taminco Acquisition Corporation
10.15   2012 Equity Incentive Plan of Taminco Acquisition Corporation
10.16†   Methanol Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2001, between Methanex Methanol Company and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
10.17†   Methanol Purchase and Sale Agreement Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 9, 2002, between Methanex Methanol Company and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
10.18   Management Agreement, dated December 31, 2009, between Taminco Group NV and Laurent Lenoir
10.19   Management Agreement, dated December 31, 2009, between Taminco NV and Kurt Decat
10.20   Management Agreement, dated December 31, 2009, between Taminco NV and Guy Wouters
10.21   Management Agreement, dated December 31, 2009, between Taminco NV and Piet Vanneste
16.1**   Letter from Ernst & Young Bedrijfsrevisoren BCVBA regarding change in certifying accountant
21.1*   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young Bedrijfsrevisoren BCVBA
23.2*   Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3**   Consent of Arthur D. Little Benelux S.A./N.V.
24.1**   Power of Attorney

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
Confidential treatment of certain provisions of these exhibits has been requested with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been requested has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-7

Exhibit 4.3

 

 

 

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

as Issuer

and the Guarantors party hereto from time to time

9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of December 18, 2012

 

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association

as Trustee

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            

Page

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION   1.01.   Definitions    1
SECTION   1.02.   Other Definitions    37
SECTION   1.03.   Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:    38
ARTICLE II
THE NOTES
SECTION   2.01.   Amount of Notes    39
SECTION   2.02.   Form and Dating    40
SECTION   2.03.   Execution and Authentication    41
SECTION   2.04.   Registrar and Paying Agent    42
SECTION   2.05.   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust    42
SECTION   2.06.   Holder Lists    42
SECTION   2.07.   Transfer and Exchange    43
SECTION   2.08.   Replacement Notes    44
SECTION   2.09.   Outstanding Notes    44
SECTION   2.10.   Cancellation    44
SECTION   2.11.   Defaulted Interest    45
SECTION   2.12.   CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc    45
SECTION   2.13.   Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes    45
ARTICLE III
REDEMPTION
SECTION   3.01.   Redemption    45
SECTION   3.02.   Applicability of Article    46
SECTION   3.03.   Notices to Trustee    46
SECTION   3.04.   Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed    46
SECTION   3.05.   Notice of Optional Redemption    46
SECTION   3.06.   Effect of Notice of Redemption    47
SECTION   3.07.   Deposit of Redemption Price    47
SECTION   3.08.   Notes Redeemed in Part    48
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS
SECTION   4.01.   Payment of Notes    48
SECTION   4.02.   Reports and Other Information    48
SECTION   4.03.   Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock    51
SECTION   4.04.   Limitation on Restricted Payments    58


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(cont’d)

 

            

Page

SECTION   4.05.   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries    64
SECTION   4.06.   Asset Sales    66
SECTION   4.07.   Transactions with Affiliates    69
SECTION   4.08.   Change of Control    72
SECTION   4.09.   Compliance Certificate    74
SECTION   4.10.   Further Instruments and Acts    75
SECTION   4.11.   Future Guarantors    75
SECTION   4.12.   Liens    75
SECTION   4.13.   Maintenance of Office or Agency    76
SECTION   4.14.   Covenant Suspension    76
SECTION   4.15.   Maintenance of Insurance    77
ARTICLE V
SUCCESSOR COMPANY
SECTION   5.01.   When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets    78
ARTICLE VI
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION   6.01.   Events of Default    79
SECTION   6.02.   Acceleration    81
SECTION   6.03.   Other Remedies    81
SECTION   6.04.   Waiver of Past Defaults    81
SECTION   6.05.   Control by Majority    82
SECTION   6.06.   Limitation on Suits    82
SECTION   6.07.   Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment    82
SECTION   6.08.   Collection Suit by Trustee    83
SECTION   6.09.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    83
SECTION   6.10.   Priorities    83
SECTION   6.11.   Undertaking for Costs    84
SECTION   6.12.   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws    84
ARTICLE VII
TRUSTEE
SECTION   7.01.   Duties of Trustee    84
SECTION   7.02.   Rights of Trustee    85
SECTION   7.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee    87
SECTION   7.04.   Trustee’s Disclaimer    87
SECTION   7.05.   Notice of Defaults    88
SECTION   7.06.   Compensation and Indemnity    88
SECTION   7.07.   Replacement of Trustee    89
SECTION   7.08.   Successor Trustee by Merger    90
SECTION   7.09.   Eligibility; Disqualification    90
SECTION   7.10.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer    90

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(cont’d)

 

            

Page

ARTICLE VIII
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
SECTION   8.01.   Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance    91
SECTION   8.02.   Conditions to Defeasance    92
SECTION   8.03.   Application of Trust Money    93
SECTION   8.04.   Repayment to Issuer    93
SECTION   8.05.   Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations    93
SECTION   8.06.   Reinstatement    93
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
SECTION   9.01.   Without Consent of the Holders    94
SECTION   9.02.   With Consent of the Holders    95
SECTION   9.03.   Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.    96
SECTION   9.04.   Notation on or Exchange of Notes    96
SECTION   9.05.   Trustee to Sign Amendments    96
SECTION   9.06.   Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount    97

 

ARTICLE X
GUARANTEE
SECTION   10.01.   Guarantee    97
SECTION   10.02.   Limitation on Liability    99
SECTION   10.03.   Taxes With Respect to Guarantees of Foreign Subsidiaries    100
SECTION   10.04.   Successors and Assigns    101
SECTION   10.05.   No Waiver    101
SECTION   10.06.   Modification    102
SECTION   10.07.   Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors    102
SECTION   10.08.   Non-Impairment    102
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION   11.01.   Notices    102
SECTION   11.02.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent    103
SECTION   11.03.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion    104
SECTION   11.04.   When Notes Disregarded    104
SECTION   11.05.   Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar    104
SECTION   11.06.   Legal Holidays    104
SECTION   11.07.   GOVERNING LAW    104

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(cont’d)

 

            

Page

SECTION   11.08.   No Recourse Against Others    104
SECTION   11.09.   Successors    105
SECTION   11.10.   Multiple Originals    105
SECTION   11.11.   Table of Contents; Headings    105
SECTION   11.12.   Indenture Controls    105
SECTION   11.13.   Severability    105
SECTION   11.14.   Waiver of Jury Trial    105

 

Appendix A     –       Provisions Relating to Initial Notes and Additional Notes

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(cont’d)

 

           

Page

    EXHIBIT INDEX  
Exhibit A     –       Form of Initial Note  
Exhibit B     –       Form of Transferee Letter of Representation  
Exhibit C-1     –       Form of Supplemental Indenture Related to Guarantors  
Exhibit C-2     –       Form of Supplemental Indenture for Certain Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries  

 

v


INDENTURE dated as of December 18, 2012 between TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of (i) $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 issued on the date hereof (the “ Initial Notes ”) and (ii) Additional Notes issued from time to time (together with the Initial Notes, and any PIK Notes issued from time to time as permitted hereby, the “ Notes ”):

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Acquisition ” means the acquisition of the equity of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. indirectly by Taminco.

Acquisition Date ” means February 15, 2012, which is the day upon which the Acquisition was consummated.

Additional Notes ” means Notes issued under the terms of this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding any PIK Notes).

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and


(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at December 15, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in Paragraph 5 of the Note) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through December 15, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.

The Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine or verify the Applicable Premium.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) outside the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions),

in each case other than:

(a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04;

(d) any disposition of assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than $20 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets, or the issuance of securities, by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) any exchange of assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) for assets related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

 

2


(g) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any property or other asset of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(h) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(j) any sale of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

(k) any grant in the ordinary course of business of any license of patents, trademarks, know-how or any other intellectual property;

(l) in the ordinary course of business, any swap of assets, or lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property, in exchange for services (including in connection with any outsourcing arrangements) of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

(m) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets pursuant to the Factoring Facility or of the type specified in the definition of “ Receivables Financing ” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(n) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction or asset securitization permitted by this Indenture;

(o) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(p) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(q) the sale of any property in a Sale/Leaseback Transaction within twelve months of the acquisition of such property;

(r) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; and

 

3


(s) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind.

Bank Indebtedness ” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Agreement Documents as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including after termination of the Credit Agreement), including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Development Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements, product development testing, approval and registration that, in conformity with GAAP in effect as of the Issue Date, are permitted to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and such Restricted Subsidiaries.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP in effect as of the Issue Date.

 

4


Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any member state in the European Union or, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case maturing not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

CFC ” means a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

 

5


Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than any of the Permitted Holders;

(2) the Issuer becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer; or

(3) the Issuer ceases to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Taminco (or any successor thereto to the extent Taminco is consolidated into or merged with or into such Person in accordance with the terms of this Indenture), except to the extent Taminco is merged with and into the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations and excluding unrealized mark-to-market gains and losses attributable to Hedging Obligations, amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and such Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; plus

(3) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any Receivables Financing (but not in connection with the Factoring Facility) which are payable to Persons other than the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; minus

 

6


(4) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses or charges, any severance expenses, relocation expenses, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, any expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses and fees, expenses or charges relating to new product lines, facilities closing costs, acquisition integration costs, facilities opening costs, project start-up costs, business optimization costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses, expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful), and any fees, expenses, charges or change of control payments related to the Transactions, in each case, shall be excluded;

(2) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

(3) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles (which shall in no case include any change in the comprehensive basis of accounting) during such period;

(4) any net after-tax income or loss from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(5) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by management of the Issuer) shall be excluded;

(6) any net after-tax gains or losses, or any subsequent charges or expenses, (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

 

7


(7) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (1) of the definition of “ Cumulative Credit ,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions (a) have been legally waived or (b) are permitted under Section 4.05; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein;

(9) an amount equal to the amount of Tax Distributions actually made to any parent or equity holder of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xii) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

(10) any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;

(11) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights, shall be excluded;

(12) any (a) non-cash compensation charges, (b) costs and expenses after the Issue Date related to employment of terminated employees, or (c) costs or expenses realized in connection with or resulting from stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights existing on the Issue Date of officers, directors and employees, in each case of such Person or any such Subsidiary, shall be excluded;

(13) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Acquisition Date and that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with GAAP or as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded;

 

8


(14) (a) the Net Income of any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to, or adding the losses attributable to, the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties and (b) any ordinary course dividend, distribution or other payment paid in cash and received from any Person in excess of amounts included in clause (7) above shall be included;

(15) any unrealized gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness, and any unrealized net loss or gain resulting from hedging transactions for interest rates or currency exchange risk, shall be excluded;

(16) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(17) Capitalized Development Expenditures shall be excluded; and

(18) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded (except to the extent reversing a previously recognized increase to net income).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04 pursuant to clauses (4) and (5) of the definition of “ Cumulative Credit ” contained therein. For purposes of determining Cumulative Credit, Consolidated Net Income presented in a currency other than U.S. Dollars will be converted to U.S. Dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency during, and applied to, each fiscal quarter in the period for which Consolidated Net Income is being calculated.

Consolidated Non-Cash Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the non-cash expenses (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, provided that if any such non-cash expenses represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period.

 

9


Consolidated Taxes ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, property and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) and any Tax Distributions taken into account in calculating Consolidated Net Income.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the designated office of the Trustee in the United States of America at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the dated hereof is located at 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105, Guilford, CT 06437, Attention: Taminco Administrator, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer).

Credit Agreement ” means (i) Credit Agreement, dated as of the Acquisition Date, among the Taminco Intermediate Corporation, Taminco, the financial institutions named therein, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof and (ii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in clause (i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Issuer to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of

 

10


credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances) or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time.

Credit Agreement Documents ” means the collective reference to any Credit Agreement, any notes issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified, in whole or in part, from time to time.

Cumulative Credit ” means the sum of (without duplication):

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period), from January 1, 2012 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) plus

(2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash, received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net proceeds to the extent such net proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiii)) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Issuer received in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock and other than contributions to the extent such contributions have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiii)), plus

(4) 100% of the principal amount of any Indebtedness or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer ( provided in the case of any such parent, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is retired or extinguished), plus

 

11


(5) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from:

(a) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) and from repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b)),

(b) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

(c) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(6) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Investment of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (which, if the fair market value of such investment shall exceed $40 million, shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b) or constituted a Permitted Investment).

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof.

 

12


Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale),

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale),

in each case prior to 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by such Person in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided, further, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Fixed Charges; plus

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense; plus

(4) Consolidated Non-Cash Charges; plus

(5) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation or Amortization Expense) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or other Indebtedness, and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to the Factoring Facility or any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(6) business optimization expenses and other restructuring charges, reserves or expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include, without limitation, the effect of inventory optimization programs, facility closures, facility consolidations, retention, severance, systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and excess pension charges); plus

 

13


(7) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Factoring Facility or a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(8) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the Cumulative Credit; plus

(9) the amount of any management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period; plus

(10) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (3) to the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such period;

less , without duplication,

(11) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding the recognition of deferred revenue or any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period).

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common Capital Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or such direct or indirect parent’s common Capital Stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any of its Subsidiaries; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Equity Restricted Payment ” means each of (i) the payment of any cash dividend and/or the making of any cash distribution on or in respect of the Issuer’s Equity Interests, (ii) the purchase or other acquisition or retirement for cash (collectively, “ acquisitions ”) of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for the purpose of (x) paying any cash dividend or making any cash payment or distribution to or (y) acquiring Equity

 

14


Interest of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for cash from in the case of either (x) or (y), any holder of the Issuer’s, or such parent of the Issuer’s, Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) but excluding acquisitions of Equity Interests of the type in clauses (iii) and (xiii) of Section 4.04(b) and (iii) the guarantee of any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Company incurred for the purpose of paying any such cash dividend, making any such cash payment or distribution or so acquiring for cash any such Equity Interests to or from any holder of the Issuer’s, or the parent of the Issuer’s, Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) to the extent, in the case of any of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), by means of utilization of (A) the Cumulative Credit or (B) any exception provided by clauses (v) or (viii) of Section 4.04(b) or clauses (9), (10), (15) or (20) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contributions ” means the Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their Fair Market Value as determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer) received by the Issuer after the Issue Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be.

Existing Notes ” means the 9.75% Second-Priority Senior Notes due 2020 of Taminco outstanding on the Issue Date.

Factoring Facility ” means the non-recourse factoring facility contemplated by the Non-Recourse Factoring Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, between Taminco BVBA (Taminco NV) (and certain of its affiliates), on the one hand, and Fortis Commercial Finance N.V., on the other hand, as the same has been and may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that the amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified facility shall be a comparable non-recourse factoring facility to that in effect on the Issue Date or shall be a Receivables Financing.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction.

First Priority Lien Obligations ” means all Indebtedness (including Bank Indebtedness) secured by a first priority lien on the collateral securing the Existing Notes;

 

15


provided that, solely for the purpose of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio under clause (i) of Section 4.03(b) all Indebtedness incurred in reliance on such clause shall be deemed to be a First Priority Lien Obligation.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of any Qualified Receivables Financing, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. If since the beginning of such period any Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or

 

16


accounting officer of the Issuer or Taminco, as applicable. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event, and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (3) to the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer or Taminco, as applicable, to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer or Taminco, as applicable, may designate.

For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs) of such Person for such period, and

(2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards

 

17


Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time, it being understood that, for purposes of this Indenture, all references to codified accounting standards specifically named in this Indenture shall be deemed to include any successor, replacement, amended or updated accounting standard under GAAP.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Guarantor ” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

holder ” or “ noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Incur ” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or,

 

18


without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except any such balance that (i) constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability (or in the case of (e), an asset or a liability) on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the obligations referred to in clause (1) of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; (4) Hedging Obligations entered into prior to the Issue Date; or (5) Obligations under or in respect of the Factoring Facility or any Qualified Receivables Financing.

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture.

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of nationally recognized standing, that is, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

19


Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries,

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 

20


Issue Date ” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Management Group ” means the group consisting of the directors, executive officers and other management personnel of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as the case may be, on the Acquisition Date together with (1) any new directors whose election by such boards of directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable, then still in office who were either directors on the Acquisition Date or whose election or nomination was previously so approved and (2) executive officers and other management personnel of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable, hired at a time when the directors on the Acquisition Date together with the directors so approved constituted a majority of the directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the profit (loss) for the period or net income (loss), as applicable, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related solely to such disposition and including Tax Distributions paid or payable as a result thereof), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of

 

21


appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Notes ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided , however , that if any Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes issued on the Issue Date for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes; and references to the “principal amount” of the Notes include any increase in the principal amount of outstanding Notes (including PIK Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment.

Notes Obligations ” means Obligations in respect of the Notes and this Indenture.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of third parties other than the Trustee and the holders of the Notes.

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum, dated December 13, 2012 relating to the issuance of the Initial Notes.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means (1) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payments to the Notes; and (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

Permitted Holders ” means, at any time, each of (i) the Sponsor, (ii) the Management Group, (iii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Issuer and/or Taminco and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting

 

22


power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than the other Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof and (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Issuer (a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “ group ” (other than the Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) advances to employees, taken together with all other advances made pursuant to this clause (6), not to exceed $5 million at any one time outstanding;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

23


(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x);

(9) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100 million and (y) 5.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (10) is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (10) for so long as such Person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the definition of “ Cumulative Credit ”;

(13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (iv), (vi), (ix)(B), (xv) and (xvi) of such paragraph);

 

24


(14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(15) guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.11, including, without limitation, any guarantee or other obligation issued or Incurred under the Credit Agreement in connection with any letter of credit issued for the account of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including with respect to the issuance of, or payments in respect of drawings under, such letters of credit);

(16) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property;

(17) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness;

(18) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business; and Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(19) any Investment in an entity which is not a Restricted Subsidiary to which a Restricted Subsidiary sells accounts receivable pursuant to a Receivables Financing;

(20) additional Investments in joint ventures not to exceed at any one time in the aggregate outstanding under this clause (20) $50 million; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (20) is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (20) for so long as such Person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(21) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation.

 

25


Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6)(A) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03;

 

  (B) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (i) of Section 4.03(b); and

 

  (C) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clauses (iv) or (xii) of Section 4.03(b);

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Credit Agreement);

(8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

26


(9) Liens on assets or property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens (other than Liens to service Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (xvi) of Section 4.03(b)) are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens (other than Liens to service Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (xvi) of Section 4.03(b)) may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such Lien at the time of acquisition on property of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such acquisition);

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not Incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided that with respect to Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness, such Lien extends only to the property securing such Indebtedness;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(16) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “ Receivables Financing ” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(17) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(19) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

27


(20) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien ( plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided further , however, that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (6)(B), the principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (6)(B) and not this clause (20) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (6)(B) and for the purpose of Section 4.03(b)(i);

(21) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

(22) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

(23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(25) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50 million at any one time outstanding;

(26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(27) any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under any indenture issued in escrow pursuant to customary escrow arrangements pending the release thereof, or under any indenture pursuant to customary discharge, redemption or defeasance provisions; and

(28) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution.

 

28


Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Receivables Subsidiary;

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer); and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure Bank Indebtedness, Indebtedness in respect of the Notes or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the Notes shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Issuer’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15cs-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Issuer, the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interests issued or sold in connection with, and all other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries); and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

 

29


Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in Qualified Receivables Financing with the Issuer in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any such Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any other Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(b) with which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer; and

(c) to which none of the Issuer or its other Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time

 

30


shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Cash ” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that are contractually restricted from being distributed to the Issuer, except for such cash and Cash Equivalents subject only to such restrictions that are contained in agreements governing Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture and that are secured by such cash or Cash Equivalents.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

Reversion Date ” means the date on which one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating.

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Issuer and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Indebtedness constituting First-Priority Lien Obligations (to the extent such Indebtedness is Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (1)(a), 1(b) (other than Indebtedness in respect of performance bid and surety bonds and completion guarantees), (1)(d) and (1)(e) (to the extent such Hedging Obligations relate to currency or indebtedness for borrowed money) of the definition of Indebtedness, and guarantee obligations with respect to any of the foregoing) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the

 

31


period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Secured Leverage Calculation Date ”), then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Secured Leverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated Indebtedness and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. If since the beginning of such period any Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. Additionally, for purposes of making the computation referred to above, the net asset or liability attributable to Hedging Obligations will be included in First Priority Lien Obligations in the proportion of (i) the amount of U.S. dollar denominated indebtedness for borrowed money constituting First Priority Lien Obligations to (ii) U.S. dollar denominated indebtedness for borrowed money, in each case, of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer or Taminco, as applicable. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set

 

32


forth in footnote (3) to the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “ Significant Subsidiary ” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision).

Similar Business ” means any business, engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business in which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date.

Sponsor ” means (i) Apollo Management, L.P. and any of its respective Affiliates other than any operating portfolio companies (collectively, the “ Apollo Sponsor”) and (ii) any Person that forms a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) with any Apollo Sponsor; provided that the Apollo Sponsor (x) owns a majority of the voting power and (y) controls a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee.

 

33


Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, and (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Suspension Period ” means the period of time between a Covenant Suspension Event and the related Reversion Date.

Taminco ” means Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, a Delaware corporation and its successors.

Tax Distributions ” means any distributions described in Section 4.04(b)(xii)(i).

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Total Assets ” means the total consolidated assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer. Total Assets shall be determined as of the time of the occurrence of any event giving rise to the requirement to determine Total Assets and after giving pro forma effect to the occurrence of such event and all other consummated acquisitions or dispositions of a Person, business or assets (whether completed or subject to a definitive agreement with respect thereto) from the date of such balance sheet to the date of such event giving rise to the requirement to determine Total Assets and as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee.

Transactions ” means (i) the offering of the Notes on the Issue Date and the application of the proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum and (ii) the payment of fees and expenses in relation to the foregoing.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market

 

34


data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to December 15, 2013; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to December 15, 2013, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, however , that either:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or

(b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x)(1) if such Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than Taminco or any of its Subsidiaries), the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a)(x), and (ii) if such Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of Taminco, Taminco could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a)(y) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than such ratio immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

35


Any such designation by the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

36


SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions

 

Term

   Defined in
Section

“Additional Amounts”

   10.03

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.07(a)

“Agent Members”

   Appendix A

“Applicable Amount”

   Exhibit A

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.06(b)

“Bankruptcy Law”

   6.01

“Cash Interest”

   Exhibit A

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.08(b)

“covenant defeasance option”

   8.01(b)

“Covenant Suspension Event”

   4.14

“Custodian”

   6.01

“Definitive Note”

   Appendix A

“Depository”

   Appendix A

“Determination Date”

   Exhibit A

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.06(b)

“Global Notes”

   Appendix A

“Global Notes Legend”

   Appendix A

“Guaranteed Obligations”

   10.01(a)

“IAI”

   Appendix A

“Increased Amount”

   4.12(d)

“Initial Lien”

   4.12(a)

“Initial Notes”

   Preamble

“Interest Payment Date”

   Exhibit A

“interest period”

   Exhibit A

“Issuer”

   Preamble

“legal defeasance option”

   8.01(b)

“Notes Custodian”

   Appendix A

“Notice of Default”

   6.01

“Offer Period”

   4.06(d)

“Partial PIK Interest”

   Exhibit A

“Paying Agent”

   2.04(a)

“PIK Interest”

   Exhibit A

“PIK Notes”

   2.01

“PIK Notice”

   Exhibit A

“PIK Payment”

   2.01

“protected purchaser”

   2.08

“QIB”

   Appendix A

“Record Date”

   Exhibit A

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.03(b)

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.04(b)

“Registrar”

   2.04(a)

“Regulation S”

   Appendix A

“Regulation S Global Notes”

   Appendix A

“Regulation S Notes”

   Appendix A

 

37


Term

   Defined in
Section

“Reporting Entity”

   4.02(f)

“Restricted Cash”

   Exhibit A

“Restricted Notes Legend”

   Appendix A

“Restricted Payment”

   4.04(a)

“Restricted Period”

   Appendix A

“Retired Capital Stock”

   4.04(b)

“Reversion Date”

   4.14

“Rule 501”

   Appendix A

“Rule 144A”

   Appendix A

“Rule 144A Global Notes”

   Appendix A

“Rule 144A Notes”

   Appendix A

“Second Commitment”

   4.06(b)

“Successor”

   5.01

“Suspended Covenants”

   4.14

“Tax Jurisdiction”

   10.03

“Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes”

   Appendix A

“Transfer Restricted Global Notes”

   Appendix A

“Unrestricted Definitive Notes”

   Appendix A

“Unrestricted Global Notes”

   Appendix A

SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “ or ” is not exclusive;

(d) “ including ” means including without limitation;

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

(g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

 

38


(i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(j) “ $ ” and “ U.S. dollars ” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(k) whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amount is, were or would be payable in respect thereof; and

(l) for purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness or entering into other transactions (including any Restricted Payment, Investment, Asset Sale, Affiliate Transaction or granting any Lien), the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness or other transaction value that is denominated or otherwise calculated in a foreign currency shall be calculated in U.S. dollars based on the relevant currency to U.S. dollar exchange rate in effect on the date such transaction was consummated or Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred (and, if applicable, associated Lien granted) to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness (and, if applicable, associated Lien granted) does not exceed an amount sufficient to repay the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause (l), the maximum value of any transaction or amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any transaction or outstanding Indebtedness (or associated Lien), solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes . The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $250,000,000.

The Issuer may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of,

 

39


other Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 3.06, 4.06(e), 4.08(c) or Appendix A), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes:

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture;

(2) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes shall accrue; and

(3) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of Appendix A in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof.

If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or an indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes.

The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number, if a CUSIP number is required.

If the Issuer is entitled to pay PIK Interest in respect of the Notes (upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notes), the Issuer may elect to either increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue new Notes (the “ PIK Notes ”) under this Indenture having the same terms as the Initial Notes (in each case, a “ PIK Payment ”). Any issuance of PIK Notes under this Indenture shall be in compliance with the provisions in Paragraphs 1 and 2 of the form of Note included as Exhibit A , and the Issuer shall comply with the provisions set forth in such Paragraphs and Section 2.03 below in connection therewith.

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating . Provisions relating to the Initial Notes are set forth in Appendix A , which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage

 

40


( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof).

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication . The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000 and (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein. Such order shall specify the amount of separate Note certificates to be authenticated, the principal amount of each of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the registered holder of each of the Notes and delivery instructions.

In addition, in connection with the election to pay PIK Interest (upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notes), the Issuer may increase the principal amount of outstanding Notes or deliver PIK Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer for authentication and delivery of PIK Notes, specifying the principal amount of and registered holder of each Note, directing the Trustee to authenticate the PIK Notes and deliver the same to the persons in such order certifying the issuance of such Notes is permitted under this Indenture (but which need not certify compliance with Article IV) and the Trustee in accordance with such order shall authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or Appendix A, any issuance of Additional Notes after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof).

One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

 

41


SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a) The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “ Registrar ” includes any co-registrars. The term “ Paying Agent ” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and the Notes Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

(b) The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Issuer or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(c) The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.07.

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . Prior to each due date of the principal of and cash interest on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and cash interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and cash interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of

 

42


holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of holders.

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange . The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A . When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section. The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

43


None of the Trustee, Registrar or Paying Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depository.

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the holder (a) satisfies the Issuer and the Trustee within a reasonable time after such holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “ protected purchaser ”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Issuer and the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss or liability that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and subsequently presented or claimed for payment. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the holder for their expenses in replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer.

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 11.04, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. Cancellation . The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any

 

44


Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest . If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers.

SECTION 2.13. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes . The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 11.04 of this Indenture. Any calculation of the Applicable Premium or made pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Redemption . The Notes may be redeemed, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

45


SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article . Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee . If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Note, it shall notify the Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate of (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.03 at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is an optional redemption pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Note, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. The Issuer may also include a request in such Officer’s Certificate that the Trustee give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 3.05. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.04.

SECTION 3.04. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed . In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or such other method deemed fair and appropriate; provided that no Notes of $2,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) or less shall be redeemed in part (or if a PIK Payment has been made, Notes may be redeemed in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof). The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000. Notes and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple in excess thereof). Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption .

(a) At least 30 but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Note, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address (with a copy to the Trustee) or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository Trust Company, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes, a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article VIII of this Indenture.

Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the redemption date;

 

46


(ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;

(iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest;

(v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

(vi) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “ Common Code ” number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed;

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN and/or “ Common Code ” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(ix) any conditions precedent (including, but not limited to, consummation of any related Equity Offering or related financing transaction) to such redemption.

(b) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section at least three Business Days prior to the date such notice is to be provided to holders in the final form such notice is to be delivered to holders and such notice may not be canceled once delivered to holders of Notes.

SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.05, then, subject to satisfying any conditions precedent specified in such notice, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice, except as provided in the final sentence of Paragraph 5 of the Notes. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest, to, but not including, the redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant Record Date, and no additional interest will be payable to the holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other holder.

SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price . With respect to any Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the

 

47


Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part . If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes . The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds as of 10:00 a.m. New York City time money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.

SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information .

(a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will provide to the Trustee and, upon request, to beneficial owners of the Notes, a copy of all of the information and reports referred to below:

(i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or in all cases such longer period as may be permitted by the SEC if the Issuer were then subject to such SEC reporting requirements as a non-accelerated filer), annual audited financial statements of the Reporting Entity for such fiscal year including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to the periods presented and a report on the annual financial statements by the Reporting Entity’s independent registered public accounting firm (all of the foregoing financial information to be prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding financial information included in the Offering Memorandum);

 

48


(ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or in all cases such longer period as may be permitted by the SEC if the Issuer were then subject to such SEC reporting requirements as a non-accelerated filer), unaudited financial statements of the Reporting Entity for the interim period as of, and for the period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (all of the foregoing financial information to be prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding financial information included in the Offering Memorandum); and

(iii) within 15 days after the time period specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K by the SEC, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would be required to be filed in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act on the Issue Date pursuant to Sections 1, 2 and 4, Items 5.01, 5.02 (other than compensation information), 5.03(b) and Item 9.01 (only to the extent relating to any of the foregoing) of Form 8-K if the Issuer had been a reporting companies under the Exchange Act: provided, however, that no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to holders or the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

In addition to providing such information to the Trustee, the Issuer shall make available to the holders, prospective investors, market makers affiliated with any initial purchaser of the Notes and securities analysts the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 4.02(a), by posting such information to its website or on IntraLinks or any comparable password-protected online data system or website.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Issuer will not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports that would otherwise be required by (i) Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K, or (ii) Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC with respect to any non-generally accepted accounting principles financial measures contained therein, (b) such reports will not be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors or Subsidiaries whose securities are pledged to secure the Notes contemplated by Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, and (c) such reports shall not be required to present compensation or beneficial ownership information.

(c) The Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to in clause (a) above to the Trustee and the holders if the Issuer or any other Reporting Entity has filed such information with the SEC via the EDGAR (or successor) filing system and such information is publicly available.

(d) For so long as the Issuer has designated certain of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required to be provided by this Section 4.02 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” or other comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

 

49


(e) To the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision).

(f) The financial statements, information and other documents required to be provided as described above, may be those of (i) the Issuer, (ii) Taminco or (iii) any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (any such entity, a “ Reporting Entity ”), so long as in the case of (ii) and (iii), Taminco or such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer shall not conduct, transact or otherwise engage, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage, in any business or operations other than its direct or indirect ownership of all of the Equity Interests in, and its management of the Issuer; provided that, if the financial information so furnished relates to Taminco or such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the same is accompanied by a reasonably detailed description of the quantitative differences between the information relating to Taminco or to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

(g) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 4.02 is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants under this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to certificates).

(h) So long as Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will also:

(i) as promptly as reasonably practicable after furnishing to the Trustee the annual and quarterly reports required by clauses (a)(i) and (a)(ii) of this Section 4.02, hold a conference call to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

(ii) post to its website or on IntraLinks or any comparable password-protected online data system, which will require a confidentiality acknowledgment (but not restrict the recipients of such information in trading of securities of the Issuer or its affiliates), prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with subclause (i) of this Section 4.02(h), announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or informing holders of Notes, prospective investors, market makers affiliated with any initial purchaser of the Notes and securities analysts how they can obtain such information, including, without limitation, the applicable password or other login information.

 

50


(i) Any person who seeks to participate in any conference calls or requests or accesses the financial statements, information and other documents, in each case, required by this Section 4.02, will be required to represent to the Issuer (to the Issuer’s reasonable good faith satisfaction) that:

(i) it is a holder of the Notes, a beneficial owner of the Notes, a prospective investor in the Notes, a market maker or an analyst covering the Issuer or the Notes; and

(ii) it is not a Person (which includes such Person’s parents, sister companies or subsidiaries) that (i) is a customer of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries principally engaged in a Similar Business or (ii) derives a significant portion of its revenues from operation of a Similar Business.

SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a)   (i) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and

(ii) the Issuer shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Guarantor) to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;

provided, however, that (x)(i) the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Taminco or any of its Subsidiaries) may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and (ii) any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; and (y)(i) Taminco and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and (ii) any of Taminco’s Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Taminco for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to:

(i) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time that

 

51


does not exceed the greater of (1) $815 million and (2) an amount of First Priority Lien Obligations that would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, determined on a pro forma basis, to exceed 2.75 to 1.00;

(ii) the Incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and any Guarantee thereof (not including any Additional Notes) or any PIK Notes issued from time to time in respect of any PIK Interest in accordance with the terms of this Indenture including any Guarantee thereof;

(iii) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, the Existing Notes and Guarantees thereof (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(b));

(iv) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, Disqualified Stock issued by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary to finance all or any part of (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, installation, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (iv) together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof pursuant to clause (xv) below, does not exceed the greater of $75 million and 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

(v) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the Transactions, any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(vii) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business

 

52


in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien but not the transfer thereof upon foreclosure) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii);

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii);

(ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries), such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien but not the transfer thereof upon foreclosure) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ix);

(x) Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for speculative purposes but (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases or sales;

(xi) obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;

(xii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other

 

53


Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof incurred pursuant to clause (xv) below, does not exceed the greater of $100 million and 5.5% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xii));

(xiii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference at any time outstanding not greater than 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer (which proceeds are contributed to the Issuer) or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, any of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.04(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof); provided that any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock in excess of 100.0% of such net cash proceeds or cash shall have a Stated Maturity that is later than the maturity date of the Notes;

(xiv) any guarantee by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantee, as applicable, and (ii) if such guarantee is of Indebtedness of the Issuer, such guarantee is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.11 to the extent Section 4.11 is applicable;

(xv) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (xii), (xv) and (xvi) of this Section 4.03(b) up to the outstanding principal amount (or, if applicable, the liquidation preference face amount, or the like) or, if greater, committed amount (only to the extent the committed amount could have been Incurred on the date of initial Incurrence) of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance

 

54


such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), expenses, defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced or defeased and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date that is one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date ( provided that this subclause (1) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations);

(2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (a) Indebtedness junior to the Notes or a Guarantee, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, or (b) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; and

(3) shall not include (a) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or (b) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

(xvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation, (x) in the case of Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Taminco or any of its Subsidiaries), either:

(1) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a)(x); or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation;

and (y), in the case of Indebtedness Incurred by Taminco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, either:

 

55


(1) Taminco would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a)(y); or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Taminco would not be lower than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(xvii) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xviii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence;

(xix) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to Bank Indebtedness, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xx) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), and pursuant to clause (xxiv) below, does not exceed the greater of $60 million and 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xx) but shall be deemed Incurred for the purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xx));

(xxi) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (1) the financing of insurance premiums or (2) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xxii) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent described in Section 4.04(b)(iv);

(xxiii) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiv) Indebtedness incurred on behalf of, or representing Guarantees of Indebtedness of, joint ventures of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xxiv), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then

 

56


outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxiv) and pursuant to clause (xx) above, does not exceed the greater of $50 million and 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

(xxv) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business on arm’s-length commercial terms;

(xxvi) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited with the Trustee to satisfy and discharge the Notes in accordance with this Indenture;

(xxvii)(1) guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations to suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees that, in each case, are not Affiliates and (2) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of leases entered into by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business on behalf of customers for equipment to be used by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, such customers or a subcontractor in providing services to a customer and for which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will be reimbursed by such customer; and

(xxviii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $25 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (xxviii).

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxviii) above or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03; and

(ii) at the time of Incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.03(a) and (b) without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a).

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, amortization of original issue discount, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the

 

57


exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03.

SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of any of the Issuer’s or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Issuer (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2)(i) with respect to a Restricted Payment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Taminco and its Subsidiaries) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a)(x) or (ii) with respect to a Restricted Payment by Taminco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Taminco could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a)(y); and

 

58


(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i) and (viii) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the amount equal to the Cumulative Credit (with the amount of any Restricted Payment made under this Section 4.04(a) in any property other than cash being equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of such property at the time made).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii)(A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (contributed to the capital of the Issuer) or contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) (collectively, including any such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”),

(B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of Refunding Capital Stock, and

(C) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (vi) of this Section 4.04(b) and not made pursuant to clause (ii)(B), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as:

(A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if

 

59


applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value ( plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, any tender premiums, plus any defeasance costs, fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith),

(B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the related Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value except as otherwise permitted under clause (xv) of Section 4.03(b),

(C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding, and

(D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date that is one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date;

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) do not exceed $20 million in any fiscal year, with unused amounts in any fiscal year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $30 million in any fiscal year; provided, further, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(iii)),

 

60


(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, plus

(C) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests;

provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year; and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or the direct or indirect parents of the Issuer in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parents will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(vi)(A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(B) a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer issued after the Issue Date; provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (B) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Issuer from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; and

(C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(ii);

provided, however, in the case of each of (A) and (C) above of this clause (vi), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $35 million and 2.0% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

61


(viii) the payment of dividends on the Issuer’s Capital Stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund the payment by such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Issuer from any public offering of such Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s (or such direct or indirect parent’s) Capital Stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(ix) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (x) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50 million and 3.0% of Total Assets;

(xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xii) Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (i) with respect to any taxable period during which the Issuer is a member of a consolidated, unitary, combined or similar tax group of which such direct or indirect parent is the common parent, the proceeds of which shall be used by such common parent to pay the portion of the consolidated, unitary, combined or similar U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. income or franchise taxes attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the income or franchise tax liabilities that would have been payable by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis or as a stand-alone tax group, reduced by any such income or franchise taxes paid or to be paid directly by the Issuer and/or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that Restricted Payments under this clause (i) in respect of any Taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries the Issuer may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments for such purpose to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, in order to permit such parent to make payments permitted by clauses (iii), (vii), (xx), (xxi) or (xxii) under Section 4.07(b) and (iii) the proceeds of which are applied to the purchase or other acquisition by such parent of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of any Similar Business, or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of any Similar Business, or of all of the Equity Interests in any Similar Business; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such purchase (1) or other acquisition and (B) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) and any liabilities assumed to be contributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted hereunder) into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Person formed or

 

62


acquired in order to consummate such purchaser or other acquisition, (C) the Issuer would have been permitted at the time of such Restricted Payment to consummate such purchase or acquisition directly under the terms of this Indenture and (D) such contribution by such parent to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not increase the Cumulative Credit or count as an Excluded Contribution or be used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (xiii) of Section 4.03(b);

(xiii) the payment of any Restricted Payment, if applicable:

(A) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and general corporate operating and overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in each case to the extent such fees and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries;

(B) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Issuer Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; and

(C) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses, other than to Affiliates of the Issuer, related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent;

(xiv) the declaration and payment of a one-time dividend, distribution, redemption or return of capital by the Issuer to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the net proceeds of the Initial Notes, and the payment of fees and expenses Incurred in connection with the Transactions or owed by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer to Affiliates;

(xv) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(xvi) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees;

(xvii) Restricted Payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

 

63


(xviii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.06 and 4.08; provided that all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; and

(xix) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01; provided that as a result of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall have made a Change of Control Offer (if required by this Indenture) and that all Notes tendered by holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi)(B), (vii), (x), (xi) and (xiii)(B) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; provided, further , that any Restricted Payments made with property other than cash shall be calculated using the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of such property.

(c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Issuer shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries . The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a)(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (1) on its Capital Stock; or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

64


except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Agreement Documents, the Factoring Facility and the indenture governing the Existing Notes;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees thereof;

(3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03 and 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(8) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired;

(10) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary;

(12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (i) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor so long as such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as

 

65


determined in good faith by the Issuer), provided that in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03;

(13) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 4.04 and any Permitted Investment; or

(14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or that are otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction with such transferee,

(ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received), and

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as

 

66


determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.06(a)(iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $75 million and 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value),

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a).

(b) Within 365 days after the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(i) to repay (A) secured Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (C) other Pari Passu Indebtedness ( provided that if the Issuer or any Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Obligations under the Notes), the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes pursuant to Section 3.01 through open-market purchases ( provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest on the pro rata principal amount of Notes), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer; or

(ii) to make an Investment in any one or more businesses ( provided that if such Investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), assets, or property or capital expenditures, in each case (a) used or useful in a Similar Business or (b) that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

In the case of Section 4.06(b)(ii), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the 18 month anniversary of the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds; provided that in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds unless the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment; provided , further, that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may only enter into a Second Commitment under the foregoing provision one time with respect to each Asset Sale and to the extent such Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, or is not applied prior to such 18 month anniversary, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

 

67


Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to make an offer to purchase Notes, as described in clause (i) of this Section 4.06(b), shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all holders of Notes (and, at the option of the Issuer, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness), that is at least $2,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.06. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(f), with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described in Section 4.06(e). Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will not be required to apply in accordance with this Section 4.06 any Excess Proceeds received in respect of any Asset Sale by Taminco or any of its Subsidiaries until such time as such entities are permitted in accordance with the terms of their indebtedness to dividend or distribute an amount at least equal to such Excess Proceeds to the Issuer.

(c) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On such date, the Issuer

 

68


shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if an Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Issuer and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “ Offer Period ”), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee are greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to Issuer immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with Section 4.06.

(e) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee an Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the holder for purchase and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuer is required to purchase, selection of such Notes for purchase shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be purchased in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof). Selection of such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be made pursuant to the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness.

(f) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of Notes at such holder’s registered address (with a copy to the Trustee). If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

69


(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $40 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Issuer and any direct parent of the Issuer; provided that such parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger, consolidation or amalgamation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

(ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments;

(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;

(iv) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a);

(v) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(vi) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

(vii) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date, and any transaction, agreement or arrangement described in the Offering Memorandum and, in each case, any amendment thereto or similar transactions, agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its

 

70


obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement or under any similar transaction, agreement or arrangement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new transaction, agreement or arrangement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original transaction, agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(viii) the execution of the Transactions, and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including fees paid to the Sponsor;

(ix)(A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Issuer, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm;

(x) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xi) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Person;

(xii) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith;

(xiii) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement that complies with Section 4.04(b)(xii);

(xiv) any contribution to the capital of the Issuer;

(xv) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.01;

(xvi) transactions between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xvii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

71


(xviii) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(xix) any employment agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(xx)(1) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement so long as, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the holders when taken as a whole, as compared to such agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) to pay, and the payment of, management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of $6 million and 3.0% of EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding fiscal year, plus out-of-pocket expense reimbursement; provided, however, that any payment not made in any fiscal year may be carried forward and paid in the following two fiscal years and (2) the payment of the present value of all amounts payable pursuant to any agreement described in this subclause (1) of this clause (xx) in connection with the termination of such agreement;

(xxi) payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, not to exceed 1.0% of the value of the transactions with respect to which the Sponsor provides any such services, which payments are (1) made pursuant to the agreements with the Sponsor described in the Offering Memorandum (as in effect on the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto that is not materially adverse as a whole to the Issuer) or (2) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; and

(xxii) transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer in an Officer’s Certificate) for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any provision set forth in this Indenture.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent any action by Taminco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is not deemed to be an Affiliate Transaction (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing Notes) under the indenture governing the Existing Notes, such action by Taminco or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall not be deemed an Affiliate Transaction under this Indenture and therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of this Section 4.07.

SECTION 4.08. Change of Control .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to

 

72


the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), except to the extent the Issuer has previously or concurrently elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to and in accordance with Article III of this Indenture. In the event that at the time of such Change of Control, the terms of the Bank Indebtedness restrict or prohibit the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08, then prior to the mailing of the notice to the holders provided for in Section 4.08(b) but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall (i) repay in full all Bank Indebtedness or, if doing so will allow the purchase of Notes, offer to repay in full all Bank Indebtedness and repay the Bank Indebtedness of each lender and/or noteholder who has accepted such offer, or (ii) obtain the requisite consent under the agreements governing the Bank Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided for in Section 4.08(b).

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem the Notes in accordance with Article III of this Indenture, the Issuer shall mail a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

(i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date);

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control;

(iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

(iv) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.

(c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receive not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the holder and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

(d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Issuer under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the holders entitled thereto.

 

73


(e) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(g) Notes repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding clause (f) will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding.

(h) At the time the Issuer delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuer shall also deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering holder.

(i) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuer to make such offer have been complied with.

(j) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof.

(k) Subject to the conditions set forth in Article III, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer under the circumstances, and at the redemption price, set forth in Paragraph 5 of the Note.

SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate . The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012, an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Issuer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default that occurred during such period. If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. Except with respect to receipt of payments of principal and interest on the Notes and any Default or Event of Default information contained in the Officer’s Certificate delivered to it pursuant to this Section 4.09, the Trustee shall have no duty to review, ascertain or confirm the Issuer’s compliance with or the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture.

 

74


SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts . Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 4.11. Future Guarantors . The Issuer shall cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer), other than a Guarantor, that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor, if any, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; it being understood and agreed that for any such Restricted Subsidiary organized under the laws of Belgium, Germany or Luxembourg that otherwise executes a supplemental indenture and provides a Guarantee, such supplemental indenture shall contain the applicable limitations as to such Guarantee substantially in the form included in the supplemental indenture attached as Exhibit C-2 hereto.

If following the date of this Indenture and notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02 to the contrary, any Restricted Subsidiary incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States shall be required to execute a Guarantee and the Issuer shall reasonably determine that Section 10.02 or any applicable provision set forth in Exhibit C-2 hereto shall not adequately address the limitations on such Guarantee imposed by applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as the case may be, of any such future Guarantor, then the Issuer shall be entitled to amend such clauses or add such additional provisions (including any related modifications to a supplement to this Indenture or a Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto), as the case may be, in order for the Guarantee of a Guarantor not to so violate applicable law.

SECTION 4.12. Liens .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (the “ Initial Lien ”) on any asset or property of the Issuer or such Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, that secures any Indebtedness of any Person (other than Permitted Liens) unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness) such Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the holders of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.12(a) shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.12, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Liens described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.12(a)

 

75


but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Liens described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.12(a), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.12 and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Indebtedness secured by such Lien in one of the clauses of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness will be treated as being Incurred or existing pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to Section 4.12(a).

(d) With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “ Increased Amount ” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common stock of the Issuer, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (3) of the definition of “Indebtedness.”

SECTION 4.13. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 11.01.

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or its agent as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04.

SECTION 4.14. Covenant Suspension . If on any date following the Issue Date, (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes (the occurrence

 

76


of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), and subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and 5.01(iv) (collectively the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

In the event that and while the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The Issuer shall provide notice to the Trustee of any Covenant Suspension Event or any Reversion Date, but neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be required to notify the holders of Notes of any Covenant Suspension Event.

On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(iii). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though Section 4.04 had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will not reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a). No Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period.

For purposes of Section 4.06, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero.

SECTION 4.15. Maintenance of Insurance . The Issuer shall maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance (subject to customary deductibles and retentions) in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations and cause Issuer and the Guarantors to be listed as insured and the Trustee to be listed as co-loss payee on property and property casualty policies and as an additional insured on liability policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Guarantors may self-insure with respect to such risks with respect to which companies of established reputation in the same general line of business in the same general area usually self-insure.

 

77


ARTICLE V

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

SECTION 5.01. When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets .

The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) the Issuer is the surviving person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up or conversion (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor ”); provided that if the Successor is not a corporation, a corporate Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer becomes a co-obligor of the Notes and this Indenture at such time;

(ii) the Successor (if other than the Issuer) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor, or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor, or such Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor, or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor, or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either

(A) the Successor would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a)(x); or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(v) if the Issuer is not the Successor, each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its obligations in respect of its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

(vi) the Successor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture.

The Successor (if other than the Issuer) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, and in such event the Issuer will automatically be

 

78


released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.01, (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, and (b) the Issuer may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States or may convert into a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. This Article V will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . An “ Event of Default ” occurs with respect to Notes if:

(a) there is a default in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days (it being understood that any failure to pay that portion of any interest payment required under this Indenture to be paid in cash is a default in the payment of interest for purposes of this clause (a) (irrespective of whether all or part of any such portion is paid in the form of PIK Interest));

(b) there is a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

(c) the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture;

(d) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $30 million or its foreign currency equivalent;

(e) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a voluntary case;

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

 

79


(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency,

(f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary;

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

(g) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days; or

(h) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) with respect to the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or the Issuer or any Guarantor that qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee with respect to the Notes and such Default continues for 10 days.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

However, a default under clause (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (c) hereof after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “ Notice of Default .” The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within five Business Days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

 

80


SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or 6.01(f) hereof with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer and the Trustee may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. The holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(d) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. To the extent required by law, all available remedies are cumulative.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults . Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

 

81


SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority . The holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which it is not adequately indemnified, or subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

(a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing,

(ii) holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy,

(iii) such holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense,

(iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and

(v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

(b) A holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another holder.

SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder.

 

82


SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.06.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim, statements of interest and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, the Guarantors, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities .

(a) Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI and any other money or property distributable in respect of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due hereunder;

SECOND: to the holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor.

(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each holder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.

 

83


SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes.

SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any investigation as to any statement contained in any such instance, but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of such statement or the correctness of such opinions. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be

 

84


provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and

(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

85


(d) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuer and shall Incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be Incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(i) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture.

(j) Any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon future holders of Notes and upon Notes executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

(k) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

86


(l) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(m) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for punitive, special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of actions.

(n) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

(o) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action.

(p) The Trustee shall not be responsible to verify any calculation of the Applicable Amount and shall be entitled to fully rely upon any notice from the Issuer of its election to make a PIK Payment.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.09 and 7.10.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof in accordance with Section 11.02 hereof from the Issuer, any Guarantor or any holder. In accepting the trust hereby created, the Trustee acts solely as Trustee under this Indenture and not in its individual capacity and all persons, including without limitation the holders of Notes and the Issuer having any claim against the Trustee arising from this Indenture shall look only to the funds and accounts held by the Trustee hereunder for payment except as otherwise provided herein.

 

87


SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each holder notice of the Default within the later of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Responsible Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the holders. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee, annually, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year.

SECTION 7.06. Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation, as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing, for the Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their directors, officers, employees and agents and hold them harmless against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) Incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against any Issuer or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by any Issuer, any Guarantor, any holder or any other Person). The obligation to pay such amounts shall survive the payment in full or defeasance of the Notes or the removal or resignation of the Trustee. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided , however , that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve any Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer and such Guarantor, as applicable shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no actual or potential conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Guarantor, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense Incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

 

88


The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee Incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured to its satisfaction.

SECTION 7.07. Replacement of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

(b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

89


(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09, any holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.08. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 7.09. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ TIA ”). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

SECTION 7.10. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer . The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated.

 

90


ARTICLE VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance .

(a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes:

(i) either (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all of the Notes (1) have become due and payable, (2) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (3) are to be called for redemption at the option of the Issuer within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(ii) the Issuer and/or the Guarantors have paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and

(iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

(b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture with respect to the holders of the Notes (“ legal defeasance option ”), and (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.11 and 4.12 and the operation of Section 5.01 for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, and Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d) and Sections 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) (in the case of Sections 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(g) and 6.01(h) (“ covenant defeasance option ”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuer terminates all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) by exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor with respect to its Guarantee shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations.

If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) or because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 5.01.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuer terminates.

 

91


(c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, Article VII, including, without limitation, Sections 7.06, 7.07 and 7.08 and in this Article VIII shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.06, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance .

(a) The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

(i) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(iii) no Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Issuer shall have occurred or is continuing on the date of such deposit;

(iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument binding on the Issuer;

(v) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by the immediately preceding sentence with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all of the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer;

(vi) such exercise does not impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes;

 

92


(vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and

(viii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with.

(b) Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Notes at a future date in accordance with Article III.

SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money . The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes so discharged or defeased.

SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Issuer . Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations . The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as

 

93


though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided , however , that, if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders .

(a) The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes, without notice to or consent of any holder:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor (with respect to the Issuer) of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes;

(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor or Successor Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, of the obligations of a Guarantor under this Indenture and its Guarantee;

(iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code);

(v) to add a Guarantee with respect to the Notes,

(vi) to secure the Notes;

(vii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;

(viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder;

(ix) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in the “Description of Notes” under the Offering Memorandum, as certified by the Issuer;

(x) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes, and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities; or

 

94


(xi) in the event that PIK Notes are issued in certificated form, to make appropriate amendments to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes, and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes.

(b) After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders .

(a) The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Issuer and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any past Default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not:

(1) reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with Article III;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

(6) expressly subordinate the Notes or any Guarantee to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes; or

(8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

95


After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers .

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a holder of a Note shall bind the holder and every subsequent holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such holder or subsequent holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer or the Trustee of consents by the holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuer and the Trustee.

(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer may require the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determine, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof.

 

96


SECTION 9.06. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount . All Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. Determinations as to whether holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article IX and Section 2.13.

ARTICLE X

GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee .

(a) Each Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture hereby jointly and severably, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety to each holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the performance and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from any Guarantor, and that each Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or each Guarantor; (v) the failure of any holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of each Guarantor, except as provided in Section 10.02(b) or Section 10.02(c). Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuer first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuer be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

 

97


(d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(e) The Guarantee of each Guarantor is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in this Article X, equal in right of payment to all existing and future Pari Passu Indebtedness, senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantor and subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Secured Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture.

(f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 10.02 and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(g) Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

(h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuer to the holders and the Trustee.

 

98


(i) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purposes of this Section 10.01.

(j) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by the Trustee or any holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

(k) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability .

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by each Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or capital maintenance or corporate benefit rules applicable to guarantees for obligations of affiliates.

(b) A Guarantee as to any Restricted Subsidiary that executes a supplemental indenture in accordance with Section 4.11 and provides a guarantee shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Guarantee shall be deemed to be released from all obligations under this Article X upon:

 

  (A) (1) the sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer (including through merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of the applicable Guarantor if such sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer is made in a manner not in violation of this Indenture;

(2) the Issuer designating such Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(3) the release or discharge of the Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than through a discharge through payment thereon), which resulted in the obligation to Guarantee the Notes;

 

99


(4) the Issuer’s exercise of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option under Article VIII or if the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

 

  (B) in the case of clause (A)(1) above, such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.

SECTION 10.03. Taxes With Respect to Guarantees of Foreign Subsidiaries . If a Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary makes any payment under its Guarantee and is required by applicable law or by the interpretation or administration thereof to withhold or deduct from such payment any amount for or on account of any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of the jurisdiction of organization or incorporation of such Guarantor or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax, or within any other jurisdiction in which such Guarantor is resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment under its Guarantee is made (each, a “ Tax Jurisdiction ”), such Guarantor will be required to pay under its Guarantee such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of the Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount that such holder of the Notes would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided , however , that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

(i) any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the holder or the beneficial owner of the Notes and the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (including being a resident of such jurisdiction for Tax purposes), other than the holding of such Note, the enforcement of rights under such Note or under a Guarantee or the receipt of any payments in respect of such Note or a Guarantee;

(ii) any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the holder (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period);

(iii) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or similar Taxes;

(iv) any Taxes withheld, deducted or imposed on a payment to an individual that are required to be withheld, deducted or imposed pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with or introduced in order to conform to, such directive;

(v) any Taxes which would not have been imposed but for the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation is required) in the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (unless by reason of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s actions, presentment could not have been made elsewhere);

 

100


(vi) any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

(vii) any Taxes to the extent such Taxes are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the holder or beneficial owner of Notes, following the Issuer’s written request addressed to the holder or beneficial owner (and made at a time that would enable the holder or beneficial owner acting reasonably to comply with that request, and in all events, at least 60 days before any such withholding or deduction would be payable to the holder or beneficial owner), to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of a Tax Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Tax Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction), but in each case, only to the extent the holder or beneficial owner is legally entitled to provide such certification or documentation;

(viii) any Taxes imposed on any payments under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee to any holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership or the beneficial owner of such payments would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual holder of such Note;

(ix) any Taxes payable by any person acting as custodian bank or collecting agent on behalf of a holder of the Notes, or otherwise in any manner which does not constitute a deduction or withholding by the Issuer or a Guarantor from payments of principal or interest made by it;

(x) any Taxes imposed by the United States or any jurisdiction therein; or

(xi) any combination of items (i) through (x) above.

SECTION 10.04. Successors and Assigns . This Article X shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

SECTION 10.05. No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article X shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article X at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

101


SECTION 10.06. Modification . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article X, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle any Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 10.07. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors . Each Subsidiary which becomes a Guarantor of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto (or in the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, in the case such Guarantor is a Foreign Subsidiary) pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article X and shall guarantee the Notes. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

SECTION 10.08. Non-Impairment . The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. Notices .

(a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

if to the Issuer or a Guarantor:

Two Windsor Plaza, Suite 411

7540 Windsor Drive

Allentown, Pennsylvania 18195

Attention: Edward Yocum

Fax: 610-366-6784

 

102


if to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

246 Goose Lane, Suite 105

Guilford, CT 06437

Attention: Taminco Administrator

Fax: 203-453-1183

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

(b) Any notice or communication mailed to a holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the holder at the holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

The Trustee may, in its sole discretion, agree to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, as long as the Notes are in the form of a Global Note, notice to the holders may be made electronically in accordance with procedures of the Depository.

SECTION 11.02. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

103


SECTION 11.03. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include:

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 11.04. When Notes Disregarded . In determining whether the holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, the Guarantors or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or the Guarantors shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

SECTION 11.05. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 11.06. Legal Holidays . If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected.

SECTION 11.07. GOVERNING LAW . THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

SECTION 11.08. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuer or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based

 

104


on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 11.09. Successors . All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind such person’s successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 11.10. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

SECTION 11.11. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 11.12. Indenture Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control.

SECTION 11.13. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

SECTION 11.14. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

105


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

as the Issuer

By:  

/s/ Kurt Decat

  Name: Kurt Decat
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
not in its individual capacity, but
solely as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Joseph P O’Donnell

  Name: Joseph P O’Donnell
  Title:   Vice President


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND ADDITIONAL NOTES

1. Definitions.

1.1 Definitions.

For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Initial Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.

Depository ” means The Depository Trust Issuer, its nominees and their respective successors.

Global Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth under that caption in the applicable Exhibit to this Indenture.

IAI ” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

QIB ” means a “ qualified institutional buyer ” as defined in Rule 144A.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Notes ” means all Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S.

Restricted Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i) herein.

Restricted Period ,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days.

Rule 501 ” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Notes ” means all Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Appendix A-1


Notes Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.

Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes ” means Definitive Notes that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Notes Legend.

Transfer Restricted Global Notes ” means Global Notes that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Notes Legend.

Unrestricted Definitive Notes ” means Definitive Notes that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend.

Unrestricted Global Notes ” means Global Notes that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend.

1.2 Other Definitions .

 

Term:

   Defined in Section:

Agent Members

   2.1(b)

Global Notes

   2.1(b)

Regulation S Global Notes

   2.1(b)

Rule 144A Global Notes

   2.1(b)

2. The Notes.

2.1 Form and Dating; Global Notes.

(a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) privately placed by the Issuer pursuant to the Offering Memorandum and (ii) sold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuer from time to time pursuant to one or more agreements in accordance with applicable law. PIK Notes may also be issued after the date hereof, to the extent interest is paid as PIK Interest.

(b) Global Notes . (i) Except as provided in clause (d) below, Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in definitive, fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Notes ”).

Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Regulation S Global Notes ”), which shall be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of the Depository for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream.

The term “ Global Notes ” means the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes

 

Appendix A-2


initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository (collectively, the “ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes. The Depository may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository, or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Note.

(ii) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.2. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes if (x) the Depository (1) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository or (2) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act or (y) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note and a request has been made for such exchange; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act. In all cases, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with its customary procedures.

(iii) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(b), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

(iv) Any Transfer Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.2.

 

Appendix A-3


(vi) The holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

2.2 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b). Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 2.08 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b).

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Transfer Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Transfer Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2(i).

 

Appendix A-4


(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Transfer Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note,

and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).

 

Appendix A-5


(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Note . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes . A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). In any case, beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for Definitive Notes.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . Transfers and exchanges of Definitive Notes for beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below, as applicable:

(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes . If any holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(B) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(C) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(D) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(E) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel, if applicable; or

 

Appendix A-6


(F) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Transfer Restricted Global Note.

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

(B) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note,

and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii).

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal

 

Appendix A-7


amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii).

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes . An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e).

(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes . A Transfer Restricted Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note;

(D) if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (D) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and

(E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note.

 

Appendix A-8


(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or

(B) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note,

and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the holder thereof.

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes . An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(f) Legend.

 

Appendix A-9


(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraph (iii), (iv) or (v), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and any Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(d)(1) (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE PROVISIONS OF RULE 144(d) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER, OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB OR PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, THE TRUSTEE IS FURNISHED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER AND THE REGISTRAR THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE AND PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, THE TRUSTEE IS FURNISHED

 

Appendix A-10


WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT), (F) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER REGULATION D OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “IAI”) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER AND THE REGISTRAR THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(D) OR 2(E) ABOVE) A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”

Each Note shall bear the following additional legend:

“THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES.

 

Appendix A-11


FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUE PRICE IS $990, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $10, THE ISSUE DATE IS DECEMBER 18, 2012 AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY, APPLYING SEMI-ANNUAL COMPOUNDING, IS 9.381% PER ANNUM.”

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note if the holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Note).

(iii) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(iv) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.10 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Indenture).

 

Appendix A-12


(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(i) No Obligation of the Trustee.

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the holders and all payments to be made to the holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

Appendix A-13


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]

[Global Notes Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[For Regulation S Global Note Only]

UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF NOTES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

[Restricted Notes Legend for Notes Offered in Reliance on Regulation S]

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-1


[Restricted Notes Legend for Notes Offered Otherwise than in Reliance on Regulation S]

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(d)(1) (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE PROVISIONS OF RULE 144(d) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB OR PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, THE TRUSTEE IS FURNISHED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE AND PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, THE TRUSTEE IS FURNISHED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT), (F) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER REGULATION D OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “IAI”) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(D) OR 2(E) ABOVE) A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST

 

A-2


HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legends:

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”

Each Note shall bear the following additional legend:

“THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUE PRICE IS $990, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $10, THE ISSUE DATE IS DECEMBER 18, 2012 AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY, APPLYING SEMI-ANNUAL COMPOUNDING, IS 9.381% PER ANNUM.”

 

A-3


[FORM OF INITIAL NOTE]

 

No. [    ]  

[144A] CUSIP No. 87509T AA7

[144A] ISIN No. US87509TAA79

 

[REG S] CUSIP No. U83035 AA0

[REG S] ISIN No. USU83035AA06

  [ACCD INV] CUSIP No. 87509T AB5
  [ACCD INV] ISIN No. US87509TAB52

$[            ]

9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes Due 2017

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto on December 15, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2013

Regular Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

A-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Dated:

 

A-5


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

    AUTHENTICATION

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

    as Trustee, certifies that this is

    one of the Notes

    referred to in the Indenture.

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
 

Dated:                    

 

 

*/ If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.”

 

A-6


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE INITIAL NOTE]

9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes Due 2017

1. Interest

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (such entity, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Issuer ”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, to the Holders of record of the Notes at the close of business on the regular Record Date immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date, commencing on June 15, 2013.

Interest will be payable as follows: (a) Cash Interest (as defined below) on the Notes will accrue at a rate of 9.125% per annum and be payable in cash and (b) any PIK Interest (as defined below) on the Notes will accrue at a rate per annum equal to 9.875% per annum and be payable (x) with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, the Depository on the relevant regular Record Date by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Global Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00) payable on such principal amount of the outstanding Global Notes as of the relevant regular Record Date to the credit of the Holders on such Regular Record Date, pro rata in accordance with their interests, automatically without any further action by any Person and (y) with respect to Notes in certificated form, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant regular Record Date, as shown in the Registrar’s books and records. In the event that the Issuer is entitled to and elects to pay a portion of the interest on the Notes as Cash Interest and as PIK Interest, such Cash Interest and PIK Interest shall be paid to Holders pro rata in accordance with their interests. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Notes shall accrue interest on such increased principal amount from and after the related Interest Payment Date of such PIK Interest. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on December 15, 2017 and will be governed by, and subject to, the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Initial Notes. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note.

Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from December 18, 2012, until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

A-7


2. Method of Payment

The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on June 1 or December 1 (each, a “ Record Date ”) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are canceled after the Record Date and on or before the Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and cash interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and cash interest) at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

Except as provided in this paragraph and the definition of “ Applicable Amount ,” interest on the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash (such interest, “ Cash Interest ”) on the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes. For any interest period other than (i) the first interest period and (ii) the final interest period ending at the Stated Maturity of the Notes, if the Applicable Amount as determined on the Determination Date for such interest period shall:

(i) equal or exceed 75%, but be less than 100%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash;

(ii) equal or exceed 50%, but be less than 75%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash;

(iii) equal or exceed 25%, but be less than 50%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash; or

 

A-8


(iv) be less than 25% of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes entirely by increasing the principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes.

The insufficiency or lack of funds available to the Issuer to pay Cash Interest as required by the immediately preceding paragraph shall not permit the Issuer to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) in respect of any interest period and the sole right of the Issuer to elect to pay PIK Interest shall be as (and to the extent) provided in the immediately preceding paragraph. The payment of interest on the Notes through an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or through the issuance of PIK Notes is herein referred to as (i) “ PIK Interest ” to the extent all interest due on an interest payment date is so paid and (ii) “ Partial PIK Interest ” to the extent that only a portion of the interest due on an interest payment date is so paid.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment on any date (other than a Determination Date), then interest on the Notes in respect of the interest period corresponding to the Determination Date immediately following the date of such Equity Restricted Payment shall be paid entirely in cash. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment during the period commencing on the Determination Date with respect to a particular interest period and prior to delivering a PIK Notice to the trustee in respect of such interest period, interest on the Notes in respect of such interest period shall be paid entirely in cash.

As used herein,

(1) “ Applicable Amount ” shall be the amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of: (i)(a) the maximum amount of all dividends and distributions which, as of the applicable Determination Date (and after giving pro forma effect to amounts reserved to be paid or distributed to the Issuer to pay Cash Interest on the next Interest Payment Date), would be permitted to be paid in cash to the Issuer (in a manner that does not restrict the use of such cash for paying Cash Interest, including dividends and distributions which are conditioned upon such being utilized for a purpose other than paying Cash Interest (including, without limitation, amounts permitted to be distributed to the Issuer solely for the purpose of paying taxes attributable to the Issuer’s Subsidiaries)) after taking into account all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distributions ( provided such restrictions are otherwise permitted by Section 4.05 of the Indenture including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Credit Agreement, the Existing Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness or any future Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with the indenture, (cash subject to the restrictions described herein, to the extent such restrictions are permitted by this parenthetical constitutes “ Restricted Cash ”)) by all direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, including without limitation (1) all corporate shareholder or other comparable actions required in order to make such payment, (2) all requirements of applicable law and (3) all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distribution that are otherwise permitted by Section 4.05 of the

 

A-9


Indenture (including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Credit Agreement, the Existing Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness or any future Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with the indenture) and, in each case, without regard to whether any such Restricted Subsidiary shall have any funds available to make any such dividends or distributions, less (b) $20.0 million and (ii) (a) all cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer on an unconsolidated basis as of such Determination Date (other than any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer that constitute Restricted Cash and amounts reserved to pay Cash Interest on the next interest payment date) less (b) $5.0 million; provided that the amount pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not be less than $0. To the extent that interest on the Notes with respect to an interest period will not be paid entirely in cash, the Applicable Amount shall be calculated by the Issuer and shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee prior to the first day of the relevant interest period in which it is to be applied, which Officer’s Certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the Issuer’s determination of each component of this definition and in the case of clause (i)(a) identifying in reasonable detail the applicable restrictions and the maximum amount of funds that may be paid after giving effect to such restriction. To the extent the Issuer is required pursuant to the third preceding paragraph and the definition of “Applicable Amount” to pay Cash Interest for all or any portion of the interest due on any interest payment date, the Issuer shall and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to take all such shareholder, corporate and other actions necessary or appropriate, to the extent in compliance with all applicable law and in a manner that does not cause a breach of any applicable contract, to permit the making of any such dividends or distributions;

(2) “ Determination Date ” shall mean, with respect to each interest period, the fifteenth calendar day immediately prior to the first day of such interest period; and

(3) “ interest period ” shall mean the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first interest period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include June 14, 2013 (the Interest Payment Date for any interest period shall be the Interest Payment Date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such interest period).

In the event that the Issuer shall determine to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) for any interest period, then the Issuer shall deliver a notice (a “ PIK Notice ”) to the Trustee following the Determination Date but prior to the first day of the relevant interest period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on the interest payment date in respect of such interest period and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as the case may be. The Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice provided by the Issuer to the Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, interest on the Notes in respect of any interest period for which a PIK Notice is not delivered in accordance with the Indenture must be paid entirely in cash. Interest for the first interest period commencing on the Issue Date and for the last interest period ending at the stated maturity of the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash.

 

A-10


Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Indenture to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of Notes as described under Article III of the Indenture or in connection with any repurchase of Notes pursuant to Section 4.06 and Section 4.08 of the Indenture shall be made solely in cash.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

4. Indenture

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 18, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Issuer and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture, unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. If and to the extent that any provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Indenture, such provision of the Indenture shall control.

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, Incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by the Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or Incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of each Issuer and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

5. Redemption

On or after December 15, 2013 the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on December 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

2013

     102.000

2014

     101.000

2015 and thereafter

     100.000

 

A-11


In addition, prior to December 15, 2013, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to December 15, 2013 the Issuer may redeem any or all of the Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Issuer or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or are used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 102.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that notice of such redemption may be given prior to the completion of any such Equity Offering and such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

If holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described in Section 4.08 of the Indenture, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

Any redemption of Notes (including with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering), may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, consummation of any related Equity Offering or related financing transaction.

6. No Mandatory Redemption

The Issuer will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

A-12


7. Notice of Redemption

Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address (with a copy to the Trustee) or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article VIII thereof. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events.

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof). A holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at their written request

 

A-13


unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, the holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

13. Amendment; Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and (ii) any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture and the Notes (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor (with respect to the Issuer) of the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes; (iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor or Successor Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, of the obligations of a Guarantor under this Indenture and its Guarantee; (iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code); (v) to add a Guarantee with respect to the Notes; (vi) to secure the Notes; (vii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer; (viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder; (ix) to conform the text of the Indenture, the Guarantees, or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” under the Offering Memorandum, to the extent such provision was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in the “Description of Notes” under the Offering Memorandum, as certified by the Issuer; (x) to make certain changes to this Indenture to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes; or (xi) or in the event that PIK Notes are issued in certificated form, to make appropriate amendments to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes, and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes.

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than a Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the

 

A-14


Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

A-15


16. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Issuer or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.

17. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

19. Governing Law

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

20. CUSIP Numbers; ISINs

The Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note.

 

A-16


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

                                      

    Your Signature:     

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

Signature Guarantee:

 

Date:                            
Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee    Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

A-17


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $                    principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)         book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while this Note is still a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note or a Transfer Restricted Global Note, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)

  ¨    to the Issuer; or
(2)   ¨    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the holder, without transfer; or
(3)   ¨    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(4)   ¨    inside the United States to a “ qualified institutional buyer ” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(5)   ¨    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
(6)   ¨    to an institutional “ accredited investor ” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
(7)   ¨    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

A-18


Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer or the Trustee have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Date:

 

                                      

    Your Signature:     

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

Signature Guarantee:

 

Date:                            
Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee    Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

A-19


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “ qualified institutional buyer ” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Date:

 

                                                                           

     

 

        NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-20


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note
   Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note
   Principal amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease or
increase
   Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

 

A-21


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box:

Asset Sale   ¨                 Change of Control   ¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless a PIK Payment has been made, in which case the amount may be $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof):

$

 

Date:

 

                      

   Your Signature:   

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

 
  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee  

 

A-22


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION]

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association

[    ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[            ] principal amount of the 9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) of TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION (the “ Issuer ”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:                                                      

Address:                                                 

Taxpayer ID Number:                                                      

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “ accredited investor ” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “ accredited investor ” at least $100,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which either of the Issuer or any affiliate of such Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) in the United States to a person whom we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (b) outside the United States in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (c) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if

 

B-1


applicable) or (d) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (a) through (d) in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. In addition, we will, and each subsequent holder is required to, notify any purchaser of the Note evidenced hereby of the resale restrictions set forth above. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made to an institutional “ accredited investor ” prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “ accredited investor ” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause 1(b), 1(c) or 1(d) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

Dated:                                 
    TRANSFEREE:  

 

  ,

 

  By:  

 

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C-1

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [DATE], among [GUARANTOR] (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION (or its successor), a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Issuer and certain Guarantors named therein have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of December 18, 2012, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 ( the “ Notes ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000;

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Issuer are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “ holders ” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “ holders ” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such holders. The words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereby ” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a guarantor under the Indenture.

 

C-1-1


3. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.

4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

6. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

as the Issuer

By:  

 

  Name: [                                         ]
  Title:   [                                         ]

[NEW SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR] ,

as a Guarantor

By:  

 

  Name: [                                         ]
  Title:   [                                         ]
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name: [                                         ]
  Title:   [                                         ]

 

C-1-2


EXHIBIT C-2

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FOR CERTAIN FOREIGN RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [DATE], among [GUARANTOR] (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION; TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION (or its successor), a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”); and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Issuer and certain Guarantors named therein have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of December 18, 2012, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 ( the “ Notes ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000;

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Issuer are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “ holders ” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “ holders ” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such holders. The words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereby ” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a guarantor under the Indenture.

 

C-2-1


3. Limitations on Guarantee . (a) In the case of any New Guarantor that has executed this Supplemental Indenture and that is organized and existing under the laws of Belgium (a “ Belgian Guarantor ”):

(1) The maximum aggregate amount payable under by any such Belgian Guarantor with respect to such Belgian Guarantor’s Guarantee shall be limited to an amount equal to the greater of:

(i) the amount set forth opposite its name in Schedule 1 to the Master Guarantee Agreement; and

(ii) the sum of:

(a) 90% of its own funds ( eigen vermogen/capitaux propres ); and

(b) the aggregate amounts owing from it in respect of Indebtedness to the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries (the “ Intercompany Group ”).

(2) Any reference in this Section 3(a) to the “own funds” of a Belgian Guarantor shall be deemed a reference to the own funds as of the date of its most recent audited annual financial statements available on the applicable Guarantee Demand Date.

(3) Any reference in this Section 3(a) to amounts owing from a Belgian Guarantor to the Intercompany Group shall be deemed a reference to the outstanding amount thereof as of the date of its most recent audited annual financial statements available on the applicable Guarantee Demand Date (or, if higher, as of the Guarantee Demand Date). The burden of proof of the guarantee limitation set forth in this Section 3(a) in respect of a Belgian Guarantor shall be borne by the relevant Belgian Guarantor. In order to avail itself of any such limitation, such Belgian Guarantor shall provide a certificate of its auditor confirming the amounts owing from it to the Intercompany Group as of the applicable date.

(b) In the case of any New Guarantor that has executed this Supplemental Indenture and that is organized and existing under the laws of Germany (a “ German Guarantor ”):

(1) To the extent that the Guarantee is granted by a German Guarantor incorporated as a limited liability company ( Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung – GmbH ”) or a limited partnership ( Kommanditgesellschaft – KG ) with a limited liability company as sole general partner (“ GmbH & Co. KG ), the maximum aggregate amount payable by any such German Guarantor with respect to such German Guarantor’s Guarantee shall be limited to an amount:

(i) as is required to ensure that the amount of the German Guarantor’s net assets (or the net assets of its general partner if the German Guarantor is a GmbH & Co. KG ), calculated as the sum of the balance sheet positions shown under

 

C-2-2


section 266 subsection (2)(A), (B) and (C) of the German Commercial Code ( Handelsgesetzbuch – “ HGB ) less the sum of the balance sheet positions shown under section 266 subsection (3)(B), (C) and (D) of the HGB and any amounts not available for distribution to its shareholders in accordance with section 268 subsection (8) of the HGB , does not fall below the amount of its registered share capital ( Stammkapital ); or

(ii) where the amount of the German Guarantor’s net assets (or the net assets of its general partner if the German Guarantor is a GmbH & Co. KG ) is already below the amount of its registered share capital, as is required to ensure that such amount is not further reduced.

(2) The limitations set forth in Section 3(b)(1) above shall not apply:

(i) if following the Guarantee Demand Date, the relevant German Guarantor (or its general partner if the relevant German Guarantor is a limited partnership) does not provide financial statements in accordance with clauses (5) and (6) below;

(ii) if the relevant German Guarantor (or, if the German Guarantor is a GmbH & Co. KG , its general partner) is party to a domination and/or profit and loss transfer agreement ( Beherrschungs- und/oder Gewinnabführungsvertrag ) (a “ DPTA ”), unless the German Guarantor’s claim for absorption of losses pursuant to section 302 German Stock Corporation Act ( Aktiengesetz – “ AktG ) is or cannot be expected to be fully recoverable (unless a higher or supreme court has found by way of a final judgment that the requirement of a fully recoverable counterclaim is not applicable if a DPTA is in place); or

(iii) if and to the extent the German Guarantor holds on the Guarantee Demand Date a fully recoverable indemnity claim or claim for refund ( vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch ) against its shareholder.

(3) If, following a legislative amendment of, or the rendering of a final judgment by the German Federal High Court of Justice with respect to, section 30 et seq. of the German Limited Liability Companies Act ( Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschrankter Haftung – “ GmbHG ”) after the date of this Supplemental Indenture, the German Guarantor submits reasonable evidence that the exception referred to in Section 3(b)(2)(ii) above is no longer available to assist the relevant German Guarantor in not violating the capital maintenance requirements contained in section 30 et seq. GmbHG, the limitations set forth in this clause (3) shall apply in a way that Section 3(b)(2)(ii) above shall no longer apply.

(4) For the purpose of the calculation of the net assets of a German Guarantor, the following balance sheet items shall be adjusted as follows:

(i) the amount of any increase of the German Guarantor’s or its general partner’s registered share capital after the date of this Supplemental Indenture (x) that has been effected without the prior written consent of the Trustee, or (y) to the extent that it is not fully paid up, in each case, shall be deducted from the German Guarantor’s or its general partner’s registered share capital;

 

C-2-3


(ii) loans provided to the German Guarantor or its general partner by the Issuer or any other Guarantor shall be disregarded if and to the extent those loans are subordinated or are considered subordinated pursuant to section 39 para. 1 no. 5 and/or para. 2 of the German Insolvency Code ( Insolvenzordnung – InsO ); and

(iii) loans or other liabilities incurred in negligent or willful violation of the provisions of the Indenture shall be disregarded.

(5) For the purpose of the calculation of the net assets, the relevant German Guarantor shall deliver, within 15 Business Days following the Guarantee Demand Date, to the Trustee a notice stating to what extent the amount payable in respect of such German Guarantor’s Guarantee shall be limited in accordance with Section 3(b)(1) above after taking into account the adjustments in clause (3) above, such notice to be supported by evidence reasonably requested by to the Trustee, i.e. interim financial statements ( Stichtagsbilanz ) showing the balance sheet positions referenced in Section 3(b)(1)(i) above as of the Guarantee Demand Date (the “ Management Determination ”).

(6) Following the Trustee’s receipt of the Management Determination, upon the Trustee’s reasonable request, the relevant German Guarantor (or its general partner if the relevant German Guarantor is a limited partnership) shall deliver, within 25 Business Days following receipt of such request, to the Trustee a balance sheet as of the last day of the calendar month ending before the Guarantee Demand Date prepared by a firm of auditors of internationally recognized standing and repute together with a determination of the net assets. Such balance sheet and determination of net assets shall be prepared in accordance with accounting principles pursuant to the German Commercial Code and be based on the same principles that were applied when establishing the previous year’s balance sheet. Such auditor’s determination (the “ Auditors’ Determination ”) pertaining to the relevant German Guarantor (or, in the case of a GmbH & Co. KG , its general partner) shall be prepared as of the Guarantee Demand Date.

(7) The Trustee shall be entitled to demand payment under the Guarantee of a German Guarantor in an amount which would not, in accordance with the Management Determination or, if applicable and taking into account any previous enforcement in accordance with the Management Determination and the Auditors’ Determination, cause the German Guarantor’s net assets (or if the German Guarantor is a limited partnership, its general partner’s net assets) to be reduced below zero or further reduced if already below zero. If and to the extent the net assets as determined by the Auditors’ Determination are less than the amount enforced in accordance with the Management Determination, the Trustee shall release to the relevant German Guarantor (or if the German Guarantor is a limited partnership, to its general partner) such excess enforcement proceeds. The Trustee shall withhold any amount received pursuant to an enforcement of the Guarantee until final determination of the amount of the net assets pursuant to the Auditors’ Determination.

 

C-2-4


(8) In the event that the relevant German Guarantor does not have sufficient net assets to maintain its registered share capital, the relevant German Guarantor shall, within three months after a written request by the Trustee, dispose of all assets which are not necessary for its business ( nicht betriebsnotwendig ) on market terms where the relevant assets are shown in the balance sheet of the relevant German Guarantor with a book value which is significantly lower than the market value of such assets. After the expiry of such three month period the German Guarantor shall, within three Business Days, notify the Trustee of the amount of the net proceeds from the sale and submit a statement with a new calculation of the amount of the net assets of the German Guarantor (or if the German Guarantor is a limited partnership, of its general partner) taking into account such proceeds. Such calculation shall, upon the Trustee’s reasonable request, be confirmed by the auditors of the German Guarantor within a period of 20 Business Days following such request.

(c) In the case of any New Guarantor that has executed this Supplemental Indenture and that is organized and existing under the laws of Luxembourg (a “ Luxembourg Guarantor ”):

(1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture, the aggregate maximum amount payable by any such Luxembourg Guarantor in respect of the aggregate amount of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s Guarantee and any guarantee under the Credit Agreement Documents for the obligations of the Issuer and any Guarantor which is not its direct or indirect Subsidiary shall be limited at any time to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of (in each case without double-counting):

(i) 95% of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s net assets (“ capitaux propres ”) and its subordinated debt (“ dettes subordonnées ”) (the “ Luxembourg Subordinated Debt ”), as determined by article 34 of the Luxembourg Law of 19 December 2002 on the Register of Commerce and Companies, on accounting and on annual accounts of the companies; and

(ii) the debt (other than the Luxembourg Subordinated Debt) owed by such Luxembourg Guarantor to any member of the Intercompany Group as set forth in the most recently approved or existing financial statements, either at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or on the relevant Guarantee Demand Date.

(2) The limitations set forth in Section 3(c)(1) above with respect to any Luxembourg Guarantor shall not apply to amounts made available to the Issuer and any Guarantor under the Indenture which have been directly or indirectly made available by the Issuer and a Guarantor to any Subsidiary of any Luxembourg Guarantor.

For purposes of each of this Section 3 of this Supplemental Indenture, “ Guarantee Demand Date ” means the first date upon which the Trustee or, to the extent permissible under the Indenture, any holders of the Notes, make written demand upon the relevant Guarantor pursuant to 10.01(h) of the Indenture to make payment with respect to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

4. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.

 

C-2-5


5. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

6. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

7. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

8. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

9. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

as the Issuer

By:  

 

  Name: [                                         ]
  Title:   [                                         ]

[NEW SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR] ,

as a Guarantor

By:  

 

  Name: [                                         ]
  Title:   [                                         ]
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name: [                                         ]
  Title:   [                                         ]

 

C-2-6

Exhibit 10.6

MANAGEMENT FEE AGREEMENT

MANAGEMENT FEE AGREEMENT, dated as of February 15, 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among TAMINCO GLOBAL CHEMICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”) and APOLLO MANAGEMENT VII, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Apollo ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Apollo has expertise in the areas of finance, strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters relating to Holdings, its direct and indirect divisions and subsidiaries, parent entities and controlled affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Group ”) and their businesses;

WHEREAS, each of Holdings and the Company desires to avail itself of Apollo’s expertise and consequently has requested that Apollo make such expertise available from time to time in rendering certain management consulting and advisory services related to the business and affairs of the Company Group and the review and analysis of certain financial and other transactions; and

WHEREAS, each of Apollo, Holdings and the Company agrees that it is in its best interest to enter into this Agreement whereby, for the consideration specified herein, Apollo has provided and shall provide the services identified herein as an independent consultant to the Company Group.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual agreements and covenants set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Retention of Apollo.

Holdings and the Company retain Apollo, and Apollo accepts such retention, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

Section 2. Term.

(a) This Agreement shall commence on, and shall be effective from, the date hereof and, subject to the terms of Section 2(b) below, unless otherwise extended pursuant to the following sentence, shall terminate on the twelve-year anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Term ”) or such earlier date as Apollo, Holdings and the Company may mutually agree in a written agreement signed by each of them. Upon the twelve-year anniversary of the date hereof, and at the end of each year thereafter (each of such twelve-year anniversary and the end of each year thereafter being a “ Year End ”), the Term shall be extended automatically for an additional year unless notice to the contrary is given by any party at least 30, but no more than 60, days prior to such Year End, as applicable. The date on which the Term expires (as extended pursuant to the proceeding sentence) or on which Apollo, Holdings and the Company mutually agree to terminate the Agreement shall be deemed the “ Termination Date .” The obligations of the Company Group pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 and the provisions of Section 7 through Section 15 shall survive any the termination of this Agreement.

(b) Apollo’s obligation to provide services hereunder shall continue through and until the earliest of (i) the Termination Date, (ii) a Change of Control and (iii) an IPO (each as defined below).


Section 3. Management Consulting Services.

(a) Apollo shall advise the Company Group concerning such management matters that relate to proposed financial transactions, acquisitions and other senior management matters related to the business, administration and policies of the members of the Company Group, in each case as Holdings or the Company shall reasonably and specifically request by way of written notice to Apollo, which notice shall specify the services required of Apollo and shall include all background materials and information necessary for Apollo to complete such services. If requested to provide such services, Apollo shall devote such time to any such written request as Apollo shall deem, in its sole discretion, necessary. Such consulting services, in Apollo’s sole discretion, shall be rendered in person or by telephone or other communication. Apollo shall have no obligation to any member of the Company Group as to the manner and time of rendering its services hereunder, and no member of the Company Group shall have any right to dictate or direct the details of the services rendered hereunder.

(b) Holdings and the Company shall promptly provide any materials or information that Apollo may reasonably request in connection with the provision of services by Apollo pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or to comply with Securities and Exchange Commission or other legal requirements (any such materials or information so furnished, the “ Information ”). Each of Holdings and the Company recognizes and confirms that Apollo (i) shall use and rely primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same, (ii) does not assume any responsibility or liability whatsoever for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information and (iii) is entitled to rely upon the Information without independent verification.

(c) Apollo shall perform all services to be provided hereunder as an independent contractor to the Company Group and not as an employee, agent or representative of any member of the Company Group. Apollo shall have no authority to act for or to bind any member of the Company Group while acting in its capacity as an advisor to the Company Group under this Agreement without Holding’s or the Company’s prior written consent.

(d) This Agreement shall in no way prohibit Apollo, its Affiliates, or any of its or its Affiliates’ current or former limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives from engaging in other activities or performing services for its or their own account or for the account of others, including for any Person that may be in competition with any business of any member of the Company Group.

(e) Any advice or opinions provided by Apollo may not be disclosed or referred to publicly or to any third party (other than Holding’s, the Company’s or any of their affiliate’s legal, tax, financial or other advisors), except in accordance with Apollo’s prior written consent.

Section 4. Compensation.

(a) As consideration for Apollo’s agreement to render the services set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement and as compensation for any such services rendered by Apollo, the Company agrees to pay to Apollo a nonrefundable annual fee of $3,900,000 (the “ Annual Fee ”), payable in full and in advance for the applicable fiscal year on January 1 st of each fiscal year; provided that the Annual Fee for the 2012 fiscal year shall be prorated to cover only the time period commencing on the Completion Date and ending on December 31, 2012 and shall be payable in full and in advance on the Completion Date. The Annual Fee will be payable to Apollo by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by Apollo.

 

2


(b) The parties acknowledge and agree that an objective of the Company Group is to maximize value for its stockholders which may include consummating (or participating in the consummation of) (i) a transaction (including any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or sale of assets or equity interests) the result of which is that any Person other than Apollo or an Affiliate of Apollo becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the equity and voting securities, or all or substantially all of the assets, of the Company Group (each such event, a “ Change of Control ”), or (ii) one or more public offerings of any class of equity securities of Holdings, the Company or any other member of the Company Group (each such event, an “ IPO ”). The services provided to the Company Group by Apollo pursuant to this Agreement will help to facilitate the consummation of a Change of Control or IPO, should any member of the Company Group decide to pursue such a transaction.

(c) In the event that a member of the Company Group decides, as applicable, to pursue an event that would lead to a Change of Control or an IPO, Holdings or the Company shall promptly deliver a notice to Apollo informing Apollo of such decision and setting forth in reasonable detail information regarding the proposed event. Following the provision of such notice, and in consideration of the services provided by Apollo pursuant to this Agreement, Apollo may elect at any time in connection with or in anticipation of such Change of Control or IPO or at any time thereafter (which election shall be made by the delivery of written notice to the Company (such notice, the “ Notice ” and the date on which such Notice is delivered to the Company, the “ Notice Date ”)) to receive the Lump Sum Payment (as defined below) in lieu of annual payments of the Annual Fee described in Section 3(a) above, such amount to be paid, on the date on which such Change of Control or IPO is consummated, or, if the Notice is delivered subsequent to such date, as soon as practicable following the Notice Date, but in no event, later than 30 days subsequent to the Notice Date. The “ Lump Sum Payment ” shall be a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then present value of all then current and future fees payable pursuant to Section 3(a) above, assuming the Term ends on the date that is the twelve-year anniversary hereof and using a discount rate equal to the yield to maturity on the Notice Date of the class of outstanding U.S. government bonds having a final maturity closest to the twelve-year anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Discount Rate ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no portion of the Lump Sum Payment shall be payable to Apollo if, on the Notice Date, Apollo and its Affiliates (taken as a whole) do not own any beneficial economic interest in the Company Group. The Lump Sum Payment will be payable to Apollo by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by Apollo.

(d) Upon presentation by Apollo to the Company of such documentation as may be reasonably requested by the Company, the Company shall reimburse Apollo for all out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and expenses, and other disbursements incurred by Apollo, its Affiliates, or any of its or its Affiliates’ limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives in the performance of Apollo’s obligations hereunder, whether incurred on or prior to the date hereof, including out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Agreement for the Sale of the Share Capital of Taminco Group Holdings S.á r.l, dated as of December 15, 2011, by and between Holdings and Taminco International S.á r.l (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) and the financing in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, including the bank financing and a high yield debt offering, and each of the documents referred to therein, contemplated thereby or executed in connection therewith.

(e) Nothing in this Agreement shall have the effect of prohibiting Apollo, its Affiliates or any of its or its Affiliates’ limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives from receiving from Holdings, the Company or any other member of the Company Group, any other fees, including any fee payable pursuant to Section 6 .

 

3


(f) Reference is made to (i) the Credit Agreement, to be entered into simultaneously with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), dated as of February 15, 2012 and entered into by and among the Company and the lenders party thereto, (ii) the second priority senior secured notes due 2020 purchased by Credit Suisse, UBS Investment Bank, Citigroup, Nomura Securities International, Inc., Deutsche Bank and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on January 20, 2012 (the “ Second Lien Notes ”) and (iii) the Indenture dated as of February 3, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Company, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, and the other documents related thereto (the Second Lien Notes, the Indenture and such related documents collectively being the “ Debt Instruments ”). Any portion of the fees payable to Apollo under this Agreement (including the Annual Fee and the Lump Sum Payment) which the Company is prohibited from paying to Apollo under the Credit Agreement or the Debt Instruments shall be deferred, shall accrue and bear interest and shall be payable at the earliest time permitted under the Credit Agreement and the Debt Instruments or upon the payment in full of all obligations under the Credit Agreement and the Debt Instruments. The Company shall notify Apollo if the Company shall be unable to pay any fees pursuant to the Credit Agreement or the Debt Instruments on each date on which the Company would otherwise make a payment of fees under this Agreement to Apollo. Any portion of any fees not paid on the scheduled due date shall bear interest at an annual rate equal to the Discount Rate, compounded quarterly, from the date due until paid.

(g) All amounts payable to Apollo hereunder shall be paid in cash and in U.S. dollars by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by Apollo.

Section 5. Indemnification; Limitation on Damages

(a) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Apollo, its Affiliates, or any of its or its Affiliates’ limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors (each such Person being an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including in connection with seeking indemnification and, whether joint or several (the “ Liabilities ”), related to, arising out of or in connection with the services contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of Apollo pursuant to, and the performance by Apollo of the services contemplated by, this Agreement, whether or not pending or threatened, whether or not an Indemnified Party is a party, whether or not resulting in any liability and whether or not such action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding is initiated or brought by any member of the Company Group. The Company shall reimburse any Indemnified Party for all costs, fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending or assisting in the defense of any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding for which the Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of the previous sentence, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto. The Company shall not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provisions with respect to any Liability of an Indemnified Party to the extent that such is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in a final judgment from which no further appeal may be taken, to have resulted primarily from the willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. The attorneys’ fees and other expenses of an Indemnified Party shall be paid by the Company as they are incurred upon receipt, in each case, of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party to repay such amounts if it is finally judicially determined that the Liabilities in question resulted primarily from the willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.

(b) The Company Group’s sole remedy against Apollo for breach of this Agreement shall be to offset any fees otherwise payable to Apollo by the amount of any Liabilities arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the services to be rendered hereunder, it being understood that any recovery shall be limited to actual damages, and no special, consequential, indirect, or punitive damages shall be

 

4


allowed. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company Group (i) for any breach hereunder by another Indemnified Person or (ii) for any breach by it, unless such breach constitutes fraud or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be made.

Section 6. Other Services.

If Holdings, the Company or any other member of the Company Group shall determine that it is advisable for any such entity to hire a financial advisor, consultant, investment banker or any similar agent in connection with any merger, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, divestiture, sale of assets, joint venture, issuance of securities (whether equity, equity-linked, debt or otherwise), financing or any similar transaction (any of the foregoing, an “ Additional Transaction ”), Holdings or the Company shall notify Apollo of such determination in writing. Promptly thereafter, upon the request of Apollo, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree upon appropriate additional services, compensation and indemnification for the relevant member of the Company Group to hire Apollo or its Affiliates for such services. No member of the Company Group may hire any Person, other than Apollo or its Affiliates, for any such services, unless all of the following conditions have been satisfied: (a) the parties are unable to agree after 30 days following receipt by Apollo of such written notice, (b) such other Person has a reputation that is at least equal to the reputation of Apollo in respect of such services, (c) 10 business days shall have elapsed after Holdings or the Company provides a written notice to Apollo of its intention to hire such other Person, which notice shall identify such other Person and shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the services to be provided, the compensation to be paid and the indemnification to be provided, (d) the compensation to be paid is not more than Apollo was willing to accept in the negotiations described above, and (e) the indemnification to be provided is not more favorable to such other Person than the indemnification that Apollo was willing to accept in the negotiations described above. In the absence of an express agreement to the contrary, at the closing of Additional Transaction, the Company shall pay to Apollo a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate enterprise value paid or provided by the Company Group (including the aggregate value of (i) equity securities, warrants, rights and options acquired or retained, (ii) indebtedness acquired, assumed or refinanced and (iii) any other consideration or compensation paid in connection with such Additional Transaction).

Section 7. Notices.

All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient if personally delivered, sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier, by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

if to Apollo, to:

Apollo Management VII, L.P.

9 West 57 th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Scott M. Kleinman

Telecopier: (212) 515-3288

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, N.Y. 10022-4802

Attention: Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.

Telecopier: (212) 751-4864

 

5


if to the Company or Holdings, to it at:

c/o Apollo Management VII, L.P.

9 West 57 th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Scott M. Kleinman

Telecopier: (212) 515-3288

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, N.Y. 10022-4802

Attention: Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.

Telecopier: (212) 751-4864

or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to each other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery, (b) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date when sent, (c) in the case of telecopy transmission, when received, and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

Section 8. Benefits of Agreement.

This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of Apollo, Holdings, the Company, the Indemnified Parties and any successors to or assigns of Apollo, Holdings, the Company and the Indemnified Parties; provided, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of any assignment by Apollo and; provided, further , that no consent of any party shall be required for any assignment by Apollo to an Affiliate of Apollo. Upon Apollo’s request, the Company shall cause the other members of the Company Group to become parties hereto directly in order to avail themselves of the services hereunder.

Section 9. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, enforced and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any law that would cause the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York to be applied. Each of the parties hereto hereby (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state court sitting in New York City or any federal court sitting in the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any action arising out of or relating to this letter agreement brought by any party hereto, (b) agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined only in any such court, (c) agrees that it shall not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (d) agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this letter agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this letter agreement in any other court and (e) irrevocably waives, in any such action, any claim of improper venue or any claim that such courts are an inconvenient forum.

 

6


Section 10. Headings.

Section headings are used for convenience only and shall in no way affect the construction of this Agreement.

Section 11. Entire Agreement; Amendments.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to its subject matter and supersedes any and all prior agreements, and neither it nor any part of it may in any way be altered, amended, extended, waived, discharged or terminated except by a written agreement signed by each of the parties hereto.

Section 12. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, including via facsimile transmission or PDF copies sent by e-mail, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but and the same document.

Section 13. Waivers.

Any party to this Agreement may, by written notice to the other party, waive any provision of this Agreement. The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

Section 14. Severability.

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 15. Definitions.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate,” with respect to Apollo, shall include, without limitation, Apollo Investment Fund VII, L.P., Apollo Investment Fund (PB) VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners (Delaware 892) VII, L.P., Apollo Advisors VII, L.P. and each of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “ Funds ”), the general partner of each of the Funds and each person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any of the foregoing persons. Furthermore, for purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, estate, joint venture, unincorporated organization or governmental authority (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof). The words “include”, “includes” and “including” mean include, includes and including “without limitation”.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

TAMINCO GLOBAL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Samuel Feinstein        
  Name: Samuel Feinstein
  Title: Vice President

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Samuel Feinstein        
  Name: Samuel Feinstein
  Title: Vice President

 

APOLLO MANAGEMENT VII, L.P.
By:  

AIF VII Management, LLC

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Laurie Medley        
  Name: Laurie Medley
  Title: Vice President

Exhibit 10.7

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated as of the Original Issue Date (this “ Agreement ”) among TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the SPONSOR (as defined below) and the HOLDERS that are parties hereto.

WHEREAS , Sponsor and each Holder deem it to be in the best interest of the Company, Sponsor and the Holders that provision be made for the continuity and stability of the business and policies of the Company, and, to that end, the Company, Sponsor and the Holders hereby set forth herein their agreement with respect to the Common Stock, Restricted Stock and Options owned by them.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and of the mutual consents and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement:

Affiliate ” of the Company or Sponsor means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company or Sponsor, as applicable. As used in this definition, the term “control,” including the correlative terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or any partnership or other ownership interest, by contract or otherwise) of a Person. The term “Affiliate” shall not include at any time any portfolio companies of Apollo Management VII, L.P. or its Affiliates.

Affiliate ” of a Holder means: (i) any member of the immediate family of an individual Holder, including parents, siblings, spouse and children (including those by adoption); the parents, siblings, spouse, or children (including those by adoption) of such immediate family member, and in any such case any trust whose primary beneficiary is such individual Holder or one or more members of such immediate family and/or such Holder’s lineal descendants; (ii) the legal representative or guardian of such individual Holder or of any such immediate family members in the event such individual Holder or any such immediate family members becomes mentally incompetent; and (iii) any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with a Holder. As used in this definition, the term “control,” including the correlative terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or any partnership or other ownership interest, by contract or otherwise) of a Person. The term “Affiliate” shall not include at any time any portfolio companies of Apollo Management VII, L.P. or its Affiliates.

Award ” means an award of Options or Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as it is amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, or any other equity plan approved by the Company.

Award Shares ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.1(b).


Bad Leaver ” means a Holder who experiences a Termination of Relationship as a result of (a) the Holder’s termination of employment or other service relationship by the Company for Cause, or (b) except as may otherwise be determined by the Board, the Holder’s voluntary resignation prior to the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date for any reason pursuant to which the Holder would not be deemed a Good Leaver or a Medium Leaver.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company and any duly authorized committee thereof.

Cause ” means, with respect to a Holder’s Termination of Relationship by the Company or any of its Affiliates, (a) if such Holder is at the time of the Termination of Relationship a party to an employment, consultancy, directorship or similar services agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates that defines such term or which otherwise specifies situations allowing for immediate termination of such employment or services agreement by the Company without notice or indemnification to the Holder, the meaning of such term as defined therein or such situations as described therein; and (b) in all other cases, the Termination of Relationship of any Holder by the Company or any of its Affiliates based on such Holder’s (i) commission at any time of any act or omission that results in, or that may reasonably be expected to result in, a conviction, plea of no contest to or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or crime involving financial misconduct or moral turpitude, (ii) dishonesty or willful commission or omission of any action that has resulted, or reasonably could be expected to result, in any adverse publicity regarding the Holder or the Company or any of its Affiliates or has caused, or reasonably could be expected to cause, demonstrable and serious economic injury to the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) material breach of any agreement entered into between the Holder and the Company or any of its Affiliates after notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure (if such breach can be cured), (iv) failure to attempt in good faith to obey any communicated lawful directive of the Board delivered to the Holder, (v) willful misconduct or gross negligence, or breach of a fiduciary duty, (vi) failure to perform the material duties required by the Holder’s employment or other service relationship, or (vii) material breach or violation of any of the Holder’s employer’s policies in effect from time to time that by their terms may result in a Termination of Relationship. For purposes hereof, no act or omission shall be considered willful unless committed in bad faith or without a reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the best interests of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Come Along Option ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2(b).

Common Stock ” means: (a) all shares of the voting or non-voting common stock of the Company owned by each of the Holders on the date hereof; (b) all shares of the voting or non-voting common stock hereafter issued by the Company to or acquired by any Holder, whether in connection with a purchase, issuance, grant, stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, warrant, option, convertible security, right to acquire, deferred compensation plan or otherwise; and (c) all securities of the Company or any other Person which any Holder acquires in respect of his, her or its shares of Common Stock in connection with any exchange, merger, recapitalization, consolidation, reorganization or other transaction to which the Company is a party. All references herein to Common Stock owned by a Holder include the community interest or similar marital property interest, if any, of the spouse of such Holder in such Common Stock. The term “common stock” means any stock of any class of the Company

 

2


which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which is not subject to redemption by the Company (whether or not shares of such class have voting rights).

Competitive Opportunity ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 12.

Control Disposition ” means a direct or indirect Disposition which would have the effect of transferring to a Person or Group that is not an Affiliate of Sponsor a number of shares of Common Stock or other securities such that, following the consummation of such Disposition, such Person or Group possesses 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock or other voting equity securities of the Company or the voting power to elect a majority of the Board (whether by merger, consolidation or sale or transfer or otherwise).

Determination Date ” means the applicable date as of which the Fair Market Value is determined.

Deemed Held Shares ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2(a).

Disposition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in direct or indirect transfer, assignment, sale, gift, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance, or any other disposition, of Common Stock (or any interest therein or right thereto) or of all or part of the voting power (other than the granting of a revocable proxy) associated with the Common Stock (or any interest therein) whatsoever, or any other transfer of beneficial ownership of Common Stock whether voluntary or involuntary, including, without limitation (a) as a part of any liquidation of a Holder’s assets or (b) as a part of any reorganization of a Holder pursuant to the United States or other bankruptcy law or other similar debtor relief laws.

Divorced Holder ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1.

Divorced Spouse ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1.

Eligible Offerees ” means the Company and Sponsor.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Fair Market Value of the Shares of Common Stock ” means as of the relevant Determination Date for a share of Common Stock (a) if the Common Stock is listed on a U.S. nationally-recognized exchange or an internationally-recognized securities exchange (or on Nasdaq or a similar quotation system), the closing price (or, if the shares are trading on Nasdaq or a similar quotation system, the mean between the representative closing bid and ask prices) of a share of Common Stock on the principal exchange or quotation system on which the shares are then trading on the most recent trading day preceding such Determination Date; or (b) if the Common Stock is not publicly traded on a U.S. nationally-recognized exchange or an internationally-recognized securities exchange (or on Nasdaq or a similar quotation system) (i) the value of a share of Common Stock as reflected in the then most recent valuation of the Common Stock (a “ Valuation ”) reviewed for reasonableness by an independent valuation consultant or appraiser of nationally recognized standing (in a manner materially consistent with

 

3


the reports prepared for purposes of the Sponsors’ periodic reports to their limited partners or other investors and, to the extent applicable, determined consistent with applicable accounting standards for the two (2) previous calendar quarters or such shorter number of calendar quarters following the Closing Date and prior to the Determination Date), with such adjustment to the Valuation as the Board, in its reasonable good faith discretion, deems appropriate, subject to the written consent of the Holders having the Required Voting Percentage, or (ii) if (x) the consent of the Holders having the Required Voting Percentage has not been obtained with respect to Board adjustments to the valuation pursuant to (i) above, (y) no Valuation is available or (z) the most recent Valuation is older than twelve (12) months on the Determination Date, (A) the value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board in good faith and approved by Holders having the Required Voting Percentage, or (B) if no such value is determined by the Board or approved by Holders having the Required Voting Percentage the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as reflected in a valuation report to be drawn up by an Independent Expert within sixty (60) business days following his appointment. For purposes of this definition, an “ Independent Expert ” shall be an independent valuation consultant or appraiser of nationally recognized standing and shall be appointed by the Company in consultation with and with the prior written consent of the Holders having the Required Voting Percentage. If consent of the Holders with the Required Voting Percentage has not been obtained within thirty (30) business days following the date on which any party hereto has requested the appointment of an Independent Expert, each party shall nominate an independent valuation consultant or appraiser of nationally recognized standing, and such independent consultants or appraisers shall within fifteen (15) business days jointly appoint a third independent consultant or appraiser who shall be the Independent Expert.

First Offer Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.2(b).

Good Leaver ” means a Holder who experiences a Termination of Relationship as a result of (a) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Company without Cause, (b) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Holder for Good Reason, (c) the Holder’s death, serious illness or permanent disability, or (d) the Holder’s standard (early) retirement (consistent with the Company’s procedures and policies) on or following the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date.

A Holder shall have “ Good Reason ” to resign his employment or terminate his services within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the occurrence of any of the following, unless the Holder has given his specific prior written consent that he shall not invoke the relevant event as a Good Reason: (a) the relocation Holder’s current principal employment or service location more than one hundred (100) kilometers from Holder’s current principal employment or service location; (b) the sale of the Holder’s business unit; or (c) a material breach by the Company or one of its Affiliates of any employment or service agreement entered into between the Holder and the Company or any of its Affiliates which has not been cured (if such breach can be cured) after notice and a reasonable opportunity and period to cure.

Group ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

4


Holder Offeree Shares ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.2(c).

Holders ” means the holders of securities of the Company (and the Persons who have a right to receive securities of the Company pursuant to Awards), other than the Company and Sponsor, who are parties to this Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

Initial Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.1.

Initial Purchased Shares ” means, with respect to each Holder, all shares of Common Stock purchased by such Holder from AP Taminco Global Chemical Holdings, L.P. (or any of its Affiliates) pursuant to a “Management Investor Purchase Agreement” entered into on or about the date of this Agreement and any securities of the Company which may be issued or distributed with respect to, or in exchange or substitution for, or conversion of, such Initial Purchased Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, the Initial Purchased Shares shall include any Common Stock thereafter transferred by a Holder in accordance with Sections 5.1(b) through 5.1(g).

IRA ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.2(c).

Material Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.1.

Medium Leaver ” means a Holder who experiences a Termination of Relationship as a result of (a) the Holder’s voluntary resignation on or following the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date for any reason pursuant to which the Holder would not be deemed a Good Leaver, or (b) the Holder’s standard (early) retirement (consistent with the Company’s procedures and policies) prior to the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date.

Non-Initial Purchased Shares ” means all shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by, transferred to, or are otherwise held by, any Holder (whether pursuant to an Award, upon the exercise of an Option or otherwise) other than Initial Purchased Shares.

Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.1.

Offer ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 or 2.6, as applicable.

Offered Shares ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.2.

Offeror ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.5.

Option ” means the options issued to Holders pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as it is amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, or any other equity plan approved by the Company.

Original Cost ” means:

 

5


(a) With respect to a share of Common Stock purchased by a Holder for cash (other than an Award Share), the purchase price paid for such share, subject to appropriate adjustment by the Board for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and similar transactions; and

(b) With respect to an Award Share, (i) in the case of an Award Share issued upon the exercise of an Option, the exercise price paid by the Holder for such Award Share, (ii) in the case of Restricted Stock, the purchase price, if any, paid by the Holder for such Restricted Stock, and (iii) in the case of an Award Share for which no exercise price or purchase price is paid by the Holder, the par value of such Award Share.

Original Issue Date ” means the date of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement for the Sale of the Share Capital of Taminco Group Holdings S.à.r.l. between Taminco Group Holdings S.à.r.l. and Taminco Global Chemical Corporation dated December 15, 2011.

Person ” shall be construed broadly and shall include, without limitation, an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggy-Back Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.1.

Piggy-Back Registration Right ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.1.

Proportionate Percentage ” means, with respect to any Holder, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder (including any shares of Common Stock that such Holder purchases pursuant to any Award exercised in connection with the applicable Section 4.2 Transaction) and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the time of determination (including any shares of Common Stock that such Holder purchases pursuant to any Award exercised in connection with the applicable Section 4.2 Transaction).

Public Sale ” means any sale, occurring simultaneously with or after an initial public offering, of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or to the public in the manner described by the provisions of Rule 144(f).

Purchase Price ” means, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.5 and the provisions of this paragraph, for purposes of the purchase of Securities Subject to the Offer under Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5, and shares of Common Stock purchased by a Divorced Holder or a Surviving Holder under Sections 2.1 or 2.2, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock as of the date of such purchase.

Qualified Public Offering ” means an underwritten public offering of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors to such forms) under the Securities Act, pursuant to which the aggregate offering price of the Common

 

6


Stock sold in such offering is at least $100,000,000 and pursuant to which the Common Stock shall be listed on a U.S. nationally-recognized exchange or an internationally-recognized securities exchange (or on Nasdaq or a similar quotation system).

Receipt Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.3.

Registrable Securities ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.6(a).

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre-and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

Repurchase Date ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.2.

Required Approval Percentage ” means (i) the consent or approval of the Holders holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock outstanding owned by the Holders as of the date such consent or approval is requested and (ii) the consent or approval of the Sponsor(s) holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock outstanding owned by the Sponsor(s).

Required Voting Percentage ” means a majority of the shares of Common Stock outstanding owned by the Holders as of the date the consent or approval is requested.

Response Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.1.

Restricted Stock ” means an award of restricted shares of Common Stock issued to a Holder pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as it is amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, or any other equity plan approved by the Company.

Restricted Stock Unit ” means an award of a right to receive shares of Common Stock or an equivalent amount in cash or other consideration issued to a Holder pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as it is amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, or any other equity plan approved by the Company.

Sale Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2(a).

Second Offer Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.2(c).

Section 4.2 Transaction ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2(a).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Securities Subject to the Offer ” means: (i) with respect to an Offer required under Section 2.1, all shares of Common Stock transferred to or retained by or vested in the Divorced Spouse (defined therein) and not elected to be purchased by the Divorced Holder (as

 

7


defined therein) within the time limits specified in that section, and no others; (ii) with respect to an Offer required under Section 2.2, all shares of Common Stock vesting in or transferable to any heir or legatee of the deceased spouse other than the Surviving Holder (as defined in that Section) and not elected to be purchased by the Surviving Holder within the time limits specified in that Section, and no others; and (iii) all shares of Common Stock owned by a Holder required to make an Offer under Sections 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5.

Sponsor ” means those certain investment funds managed by Apollo Management VII, L.P. or any of its Affiliates that as of a given date own Common Stock (as of the Original Issue Date, Apollo Investment Fund VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners (Delaware 892) VII, L.P., and Apollo Investment Fund (PB) VII, L.P), and any of their successors and assigns (including, without limitation, AP Taminco Global Chemical Holdings, L.P.) that become the owner of Common Stock following the Original Issue Date (each of which shall become a party to this Agreement so that at all times those certain investment fund(s) managed by Apollo Management VII, L.P. or any of its Affiliates that own shares of Common Stock shall be party to this Agreement and shall be the Sponsor for purposes hereof).

Subject Individual ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.2(c).

Subsidiary ” means each Person in which another Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, capital stock or other equity interests representing more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock or other equity interests.

Surviving Holder ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2.

Tag Along Holder ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2(a).

Tag Along Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2(a).

Tag Along Option ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2(a).

Termination of Relationship ” means (a) if the Holder is an employee of the Company or any Affiliate, the termination of the Holder’s employment relationship with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason; (b) if the Holder is a consultant to the Company or any Affiliate, the termination of the Holder’s consulting relationship with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason; and (c) if the Holder is a director of the Company or any Affiliate, the termination of the Holder’s service as a director of such Company or Affiliate for any reason; provided , that there shall be no “Termination of Relationship” in situations where the Holder, in agreement with the Company or its Affiliates, around the same time enters into a new employment or service agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates or takes up a director mandate in the Company or any of its Affiliates or continues another existing employment or service agreement or director mandate with/in the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Underwriters Lock-Up Period ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 13.20.

 

8


Underwritten Offering ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.6(b).

Section 2. General Rule .

Without limiting Section 7, except as expressly permitted by the terms of Sections 2, 4, 5, 9 and 11, no Holder shall make any Disposition, directly or indirectly, through an Affiliate or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to all shares of Common Stock held at any time by a Holder (including without limitation to all shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of any Award), regardless of the manner in which such Holder initially acquired Common Stock. Any attempt to effect a Disposition, directly or indirectly, not in compliance with this Agreement shall be null and void and neither the Company nor any transfer agent shall give any effect in the Company’s stock records to such attempted Disposition. In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Section 2 and Section 9, the terms of Section 9 shall control.

2.1 Divorce of Holder .

If the marital relationship of a Holder is terminated by divorce, and pursuant to such divorce, or any property settlement in connection with such divorce, Common Stock, previously registered in the name of such Holder (“ Divorced Holder ”) are transferred to, or a community property interest or similar marital property interest is retained by or vested in, the spouse of the Divorced Holder (“ Divorced Spouse ”), the Divorced Holder shall promptly notify the Company of such event. The Divorced Holder shall have the option to purchase all or any portion of the Divorced Holder’s Common Stock, which have been transferred to or which are retained by or vested in the Divorced Spouse by virtue of the divorce decree, property settlement, or by operation of the community property or similar marital property laws for the Purchase Price, and the Divorced Spouse shall be obligated to sell such Common Stock, to the Divorced Holder for the Purchase Price. Such option must be exercised, and the purchase consummated, within sixty (60) days after the Common Stock is transferred to or otherwise vested in or allowed to be retained by the Divorced Spouse. The option shall be exercised by the giving of written notice of exercise to the Divorced Spouse. The Divorced Holder shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of such sixty (60) day period, deliver written notice to the Company as to whether the Divorced Holder has purchased all or a portion of the Common Stock so transferred to or otherwise vested in or retained by the Divorced Spouse. In the event such written notice states that the Divorced Holder has not purchased all such Common Stock, or no such notice is delivered to the Company within the time required, the Divorced Spouse shall be deemed to have made an irrevocable offer (the “ Offer ”) of all such Common Stock, to the Eligible Offerees, and the Company shall (and is hereby authorized by the Holders and their respective spouses to), within five (5) business days after (a) the receipt of such notice, if delivered within the time required, or (b) if such notice is not delivered within the time required, the receipt by the Company of evidence, satisfactory to it that the Divorced Holder did not exercise its option to purchase all or a portion of such Common Stock within such sixty (60) day period, deliver written notice of the Offer to the Eligible Offerees stating all such Common Stock are Securities Subject to the Offer pursuant to this Section 2.1, and the date of such Offer shall be deemed to be the date such written notice of the Offer is so delivered by the Company.

 

9


2.2 Death of Spouse .

If the spouse of a Holder dies, and all or any portion of the Common Stock registered in the name of such Holder (“ Surviving Holder ”) vests in or is transferable to any heir or legatee other than the Surviving Holder, the Surviving Holder shall promptly notify the Company of such event. The Surviving Holder shall have the option to purchase all or any portion of the Common Stock vesting in or transferable to such heir or legatee for the Purchase Price, and such heir or legatee and the estate of the deceased spouse shall be obligated to sell such Common Stock to the Surviving Holder for the Purchase Price. Such option must be exercised, and the purchase consummated, within one hundred fifty (150) days after the last to occur of (a) the entry of an order of a probate, notary public or similar court (having jurisdiction over the estate of the deceased spouse) (i) admitting to probate the will of the deceased spouse, or (ii) determining the heirs of the deceased spouse if the deceased spouse is determined to have died intestate, or (b) the appointment of the executor, administrator or legal representative of the estate of the deceased spouse. The option shall be exercised by the giving of written notice of exercise to the executor, administrator or legal representative of the deceased spouse’s estate. The Surviving Holder shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of such one hundred fifty (150) day period, deliver written notice to the Company as to whether the Surviving Holder has purchased all or a portion of the Common Stock vesting in or transferable to any such heir or legatee. In the event such written notice states that the Surviving Holder has not purchased all such Common Stock, or no such notice is delivered to the Company within the time required, all such heirs and legatees shall be deemed to have made an irrevocable Offer (the “ Offer ”) of such (remaining) Common Stock to the Eligible Offerees, and the Company shall (and is hereby authorized by the Holders and their respective spouses to), within five business (5) days after (x) the receipt of such notice, if delivered within the time required, or (y) if such notice is not given within the time required, the receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it that the Surviving Holder did not exercise its option to repurchase the (remaining) Common Stock within such one hundred fifty (150) day period, deliver written notice of the Offer to the Eligible Offerees stating that all such Common Stock are Securities Subject to the Offer pursuant to this Section 2.2, and the date of such Offer shall be deemed to be the date such written notice of the Offer is so delivered by the Company.

2.3 Bankruptcy .

If any of the following events occurs:

(a) Any Holder shall (i) voluntarily be adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent; (ii) consent to or not contest the appointment of a receiver or trustee for himself, herself or itself or for all or any part of his, her or its property; (iii) file a petition seeking relief under the bankruptcy, rearrangement, reorganization or other debtor relief laws of the United States or any state or any other competent jurisdiction; or (iv) make a general assignment for the benefit of his, her or its creditors; or

(b) If (i) a petition is filed against a Holder seeking relief under the bankruptcy, rearrangement, reorganization or other debtor relief laws of the United States or any state or other competent jurisdiction; or (ii) a court of

 

10


competent jurisdiction enters an order, judgment or decree appointing a receiver or trustee for a Holder, or for any part of his, her or its property, and such petition, order, judgment or decree shall not be and remain discharged or stayed within a period of sixty (60) days after its entry;

then any such event shall be deemed an irrevocable “ Offer ,” and such Holder shall promptly notify the Company of such event, and the Company shall, within five (5) business days from receipt thereof (or, if no such notice is delivered to the Company by the Holder, within five (5) business days from the Company’s receipt of evidence, satisfactory to it, of any of the foregoing events), deliver written notice of the Offer to the Eligible Offerees stating that all of the shares of Common Stock registered in the name of such Holder are Securities Subject to the Offer pursuant to this Section 2.3. The date of such Offer shall be deemed to be the date such written notice of the Offer is so delivered by the Company.

2.4 Death of Holder .

If the Holder dies and the Common Stock previously registered under the name of such Holder vests in or is transferable to any of the Holder’s heir or legatee, then such heir or legatee (or its representative) shall promptly notify the Company thereof in writing and shall have the option of becoming a Holder under this Agreement by notifying the Company of its intent to retain such Common Stock and completing and executing an Adoption Agreement as referred to in Section 6.1. In the event such written notice states that the heir or legatee does not intent to retain all of the Common Stock, all such heirs and legatees shall be deemed to have made an irrevocable “ Offer ” of such Common Stock to the Eligible Offerees and the Company shall, within five (5) business days after learning of such Offer deliver a written notice of the Offer to the Eligible Offerees stating that all such Common Stock are Securities Subject to the Offer pursuant to this Section 2.4. The date of such Offer shall be deemed to be the date on which such written notice is so delivered by the Company.

2.5 Indirect Transaction.

In the event of a transaction involving a change of ownership interest or voting power of a Holder which avoids the restrictions on Dispositions provided in this Section 2, such transaction shall be deemed a Disposition by such Holder and an irrevocable “ Offer ,” and such Holder (“ Offeror ”) shall promptly notify the Company of such event and offer (the “ Offer ”), by written notice to the Company, to sell all Securities Subject to the Offer to the Eligible Offerees for the Purchase Price. Offers under this Section 2.5 shall (a) be in writing; (b) be irrevocable for so long as any Eligible Offeree has the right to purchase any Securities Subject to the Offer; (c) be sent by the Offeror to the Company; and (d) contain a description of the proposed transaction and change of ownership interest or voting power. The Company shall, within five (5) business days from receipt thereof (or, if no such written notice is delivered to the Company by the Holder, within five (5) business days from the Company’s receipt of evidence, satisfactory to it, of such a Disposition by the Offeror), deliver written notice of the Offer to the Eligible Offerees stating that all Common Stock registered in the name of such Holder are Securities Subject to the Offer Pursuant to this Section 2.5. The date of such Offer shall be deemed to be the date such written notice of the Offer is so delivered by the Company.

 

11


Section 3. Right of First Refusal.

3.1 Offers.

In the event that a Holder shall have received a bona fide offer or offers from a third party or parties to purchase any portion of the Common Stock held by such Holder, and the Disposition shall have received the prior written consent of the Company in accordance with this Section 2, prior to selling any Common Stock to the third party or parties, such Holder shall promptly deliver to the Company in writing a notice of the proposed transaction (the “ Offer ”) setting forth in reasonable detail (a) a description of the proposed transaction and proposed purchaser, (b) the number of Securities Subject to the Offer and the form and amount of consideration therefor and (c) any and all other material terms and conditions of the Offer. The Company shall, within five (5) business days from receipt thereof, deliver written notice of the Offer to the Eligible Offerees stating the terms and conditions of such Offer, including the number of shares of Common Stock that are Securities Subject to the Offer pursuant to this Section 2.6, and the date of such Offer shall be deemed to be the date such written notice of the Offer is so delivered by the Company. Upon receipt of such Offer, the Eligible Offerees shall have the right to elect to purchase the Securities Subject to the Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.

3.2 Eligible Offerees.

The Eligible Offerees shall have the right, for thirty (30) days following the date of an Offer, to accept the Offer as to all or any Securities Subject to the Offer. The Eligible Offerees which accept the Offer shall agree in advance on the allocation of the securities Subject to the Offer among the accepting Eligible Offerees. If the Company shall not have sufficient surplus to permit it lawfully to purchase Securities Subject to the Offer which the Company has accepted in whole or in part, the Holders shall, promptly upon the request of the Company, take such action to vote their respective shares to reduce the stated capital of the Company to the extent permitted by law or to authorize such other steps as may be appropriate or necessary in order to enable the Company, if possible, lawfully to purchase such Securities Subject to the Offer.

3.3 Certain Effects of Offers .

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, all Common Stock transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to any third party or to any Eligible Offeree (other than the Company), and all Securities Subject to the Offer under Sections 2.1 through 2.5 (unless acquired by the Company), shall remain subject to the terms of this Agreement; provided , that upon the sale of (or other realization upon) Common Stock by any banks or other bona fide sources of financing pursuant to, or upon the occurrence of any transfer of such Common Stock to any such banks or other bona fide sources of financing or any third party pursuant to, pledge arrangements which may be entered into by the Company’s Holders pledging their capital stock or notes thereto to secure financing, such Common Stock so pledged shall not remain subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

12


3.4 Acceptance; Closing .

If Eligible Offerees accept an Offer as to all or any portion of the Securities Subject to the Offer, the accepting Eligible Offerees shall evidence their acceptance by delivering to the Company a joint written notice of intent to purchase such Securities Subject to the Offer, which shall also specify the agreed allocation of Securities Subject to the Offer among the accepting Eligible Offerees. The Company shall, in turn, promptly notify in writing any Holder or any other party required to sell Securities Subject to the Offer of the receipt of such notices (“ Receipt Notice ”). If the Company is the only Eligible Offeree accepting the Offer, the Company shall accept an Offer as to the Securities Subject to the Offer by promptly notifying the Holder or any other party required to sell Securities Subject to the Offer of such acceptance, and such notice by the Company shall be deemed a Receipt Notice. The closing of the acquisitions of Securities Subject to the Offer by Eligible Offerees shall be consummated within ninety (90) days following the delivery of the Receipt Notice. In the case of all acquisitions of Securities Subject to the Offer by Eligible Offerees such acquisitions shall be consummated at a closing held at the principal offices of the Company (unless otherwise mutually agreed), at which time the Purchase Price (if cash, in the form of a cashier’s check) shall be delivered to the transferor of the Common Stock or the transferor’s representative, and the transferor or the transferor’s representative shall deliver to the Eligible Offerees purchasing such shares and certificates representing the Securities Subject to the Offer so purchased, duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock powers or assignment forms, and evidence of good title to the Securities Subject to the Offer so purchased and the absence of liens, encumbrances and adverse claims with respect thereto and such other matters as are deemed necessary by the Company for the proper transfer of the Securities Subject to the Offer so purchased to the acquiring Eligible Offerees on the books of the Company.

3.5 Form of Payment

The Purchase Price for all Securities Subject to the Offer pursuant to an Offer made under Sections 2.1 through 2.5, as applicable, shall be paid in cash.

Section 4. Certain Dispositions .

4.1 Loan and Other Agreements: Certain Restrictions .

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Holder shall make any Disposition (including but not limited to a Disposition pursuant to Sections 2, 4 or 5 (other than pursuant to Section 4.2 or paragraph 5.1(a)) which, in the Company’s reasonable judgment (as evidenced by a resolution of the Board), would cause a breach or default or acceleration of payments under any loan agreement, note, indenture or other agreement or instrument to which the Company and/or its Affiliates are a party and under which the indebtedness or liability of the Company and/or its Affiliates exceeds $5,000,000 (“ Material Agreement ”), unless the Board approves the Disposition (or such approval shall be deemed given in accordance with the below). Therefore, each Holder desiring or required to make a Disposition shall, prior to attempting to effect any such Disposition, (a) give written notice (“ Notice ”) to the Company describing the proposed Disposition and the proposed transferee in sufficient detail, setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock as to which such Holder desires to make a Disposition; and (b) provide such other information concerning the Disposition as the Company reasonably requests. If, in the Company’s reasonable judgment (which judgment shall be communicated in writing within

 

13


ten (10) days of the Company’s receipt of the Notice and all other information it has reasonably requested (the “ Response Notice ”)), the proposed Disposition would cause a breach or default or acceleration of payments under any Material Agreement , then such Disposition may not be made at such time, and any attempted Disposition shall be null and void; provided , however , that if (x) the Company fails to send a Response Notice prior to the expiry of the aforementioned ten (10) day period, or (y) the Company cannot approve a Disposition pursuant to this sentence on or prior to the last day of the second calendar year quarter beginning on or after the date of the Notice, then such Disposition shall be permitted and deemed approved on the date of expiry of the relevant period and any right of first refusal that the Company may have had pursuant to section 2.6 with respect to such shares of Common Stock shall thereupon expire. If the Company approves such Disposition (or such approval shall be deemed given in accordance with the above) and any shares of Common Stock with respect to which approval has been given are not actually transferred within the relevant time period provided in the applicable provisions of this Agreement, then all of the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to any subsequent transaction affecting such Common Stock (except as expressly excluded by the other terms of this Agreement). Additionally, all shares of Common Stock transferred (whether to a third party or any Holder) pursuant to a Disposition complying with the terms of this Section 4 shall remain subject to this Agreement.

4.2 Come-Along and Tag Along Rights .

(a) Prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, if Sponsor desires to effect (i) any sale, disposition or transfer of shares of Common Stock (other than any transfer described in the seventh sentence of this Section 4.2(a)) following which (when aggregated with all prior such sales or transfers) Sponsor shall have disposed in the aggregate of at least 10% of the number of shares of Common Stock, as applicable, that Sponsor owned as of the time Original Issue Date to any prospective transferee or Group, or (ii) a Control Disposition or any sale or transfer of shares of Common Stock following a Control Disposition (any event described in subsections (i) or (ii) being a “ Section 4.2 Transaction ”), it shall give written notice to the Holders at least ten (10) days prior to the proposed closing of such Section 4.2 Transaction offering such Holders the option (the “ Tag Along Option ”) to participate in such Section 4.2 Transaction. The notice shall set forth the material terms of the proposed Section 4.2 Transaction and identify the contemplated transferee or Group (a “ Sale Notice ”) including the description in reasonable detail of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock to be transferred, (B) the prospective transferee to whom such shares of Common Stock are proposed to be transferred, (C) the terms and the conditions of such Section 4.2 Transaction, including the consideration to be paid, and (D) if known, the proposed date, time and location of the closing of such Section 4.2 Transaction. Each of the Holders may, by written notice to Sponsor (a “ Tag Along Notice ”) delivered within fifteen (15) days after the date of the Sale Notice (each such Holder delivering such timely notice being a “ Tag Along Holder ”), elect to sell in such Section 4.2 Transaction by specifying the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (excluding Award Shares; provided , however , that in the case of the Section 4.2 Transaction described in (ii) above, the Tag Along Holder may include that number of shares of Common Stock

 

14


which such Holder may obtain by exercising Awards held by Holder that are vested as of the date of such Section 4.2 Transaction or which would vest in connection with such Section 4.2 Transaction (collectively, the “ Deemed Held Shares ”)) in such number such Tag Along Holder desires to include in such Section 4.2 Transaction. If none of the Holders delivers a timely Tag Along Notice, Sponsor may thereafter consummate the Section 4.2 Transaction, on substantially the same terms and conditions as are described in the Sale Notice. If one or more of the Holders gives Sponsor a timely Tag Along Notice, then Sponsor shall use all reasonable efforts to cause the prospective transferee or Group to agree to acquire all shares identified in all timely Tag Along Notices, upon the same terms and conditions as applicable to the shares held by Sponsor, including with respect to representations and warranties and indemnification; provided , however , that (x) no Holders shall be required to make representations and warranties in connection with such transaction other than customary representations and warranties solely with respect to such Holder and (y) any indemnification provided by the Holders shall be pro rata based on the relative amount of net proceeds received by each Holder in the Section 4.2 Transaction. If such prospective transferee or Group is unable or unwilling to acquire all shares proposed to be included in the Section 4.2 Transaction upon such terms, then Sponsor may elect to cancel such Section 4.2 Transaction or to allocate the maximum number of shares that each prospective transferee or Group is willing to purchase among Sponsor and the Tag Along Holders in the proportion that each such Tag Along Holder’s and Sponsor’s Proportionate Percentage bears to the total Proportionate Percentages of Sponsor and the Tag Along Holders (e.g., if the Sale Notice contemplated a Section 4.2 Transaction of 10% Proportionate Percentage by Sponsor, and if Sponsor at such time owns a 30% Proportionate Percentage and one Tag Along Holder who owns a 20% Proportionate Percentage elects to participate, then Sponsor would be entitled to sell a 6% Proportionate Percentage (30%/50% x the 10% Proportionate Percentage) and the Tag Along Holder would be entitled to sell a 4% Proportionate Percentage (20%/50% x the 10% Proportionate Percentage). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.2(a), the Tag Along Option described in this Section 4.2(a) shall not apply to any transfers by Sponsor on or prior to May 15, 2012 of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value of not greater than to EUR 60,000,000 in the aggregate to one or more non-Affiliate third-parties, so long as such transfers do not result in a Control Disposition. Any transferee of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a Sponsor for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, no Section 4.2 Transaction shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 2.1 through 2.5, Section 3 (other than as set forth in Section 3.3) or Section 4.1. Upon the closing of the sale of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders shall deliver at such closing, against payment of the purchase price therefor, certificates representing their shares of Common Stock to be sold, duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly endorsed stock powers or in the event any such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed, such affidavit of lost, stolen or destroyed

 

15


certificates to be delivered to the Company in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and evidence of good title to the shares to be sold and the absence of liens, encumbrances and adverse claims with respect thereto and such other matters as are deemed necessary by the Company for the proper transfer of such shares on the books of the Company. For purposes of this paragraph 4.2(a), any holder of Common Stock who has a contractual right to participate in such Section 4.2 Transaction or any other holder of Common Stock who is otherwise participating in such Section 4.2 Transaction with the consent of Sponsor shall be deemed to be a “Holder” hereunder, provided , however , for the avoidance of doubt, that no such holder shall be entitled to sell a percentage of such holder’s shares of Common Stock in a Section 4.2 Transaction in excess of such holder’s Proportionate Percentage.

(b) If Sponsor desires to effect a Control Disposition, then in lieu of complying with the requirement of paragraph 4.2(a), Sponsor at its option (the “ Come Along Option ”) may require all Holders to sell the same percentage of their respective shares of Common Stock (including within this number any Deemed Held Shares) as Sponsor desires to sell to the transferee or Group selected by Sponsor, at the same price per share and on the same terms and conditions as apply to those sold by Sponsor; provided, however, that (i) no Holders shall be required to make representations and warranties in connection with such transaction other than customary representations and warranties solely with respect to such Holder, (ii) any indemnification provided by the Holders shall be pro rata based on the relative amount of the net proceeds received by the Holders in the Control Disposition and on a several, and not joint, basis, or solely with recourse to an escrow established for the benefit of the proposed purchase (the Holders’ contribution to such escrow to be on a pro rata basis in accordance with the proceeds received from such Control Disposition), it being understood that any such indemnification obligation of a Holder shall in no event exceed the net proceeds to such Holder from such transaction and (iii) no Holders shall be required to agree to any non-compete, non-solicitation, standstill or other similar restrictive covenant. All Holders shall consent to and raise no objections against the Control Disposition, and if the Control Disposition is structured as (x) a merger or consolidation of the Company, each Holder shall waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation, or (y) a sale of all the capital stock of the Company, the Holders shall agree to sell all their shares of Common Stock which are the subject of the Control Disposition (including their Deemed Held Shares). The Holders shall take all reasonably necessary and desirable actions in the ordinary course of the transaction approved by Sponsor in connection with the consummation of the Control Disposition, including obtaining Board consent to the Control Disposition and the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to provide customary representations, warranties, and indemnities regarding title, as well as escrow arrangements relating to such Control Disposition in accordance with Sections 4.2(b)(i) and (ii), above. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no such Disposition shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 2.1 through 2.5 or Section 3. Upon the

 

16


closing of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders shall deliver at such closing, against payment of the purchase price therefor, certificates representing their shares of Common Stock to be sold, duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly endorsed stock powers or in the event any such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed, such affidavit of lost, stolen or destroyed certificates to be delivered to the Company in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and evidence of good title to the shares to be sold and the absence of liens, encumbrances and adverse claims with respect thereto and such other matters as are deemed necessary by the Company for the proper transfer of such shares on the books of the Company.

(c) For purposes of this Section 4.2, a Control Disposition shall include an indirect Disposition triggered by a transfer of the membership units of Sponsor to a Person or Group that is not an Affiliate of Sponsor.

(d) The Company and the Holder shall cooperate in causing any Deemed Held Shares that are ultimately included in a Control Disposition to be delivered to the Holder immediately prior to the closing of such Control Disposition in order that Holders may exercise rights under Section 4.2(a) and Sponsor may exercise its rights under Section 4.2(b).

Section 5. Permitted Transfers .

5.1 Permitted Dispositions .

The following Dispositions shall be permitted without compliance with the provisions of Section 2 and 3:

(a) By any Holder, (i) in the case of shares of Common Stock, with respect to a Public Sale in connection with the exercise of Piggy-Back Registration Rights in accordance with Section 11 or (ii) a Public Sale of Common Stock that occurs following the expiration of the Underwriters Lock-Up Period;

(b) By any individual Holder during such Holder’s lifetime to: (i) a guardian of the estate of such Holder, (ii) an inter-vivos trust primarily for the benefit of such Holder; (iii) an inter-vivos trust whose primary beneficiary is one or more of such Holder’s lineal descendants (including lineal descendants by adoption); (iv) the spouse of such Holder during marriage and not incident to divorce; or (v) such Holder’s Affiliates;

(c) To any individual Holder by: (i) a guardian of the estate of such Holder; (ii) an inter-vivos trust whose primary beneficiary is such Holder or one or more of such Holder’s lineal descendants (including lineal descendants by adoption), (iii) the spouse of such Holder during marriage and not incident to divorce; or (iv) such Holder’s lineal descendants (including lineal descendants by adoption);

 

17


(d) With the consent of the Company, by any Holder to a qualified retirement plan sponsored by the Holder;

(e) By any qualified retirement plan referred to in paragraph 5.1(d) to participants, alternate payees and beneficiaries to the extent required by law and the provisions of such plan;

(f) By any Holder which is a trust, to any successor trust or successor trustee; and

(g) With the consent of the Company, by any Holder to other entities for tax planning purposes.

provided , however , that as a condition to any such permitted transfer, any Person (including such Person’s spouse, if any), (other than the Company), so acquiring such Common Stock shall be required to subject the Common Stock acquired by such Person to the provisions of this Agreement, and thereafter any such Person shall be deemed a “Holder” for the purposes of this Agreement.

5.2 Pledges .

(a) Unless approved by a majority of the Board, no Holder shall pledge any shares of Common Stock held by it, unless such pledge is made by such Holder to the Company.

(b) A breach by any Holder of the covenants contained in this Section 5.2 shall not relieve or waive the obligations of all other Holders to comply with such covenants.

Section 6. Conditions; Additional Parties; Exit .

6.1 Conditions to Permitted Transfers .

As a condition to the Company’s obligation to effect a transfer permitted by this Agreement on the books and records of the Company, any transferee (other than a transferee described in paragraph 5.1(a)) of Common Stock) shall be required to become a party to this Agreement by executing (together with such Person’s spouse, if applicable) an Adoption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A or in such other form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company and upon execution of such Adoption Agreement such transferee shall have all the rights and obligations of a Holder hereunder.

6.2 Additional Parties .

(a) If required under the terms of this Agreement, or upon the written approval of the holders of at least the Required Approval Percentage, any Person which acquires any shares of Common Stock subsequent to the execution of this Agreement shall become a party to this Agreement upon executing (together with such Person’s spouse, if any) an Adoption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A or in such other form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company and upon execution of such Adoption Agreement such transferee shall have all the rights and obligations of a Holder hereunder.

 

18


(b) In the event that any Person acquires shares of Common Stock from (i) a Holder or any of its Affiliates or a member of such Holder’s Group or (ii) any direct or indirect transferee of a Holder, including pursuant to any Disposition contemplated by Section 5.1 (other than Section 5.1(a)) of this Agreement, such Person shall be subject to any and all obligations and restrictions of the Holder (for whom the shares of Common Stock were purchased) hereunder, as if such Person was such Holder named herein, including, without limitation, the obligation to make an Offer to Eligible Offerees pursuant to Section 2.4 upon the death of the Holder (from whom the shares of Common Stock were purchased). Additionally, whenever a Holder makes a transfer of shares of Common Stock, including pursuant to any Disposition contemplated by Section 5.1 (other than Section 5.1(a)) of this Agreement, such shares shall contain a legend so as to inform any transferee that such shares were held originally by a Holder and are subject to repurchase upon the death of such Holder. Such legend shall not be placed on any shares of Common Stock acquired from a Holder by the Company, Sponsor or any of their Affiliates.

(c) Any shares of Common Stock acquired by an individual retirement account (“ IRA ”) on behalf of an employee, consultant or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “ Subject Individual ”) shall be deemed to be a Holder. Additionally, such Subject Individual shall be deemed to be a Holder and his or her IRA shall be deemed to have acquired all shares it holds from such Subject Individual pursuant to a transfer that is subject to Section 6.2(b) above.

6.3 Exit .

The Sponsor and the Company acknowledge that, in light of the current tax regime applicable to the Company, the current intention is to structure an exit from the Taminco Group as a sale or transfer of Common Stock. The Sponsor and the Holders confirm and agree, and the Company acknowledges, that if a Realization Event (as defined in the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan) occurs as a result of a sale or other transfer (including a sale or transfer of assets) of or by one or more Subsidiaries of the Company (rather than a sale or other transfer of the Company itself) and such transaction or series of transactions, including any upstreaming to the Holders of the proceeds of such sale or transfer, would result in materially more adverse tax consequences for one or more Holders than the tax consequences to such Holders associated with a sale or transfer of the Company itself, then the Company and the Sponsor agree to cooperate with such Holders in good faith to create and structure exit opportunities for such Holders to avoid or minimize such material adverse tax consequences (to the extent that such material adverse tax consequences may be avoided or minimized without violating any applicable law or resulting in any material economic harm to the Company and/or the Sponsor), including without limitation put options or any similar rights granted by a Sponsor to the Holders pursuant to which the Holders shall be entitled to sell or transfer his Common Stock to a Sponsor.

 

19


Section 7. Restriction on Transfer .

7.1 No shares of Common Stock shall be transferable except upon the conditions specified in this Section 7, which conditions are intended to insure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

7.2 Each certificate representing shares of Common Stock shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 7.4 below) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT OR LAWS. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “COMPANY”), AND THE OTHER PARTIES NAMED THEREIN. THE TERMS OF SUCH INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT INCLUDE, AMONG OTHER THINGS, RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST .”

7.3 The holder of any shares of Common Stock by acceptance thereof agrees, prior to any transfer of any such shares, to give written notice to the Company of such holder’s intention to effect such transfer and to comply in all other respects with the provisions of this Section. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transfer. Upon request by the Company, the holder delivering such notice shall deliver a written opinion, addressed to the Company, of counsel for the holder of such shares, stating that in the opinion of such counsel (which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) such proposed transfer does not involve a transaction requiring registration or qualification of such shares under the Securities Act. Such holder of such shares shall be entitled to transfer such shares in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company, if the Company does not reasonably object to such transfer and request such opinion within fifteen (15) days after delivery of such notice, or, if it requests such opinion, does not reasonably object to such transfer within fifteen (15) days after delivery of such opinion. Each certificate or other instrument evidencing the securities issued upon the transfer of any shares of Common Stock shall bear the

 

20


legend set forth in Section 7.2 above unless (a) in such opinion of counsel to the holder of such shares (which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) registration of any future transfer is not required by the applicable provisions of the Securities Act or (b) the Company shall have waived the requirement of such legends.

7.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, the restrictions imposed by this Section upon the transferability of any shares of Common Stock shall cease and terminate when (a) any such shares are sold or otherwise disposed of (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (ii) in a transaction contemplated by Section 7.3 above which does not require that the shares so transferred bear the legend set forth in Section 7.2 hereof, or (b) the holder of such shares has met the requirements for transfer of such shares under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (subject to the delivery of opinions as set forth above). Whenever the restrictions imposed by this Section shall terminate, the holder of any shares as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without expense, a new certificate not bearing the restrictive legend set forth in Section 7.2 above and not containing any other reference to the restrictions imposed by this Section.

Section 8. Notices .

In the event a notice or other document is required to be sent hereunder to the Company, Sponsor or to any Holder or the spouse or legal representative of a Holder, such notice shall be in writing and such notice or other document, if sent by mail, shall be sent by registered mail, return receipt requested (and by air mail in the event the addressee is not in the continental United States), to the party entitled to receive such notice or other document at the address set forth on Annex I hereto. Any such notice shall be effective and deemed received three (3) days after proper deposit in the mails, but actual notice shall be effective however and whenever received. The Company, Sponsor or any Holder or spouse or their respective legal representatives may effect a change of address for purposes of this Agreement by giving notice of such change to the Company, and the Company shall, upon the request of any party hereto, notify such party of such change in the manner provided herein. Until such notice of change of address is properly given, the addresses set forth herein shall be effective for all purposes.

Section 9. Repurchase Rights .

9.1 Following a Holder’s Termination of Relationship for any reason:

(a) The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase all or any portion of the Holder’s Initial Purchased Shares for the Fair Market Value of such Initial Purchased Shares as of the date of such repurchase.

(b) With respect to any shares of Common Stock acquired by a Holder pursuant to an Award (whether in connection with the grant or purchase of Restricted Stock or shares acquired upon the exercise of vested Options or the settlement of Restricted Stock Units) (“ Award Shares ”), the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase all or any portion of the Holder’s Award Shares for a repurchase price determined as follows:

 

21


(i) If the Holder was deemed a Good Leaver, all of the Holder’s Award Shares can be repurchased for their Fair Market Value as of the date of repurchase;

(ii) If the Holder was deemed a Medium Leaver, (A) 50% of the Holder’s Award Shares can be repurchased for their Fair Market Value as of the date of repurchase, and (B) 50% of the Holder’s Award Shares can be repurchased for the lesser of (x) the price paid by the Holder for such Award Shares or (y) the Fair Market Value of such Award Shares as of the date of repurchase; and

(iii) If the Holder was deemed a Bad Leaver, all of the Holder’s Award Shares can be repurchased for the lesser of (x) the price paid by the Holder for such Award Shares or (y) the Fair Market Value of such Award Shares as of the date of repurchase.

9.2 The Company or any of its subsidiaries may exercise its right to purchase such shares of Common Stock until (a) with respect to any shares of Common Stock that may be received by any Holder following such Holder’s Termination of Relationship upon exercise of any Options that are vested as of the date of the Holder’s Termination of Relationship, the seven (7) month anniversary of the date of exercise of such Options, (b) with respect to any shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any Holder pursuant to an Award, the later of (i) the seven (7) month anniversary of the date such shares first become vested pursuant to such Award or (ii) the 30 th day following the date of the Holder’s Termination of Relationship or (c) with respect to any other shares of Common Stock, the 30 th day following the date of the Holder’s Termination of Relationship (such date described in subsection (a), (b) or (c), as applicable, the “ Repurchase Date ”). On or before the Repurchase Date, the Company or its applicable subsidiary shall give written notice to Sponsor stating whether it will exercise such purchase rights. If such notice states that the Company and its subsidiaries will not exercise its purchase rights, Sponsor shall have the right to purchase the shares of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as the Company and its subsidiaries until the later of (x) the 30 th day following the receipt of such notice or (y) the Repurchase Date. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 9 to the contrary, in no event shall the Company or Sponsor purchase any Award Shares prior to six (6) months and one (1) day following the later of (A) the date such shares were first acquired by the Holder (upon exercise of Options or otherwise) or (B) the date such shares became vested, as applicable. The Determination Date for purposes of determining the Fair Market Value shall be the closing date of the purchase of the applicable shares, as described in Section 9.3. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that any shares of Common Stock are involuntarily transferred in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement prior to the exercise of the repurchase right pursuant to this Section 9.2, such shares shall be subject to the repurchase provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement.

9.3 The closing of the purchase of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 9 shall take place on a date designated by the Company or one of its subsidiaries consistent with the terms of Section 9.1 or 9.2. The Company, or one of its subsidiaries, will pay for the shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to this Section 9 by delivery of a check or wire transfer of funds, in exchange for the delivery by the Holder of the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock duly endorsed for transfer to the Company. The Company shall have the right to record such transfer on its books and records without the consent of the Holder, provided the purchase price has been paid.

 

22


9.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all purchases of shares of Common Stock by the Company shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in federal law and the Delaware General Corporation Law and in the Company’s and its respective subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any such restrictions prohibit or otherwise delay the purchase of the shares of Common Stock hereunder which the Company is otherwise entitled or required to make, then the Company shall make such purchases within thirty (30) days of the date that it is permitted to do so under such restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company and its subsidiaries may not effectuate any transaction contemplated by this Section 9 if such transaction would violate the terms of any Material Agreement; provided , however , that to the extent that such transaction becomes permissible pursuant to the terms of such Material Agreement on or prior to the end of the second calendar year quarter beginning on or after the date the Company’s right to purchase shares pursuant to this Section 9 commences, the Company will effectuate such transaction as of the date that such transaction first becomes permissible under the applicable Material Agreement; and provided , further , that if such transaction does not become permissible on or prior to the end of the second calendar year quarter beginning on or after the date the Company’s right to purchase shares pursuant to this Section 9 commences, then the Company’s right to repurchase such shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 9 shall expire.

9.5 In the event that shares of Common Stock are purchased pursuant to this Section 9, the Company, the Sponsor and the Holder, and their respective successors, assigns or representatives, will use their best efforts to obtain all required third-party, governmental and regulatory consents and approvals and take all other actions necessary and desirable to facilitate consummation of such repurchase in a timely manner.

Section 10. Preemptive Rights .

10.1 Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 10, the Company hereby grants to each Holder a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Offered Shares (as defined below).

10.2 Each time the Company proposes (i) to offer for sale any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for, any shares of its Common Stock or (ii) to convert any securities held by or purchased by the Sponsor (including, without limitation, in connection with a refinancing, recapitalization or reorganization) into shares of Common Stock (the shares of Common Stock described in Sections 10.2(i) and (ii) above, the “ Offered Shares ”) to Sponsor, the Company shall first make an offering of a pro rata portion of such Offered Shares to each Holder in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice (a “ First Offer Notice ”) to the Holder stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Offered Shares, (ii) the number and type of Offered Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Offered Shares.

 

23


(b) Within ten (10) business days after receipt of the First Offer Notice, the Holder may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the First Offer Notice, up to that portion of such Offered Shares which equals the proportion that (i) the total number of shares of Common Stock (other than Award Shares) issued and held by the Holder bears to (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (as determined on a fully-diluted basis) (such portion, the “ Holder Offeree Shares ”). The Company shall be entitled to sell the remaining Offered Shares to Sponsor on terms not more favorable to Sponsor than those contained in the First Offer Notice.

(c) To the extent the offer is not accepted in full following the expiration of the period provided in Section 10.2(b), the Company shall deliver a second notice (“ Second Offer Notice ”) to the holders of Common Stock that have accepted the Offered Shares pursuant to which each such Holder and/or Sponsor, as applicable, shall have additional preemptive rights to subscribe for the Offered Shares that were not accepted pursuant to the First Offer Notice, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the ratio of the number of shares of Common Stock (other than Award Shares) held by such accepting holder of Common Stock, to the number of shares of Common Stock held by all other accepting holders of Common Stock as of such date of determination, which secondary preemptive rights shall be exercised by delivery of written notice to the Company within ten (10) business days following the receipt of the Second Offer Notice at a price not less than that, and upon terms no more favorable than those, specified in the First Offer Notice.

(d) The Company may, during the forty-five (45) day period following the expiration of the period provided in Section 10.2(c) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Holder Offeree Shares to Sponsor at a price not less than that, and upon terms no more favorable to Sponsor than those, specified in the First Offer Notice.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may issue and sell Offered Shares to Sponsor without first complying with the terms of Sections 10.2(a), 10.2(b) and 10.2(c), provided that within five (5) business days following such sale the purchasers of such Offered Shares shall offer to sell the portion of such Offered Shares that would have constituted “Holder Offeree Shares” had the Company complied with this Section 10.2 to each Holder on terms no less favorable to the Holder than those applicable to Sponsor, using a process substantially similar to that set forth in Sections 10.2(a), 10.2(b) and 10.2(c).

10.3 The term “ Offered Shares ” shall not include (a) securities offered to the public generally pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) Common Stock (or options therefor) issued or issuable to employees, consultants and directors, pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Board for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services, (c) securities issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities that are outstanding as of the date hereof or that are issued in compliance with this Section, (d) securities issued or issuable to the selling parties in connection with a bona fide, arms-length business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, approved by the Board, (e) securities

 

24


issued or issuable in arms-length transactions to financial institutions, landlords or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, real estate transactions, equipment financings or similar transactions, (f) securities issued or issuable pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, combination or like event, or (g) securities issued or issuable to a Person which is not then a stockholder of the Company or any of its Affiliates, pursuant to a bona fide strategic alliance or partnering arrangement entered into primarily for non-capital raising purposes and approved by the Board.

Section 11. Piggy-Back Registration Rights .

11.1 Participation . Subject to Section 11.2, if at any time after the date hereof the Company files a Registration Statement (other than a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form to such Forms or any registration of securities as it relates to an offering and sale to management of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement) with respect to an offering that includes any shares of Common Stock, whether for its own account or for the account of Sponsor or any other Person, then the Company shall give to the Holders written notice as promptly as practicable (the “ Initial Notice ”) and the Holders shall be entitled to include in such Registration Statement a number of Registrable Securities (as defined in Section 11.6) equal to the product of (x) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Holder as of the date such Registration Statement is filed (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes unvested Restricted Stock, Options and Restricted Stock Units) and (y) the ratio of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be included in such Registration Statement which are owned by Sponsor to (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock owned by Sponsor which are outstanding as of the date such Registration Statement is filed. If the Holders elect to include any such Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement, then the Company shall give prompt notice (the “ Piggy-Back Notice ”) to each Holder and each such Holder shall be entitled to include in such Registration Statement such Registrable Securities held by it. The Initial Notice and Piggy-Back Notice shall offer the Holders the right, subject to Section 11.2 (the “ Piggy Back Registration Right ”), to register such number of shares of Registrable Securities as may be permitted hereunder and as each Holder may request and shall set forth (a) the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement and (b) the number of shares of Common Stock that is proposed to be included in such Registration Statement. Subject to Section 11.2, the Company shall include in such Registration Statement such shares of Registrable Securities for which it has received written requests to register such shares within thirty (30) days after the Initial Notice and fifteen (15) days after the Piggy-Back Notice has been given.

11.2 Underwriter’s Cutback . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration pursuant to this Section 11 involves an Underwritten Offering (as defined in Section 11.6) and the managing underwriter or underwriters of such proposed Underwritten Offering delivers an opinion to the Holders that the total or kind of securities which such Holders and any other persons or entities intend to include in such offering would be reasonably likely to adversely affect the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered in such offering, then the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, 100% of the securities the Company proposes to sell for its own account, and (ii) second, to the extent of the amount of securities which Sponsor and all other Holders have requested to be included in such registration, which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without such adverse effect

 

25


referred to above, such amount to be allocated pro rata among Sponsor and all other Holders based upon the number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holders and Sponsor (provided, that any securities thereby allocated to Sponsor or a Holder that exceed such Sponsor’s and Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Sponsor and Holders in like manner).

11.3 Company Control . The Company may decline to file a Registration Statement after giving the Initial Notice or the Piggy-Back Notice, or withdraw a Registration Statement after filing and after such Piggy-Back Notice, but prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall promptly notify each Holder in writing of any such action; and provided , further , that the Company shall bear all reasonable expenses incurred by such Holder or otherwise in connection with such withdrawn Registration Statement. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Company shall have sole discretion to select any and all underwriters that may participate in any Underwritten Offering.

11.4 Participation in Underwritten Offerings . No Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-ups and other documents required for such underwriting arrangements; provided, that any Holder that have securities included in the Registration Statement shall not be required to make any representations, or warranties to or agreements with the Company or underwriter other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities and such Holder’s intended method of distribution or any other representations, warranties or agreements required to be made by such Holder under applicable law, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder shall not exceed Holder’s net proceeds from such Underwritten Offering; provided, however, that if any additional representations and warranties customarily contained in underwriting agreements are required of all Persons participating in the Underwritten Offering by the underwriter in such Underwritten Offering and a Holder does not agree to such additional representations and warranties, the Registrable Securities of such Holder shall not be included in the Underwritten Offering. Nothing in this Section 11.4 shall be construed to create any additional rights regarding the piggyback registration of Registrable Securities in any Person otherwise than as set forth herein.

11.5 Expenses . The Company or Sponsor will pay all registration expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 11; provided , that each Holder shall pay its portion of all applicable underwriting fees, discounts and similar charges, if any, relating to the sale of its Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 11.

11.6 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Section 11:

(a) “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) all Initial Purchased Shares, and (ii) all Non-Initial Purchased Shares; provided , however , that any Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities has been declared

 

26


effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such registration statement, (B) such Registrable Securities are distributed pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act or (C) such Registrable Securities shall have been otherwise transferred and new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer under the Securities Act shall have been delivered by the Company; and provided , further , that any securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities shall not thereafter become Registrable Securities and any security that is issued or distributed in respect of securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities is not a Registrable Security. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11.6(a), with respect to any Registration Statement that registers shares of Common Stock, “Registrable Securities” shall only include shares of Common Stock.

(b) “ Underwritten Offering ” means a sale of shares of Common Stock to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

Section 12. Competitive Opportunity .

Sponsor and its Affiliates at any time and from time to time may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Company, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any other Holder the right to participate therein. Sponsor and its Affiliates may invest in, or provide services to, any Person that directly or indirectly competes with the Company and shall have no obligation to present any business opportunity to the Company or any of its Holders, even if the opportunity is one that the Company might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Sponsor and its Affiliates shall not be liable to the Company or any Holder for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that Sponsor or such Affiliates of Sponsor pursue or acquire such business opportunity, direct such business opportunity to another Person or fail to present such business opportunity to the Company or to any Holders.

Section 13. Miscellaneous Provisions .

13.1 All questions concerning the construction, interpretation and validity of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether in the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

13.2 Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter, and the number of all words shall include the singular and plural.

13.3 This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company, the Sponsor(s), the Holders, any spouses of the Holders, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns.

 

27


13.4 This Agreement may be amended or waived from time to time by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Holders having the Required Voting Percentage; provided that any amendment or waiver of this Agreement that adversely and uniquely affects a Holder relative to the other Holders shall require consent of such Holder and provided , further , that this Agreement may be amended by the Company without the consent of any Holder to cure any ambiguity or to cure, correct or supplement any defective provisions contained herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions hereunder as the Company may deem necessary or advisable so long as such action does not affect adversely the interest of any Holder.

13.5 This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon: (a) the dissolution of the Company; (b) the occurrence of any event which reduces the number of Holders to zero in accordance with the terms hereof; or (c) the consummation of a Control Disposition, provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4.2, 6.3, 10 and 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 13.5(c), and shall continue to apply until such date as the Sponsor shall hold less than twenty percent (20%) of Common Stock of the Company.

13.6 Any Holder who disposes of all of his, her or its Common Stock in conformity with the terms of this Agreement shall cease to be a party to this Agreement and shall have no further rights and obligations hereunder.

13.7 The spouses of the individual Holders are fully aware of, understand and fully consent and agree to the provisions of this Agreement and its binding effect upon any community property interests or similar marital property interests in the Common Stock they may now or hereafter own, and agree that the termination of their marital relationship with any Holder for any reason shall not have the effect of removing any Common Stock of the Company otherwise subject to this Agreement from the coverage of this Agreement and that their awareness, understanding, consent and agreement are evidenced by their signing this Agreement. Furthermore, unless otherwise determined by the Company, each individual Holder agrees to cause his or her spouse (and any subsequent spouse) to execute and deliver a counterpart of this Agreement, or an Adoption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A or in a form satisfactory to the Company.

13.8 Any Disposition or attempted Disposition in breach of this Agreement shall be void and of no effect; provided , that the Company may determine to treat any attempted Disposition in breach of this Agreement, as an Offer pursuant to Section 2.5. Additionally, Section 4 shall apply to such attempted Disposition; provided , however , that the time periods set forth in that Section shall begin to run as of the date the Company receives evidence satisfactory to it of such attempted Disposition. In connection with any attempted Disposition in breach of this Agreement, the Company may hold and refuse to transfer any Common Stock or any certificate therefor or any Note tendered to it for transfer, in addition to and without prejudice to any and all other rights or remedies which may be available to it or the Holders. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of this Agreement will be inadequate, agrees that each other party to this Agreement shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief in case of any such breach or attempted breach and further agrees to waive (to the extent legally permissible) any legal conditions required to be met for the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief (including posting any bond in order to obtain equitable relief).

 

28


13.9 Each individual Holder and his or her spouse, if any, hereby appoints the Company as their agent and attorney-in-fact to make the Offers required and take all actions necessary under Sections 2.1 through 2.5 and Section 6 on their behalf and to execute any required Adoption Agreement on their behalf, and expressly bind themselves to such Offers and to the Company’s execution of any such Adoption Agreement without further action on their part, and all such powers of attorney granted herein are deemed to be coupled with an interest in the Common Stock shall survive the death, disability, bankruptcy or dissolution of such Holder or his or her spouse, if any.

13.10 This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. The failure of any Holder to execute this Agreement does not make it invalid as against any other Holder.

13.11 Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, and such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions shall be null and void. It is the intent of the parties, however, that any invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions be automatically replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

13.12 Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. For the avoidance of doubt, any consent or approval required by the terms of this Agreement may be given by electronic mail, to the extent permitted by law.

13.13 The parties to this Agreement agree that jurisdiction and venue in any action brought by any party hereto pursuant to this Agreement shall properly (but not exclusively) lie in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of such courts for himself and in respect of his property with respect to such action. The parties hereto irrevocably agree that venue would be proper in such court, and hereby waive any objection that such court is an improper or inconvenient forum for the resolution of such action. The parties further agree that the mailing by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, of any process required by any such court shall constitute valid and lawful service of process against them, without necessity for service by any other means provided by statute or rule of court.

 

29


13.14 No course of dealing between the Company, or its subsidiaries, and the Holders (or any of them) or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver of any rights of any party to this Agreement. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

13.15 BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OR ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHT OR REMEDIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENTS RELATED HERETO.

13.16 This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto as to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous agreements among all or some of the parties hereto, whether written, oral or otherwise. Unless otherwise provided herein, any consent required by the Company, a Sponsor or a Holder may be withheld by the Company, such Sponsor or such Holder in its sole discretion.

13.17 No Person not a party to this Agreement, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, shall be entitled to enforce any rights or remedies under this Agreement.

13.18 If, and as often as, there are any changes in the Common Stock by way of stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Agreement, as may be required, so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations hereunder shall continue with respect to the Common Stock as so changed.

13.19 No director of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or any Holder as a result of any acts or omissions taken under this Agreement in good faith.

13.20 Except for Dispositions allowed under Section 4.2 or Section 9, if the Company proposes for any reason to register shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act, the Holders shall not engage in, or permit a Disposition of, any shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the Company for a period as shall be determined by the managing underwriters, which period cannot last more than one hundred and eighty (180) days after the effective date of such registration statement (the “ Underwriters Lock-Up Period ”).

13.21 In the event additional shares of Common Stock are issued by the Company to a Holder at any time during the term of this Agreement, either directly or upon the exercise or exchange of securities of the Company exercisable for or exchangeable into shares of Common Stock, such additional shares of Common Stock, as a condition to such issuance, become subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

30


13.22 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Sponsor may assign its rights or obligations, in whole or in part, under this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates.

 

31


This Agreement is executed by the Company, the Sponsor and by each Holder and spouse of a Holder to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Laurent Lenoir
  Name: Laurent Lenoir
  Title    CEO

 

SPONSOR
APOLLO INVESTMENT FUND VII, L.P.
By:   /s/ Laurie Medley
  Name: Laurie Medley
  Title    Vice President

 

APOLLO OVERSEAS PARTNERS VII, L.P.
By:   /s/ Laurie Medley
  Name: Laurie Medley
  Title    Vice President

 

APOLLO OVERSEAS PARTNERS

(DELAWARE) VII, L.P.

By:   /s/ Laurie Medley
  Name: Laurie Medley
  Title    Vice President

 

APOLLO OVERSEAS PARTNERS (DELAWARE 892) VII L.P.
By:   /s/ Laurie Medley
  Name: Laurie Medley
  Title    Vice President

 

32


APOLLO INVESTMENT FUND (PB) VII, L.P.
By:   /s/ Laurie Medley
  Name: Laurie Medley
  Title    Vice President

HOLDERS

See Annex II

 

33


EXHIBIT A

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“Adoption”) is executed pursuant to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement dated as of the Original Issue Date, a copy of which is attached hereto (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), by the transferee (“Transferee”) executing this Adoption. By the execution of this Adoption, the Transferee agrees as follows:

 

  (1) Acknowledgement . Transferee acknowledges that Transferee is acquiring certain shares of Common Stock of Taminco Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Investor Rights Agreement, among the Company and the Holders party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein without definition are defined in the Investor Rights Agreement and are used herein with the same meanings set forth therein.

 

  (2) Agreement . Transferee (i) agrees that the shares of Common Stock acquired by Transferee, and certain other shares of Common Stock and other securities that may be acquired by Transferee in the future, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, pursuant to the terms thereof, and (ii) hereby adopts the Investor Rights Agreement with the same force and effect as if he were originally a party thereto.

 

  (3) Notice . Any notice required as permitted by the Investor Rights Agreement shall be given to Transferee at the address listed beside Transferee’s signature below.

 

  (4) Joinder . The spouse of the undersigned Transferee, if applicable, executes this Adoption to acknowledge its fairness and that it is in such spouse’s best interest, and to bind such spouse’s community interest, if any, in the shares of Common Stock and other securities referred to above and in the Investor Rights Agreement, to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

   
   

 

34


Annex I

(i) If to the Company:

Taminco Acquisition Corporation

c/o Apollo Management, L.P.

9 West 57 th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Scott M. Kleinman

  Chief Legal Officer

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins

885 Third Avenue

New York, N.Y. 10022-4802

Attention: Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.

  Bradd L. Williamson, Esq.

(ii) If to the Sponsor:

Apollo Investment Fund VII, L.P.

c/o Apollo Management, L.P.

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Scott Kleinman

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins

885 Third Avenue

New York, N.Y. 10022-4802

Attention: Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.

  Bradd L. Williamson, Esq.

(iii) If to Laurent Lenoir:

[•]

(iv) If to Kurt Decat:

[•]

 

35


(v) If to Piet Vanneste:

[•]

(vi) If to Guy Wouters:

[•]

(vii) If to Johan De Saegher:

[•]

(viii) If to Geoff Ingham:

[•]

(ix) If to any additional Holder not listed above, to the address set forth with respect to such Holder in the Company’s records.

* * * * *

 

36


Annex II

 

HOLDERS
/s/ Laurent Lenoir
Laurent Lenoir
/s/ Kurt Decat
Kurt Decat
/s/ Johan de Saegher
Johan de Saegher
/s/ Piet Vanneste
Piet Vanneste
/s/ Guy Wouters
Guy Wouters
/s/ Jean-Michel Denis
Jean-Michel Denis
/s/ Claudio Eleuteri
Claudio Eleuteri
/s/ Sabine Ketsman
Sabine Ketsman
/s/ Marc Philips
Marc Philips
/s/ Guy Van Den Bossche
Guy Van Den Bossche
/s/ Paul Van den Bulcke
Paul Van den Bulcke
/s/ Russ Baxter
Russ Baxter
/s/ Jessica Feather-Bowman
Jessica Feather-Bowman

 

37


/s/ David Watson
David Watson
/s/ Franky De Grave
Franky De Grave
/s/ Roose Peter
Roose Peter
/s/ Werner Gurtner
Werner Gurtner
/s/ Gerry Franco
Gerry Franco
/s/ Eddy Colman
Eddy Colman
/s/ Koen Denolf
Koen Denolf
/s/ Tamara Denecker
Tamara Denecker
/s/ Filip Janssens
Filip Janssens
/s/ Dwane Brumfield
Dwane Brumfield
/s/ Mattias De Lille
Mattias De Lille
/s/ Yong Liew Chee
Yong Liew Chee
/s/ Daan Scheldeman
Daan Scheldeman
/s/ Mellard Jonathan
Mellard Jonathan
/s/ Kurt Buyse
Kurt Buyse

 

38


/s/ Britto Henrique
Britto Henrique
/s/ Robert Moyens
Robert Moyens
/s/ Piet Van Acker
Piet Van Acker
/s/ Maya German
Maya German
/s/ Thorin Flynt
Thorin Flynt
/s/ Bob Ash
Bob Ash
/s/ Simon Han
Simon Han
/s/ Jo Verberckt
Jo Verberckt
/s/ Justin Schoonover
Justin Schoonover
/s/ Alexis Henricot
Alexis Henricot
/s/ Charles Shaver
Charles Shaver
/s/ Pol Vanderhaeghen
Pol Vanderhaeghen
/s/ Scott Kleinman
Scott Kleinman
/s/ Marv Schlanger
Marv Schlanger
/s/ Samuel Feinstein
Samuel Feinstein

 

39


/s/ Justin Stevens
Justin Stevens
/s/ Kenny Cordell
Kenny Cordell

 

40

Exhibit 10.8

BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

AMENDED AND RESTATED

NON—RECOURSE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE PURCHASE

AGREEMENT

Taminco B. V. B.A.

Between,

BNP PARIBAS FORTIS FACTOR N.V.

with registered office at Turnhout, Steenweg op Tielen 51

RPM/RPR n° 0414.392.710

hereinafter referred to as the “Purchaser” ,

and TAMINCO B.V.B.A.

with registered office at 9000 Gent, Pantserschipstraat 207

RPM/RPR n° 0859.910.443

hereinafter referred to as the “Seller” ,

The Purchaser and the Seller are hereinafter individually referred to as a “Party” or jointly as the “Parties” .

Whereas:

 

(a) the Parties have concluded a non-recourse factoring agreement on July 31st 2007, taking effect as from August 24th 2007, as amended from time to time by certain endorsements and amendments thereto (the “Existing Agreement” );

 

(b) the Parties now have decided to continue their relationship in accordance with the terms and conditions agreed upon between them in this amended and restated non-recourse accounts receivable purchase agreement consisting of Particular Conditions and General Conditions (the “ Agreement ”), thereby continuing and replacing the Existing Agreement;

 

(c) the Purchaser has concluded similar individual non-recourse factoring agreements on July 31st 2007, taking effect as from August 24th 2007 with the companies Taminco Inc., Taminco Methylamines Inc. and Taminco Higher Amines Inc., all having their registered offices at 18195 PA Allentown, Two Windsor Plaza 7540 Windsor Drive, Suite 411, United States of America;

 

(d) Taminco Methylamines Inc has, on December 31st 2010 merged with Taminco Inc. and Taminco Higher Amines Inc., whereby all rights and obligations of Taminco Inc. and Taminco Higher Amines Inc. towards the Purchaser in accordance with their respective factoring agreements with the Purchaser, have automatically been transferred to Taminco Methylamines Inc. (the “ Merger ”);

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

(e) subsequently after the Merger, Taminco Methylamines Inc. has changed its name in Taminco Inc (“ Taminco Inc. ”);

 

(f) the factoring agreement concluded by the Purchaser with Taminco Inc. shall be amended and restated (the “ Taminco US Agreement ”) together with the conclusion of this Agreement concluded between the Purchaser and the Seller; and

 

(g) in accordance with the terms and conditions agreed upon in this Agreement, the Seller wishes the Purchaser to undertake the following tasks:

 

  I. the administration of accounts receivable resulting from the supply of goods and/or services, to be achieved via the data factoring system as set out in the Particular Conditions to this Agreement,

 

  II. the payment of the purchase price for the accounts receivable,

 

  III. the collection of the accounts receivable subject to section 12 (Delayed Dunning) of the Particular Conditions to this Agreement, and

 

  IV. the bearing of the insolvency risk from debtors.

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

2


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

PARTICULAR CONDITIONS

 

1 COUNTRIES

The countries listed in enclosure 1 (Countries) to this Agreement.

 

2 DISCOUNT

 

2.1 The “Discount” to which the Purchaser is entitled amounts to 0.04% of all accounts receivable transferred to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and is reflected in the Purchase Discount Fee as defined in article 2.6 of these Particular Conditions.

 

2.2 Additional Discount

 

2.2.1 In addition, in exchange for the Purchaser assuming the risk of loss with respect to the accounts receivable transferred to the Purchaser by the Seller in accordance with this Agreement, the Purchaser shall be entitled to an additional discount (the “Additional Discount” ), amounting to 0.08% of the accounts receivable assigned to the Purchaser for which the insolvency risk coverage is governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in particular as stipulated in Section 16 (Payment of Deferred Purchase Price) , Subsection 16.1 (European and North American Countries) of the Particular Conditions to this Agreement . The Additional Discount is reflected in the Purchase Discount Fee as defined in article 2.6 of these Particular Conditions.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby agree that the total of the Discount and the Additional Discount to which the Purchaser is entitled for such accounts receivable shall amount to 0.12%.

 

2.2.2 Partial Reimbursement of Additional Discount

However, the Parties agree that, for the accounts receivable for which the insolvency risk coverage is governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in particular as stipulated in Section 16 (Payment of Deferred Purchase Price) , Subsection 16.1 (European and North American Countries) of the Particular Conditions to this Agreement, but for which no sufficient purchase approval limit has been granted by the Purchaser in accordance with article 7 of the General Conditions, the Purchaser shall reimburse the Seller the corresponding Additional Discount related to such accounts receivable for which no sufficient purchase approval limit has been granted. Such reimbursement shall be paid by the Purchaser to the Seller based on the calculations made by the Purchaser on the first Saturday of each month relating to the previous month, provided that the Purchaser may offset such amount in the Seller’s current account held with the Purchaser against any obligation it has to pay over collections of such receivables to the Seller.

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

3


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

2.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby agree that the discount to which the Purchaser is entitled with regard to the accounts receivable assigned to the Purchaser for which the insolvency risk coverage is governed by the terms and conditions of the Coface Policy or the Delcredere Policy, both defined in Section 16 (Payment of Deferred Purchase Price) , Subsection 16.2 (Non-European and Non-North American Countries) of the Particular Conditions to this Agreement, shall amount to the Discount stipulated above in Section 2.1.

 

2.4 Revision of the Additional Discount

 

2.4.1 The Parties hereby agree that the Additional Discount as stipulated above in Section 2.2.1 shall be subject to revision as outlined hereunder:

 

  (i) Market Disruption Clause

The Purchaser may be forced, by external (cost-related) developments to increase the Additional Discount, as set forth in Section 2 (Discount) , subsection 2.2.1 (Additional Discount) ). However, the Purchaser shall not be permitted to increase the Additional Discount more than once per factoring year, commencing with the factoring year beginning on July 1 st 2012.

The Purchaser may also increase the rate, as reflected by “M” in the Discount Fee, provided that such increase shall be limited to 0.75%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such increase shall modify the purchase price with respect to accounts receivable that have been sold prior to the effective date of such increase.

The Purchaser shall inform the Seller of such a decision immediately by registered mail thereby documenting the developments that led to the Purchaser’s decision. During a period of 90 days after receipt of such letter, the Parties, both acting in good faith, will conduct mutual negotiations with regard to the Purchaser’s decision. During the same period of 90 days after receipt of such letter, the Seller has the right to terminate this Agreement by informing the Purchaser by registered mail, thereby providing the Purchaser with a notice period of 90 days during which this Agreement shall remain in force and effect. In the event the Seller does not provide the Purchaser with such registered letter as stipulated in this article, the changes made by the Purchaser shall be deemed accepted by the Seller.

 

2.5 The Parties agree that the purchase price for the accounts receivable reflects a fee to the Seller for continued servicing of the accounts receivable. If, at any time during the term of this Agreement, the Purchaser takes over the dunning from the Seller, an amount of 5 EUR per booked invoice or credit note will be charged to the Seller.

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

4


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

2.6 Purchase Price for the Sold Accounts Receivable—Discount Fee

The initial portion of the purchase price is calculated based on the formula set forth below:

Initial Purchase Price = Corrected Face Value Receivable *(1-(B+M)*(DSO+N)/360)—(Face Value Receivable * D)

Whereby:

 

   

Corrected Face Value Receivable =

85% of the face value of the Sold Account Receivable

 

   

B = the base rate being:

 

   

EURIBOR 3 month in the event, at Seller’s option, the Purchase Price is paid in EUR;

 

   

Purchaser’s cost of funds in the event, at Seller’s option, the Purchase Price is paid in USD, GBP or JPY

 

   

M = the margin amounting to 0.60%

 

   

DSO = weighted average days sales outstanding on an annual basis which shall be calculated and revised by the Purchaser on a quarterly basis. Parties hereby agree that, at the Starting Date of this Agreement, the DSO shall amount to 64 days.

 

   

N = additional days to be added to the DSO, which amount to 5 for the Seller

 

   

D = the Discount plus the Additional Discount

 

   

Face Value Receivable = 100% of the face value of the Sold Account Receivable (incl. VAT)

 

3 MINIMUM FACTOR DISCOUNT

The minimum discount (which shall equal the sum of the Discount and the Additional Discount) can never be lower than 100.000 EUR per year and shall be considered as a minimum discount calculated jointly for this Agreement and the Taminco US Agreement together. This minimum discount is claimable at the start of every factoring year and is due for payment at the end of every factoring-year, factoring-year meaning every period of 12 months from the Starting Date as defined in these Particular Conditions. The amount payable with respect to the minimum discount will be the difference between 100.000 EUR and the sum of the Discounts and the Additional Discounts for all accounts receivable sold during the applicable factoring year.

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

5


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

4 START-UP AND REGISTRATION COSTS

The one-time start-up and registration costs amounted to 50.000 EUR, together with the start up and registration costs for the Taminco US Agreement, and was paid by the Seller to the Purchaser at the start date of the Existing Agreement.

 

5 TRANSFER OF BANK ACCOUNTS

The Seller has transferred to the Purchaser the bank accounts, which are used for collecting debtors’ payments.

 

6 PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE AND ADVANCE PAYMENTS; CONCENTRATION LIMITS

 

6.1 The partial payment of the purchase price available for payment to the Seller under Section 5 of the General Conditions shall amount to 85% on the face value of the respective approved accounts receivable (incl. VAT) for which a sufficient purchase line has been issued by the Purchaser (the “Sold Accounts Receivable” ), as adjusted by means of the Discount Fee as stipulated in article 2.6 of these Particular Conditions to the Agreement.

However, the Parties hereby agree that accounts receivable for which no sufficient credit limit has been issued, and which are therefore considered as unapproved shall merely be considered as financed accounts receivable (the “Financed Accounts Receivable” ). Parties thereby agree that the financing provided by the Purchaser on such Financed Accounts

Receivable shall amount to 85% on the face value of the respective Financed Accounts Receivable, as adjusted by the amount of the formula set forth below. The Parties thereby agree that the financing on such Financed Accounts Receivable will be limited to 30% of all outstanding accounts receivable together and that such Financed Accounts Receivable shall be financed by the Purchaser for a period running up to maximum 90 days after the due date of such Financed Accounts Receivable.

Financing to be provided = Corrected Face Value Receivable *(1-(B+M)*(DSO+N)/360) – (Face Value Receivable * D)

Whereby:

 

   

Corrected Face Value Receivable =

85% of the face value of the Financed Account Receivable

 

   

B = the base rate being:

 

   

EURIBOR 3 month in the event, at Seller’s option, the financing is made in EUR;

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

6


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

   

Purchaser’s cost of funds in the event, at Seller’s option, the financing is made in USD, GBP or JPY

 

   

M = the margin amounting to 0.60%

 

   

DSO = weighted average days sales outstanding on an annual basis which shall be calculated and revised by the Purchaser on a quarterly basis. Parties hereby agree that, at the Starting Date of this Agreement, the DSO shall amount to 64 days.

 

   

N = additional days to be added to the DSO, which amount to 5 for the Seller

 

   

D = the Discount plus the Additional Discount

 

   

Face Value Receivable = 100% of the face value of the Financed Account Receivable (incl. VAT)

 

6.2 The Parties agree that, in order for a transferred account receivable to be eligible for purchase or financing, the debtor with regard to such account receivable may not represent a concentration of more than 15% of the amount of the approved outstanding accounts receivable on all debtors assigned to the Purchaser, with exception of:

 

   

BASF: 30%

 

   

DOW: 30%

 

   

Cerexagri: 30%

 

   

Goldschmidt: 30%

 

6.3 The Parties hereby agree that the transferred accounts receivable of the debtor Agirashi shall not be sold, nor financed under this Agreement. Furthermore, the Parties agree that all intercompany receivables owed by entities belonging to the group of the Seller such as, but not limited to, Taminco Inc., Taminco North, Taminco Shanghai, Taminco Italia, Taminco GmbH, Taminco SA (Luxembourg), Taminco Mexico S. de R.L., Taminco South, Taminco Do brasol Produtos Quimico Ltda, shall not be sold, nor financed under this Agreement.

 

6.4 The Parties hereby agree that the aggregate amount of accounts receivable on all debtors located in the following list of countries may not represent more than 10% of the total amount outstanding. In the event this 10% threshold is exceeded, the respective accounts receivable will no longer be eligible for purchase or financing:—Argentina

 

   

Indonesia

 

   

Pakistan

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

7


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

   

Vietnam

 

   

Uruguay

 

   

Ecuador

 

   

Sri Lanka

 

   

Egypt

 

   

Syria

 

   

United Arab Emirates

 

   

Algeria

 

   

Russian Federation

 

   

Yemen

 

   

Guatemala

 

6.5 The Parties agree that confirmed letters of credit shall not constitute accounts receivable hereunder and that therefore accounts receivable secured by confirmed letters of credit shall not be sold, nor purchased under this Agreement.

 

6.6 The Purchaser shall bring in a retention for the end of year rebates which, for the Seller, amounts to a permanent retention of 150.000 EUR for quarterly sales rebates and a retention for the end of year rebates of 1.800.000 EUR (being 150.000 EUR per calendar month).

 

6.7 The Parties agree that the Seller may provide credit rebates on outstanding accounts receivable in the ordinary course of its business and consistent with customary practice, and the final payments with respect to any such diluted receivables will be reduced by the amount of such dilution; provided, however, that any write off or compromise of an account receivable as a result of the insolvency or credit status of the debtor shall not constitute dilution hereunder. In the event the dilution in the debtor portfolio (dilution being amounts not paid by the respective debtor to the Factor due to credit notes, disputes, payments made on the bank account of the Client,...) should exceed the 10% dilution level, the percentage of the purchase price constituting the initial payment thereof with regard to Sold Accounts Receivable, or the percentage of financing with regard to Financed Accounts Receivable as stipulated in Section 6.1 shall be decreased by the percentage exceeding said 10% limit.

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

8


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

7 MAXIMUM PROGRAM SIZE

 

7.1 The Maximum Program Size amounts to 100.000.000 EUR (one hundred million EURO). The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that this Maximum Program Size is to be considered as one global Maximum Program Size for the Seller under this Agreement and for Taminco Inc. under the Taminco US Agreement combined.

 

8 INTEREST CONDITIONS

 

8.1 Advances on Accounts Receivable

For EUR: EURIBOR 3 month + 0.60%

For USD, GBP or JPY: the Purchaser’s cost of funds + 0.60%

 

8.2 Overdraw Provision

A monthly provision amounting to 1% on the highest amount of the overdraw.

 

9 STARTING DATE AND TERM

The Parties acknowledge that the Existing Agreement was signed on July 31 st 2007 and has been effective as from August 24 th 2007, which is to be considered as the starting date of the Existing Agreement, for a minimum term of four years, and has subsequently been extended for a period of five years beginning July 1 st 2010.

However, the Parties hereby agree that the Parties have continued their relationship in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as from February 15 th 2012, thereby continuing and replacing the Existing Agreement as from such moment.

The Parties hereby agree that this Agreement shall continue to remain in full force and effect for a defined period of time running up and until June 30 th 2015 (the “Extended Initial Term” ).

The Parties hereby agree that, after said Extended Initial Term, this Agreement, unless terminated by one of the Parties providing the other Party with a notice period of 1 year before the end of the Extended Initial Term, shall be automatically and tacitly renewed for consecutive renewal periods of 1 year each, unless terminated by one of the Parties by providing the other Party with a notice period of 1 year before the end of such a renewal period. Any and all accounts receivable conveyed by the Seller to the Purchaser prior to the termination of this Agreement for any reason shall remain with the Purchaser and shall not revert to the Seller, subject to the dilution provisions of this Agreement.

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

9


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

10 PLEDGE

The Parties acknowledge that the Existing Agreement was pledged by the Seller on October 29 th 2007 to its bank syndicate, by means of a pledge thereof to Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A. (trading as Rabobank International), London Branch as Security Agent. The Parties furthermore acknowledge that the Seller has informed the Purchaser, by means of a registered letter dated February 15 th 2012, that said pledge has been released by the facility agent of the bank syndicate on February 14 th 2012.

 

11 PROCESSING OF PERSONAL DATA

The above mentioned personal data are processed in accordance with the conditions of the Law of December 8, 1992 (see also clause 35 of the General Conditions).

 

12 DELAYED DUNNING

The Purchaser grants a mandate to the Seller to perform the collection and dunning of the debtors (the “Dunning Mandate” ).

The Parties agree that this Dunning Mandate can only be terminated if a covenant stipulated in section 14 (Covenants) is breached or at the request of the Seller. If requested, the Purchaser may request transfer of the Dunning Mandate for accounts receivable that are pledged, sold or transferred.

For non-European and non-North American countries, the Seller hereby agrees and warrants to act diligently in handling claims as stipulated in the Coface Policy or the Delcredere Policy, as defined below.

 

13 NON-NOTIFIED

Without prejudice to any rights granted to the Purchaser in accordance with this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree that notice of the assignment of the accounts receivable will not be included on the Seller’s invoices.

 

14 COVENANTS

The tangible net worth is calculated as follows:

Consolidated Equity on group level of the company Taminco Group N.V.:

share capital

 

   

share premium

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

10


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

   

reserves and retained earnings (excluding any cumulative negative adjustments from the amortisation or impairment of goodwill)

 

   

cumulative translation adjustments

 

   

net unrealised gains/(losses)

 

   

current and future subordinated shareholders loans

Whereby the tangible net worth as calculated above, without taking the amortisation on the goodwill into account, must remain above:

 

   

15% of the total assets in order to maintain the confidential character of this Agreement, as outlined in Section 13 (Non-Notified) of these Particular Conditions to this Agreement; otherwise, the Purchaser may notify the Seller’s debtors of the existence of this Agreement; and

 

   

12% of the total assets in order to maintain the Dunning Mandate as granted by the Purchaser to the Seller in accordance with Section 12 (Delayed Dunning) of these Particular Conditions to this Agreement; otherwise, the Purchaser has the right to take over the collection of the accounts receivable.

 

15 AUDIT FEE

An audit fee amounting to 750 EUR per audit shall be charged to the Seller.

 

16 PAYMENT OF DEFERRED PURCHASE PRICE

 

16.1 European and North American Countries

 

  (i) The Purchaser shall bear the credit and insolvency risk from debtors located in European and North American countries in accordance with the General Conditions to this Agreement; in particular in accordance with articles 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15 and 16 of the General Conditions to this Agreement.

 

  (ii) However, in exception of article 11 (Payment of Deferred Purchase Price) of said General Conditions to this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree that the assumption of the credit and insolvency risk borne by the Purchaser, if wholly or partially unpaid 90 days after the due date, will, subject to the terms and conditions agreed upon in this Agreement, upon Seller’s request, be indemnified by the Purchaser for 90% of the amount of the respective account receivable (V.A.T. included, within the credit line and less the amount of any counterclaims). The remaining 10%, if not paid by the debtor, will be deducted from the purchase price for the accounts receivable.

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

11


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

  (iii) Taking into account that the Seller shall perform the dunning of debtors located in European and North American countries in accordance with Section 12 (Delayed Dunning) of the Particular Conditions to this Agreement, the Seller hereby agrees that, unless otherwise agreed with the Purchaser in connection with a particular account receivable, the Seller, as part of the dunning process, shall provide the respective debtors with formal notice.

 

  (iv) The Parties agree that the Seller shall be required to provide the Purchaser with a copy of the invoice relating to an account receivable and all relevant information and documentation related thereto, no later than the time when such respective account receivable becomes 75 days past due. In the event the Seller does not comply with this condition, this will forfeit the Seller’s right on any Deferred Purchase Price as provided for in this Agreement.

 

  (v)

The Parties agree that the insolvency risk coverage provided by the Purchaser in accordance with this Section 16.1 (European and North American Countries) may be subject to an annual benchmark conducted by both the Purchaser and the Seller acting together once per factoring year and beginning with the factoring year commencing on July 1 st 2012.

For the purpose of such benchmark, the Seller shall inform the Purchaser by registered letter within a period of 30 days after the annual anniversary date of July 1 st , thereby informing the Purchaser that the Seller wishes to conduct a benchmark in accordance with this article.

Within a period of 30 days after the Purchaser has been informed of the Seller’s desire to conduct a benchmark in accordance with this article, the Seller shall provide the Purchaser with a copy of a signed binding offer with regard to the insolvency risk coverage as provided by the Purchaser in accordance with this Section 16.1 (European and North American Countries) , issued by one of the three largest credit insurance companies active in Belgium.

The Seller hereby grants the Purchaser the right of first refusal with regard to the insolvency risk coverage stipulated in this Section 16.1 (European and North American Countries) which the Purchaser may exercise by adapting the Additional Discount and offering the Seller the same conditions as proposed in the above mentioned signed and binding third party offer.

In the event the Purchaser would decide not to make use of such right of first refusal, this Agreement shall continue to remain in force; however, in such an instance the Purchaser shall not provide the Seller with insolvency risk coverage as stipulated in Section 16 (Payment of Deferred Purchase Price) , Subsection 16.1 (European and North American Countries) of the Particular Conditions to this Agreement. If the Purchaser no longer provides the Seller with insolvency risk coverage for its accounts receivable, all accounts receivable financed hereunder after the date of such determination shall be Financed Accounts Receivable.

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

12


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties both acknowledge that this benchmark procedure is strictly limited to the Additional Discount, being the discount to which the Purchaser is entitled for the insolvency risk coverage as provided by the Purchaser in accordance with this Agreement for European and North American Countries as stipulated in this Section 16.1.

All other services provided by the Purchaser, and the related fees, rates and discounts thereto (including the assignment of the accounts receivable) shall in no event be part of the subject matter of the benchmark as outlined in this article.

 

16.2 Non-European and Non-North American Countries

 

  (i) The Purchaser shall bear the insolvency risk of debtors located in non-European and non-North American countries in accordance with terms and conditions of the credit insurance policies concluded by the Seller with Coface (the “Coface Policy’) and Delcredere (the “Delcredere Policy” ). Both the Coface Policy and the Delcredere Policy are attached hereto.

 

  (ii) The Seller hereby agrees to provide the Purchaser with a copy of both the Coface Policy and the Delcredere Policy. Furthermore, both Parties acknowledge that the Seller has or will complete all necessary formalities so that the Purchaser becomes the beneficiary of the Coface Policy and the Delcredere Policy.

 

  (iii) In the event the credit insurer, being either Coface or Delcredere, refuses to make a payment under guarantee because the Seller did not fulfill all conditions of either the Coface Policy or the Delcredere Policy, as applicable, the Purchaser will also not be held to make any payment under guarantee towards the Seller.

 

  (iv) The Parties acknowledge that the stipulations in this Agreement regarding insolvency risk coverage shall not be applicable for non-European and non-North American countries. The insolvency risk coverage for such countries is entirely governed by the terms and conditions of the Coface Policy or the Delcredere Policy, as applicable.

This Agreement contains 10 pages of General Conditions and 14 pages of Particular Conditions. By executing this Agreement, the Seller recognizes that it has received and read these Particular Conditions, as a token whereof it delivers a signed copy of these Particular Conditions to the Purchaser.

This Agreement was made out in 2 specimen at Turnhout on 24 of October 2012 and each Party has received an original document.

 

Taminco B.V.B.A.   BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V.

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

13


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

Attachments: Enclosure 1—Countries

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

14


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

Enclosure 1: COUNTRIES

 

1 Accepted countries

 

   

United Arab Emirates

 

   

Argentina

 

   

Australia

 

   

Belgium

 

   

Bulgaria

 

   

Brazil

 

   

Canada

 

   

Chile

 

   

China

 

   

Colombia

 

   

Costa Rica

 

   

Cyprus

 

   

Czech Republic

 

   

Denmark

 

   

Algeria

 

   

Ecuador

 

   

Egypt

 

   

Spain

 

   

Finland

 

   

France

 

   

Great Britain

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

15


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

   

Greece

 

   

Hong Kong

 

   

Hungary

 

   

Indonesia

 

   

Ireland

 

   

Israel

 

   

India

 

   

Italy

 

   

Jordan

 

   

Japan

 

   

South Korea

 

   

Lithuania

 

   

Latvia

 

   

Morocco

 

   

Malta

 

   

Mexico

 

   

Malaysia

 

   

The Netherlands

 

   

Norway

 

   

New Zealand

 

   

Oman

 

   

Philippines

 

   

Pakistan

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

16


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

   

Poland

 

   

Portugal

 

   

Romania

 

   

Russian Federation

 

   

Saudi Arabia

 

   

Sweden

 

   

Singapore

 

   

Slovenia

 

   

Slovak Republic

 

   

Syria

 

   

Thailand

 

   

Tunisia

 

   

Turkey

 

   

Taiwan

 

   

Ukraine

 

   

United States of America

 

   

Uruguay

 

   

Vietnam

 

   

South Africa

 

   

Luxemburg

 

   

Austria

 

   

Switzerland

 

   

Germany

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

17


BNP PARIBAS FORTIS

FACTOR

 

 

   

Mauritius

 

   

Paraguay

 

   

Peru

 

   

Venezuela

 

   

Panama

 

   

Puerto Rico

 

   

Qatar

 

   

Lebanon

 

   

Yemen

 

   

Liechtenstein

 

   

Kuwait

 

   

The Bahamas

 

   

Guatemala

 

   

Serbia

 

   

Croatia

 

   

Estonia

 

   

Kenya

 

   

Senegal

 

Particular Conditions BNP Paribas Fortis Factor N.V. — Taminco B.V.B.A.

Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement

 

18

Exhibit 10.9

TRANCHE A (TIME-VESTING) NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [                    ] (the “ Grant Date ”), by and among TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [            ] (the “ Optionee ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, acting through a Committee (as defined in the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”)) with the consent of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) has granted to the Optionee, effective as of the date of this Agreement, an option under the Plan to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan;

WHEREAS , the Tranche A Option granted pursuant to this Agreement is intended to be a single option grant made as of the Grant Date and this Agreement will be interpreted accordingly;

WHEREAS , by accepting this Tranche A Option, the Optionee agrees that certain restrictions shall apply to the Optionee, which restrictions are set forth on Schedule I of the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. The Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement as if set forth herein in their entirety (including, without limitation, the provisions of Articles V and IX and Schedule I). In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. A copy of the Plan may be obtained from the Company by the Optionee upon request. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan.

Section 2. Option: Option Price . On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 18 of this Agreement, the Optionee shall have the option (the “ Option ”) to purchase Shares at the price per Share (the “ Option Price ”) and in the amounts set forth on the signature page hereto. Payment of the Option Price may be made in the manner specified by Section 5.9 of the Plan. The Option is not intended to qualify for federal income tax purposes as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 of this Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable as to all Vested Options (as defined in Section 4 ) until the expiration of the Option Term (as defined in Section 3 ). Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, upon a Termination of Relationship, the unvested portion of the Option (i.e., that portion which does not constitute Vested Options) shall terminate.

Section 3. Term . The term of the Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall commence on the Grant Date and expire on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, unless the Option shall have sooner been terminated in accordance with the terms of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.7 of the Plan) or this Agreement.


Section 4. Vesting . Subject to the Optionee’s continued employment or other service relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries through each applicable vesting date, the Options shall become non-forfeitable (when the Options become non-forfeitable, the “ Vested Options ”) and shall become exercisable according to the following provision:

(a) Twenty percent (20%) of the Options shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable on each of the first five anniversaries of the Closing Date (as defined in the Plan); provided , however , that all of the unvested Options shall immediately become Vested Options and shall become exercisable immediately prior to a Realization Event.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, each unvested Option shall cease vesting as of the time of the Optionee’s Termination of Relationship with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries for any reason and no Option which is not a Vested Option as of such time shall become a Vested Option thereafter. All decisions by the Committee with respect to any calculations pursuant to this Section (absent manifest error) shall be final and binding on the Optionee.

Section 5. Restriction on Transfer . The Option may not be transferred, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Optionee inter vivos and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. If the Optionee dies, the Option can be transferred to his or her heirs and shall thereafter be exercisable, during the period specified in Section 7 of this Agreement, by his or her heirs, executors or administrators to the full extent to which the Option was exercisable by the Optionee at the time of his or her death. The Option shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option contrary to the provisions hereof, and the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, shall be null and void and without effect. Upon the exercise of an Option, to the extent such Optionee is not then a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Optionee shall deliver to the Company an Adoption Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, pursuant to which the Optionee agrees to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement.

Section 6. Optionee’s Employment or Other Service Relationship . Nothing in the Option shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue the Optionee’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Affiliates or stockholders, as the case may be, to terminate the Optionee’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or its Affiliates or to increase or decrease the Optionee’s compensation at any time, subject to the terms and conditions of the Optionee’s employment or service agreement. The grant of the Option is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive any other grant of other Awards under the Plan in the future. The grant of the Option does not form part of the Optionee’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits in terms of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

Section 7. Termination .

(a) The Option shall automatically terminate and shall become null and void and be of no further force and effect upon the earliest of:

(i) The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

2


(ii) Where the Optionee is deemed to be a “Good Leaver” (as defined below), the later of (A) the first anniversary of any Termination of Relationship of the Optionee or (B) the thirtieth (30th) day following the expiration of the Belgian Tax Lock-Up Period (as defined in the Plan);

(iii) Where the Optionee is deemed to be a “Medium Leaver” (as defined below), the later of (A) the ninetieth (90 th ) day following any Termination of Relationship of the Optionee or (B) the thirtieth (30th) day following the expiration of the Belgian Tax Lock-Up Period; or

(iv) The date of the Termination of Relationship of the Optionee where the Optionee is deemed to be a “ Bad Leaver ” (as defined below).

(b) Following a Termination of Relationship, the Option Shares acquired upon the exercise of Vested Options may be repurchased by the Company or other “Eligible Offerees” (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) in accordance with terms and provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement as follows:

(i) If the Optionee was a Good Leaver, all of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for their Fair Market Value;

(ii) If the Optionee was a Medium Leaver, (A) 50% of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for their Fair Market Value, and (B) 50% of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for the lesser of (x) the Option Price paid by the Optionee for such Option Shares or (y) the Fair Market Value of such Option Shares; and

(iii) If the Optionee was a Bad Leaver, all of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for the lesser of (x) the Option Price paid by the Optionee for such Option Shares or (y) the Fair Market Value of such Option Shares.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Good Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Company without Cause, (B) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Optionee for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7(b)(iv), below), (C) the Optionee’s death, serious illness or permanent disability, or (D) the Optionee’s standard (early) retirement (consistent with the Company’s procedures and policies) on or following the third anniversary of the Grant Date;

(ii) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Medium Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) the Optionee’s voluntary resignation on or following the third anniversary of the Grant Date for any reason pursuant to which the Optionee would not be deemed a Good Leaver, or (B) the Optionee’s standard (early) retirement (consistent with the Company’s procedures and policies) prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date; and

 

3


(iii) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Bad Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Company for Cause, or (B) except as may otherwise be determined by the Board, the Optionee’s voluntary resignation prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date for any reason pursuant to which the Optionee would not be deemed a Good Leaver or a Medium Leaver.

(iv) An Optionee shall have “ Good Reason ” to resign his employment or terminate his services within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the occurrence of any of the following, unless the Holder has given his specific prior written consent that he shall not invoke the relevant event as a Good Reason: (A) the relocation Optionee’s current principal employment or service location more than one hundred (100) kilometers from Optionee’s current principal employment or service location; (B) the sale of the Optionee’s business unit, or (C) a material breach by the Company or one of its Affiliates of any employment or service agreement entered into between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Affiliates which has not been cured (if such breach can be cured) after notice and a reasonable opportunity and period to cure.

Section 8. Notices . All notices, claims, certificates, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and delivered if personally delivered or if sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier, by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to it at:

Taminco Acquisition Corporation

c/o Apollo Management, L.P.

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 100 19

Attn:    Scott M. Kleinman and Chief Legal Officer

With copies to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022-4802

  Attn: Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.
       Bradd L. Williamson, Esq.

If to the Optionee, to him or her at the address set forth on the signature page hereto or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery (or if such date is not a business day, on the next business day after the date of delivery), (b) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date sent, (c) the case of telecopy transmission, when received (or if not sent on a business day, on the next business day after the date sent), and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

 

4


Section 9. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

Section 10. Optionee’s Undertaking . The Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Optionee pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Section 11. Modification of Rights . The rights of the Optionee are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan (with respect to the Options granted hereby). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement and the Plan may not be impaired without the Optionee’s consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be modified or amended if such change would impair the rights of or have material adverse tax consequences for the Optionee without the consent of the Optionee.

Section 12. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICTING PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE TO BE APPLIED. IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WILL CONTROL THE INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF UNDER SUCH JURISDICTION’S CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW ANALYSIS, THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF SOME OTHER JURISDICTION WOULD ORDINARILY APPLY.

Section 13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

Section 14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan (and the other writings referred to herein) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior written or oral negotiations, commitments, representations and agreements with respect thereto.

Section 15. Severability . It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction,

 

5


shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 16. Enforcement . In the event the Company or any Optionee institutes litigation to enforce or protect its rights under this Agreement or the Plan, each party shall be solely responsible for all attorneys’ fees, out-of-pocket costs and disbursements it incurs relating to such litigation and in no event shall any party be responsible for paying all or any part of any other party’s fees or expenses.

Section 17. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding arising hereunder.

Section 18. Acceptance of Option . If the Optionee does not execute this Agreement within sixty (60) days following the Grant Date and thereby accept the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan (including, without limitation, Schedule I of the Plan), then the Optionee will be deemed to have declined the Option and the Option will be null and void (and the Optionee will have no rights with respect thereto).

[signature page follows]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement as of the date written under their signature.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Title:

Date of signature:

OPTIONEE

DECLARATION: ELECTION OF TAXATION: Pursuant to article 42 § 1 of the Act of March 26, 1999, the Optionee acknowledges that he is accepting all the terms and provisions of the Plan including the election for taxation of his Options as of the date of grant provided in Schedule I, that his acceptance of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is made no later than the 60 th day after the Grant Date, so that he is eligible for the special taxation regime provided in said Act of March 26, 1999.

 

[Name]

Residence Address:

 

 

Date of signature:

Number of Shares of Common Stock

subject to [Tranche A] Options: [            ]

Option Price for [Tranche A] Options: $100

Exhibit 10.10

TRANCHE B-1 (PERFORMANCE-VESTING) NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT , dated as of [                    ] (the “ Grant Date ”), by and among TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [            ] (the “ Optionee ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, acting through a Committee (as defined in the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”)) with the consent of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) has granted to the Optionee, effective as of the date of this Agreement, an option under the Plan to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan;

WHEREAS , the Tranche B-1 Option granted pursuant to this Agreement is intended to be a single option grant made as of the Grant Date and this Agreement will be interpreted accordingly;

WHEREAS , by accepting this Tranche B-1 Option, the Optionee agrees that certain restrictions shall apply to the Optionee, which restrictions are set forth on Schedule I of the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. The Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement as if set forth herein in their entirety (including, without limitation, the provisions of Articles V and IX and Schedule I). In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. A copy of the Plan may be obtained from the Company by the Optionee upon request. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan.

Section 2. Option: Option Price . On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 18 of this Agreement, the Optionee shall have the option (the “ Option ”) to purchase Shares at the price per Share (the “ Option Price ”) and in the amounts set forth on the signature page hereto. Payment of the Option Price may be made in the manner specified by Section 5.9 of the Plan. The Option is not intended to qualify for federal income tax purposes as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 of this Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable as to all Vested Options (as defined in Section 4 ) until the expiration of the Option Term (as defined in Section 3 ). Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, upon a Termination of Relationship, the unvested portion of the Option (i.e., that portion which does not constitute Vested Options) shall terminate.

Section 3. Term . The term of the Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall commence on the Grant Date and expire on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, unless the Option shall have sooner been terminated in accordance with the terms of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.7 of the Plan) or this Agreement.


Section 4. Vesting . Subject to the Optionee’s continued employment or other service relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries through each applicable vesting date, the Options shall become non-forfeitable (when the Options become non-forfeitable, the “ Vested Options ”) and shall become exercisable according to the following provision:

(a) The Options shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable (i) immediately prior to a Realization Event if in connection with such Realization Event (A) the realized Sponsor IRR equals or exceeds 17% and the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 1.5 or (B) the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 2.0, or (ii) on the first date following the occurrence of a Realization Event as of which (A) the realized Sponsor IRR equals or exceeds 17% and the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 1.5 or (B) the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 2.0.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, each unvested Option shall cease vesting as of the time of the Optionee’s Termination of Relationship with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries for any reason and no Option which is not a Vested Option as of such time shall become a Vested Option thereafter, except as provided in Section 7(b) below. All decisions by the Committee with respect to any calculations pursuant to this Section (absent manifest error) shall be final and binding on the Optionee.

Section 5. Restriction on Transfer . The Option may not be transferred, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Optionee inter vivos and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. If the Optionee dies, the Option can be transferred to his or her heirs and shall thereafter be exercisable, during the period specified in Section 7 of this Agreement, by his or her heirs, executors or administrators to the full extent to which the Option was exercisable by the Optionee at the time of his or her death. The Option shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option contrary to the provisions hereof, and the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, shall be null and void and without effect. Upon the exercise of an Option, to the extent such Optionee is not then a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Optionee shall deliver to the Company an Adoption Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, pursuant to which the Optionee agrees to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement.

Section 6. Optionee’s Employment or Other Service Relationship . Nothing in the Option shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue the Optionee’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Affiliates or stockholders, as the case may be, to terminate the Optionee’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or its Affiliates or to increase or decrease the Optionee’s compensation at any time, subject to the terms and conditions of the Optionee’s employment or service agreement. The grant of the Option is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive any other grant of other Awards under the Plan in the future. The grant of the Option does not form part of the Optionee’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits in terms of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

2


Section 7. Termination .

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in Section 7(b), the Option shall automatically terminate and shall become null and void and be of no further force and effect upon the earliest of:

(i) The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

(ii) Where the Optionee is deemed to be a “Good Leaver” (as defined below), the later of (A) the first anniversary of any Termination of Relationship of the Optionee or (B) the thirtieth (30th) day following the expiration of the Belgian Tax Lock-Up Period (as defined in the Plan);

(iii) Where the Optionee is deemed h to be a “Medium Leaver” (as defined below), the later of (A) the ninetieth (90 t h ) day following any Termination of Relationship of the Optionee or (B) the thirtieth (30th) day following the expiration of the Belgian Tax Lock-Up Period; or

(iv) The date of the Termination of Relationship of the Optionee where the Optionee is deemed to be a “ Bad Leaver ” (as defined below).

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7, if a Termination of Relationship other than by the Company for Cause occurs on or after the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date, the Options shall remain outstanding, can vest and can become exercisable until the end of the Option Term specified in Section 7(a)(i); provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any such Option be exercisable prior to the date such Option become a Vested Option pursuant to Section 4(a).

(c) Following a Termination of Relationship, the Option Shares acquired upon the exercise of Vested Options may be repurchased by the Company or other “Eligible Offerees” (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) in accordance with terms and provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement as follows:

(i) If the Optionee was a Good Leaver, all of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for their Fair Market Value;

(ii) If the Optionee was a Medium Leaver, (A) 50% of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for their Fair Market Value, and (B) 50% of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for the lesser of (x) the Option Price paid by the Optionee for such Option Shares or (y) the Fair Market Value of such Option Shares; and

(iii) If the Optionee was a Bad Leaver, all of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for the lesser of (x) the Option Price paid by the Optionee for such Option Shares or (y) the Fair Market Value of such Option Shares.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Good Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Company without Cause, (B) termination of employment or other

 

3


service relationship by the Optionee for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7(b)(iv), below), (C) the Optionee’s death, serious illness or permanent disability, or (D) the Optionee’s standard (early) retirement (consistent with the Company’s procedures and policies) on or following the third anniversary of the Grant Date;

(ii) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Medium Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) the Optionee’s voluntary resignation on or following the third anniversary of the Grant Date for any reason pursuant to which the Optionee would not be deemed a Good Leaver, or (B) the Optionee’s standard (early) retirement (consistent with the Company’s procedures and policies) prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date; and

(iii) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Bad Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Company for Cause, or (B) except as may otherwise be determined by the Board, the Optionee’s voluntary resignation prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date for any reason pursuant to which the Optionee would not be deemed a Good Leaver or a Medium Leaver.

(iv) An Optionee shall have “ Good Reason ” to resign his employment or terminate his services within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the occurrence of any of the following, unless the Holder has given his specific prior written consent that he shall not invoke the relevant event as a Good Reason: (A) the relocation Optionee’s current principal employment or service location more than one hundred (100) kilometers from Optionee’s current principal employment or service location; (B) the sale of the Optionee’s business unit, or (C) a material breach by the Company or one of its Affiliates of any employment or service agreement entered into between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Affiliates which has not been cured (if such breach can be cured) after notice and a reasonable opportunity and period to cure.

Section 8. Notices . All notices, claims, certificates, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and delivered if personally delivered or if sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier, by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to it at:

Taminco Acquisition Corporation

c/o Apollo Management, L.P.

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 100 19

  Attn: Scott M. Kleinman and Chief Legal Officer

With copies to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022-4802

  Attn: Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.
       Bradd L. Williamson, Esq.

 

4


If to the Optionee, to him or her at the address set forth on the signature page hereto or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery (or if such date is not a business day, on the next business day after the date of delivery), (b) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date sent, (c) the case of telecopy transmission, when received (or if not sent on a business day, on the next business day after the date sent), and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

Section 9. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

Section 10. Optionee’s Undertaking . The Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Optionee pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Section 11. Modification of Rights . The rights of the Optionee are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan (with respect to the Options granted hereby). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement and the Plan may not be impaired without the Optionee’s consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be modified or amended if such change would impair the rights of or have material adverse tax consequences for the Optionee without the consent of the Optionee.

Section 12. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICTING PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE TO BE APPLIED. IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WILL CONTROL THE INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF UNDER SUCH JURISDICTION’S CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW ANALYSIS, THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF SOME OTHER JURISDICTION WOULD ORDINARILY APPLY.

Section 13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

 

5


Section 14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan (and the other writings referred to herein) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior written or oral negotiations, commitments, representations and agreements with respect thereto.

Section 15. Severability . It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 16. Enforcement . In the event the Company or any Optionee institutes litigation to enforce or protect its rights under this Agreement or the Plan, each party shall be solely responsible for all attorneys’ fees, out-of-pocket costs and disbursements it incurs relating to such litigation and in no event shall any party be responsible for paying all or any part of any other party’s fees or expenses.

Section 17. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding arising hereunder.

Section 18. Acceptance of Option . If the Optionee does not execute this Agreement within sixty (60) days following the Grant Date and thereby accept the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan (including, without limitation, Schedule I of the Plan), then the Optionee will be deemed to have declined the Option and the Option will be null and void (and the Optionee will have no rights with respect thereto).

[signature page follows]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement as of the date written under their signature.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Title:

Date of signature:

OPTIONEE

DECLARATION: ELECTION OF TAXATION : Pursuant to article 42§ 1 of the Act of March 26, 1999, the Optionee acknowledges that he is accepting all the terms and provisions of the Plan including the election for taxation of his Options as of the date of grant provided in Schedule I, that his acceptance of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is made no later than the 60 th day after the Grant Date, so that he is eligible for the special taxation regime provided in said Act of March 26, 1999.

 

[Name]

Residence Address:

 

 

Date of signature:

Number of Shares of Common Stock

subject to [Tranche B-1] Options: [            ]

Option Price for [Tranche B-1] Options: $[            ]

Exhibit 10.11

TRANCHE B-2 (PERFORMANCE-VESTING) NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT , dated as of [                    ] (the “ Grant Date ”), by and among TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [            ] (the “ Optionee ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, acting through a Committee (as defined in the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”)) with the consent of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) has granted to the Optionee, effective as of the date of this Agreement, an option under the Plan to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan;

WHEREAS , the Tranche B-2 Option granted pursuant to this Agreement is intended to be a single option grant made as of the Grant Date and this Agreement will be interpreted accordingly;

WHEREAS , by accepting this Tranche B-2 Option, the Optionee agrees that certain restrictions shall apply to the Optionee, which restrictions are set forth on Schedule I of the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. The Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement as if set forth herein in their entirety (including, without limitation, the provisions of Articles V and IX and Schedule I). In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. A copy of the Plan may be obtained from the Company by the Optionee upon request. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan.

Section 2. Option: Option Price . On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 18 of this Agreement, the Optionee shall have the option (the “ Option ”) to purchase Shares at the price per Share (the “ Option Price ”) and in the amounts set forth on the signature page hereto. Payment of the Option Price may be made in the manner specified by Section 5.9 of the Plan. The Option is not intended to qualify for federal income tax purposes as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 of this Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable as to all Vested Options (as defined in Section 4 ) until the expiration of the Option Term (as defined in Section 3 ). Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, upon a Termination of Relationship, the unvested portion of the Option (i.e., that portion which does not constitute Vested Options) shall terminate.

Section 3. Term . The term of the Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall commence on the Grant Date and expire on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, unless the Option shall have sooner been terminated in accordance with the terms of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.7 of the Plan) or this Agreement.


Section 4. Vesting . Subject to the Optionee’s continued employment or other service relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries through each applicable vesting date, the Options shall become non-forfeitable (when the Options become non-forfeitable, the “ Vested Options ”) and shall become exercisable according to the following provision:

(a) The Options shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable (i) immediately prior to a Realization Event if in connection with such Realization Event (A) the realized Sponsor IRR equals or exceeds 20% and the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 1.75 or (B) the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 2.5, or (ii) on the first date following the occurrence of a Realization Event as of which (A) the realized Sponsor IRR equals or exceeds 20% and the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 1.75 or (B) the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 2.5.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, each unvested Option shall cease vesting as of the time of the Optionee’s Termination of Relationship with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries for any reason and no Option which is not a Vested Option as of such time shall become a Vested Option thereafter, except as provided in Section 7(b) below. All decisions by the Committee with respect to any calculations pursuant to this Section (absent manifest error) shall be final and binding on the Optionee.

Section 5. Restriction on Transfer . The Option may not be transferred, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Optionee inter vivos and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. If the Optionee dies, the Option can be transferred to his or her heirs and shall thereafter be exercisable, during the period specified in Section 7 of this Agreement, by his or her heirs, executors or administrators to the full extent to which the Option was exercisable by the Optionee at the time of his or her death. The Option shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option contrary to the provisions hereof, and the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, shall be null and void and without effect. Upon the exercise of an Option, to the extent such Optionee is not then a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Optionee shall deliver to the Company an Adoption Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, pursuant to which the Optionee agrees to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement.

Section 6. Optionee’s Employment or Other Service Relationship . Nothing in the Option shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue the Optionee’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Affiliates or stockholders, as the case may be, to terminate the Optionee’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or its Affiliates or to increase or decrease the Optionee’s compensation at any time, subject to the terms and conditions of the Optionee’s employment or service agreement. The grant of the Option is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive any other grant of other Awards under the Plan in the future. The grant of the Option does not form part of the Optionee’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits in terms of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

2


Section 7. Termination .

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in Section 7(b), the Option shall automatically terminate and shall become null and void and be of no further force and effect upon the earliest of:

(i) The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

(ii) Where the Optionee is deemed to be a “Good Leaver” (as defined below), the later of (A) the first anniversary of any Termination of Relationship of the Optionee or (B) the thirtieth (30th) day following the expiration of the Belgian Tax Lock-Up Period (as defined in the Plan);

(iii) Where the Optionee is deemed h to be a “Medium Leaver” (as defined below), the later of (A) the ninetieth (90 th ) day following any Termination of Relationship of the Optionee or (B) the thirtieth (30th) day following the expiration of the Belgian Tax Lock-Up Period; or

(iv) The date of the Termination of Relationship of the Optionee where the Optionee is deemed to be a “ Bad Leaver ” (as defined below).

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7, if a Termination of Relationship other than by the Company for Cause occurs on or after the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date, the Options shall remain outstanding, can vest and can become exercisable until the end of the Option Term specified in Section 7(a)(i); provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any such Option be exercisable prior to the date such Option become a Vested Option pursuant to Section 4(a).

(c) Following a Termination of Relationship, the Option Shares acquired upon the exercise of Vested Options may be repurchased by the Company or other “Eligible Offerees” (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) in accordance with terms and provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement as follows:

(i) If the Optionee was a Good Leaver, all of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for their Fair Market Value;

(ii) If the Optionee was a Medium Leaver, (A) 50% of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for their Fair Market Value, and (B) 50% of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for the lesser of (x) the Option Price paid by the Optionee for such Option Shares or (y) the Fair Market Value of such Option Shares; and

(iii) If the Optionee was a Bad Leaver, all of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for the lesser of (x) the Option Price paid by the Optionee for such Option Shares or (y) the Fair Market Value of such Option Shares.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Good Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Company without Cause, (B) termination of employment or other

 

3


service relationship by the Optionee for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7(b)(iv), below), (C) the Optionee’s death, serious illness or permanent disability, or (D) the Optionee’s standard (early) retirement (consistent with the Company’s procedures and policies) on or following the third anniversary of the Grant Date;

(ii) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Medium Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) the Optionee’s voluntary resignation on or following the third anniversary of the Grant Date for any reason pursuant to which the Optionee would not be deemed a Good Leaver, or (B) the Optionee’s standard (early) retirement (consistent with the Company’s procedures and policies) prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date; and

(iii) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Bad Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Company for Cause, or (B) except as may otherwise be determined by the Board, the Optionee’s voluntary resignation prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date for any reason pursuant to which the Optionee would not be deemed a Good Leaver or a Medium Leaver.

(iv) An Optionee shall have “ Good Reason ” to resign his employment or terminate his services within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the occurrence of any of the following, unless the Holder has given his specific prior written consent that he shall not invoke the relevant event as a Good Reason: (A) the relocation Optionee’s current principal employment or service location more than one hundred (100) kilometers from Optionee’s current principal employment or service location; (B) the sale of the Optionee’s business unit, or (C) a material breach by the Company or one of its Affiliates of any employment or service agreement entered into between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Affiliates which has not been cured (if such breach can be cured) after notice and a reasonable opportunity and period to cure.

Section 8. Notices . All notices, claims, certificates, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and delivered if personally delivered or if sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier, by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to it at:

Taminco Acquisition Corporation

c/o Apollo Management, L.P.

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 100 19

  Attn: Scott M. Kleinman and Chief Legal Officer

With copies to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022-4802

  Attn: Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.
       Bradd L. Williamson, Esq.

 

4


If to the Optionee, to him or her at the address set forth on the signature page hereto or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery (or if such date is not a business day, on the next business day after the date of delivery), (b) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date sent, (c) the case of telecopy transmission, when received (or if not sent on a business day, on the next business day after the date sent), and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

Section 9. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

Section 10. Optionee’s Undertaking . The Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Optionee pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Section 11. Modification of Rights . The rights of the Optionee are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan (with respect to the Options granted hereby). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement and the Plan may not be impaired without the Optionee’s consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be modified or amended if such change would impair the rights of or have material adverse tax consequences for the Optionee without the consent of the Optionee.

Section 12. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICTING PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE TO BE APPLIED. IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WILL CONTROL THE INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF UNDER SUCH JURISDICTION’S CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW ANALYSIS, THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF SOME OTHER JURISDICTION WOULD ORDINARILY APPLY.

Section 13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

 

5


Section 14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan (and the other writings referred to herein) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior written or oral negotiations, commitments, representations and agreements with respect thereto.

Section 15. Severability . It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 16. Enforcement . In the event the Company or any Optionee institutes litigation to enforce or protect its rights under this Agreement or the Plan, each party shall be solely responsible for all attorneys’ fees, out-of-pocket costs and disbursements it incurs relating to such litigation and in no event shall any party be responsible for paying all or any part of any other party’s fees or expenses.

Section 17. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding arising hereunder.

Section 18. Acceptance of Option . If the Optionee does not execute this Agreement within sixty (60) days following the Grant Date and thereby accept the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan (including, without limitation, Schedule I of the Plan), then the Optionee will be deemed to have declined the Option and the Option will be null and void (and the Optionee will have no rights with respect thereto).

[signature page follows]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement as of the date written under their signature.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Title:

Date of signature:

OPTIONEE

DECLARATION: ELECTION OF TAXATION : Pursuant to article 42 § 1 of the Act of March 26, 1999, the Optionee acknowledges that he is accepting all the terms and provisions of the Plan including the election for taxation of his Options as of the date of grant provided in Schedule I, that his acceptance of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is made no later than the 60 th day after the Grant Date, so that he is eligible for the special taxation regime provided in said Act of March 26, 1999.

 

[Name]

Residence Address:

 

 

Date of signature:

Number of Shares of Common Stock

subject to [Tranche B-2] Options: [                    ]

Option Price for [Tranche B-2] Options: $100

Exhibit 10.12

TRANCHE B-3 (PERFORMANCE-VESTING) NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT , dated as of [                    ] (the “ Grant Date ”), by and among TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [                ] (the “ Optionee ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, acting through a Committee (as defined in the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”)) with the consent of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) has granted to the Optionee, effective as of the date of this Agreement, an option under the Plan to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan;

WHEREAS , the Tranche B-3 Option granted pursuant to this Agreement is intended to be a single option grant made as of the Grant Date and this Agreement will be interpreted accordingly;

WHEREAS , by accepting this Tranche B-3 Option, the Optionee agrees that certain restrictions shall apply to the Optionee, which restrictions are set forth on Schedule I of the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. The Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement as if set forth herein in their entirety (including, without limitation, the provisions of Articles V and IX and Schedule I). In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. A copy of the Plan may be obtained from the Company by the Optionee upon request. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan.

Section 2. Option: Option Price . On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 18 of this Agreement, the Optionee shall have the option (the “ Option ”) to purchase Shares at the price per Share (the “ Option Price ”) and in the amounts set forth on the signature page hereto. Payment of the Option Price may be made in the manner specified by Section 5.9 of the Plan. The Option is not intended to qualify for federal income tax purposes as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 of this Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable as to all Vested Options (as defined in Section 4 ) until the expiration of the Option Term (as defined in Section 3 ). Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, upon a Termination of Relationship, the unvested portion of the Option (i.e., that portion which does not constitute Vested Options) shall terminate.

Section 3. Term . The term of the Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall commence on the Grant Date and expire on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, unless the Option shall have sooner been terminated in accordance with the terms of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.7 of the Plan) or this Agreement.

Section 4. Vesting . Subject to the Optionee’s continued employment or other service relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries through the earlier of (x) each applicable


vesting date or (y) the second anniversary of the Grant Date, the Options shall become non- forfeitable (when the Options become non-forfeitable, the “ Vested Options ”) and shall become exercisable according to the following provision:

(a) The Options shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable (i) immediately prior to a Realization Event if in connection with such Realization Event (A) the realized Sponsor IRR equals or exceeds 25% and the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 2.0 or (B) the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 3.0, or (ii) on the first date following the occurrence of a Realization Event as of which (A) the realized Sponsor IRR equals or exceeds 25% and the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 2.0 or (B) the Sponsor MOIC equals or exceeds 3.0.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, each unvested Option shall cease vesting as of the time of the Optionee’s Termination of Relationship with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries for any reason and no Option which is not a Vested Option as of such time shall become a Vested Option thereafter, except as provided in Section 7(b) below. All decisions by the Committee with respect to any calculations pursuant to this Section (absent manifest error) shall be final and binding on the Optionee.

Section 5. Restriction on Transfer . The Option may not be transferred, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Optionee inter vivos and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. If the Optionee dies, the Option can be transferred to his or her heirs and shall thereafter be exercisable, during the period specified in Section 7 of this Agreement, by his or her heirs, executors or administrators to the full extent to which the Option was exercisable by the Optionee at the time of his or her death. The Option shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option contrary to the provisions hereof, and the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, shall be null and void and without effect. Upon the exercise of an Option, to the extent such Optionee is not then a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Optionee shall deliver to the Company an Adoption Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, pursuant to which the Optionee agrees to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement.

Section 6. Optionee’s Employment or Other Service Relationship . Nothing in the Option shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue the Optionee’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Affiliates or stockholders, as the case may be, to terminate the Optionee’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or its Affiliates or to increase or decrease the Optionee’s compensation at any time, subject to the terms and conditions of the Optionee’s employment or service agreement. The grant of the Option is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive any other grant of other Awards under the Plan in the future. The grant of the Option does not form part of the Optionee’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits in terms of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

2


Section 7. Termination .

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in Section 7(b), the Option shall automatically terminate and shall become null and void and be of no further force and effect upon the earliest of:

(i) The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

(ii) Where the Optionee is deemed to be a “Good Leaver” (as defined below), the later of (A) the first anniversary of any Termination of Relationship of the Optionee or (B) the thirtieth (30th) day following the expiration of the Belgian Tax Lock-Up Period (as defined in the Plan);

(iii) Where the Optionee is deemed h to be a “Medium Leaver” (as defined below), the later of (A) the ninetieth (90 th ) day following any Termination of Relationship of the Optionee or (B) the thirtieth (30th) day following the expiration of the Belgian Tax Lock-Up Period; or

(iv) The date of the Termination of Relationship of the Optionee where the Optionee is deemed to be a “ Bad Leaver ” (as defined below).

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7, if a Termination of Relationship other than by the Company for Cause occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Grant Date, the Options shall remain outstanding, can vest and can become exercisable until the end of the Option Term specified in Section 7(a)(i); provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any such Option be exercisable prior to the date such Option become a Vested Option pursuant to Section 4(a).

(c) Following a Termination of Relationship, the Option Shares acquired upon the exercise of Vested Options may be repurchased by the Company or other “Eligible Offerees” (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) in accordance with terms and provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement as follows:

(i) If the Optionee was a Good Leaver, all of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for their Fair Market Value;

(ii) If the Optionee was a Medium Leaver, (A) 50% of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for their Fair Market Value, and (B) 50% of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for the lesser of (x) the Option Price paid by the Optionee for such Option Shares or (y) the Fair Market Value of such Option Shares; and

(iii) If the Optionee was a Bad Leaver, all of the Optionee’s Option Shares may be repurchased for the lesser of (x) the Option Price paid by the Optionee for such Option Shares or (y) the Fair Market Value of such Option Shares.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Good Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Company without Cause, (B) termination of employment or other

 

3


service relationship by the Optionee for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7(b)(iv), below), (C) the Optionee’s death, serious illness or permanent disability, or (D) the Optionee’s standard (early) retirement (consistent with the Company’s procedures and policies) on or following the second anniversary of the Grant Date;

(ii) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Medium Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) the Optionee’s voluntary resignation on or following the third anniversary of the Grant Date for any reason pursuant to which the Optionee would not be deemed a Good Leaver, or (B) the Optionee’s standard (early) retirement (consistent with the Company’s procedures and policies) prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date; and

(iii) An Optionee shall be deemed to be a “ Bad Leaver ” if his Termination of Relationship occurs as a result of (A) termination of employment or other service relationship by the Company for Cause, or (B) except as may otherwise be determined by the Board, the Optionee’s voluntary resignation prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date for any reason pursuant to which the Optionee would not be deemed a Good Leaver or a Medium Leaver.

(iv) An Optionee shall have “ Good Reason ” to resign his employment or terminate his services within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the occurrence of any of the following, unless the Holder has given his specific prior written consent that he shall not invoke the relevant event as a Good Reason: (A) the relocation Optionee’s current principal employment or service location more than one hundred (100) kilometers from Optionee’s current principal employment or service location; (B) the sale of the Optionee’s business unit, (C) a material breach by the Company or one of its Affiliates of any employment or service agreement entered into between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Affiliates which has not been cured (if such breach can be cured) after notice and a reasonable opportunity and period to cure; (D) a substantial adverse change in the nature or scope of Optionee’s responsibilities, authorities, or duties (including, but not limited to, failure of the Company to continue the Optionee in the position of Executive Vice President of Taminco Group NV (or any other position not less senior to such position)), or (E) a material reduction in Optionee’s annual base salary (except for any across-the-board salary reduction affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees).

Section 8. Notices . All notices, claims, certificates, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and delivered if personally delivered or if sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier, by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to it at:

Taminco Acquisition Corporation

c/o Apollo Management, L.P.

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 100 19

  Attn: Scott M. Kleinman and Chief Legal Officer

 

4


With copies to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022-4802

  Attn: Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.
       Bradd L. Williamson, Esq.

If to the Optionee, to him or her at the address set forth on the signature page hereto or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery (or if such date is not a business day, on the next business day after the date of delivery), (b) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date sent, (c) the case of telecopy transmission, when received (or if not sent on a business day, on the next business day after the date sent), and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

Section 9. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

Section 10. Optionee’s Undertaking . The Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Optionee pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Section 11. Modification of Rights . The rights of the Optionee are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan (with respect to the Options granted hereby). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement and the Plan may not be impaired without the Optionee’s consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be modified or amended if such change would impair the rights of or have material adverse tax consequences for the Optionee without the consent of the Optionee.

Section 12. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICTING PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE TO BE APPLIED. IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WILL CONTROL THE INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF

 

5


UNDER SUCH JURISDICTION’S CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW ANALYSIS, THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF SOME OTHER JURISDICTION WOULD ORDINARILY APPLY.

Section 13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

Section 14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan (and the other writings referred to herein) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior written or oral negotiations, commitments, representations and agreements with respect thereto.

Section 15. Severability . It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 16. Enforcement . In the event the Company or any Optionee institutes litigation to enforce or protect its rights under this Agreement or the Plan, each party shall be solely responsible for all attorneys’ fees, out-of-pocket costs and disbursements it incurs relating to such litigation and in no event shall any party be responsible for paying all or any part of any other party’s fees or expenses.

Section 17. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding arising hereunder.

Section 18. Acceptance of Option . If the Optionee does not execute this Agreement within sixty (60) days following the Grant Date and thereby accept the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan (including, without limitation, Schedule I of the Plan), then the Optionee will be deemed to have declined the Option and the Option will be null and void (and the Optionee will have no rights with respect thereto).

[signature page follows]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement as of the date written under their signature.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Title:

Date of signature:

OPTIONEE

DECLARATION: ELECTION OF TAXATION : Pursuant to article 42 § 1 of the Act of March 26, 1999, the Optionee acknowledges that he is accepting all the terms and provisions of the Plan including the election for taxation of his Options as of the date of grant provided in Schedule I, that his acceptance of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is made no later than the 60 th day after the Grant Date, so that he is eligible for the special taxation regime provided in said Act of March 26, 1999.

 

[Name]

Residence Address:

 

 

Date of signature:

Number of Shares of Common Stock

subject to [Tranche B-3] Options: [            ]

Option Price for [Tranche B-3] Options: $100

Exhibit 10.13

NON QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT , dated as of [                    ] (the “ Grant Date ”), by and among TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [            ] (the “ Optionee ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, acting through its Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), has granted to the Optionee, effective as of the date of this Agreement, an option under the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan;

WHEREAS , the Option granted pursuant to this Agreement is intended to be a single option grant made as of the Grant Date and this Agreement will be interpreted accordingly;

WHEREAS , by accepting this Option, the Optionee agrees that certain restrictions shall apply to the Optionee, which restrictions are set forth on Schedule I of the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. The Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement as if set forth herein in their entirety (including, without limitation, the provisions of Articles V and IX and Schedule I). In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. A copy of the Plan may be obtained from the Company by the Optionee upon request. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan.

Section 2. Option: Option Price . On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 18 of this Agreement, the Optionee shall have the option (the “ Option ”) to purchase Shares at the price per Share (the “ Option Price ”) and in the amounts set forth on the signature page hereto. Payment of the Option Price may be made in the manner specified by Section 5.9 of the Plan. The Option is not intended to qualify for federal income tax purposes as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 of this Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable as to all Vested Options (as defined in Section 4 ) until the expiration of the Option Term (as defined in Section 3 ). Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement , upon a Termination of Relationship, the unvested portion of the Option (i.e., that portion which does not constitute Vested Options) shall terminate.

Section 3. Term . The term of the Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall commence on the Grant Date and expire on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, unless the Option shall have sooner been terminated in accordance with the terms of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.7 of the Plan) or this Agreement.

Section 4. Vesting . Subject to the Optionee’s continued service with the Company or its Subsidiaries through each applicable vesting date, the Options shall become non-forfeitable (when the Options become non-forfeitable, the “ Vested Options ”) and shall become exercisable in three equal installments covering one-third (1/3) of the shares covered by the Option each


(rounded down to the next whole number of shares) on each of (a) the Grant Date, (b) the first anniversary of the Grant Date and (c) the second anniversary of the Grant Date; provided , however , that all of the Options shall immediately become Vested Options and shall become exercisable upon a Realization Event. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, each Option shall cease vesting as of the time that of the Optionee’s Termination of Relationship with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries for any reason and no Option which is not a Vested Option as of such time shall become a Vested Option thereafter. All decisions by the Board with respect to any calculations pursuant to this Section (absent manifest error) shall be final and binding on the Optionee.

Section 5. Restriction on Transfer . The Option may not be transferred, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Optionee inter vivos and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. If the Optionee dies, the Option can be transferred to his or her heirs and shall thereafter be exercisable, during the period specified in Section 7 of this Agreement, by his or her heirs, executors or administrators to the full extent to which the Option was exercisable by the Optionee at the time of his or her death. The Option shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option contrary to the provisions hereof, and the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, shall be null and void and without effect. Upon the exercise of an Option, to the extent such Optionee is not then a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Optionee shall deliver to the Company an Adoption Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, pursuant to which the Optionee agrees to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement.

Section 6. Optionee’s Service Relationship . Nothing in the Option shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue the Optionee’s directorship or other service relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Affiliates or stockholders, as the case may be, to terminate the Optionee’s directorship or other service relationship with the Company or its Affiliates or to increase or decrease the Optionee’s compensation at any time, subject to the terms and conditions of the Optionee’s service agreement. The grant of the Option is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive any other grant of other Awards under the Plan in the future. The grant of the Option does not form part of the Participant’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits in terms of his directorship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

Section 7. Termination .

(a) Upon a Termination of Relationship, the Option shall automatically terminate and shall become null and void and be of no further force and effect upon the earliest of:

(i) The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date; or

(ii) The later of (A) the first anniversary of any Termination of Relationship of the Optionee or (B) the thirtieth (30th) day following the expiration of the Belgian Tax Lock-Up Period (as defined in the Plan).

 

2


Section 8. Notices . All notices, claims, certificates, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and delivered if personally delivered or if sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier, by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to it at:

Taminco Acquisition Corporation

c/o Apollo Management, L.P.

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 100 19

Attn:    Scott M. Kleinman and Chief Legal Officer

With copies to:

Latham & Watkins

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022-4802

  Attn: Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.
       Bradd L. Williamson, Esq.

If to the Optionee, to him or her at the address set forth on the signature page hereto or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery (or if such date is not a business day, on the next business day after the date of delivery), (b) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date sent, (c) the case of telecopy transmission, when received (or if not sent on a business day, on the next business day after the date sent), and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

Section 9. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

Section 10. Optionee’s Undertaking . The Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Optionee pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Section 11. Modification of Rights . The rights of the Optionee are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan (with respect to the Options granted hereby). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement and the Plan may not be impaired without the Optionee’s consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be modified or amended if such change would impair the rights of or have material adverse tax consequences for the Optionee without the consent of the Optionee.

 

3


Section 12. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICTING PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE TO BE APPLIED. IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WILL CONTROL THE INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF UNDER SUCH JURISDICTION’S CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW ANALYSIS, THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF SOME OTHER JURISDICTION WOULD ORDINARILY APPLY.

Section 13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

Section 14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan (and the other writings referred to herein) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior written or oral negotiations, commitments, representations and agreements with respect thereto.

Section 15. Severability . It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 16. Enforcement . In the event the Company or any Optionee institutes litigation to enforce or protect its rights under this Agreement or the Plan, each party shall be solely responsible for all attorneys’ fees, out-of-pocket costs and disbursements it incurs relating to such litigation and in no event shall any party be responsible for paying all or any part of any other party’s fees or expenses.

Section 17. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding arising hereunder.

 

4


Section 18. Acceptance of Option . If the Optionee does not execute this Agreement within sixty (60) days following the Grant Date and thereby accept the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan (including, without limitation, Schedule I of the Plan), then the Optionee will be deemed to have declined the Option and the Option will be null and void (and the Optionee will have no rights with respect thereto).

[signature page follows]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement as of the date written under their signature.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By:  

 

  Name:
 

Title:

Date of signature:

OPTIONEE

DECLARATION: ELECTION OF TAXATION: Pursuant to article 42 § 1 of the Act of March 26, 1999, the Optionee acknowledges that he is accepting all the terms and provisions of the Plan including the election for taxation of his Options as of the date of grant provided in Schedule I, that his acceptance of this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement is made no later than the 60 th day after the Grant Date, so that he is eligible for the special taxation regime provided in said Act of March 26, 1999.

 

[Name]

Residence Address:

 

 

Date of signature:

Number of Shares of Common Stock

subject to Options:    [            ]

Option Price for Options: $100

 

Exhibit 10.14

NON QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT , dated as of [                    ] (the “ Grant Date ”), by and among TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [            ] (the “ Optionee ”).

WHEREAS , the Company desires that the Optionee make available for service as directors of the Company certain individuals who provide services to, and/or own equity interests in, the Optionee and its respective Affiliates (any such individuals so appointed or designated by the Apollo Investment Fund VII, L.P. and its respective Affiliates (the “ Apollo Group ”) from time to time, the “ Apollo Directors ”);

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article III of the Bylaws of the Company, the Apollo Group has appointed Scott Kleinman, Samuel Feinstein and Justin Stevens as the Apollo Directors to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”);

WHEREAS , in consideration of the Optionee making available to the Company the services of the Apollo Directors, the Company, acting through the Committee with the consent of the Board has agreed to grant to the Optionee, effective on the Grant Date, options under the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s common stock (“ Shares ”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan;

WHEREAS , future securities in the Company (including those being acquired pursuant to this Agreement) owned by the Optionee shall be subject to the terms of the Plan; and

WHEREAS , the Company, acting through the Board, has granted to the Optionee, effective as of the date of this Agreement, an option under the Plan to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. The Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement as if set forth herein in their entirety (including, without limitation, the provisions of Articles V and IX). In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. A copy of the Plan may be obtained from the Company by the Optionee upon request. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan.

Section 2. Option: Option Price . On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Optionee shall have the option (the “ Option ”) to purchase Shares at the price per Share (the “ Option Price ”) and in the amounts set forth on the signature page hereto. Payment of the Option Price may be made in the manner specified by Section 5.9 of the Plan. The Option is not intended to qualify for federal income tax purposes as an “ incentive stock option ” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). The Option shall remain exercisable until the expiration of the Option Term (as defined in Section 3 ).


Section 3. Term . The term of the Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall commence on the Grant Date and expire on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, unless the Option shall have sooner been terminated in accordance with the terms of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.7 of the Plan) or this Agreement.

Section 4. Vesting . The Options shall be fully vested and exercisable on the Grant Date.

Section 5. Restriction on Transfer . The Option may not be transferred, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Optionee and may be exercised only by the Optionee. The Option shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option contrary to the provisions hereof, and the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, shall be null and void and without effect. Upon the exercise of an Option, to the extent such Optionee is not then a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Optionee shall deliver to the Company an Adoption Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, pursuant to which the Optionee agrees to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement.

Section 6. Securities Law Representations . The Optionee acknowledges that the Options and the Shares are not being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), based, in part, on either (i) reliance upon an exemption from registration under Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or (ii) the fact that the Optionee is an “ accredited investor ” (as defined under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), and, in each of (i) and (ii) above, a comparable exemption from qualification under applicable state securities laws, as each may be amended from time to time. The Optionee, by executing this Agreement, hereby makes the following representations to the Company and acknowledges that the Company’s reliance on federal and state securities law exemptions from registration and qualification is predicated, in substantial part, upon the accuracy of these representations:

(a) The Optionee is an “ accredited investor ” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of the Securities Act.

(b) The Optionee is acquiring the Option and, if and when it exercises the Option, will acquire the Shares solely for the Optionee’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to or an intent to sell, or to offer for resale in connection with any unregistered distribution, all or any portion of the Shares or Option within the meaning of the Securities Act and/or any applicable state securities laws.

(c) The Optionee acknowledges that it has not acquired the Option or the Shares as a result of any general solicitation or general advertising in the United States, including any meeting whose attendees have been invited by general solicitation or general advertising.

(d) The Optionee has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the Option and the restrictions imposed on any Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option. The Optionee has been furnished with,

 

2


and/or has access to, such information as it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to exercise the Option and purchase the Shares. However, in evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, the Optionee has and will rely only upon the advice of its own legal counsel, tax advisors, and/or investment advisors.

(e) The Optionee is aware that the Option may be of no practical value, that any value it may have depends on its vesting and exercisability as well as an increase in the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares to an amount in excess of the Option Price, and that any investment in common shares of a closely held corporation such as the Company is non- marketable, non-transferable and could require capital to be invested for an indefinite period of time, possibly without return, and at substantial risk of loss.

(f) The Optionee understands that the Option and the Shares are being offered in an Acquisition not involving any public offering within the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act and that the Option and the Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and that the Option and the Shares are “ restricted securities ” as defined by Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and that, under such laws and applicable regulations, such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, including in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or in an offshore Acquisition meeting the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, each as presently in effect. The Optionee acknowledges reviewing a copy of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and Regulation S under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and represents that it is familiar with such rule, and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act and the applicable state securities law.

(g) The Optionee agrees that it will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in effect in any jurisdiction in which it sells any of the securities or otherwise transfers any interest therein.

(h) The Optionee has read and understands the restrictions and limitations set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement, the Plan and this Agreement.

(i) The Optionee understands and acknowledges that, if and when it exercises the Option, (i) any certificate evidencing the Shares (or evidencing any other securities issued with respect thereto pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend, merger or other form of reorganization or recapitalization) when issued shall bear any legends which may be required by applicable federal and state securities laws, and (ii) except as otherwise provided under the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company has no obligation to register the Shares or file any registration statement under federal or state securities laws.

Section 7. Indemnification . The Company (the “ Indemnitor ”) agrees that it shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless the Optionee, the partners and Affiliates of the Optionee and any director, officer, partner, agent or employee of the Optionee or any of their partners, shareholders or Affiliates (collectively, the “ Indemnified Persons ”) on demand from and against any and all liabilities, costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other advisors) (collectively, “ Claims ”) of any kind with respect to

 

3


or arising from this Agreement or the performance by any Indemnified Person of any services in connection herewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, the Indemnitor shall not be liable for any Claim under this Section 7 arising from the willful misconduct of any Indemnified Person.

Section 8. Notices . All notices, claims, certificates, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and delivered if personally delivered or if sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier, by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to it at:

Taminco Acquisition Corporation

c/o Apollo Management, L.P.

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

 

  Attn: Scott M. Kleinman and Chief Legal Officer

With copies to:

Latham & Watkins

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022-4802

  Attn: Taurie M. Zeitzer, Esq.
       Bradd L. Williamson, Esq.

If to the Optionee, to him or her at the address set forth on the signature page hereto or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery (or if such date is not a business day, on the next business day after the date of delivery), (b) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date sent, (c) the case of telecopy transmission, when received (or if not sent on a business day, on the next business day after the date sent), and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

Section 9. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

Section 10. Optionee’s Undertaking . The Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Optionee pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

4


Section 11. Modification of Rights . The rights of the Optionee are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan (with respect to the Options granted hereby). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement and the Plan may not be impaired without the Optionee’s consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be modified or amended if such change would impair the rights of or have material adverse tax consequences for the Optionee without the consent of the Optionee.

Section 12. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICTING PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE TO BE APPLIED. IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WILL CONTROL THE INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF UNDER SUCH JURISDICTION’S CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW ANALYSIS, THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF SOME OTHER JURISDICTION WOULD ORDINARILY APPLY.

Section 13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

Section 14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan (and the other writings referred to herein) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior written or oral negotiations, commitments, representations and agreements with respect thereto.

Section 15. Severability . It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 16. Enforcement . In the event the Company or any Optionee institutes litigation to enforce or protect its rights under this Agreement or the Plan, each party shall be solely responsible for all attorneys’ fees, out-of-pocket costs and disbursements it incurs relating to such litigation and in no event shall any party be responsible for paying all or any part of any other party’s fees or expenses.

 

5


Section 17. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding arising hereunder.

[signature page follows]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement as of the date written under their signature.

 

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

Date of signature:

OPTIONEE
 
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

Date of signature:

Address:
 

        9 West 57th Street

        43rd Floor

        New York, New York 10019

 

Number of Shares of

Common Stock subject to Options:

    1,000 per Apollo Director
Option Price:     $100 each

Exhibit 10.15

TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

2012 Equity Incentive Plan


ARTICLE I

PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (the “ Plan ”) is (a) to further the growth and success of TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) by enabling directors and employees of, or consultants to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to acquire Shares (as hereinafter defined), thereby increasing their personal interest in such growth and success, and (b) to provide a means of rewarding outstanding performance by such persons to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries. Awards granted under the Plan (the “ Awards ”) shall be options to purchase Shares (“ Options ”) (which Options may be either incentive stock options (“ ISOs ”), intended to qualify as such under the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or non-qualified stock options (“ NSOs ”) to purchase Shares), “sweet equity” Shares that are subject to certain vesting and other restrictions (“ Restricted Stock ”) and Restricted Stock Units (as defined below). An Award may consist of only Options, only Restricted Stock, only Restricted Stock Units or a combination of Options and/or Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units. In this Plan, the terms “Parent” and “Subsidiary” mean “Parent Corporation” and “Subsidiary Corporation,” respectively, as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code. Unless the context otherwise requires, any ISO or NSO is referred to in this Plan as an “Option.”.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Adoption Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10 hereof.

Affiliate ” means with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person and/or one or more Affiliates thereof. As used in this definition, the term “ control, ” including the correlative terms “ controlling, ” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with, ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies (whether through the ownership of securities or any partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person,. The term “ Affiliate ” shall not include at any time any portfolio companies of Apollo Management VII, L.P. or any of its Affiliates.

Award ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

Award Agreement ” means any writing setting forth the terms of an Award that has been duly authorized and approved by the Board which may, but need not (unless otherwise provided by the Board), be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.

Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.


Cash Equivalents ” means (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the full faith and credit of the United States government; (b) certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances with maturities of one year or less from institutions with at least $1 billion in capital and surplus and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A-1” by Moody’s or the equivalent by Standard & Poor’s; (c) commercial paper issued by a corporation rated at least “A- 1” by Moody’s or the equivalent by Standard & Poor’s and in each case maturing within one year; and (d) investment funds investing at least ninety-five percent (95%) of their assets in cash or assets of the types described in clauses (a) through (c) above.

Cash Proceeds ” means actual cash proceeds received by the Sponsor in respect of the Sponsor Investment on or after the Closing Date, including (a) any cash dividends, cash distributions or cash interest made or paid by the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of the Sponsor Investment (but excluding any management and similar fees or other amounts payable that are not directly attributable to the Sponsor Investment) and (b) any cash or Cash Equivalents received for the disposal of any portion of the Sponsor Investment (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Sponsor upon the conversion of non-Cash Proceeds realized by the Sponsor on the Sponsor Investment), provided , however , for purposes of the Final Measurement Date, Cash Proceeds shall include the value of non-Cash Proceeds realized by the Sponsor on the Sponsor Investment, as determined by the Board in its sole, good faith discretion, as of such Final Measurement Date.

Cause ” means, with respect to the Termination of Relationship of any Participant by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (unless otherwise expressly provided in the applicable Award Agreement): (a) if such Participant is at the time of the Termination of Relationship a party to a Service Agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that defines such term or which otherwise specifies situations allowing for immediate termination of such employment or services agreement by the Company without notice or indemnification to the Holder, the meaning of such term as defined therein or such situations as described therein; and (b) in all other cases, the Termination of Relationship of any Participant by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries based on such Participant’s (i) commission at any time of any act or omission that results in, or that may reasonably be expected to result in, a conviction, plea of no contest to or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or crime involving financial misconduct or moral turpitude, (ii) dishonesty or willful commission or omission of any action that has resulted, or reasonably could be expected to result, in any adverse publicity regarding the Participant or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or has caused, or reasonably could be expected to cause, demonstrable and serious economic injury to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) material breach of any agreement entered into between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure (if such breach can be cured), (iv) failure to attempt in good faith to obey any communicated lawful directive of the Board delivered to the Participant, (v) willful misconduct or gross negligence, or breach of a fiduciary duty, (vi) failure to perform the material duties required by the Participant’s employment or other service relationship, or (vii) material breach or violation of any of the Participant’s employer’s policies in effect from time to time that by their terms may result in a Termination of Relationship. For purposes hereof, no act or omission shall be considered willful unless committed in bad faith or without a reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

3


Closing Date ” means the date of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement for the Sale of the Share Capital of Taminco Group Holdings S.à.r.l. between Taminco Group Holdings S.à.r.l. and Taminco Global Chemical Corporation dated December 15, 2011.

Code ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

Data ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 hereof.

Determination Date ” means the applicable date as of which the Fair Market Value is determined.

Disqualifying Disposition ” has the meaning set forth in Article XIV hereof.

Dividend Equivalent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6 hereof.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Article X hereof.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Fair Market Value ” shall have the same meaning set forth in the definition of

Fair Market Value ” in the Investor Rights Agreement.

Final Measurement Date ” means the 30th day prior to the date of the expiration of an Award.

Independent Third Party ” means, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction, any Person which is not an Affiliate of any such owner.

Investor Rights Agreement ” means the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company and the holders party thereto, as it is amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

ISOs ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

Measurement Date ” means (i) each date upon or following the date of a Realization Event, as of which Sponsor receives Cash Proceeds in connection with the Sponsor Investment and (ii) the Final Measurement Date.

NASDAQ ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System.

 

4


Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10 hereof.

NSOs ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof

Option ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof

Option Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 hereof.

Option Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b) hereof.

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof

Person ” shall be construed broadly and shall include, without limitation, an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof

Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof

Public Offering ” means the closing of a public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, except that a Public Offering shall not include an offering made in connection with an employee benefit plan or made primarily to directors, employees or consultants of the Company.

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 hereof.

Realization Event ” means (a) the liquidation/winding up of the Company, or (b) any transaction or series of transactions with one or more Independent Third Parties (which may include a Public Offering) following which (i) the Company, Taminco Intermediate Corporation, Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, Taminco Group Holdings S.à.r.l., Taminco Inc. or Taminco Group NV has transferred all or substantially all of their assets or (ii) the Sponsor holds less than 50% of the outstanding Shares.

Reserved Shares ” means, at any time, an aggregate of 442,234 shares of Common Stock.

Restricted Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof

Restricted Stock Unit ” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Committee equal to the value thereof as of such payment date, which right may be subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Service Agreement ” means an employment agreement, consultancy agreement, directorship agreement or similar services agreement between a Participant and the Company.

Shares ” means shares of Common Stock.

 

5


Sponsor ” has the meaning set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement.

Sponsor Investment ” means direct or indirect investments in primary issuance(s) of Shares or other securities or loans of the Company made by the Sponsor on or after the Closing Date.

Sponsor IRR ” means the pre-tax compounded annual internal rate of return calculated on a quarterly basis realized to the Sponsor on the Sponsor Investment, based on the aggregate amount invested by the Sponsor for all Sponsor Investments and the aggregate amount received by the Sponsor for all Sponsor Investments, assuming all Sponsor Investments were purchased by one Person and were held continuously by such Person. The Sponsor IRR shall be determined based on the actual time of each Sponsor Investment and the amount of all Cash Proceeds received by the Sponsor during such period.

Sponsor MOIC ” means, as of a Measurement Date, the “multiple of invested capital” realized by the Sponsor on the Sponsor Investment, which shall be equal to the ratio of (a) the amount of all actual Cash Proceeds received as of such Measurement Date, to (b) the amount of the Sponsor Investment.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns securities or interests having a majority, directly or indirectly, of the ordinary voting power in electing the board of directors or managers thereof.

Termination Date ” means the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

Termination of Relationship ” means (a) if the Participant is an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the termination of the Participant’s employment relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason; (b) if the Participant is a consultant to the Company or any Subsidiary, the termination of the Participant’s consulting relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason; and (c) if the Participant is a director of the Company or any Subsidiary, the termination of the Participant’s service relationship with the Company or Subsidiary for any reason; provided, that there shall be no “Termination of Relationship” in situations where the Holder, in agreement with the Company or its Affiliates, around the same time enters into a new employment or service agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates or takes up a director mandate in the Company or any of its Affiliates or continues another existing employment or service agreement or director mandate with/in the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Vested Options ” means Options that have vested in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement.

 

6


ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN; SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

Section 3.1 Committee .

The Plan shall be administered by and all Awards under the Plan shall be authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) or the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) appointed from time to time by the Board. The term “Committee” shall, for all purposes of the Plan other than this Section 3, be deemed to refer to the Board if the Board is administering the Plan.

Section 3.2 Procedures .

The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations as it shall deem appropriate concerning the holding of meetings and the administration of the Plan. The entire Committee shall constitute a quorum and the actions of the entire Committee present at a meeting, or actions approved in writing by the entire Committee, shall be the actions of the Committee.

Section 3.3 Interpretation .

Except as may otherwise be expressly reserved to the Board as provided herein, and with respect to any Award, except as may otherwise be provided in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award, the Committee shall have all powers with respect to the administration of the Plan, including the interpretation of the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement (including, without limitation, whether any particular Termination of Relationship is for Cause), and all decisions of the Board or the Committee, as the case may be, shall be reasonable and made in good faith and shall be conclusive and binding on all participants in the Plan.

Section 3.4 Binding Determinations .

Any action taken by, or inaction of, the Company, the Board or the Committee relating or pursuant to the Plan and within its authority hereunder or under applicable law shall be within the absolute discretion of that entity or body and shall be conclusive and binding upon all Persons. Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member thereof or Person acting at the direction thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan (or any Award), and all such Persons shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors and officers liability insurance coverage that may be in effect from time to time.

Section 3.5 Reliance on Experts .

In making any determination or in taking or not taking any action under the Plan, the Board may obtain and may rely upon the advice of experts, including employees of and professional advisors to the Company. No director, officer or agent of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be liable for any such action or determination taken or made or omitted in good faith.

 

7


Section 3.6 Delegation .

The Board may delegate ministerial, non-discretionary functions to individuals who are officers or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or to third parties.

Section 3.7 Number of Shares .

Subject to the provisions of Article VIII (relating to adjustments upon changes in capital structure and other corporate transactions), the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed the Reserved Shares. Shares that are subject to or underlie Awards granted under the Plan that expire or for any reason are canceled or terminated, are forfeited, fail to vest or for any other reason are not issued or delivered under the Plan will again, except to the extent prohibited by law or applicable listing or regulatory requirements, be available for subsequent Awards under the Plan.

Section 3.8 Reservation of Shares .

The number of Shares reserved for issuance with respect to Awards granted under the Plan shall at no time be less than the maximum number of Shares which may be issued or delivered at any time pursuant to outstanding Awards.

ARTICLE IV

ELIGIBILITY; AWARD AGREEMENTS

Section 4.1 General .

Awards may be granted under the Plan only to Persons who are employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the date of the grant. A Person’s eligibility to be granted an Award under the Plan is not a commitment that any Award will be granted to that Person under the Plan. Each Person to whom an Award is granted under the Plan is referred to herein as a “ Participant .”

Section 4.2 Exceptions .

Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 4.1 to the contrary, no ISO may be granted under the Plan to an employee who owns, directly or indirectly (within the meaning of Sections 422(b)(6) and 425(d) of the Code), stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its Parent, if any, or any of its Subsidiaries, unless (a) the Option Price of the Shares subject to such ISO is fixed at not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of the grant (as determined in accordance with the definition thereof), and (b) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted.

Section 4.3 Award Agreements .

Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in the form approved by the Board. The Award Agreement shall contain the terms established by the Board for that Award, as well as any other terms, provisions, or restrictions that the Board

 

8


may impose on the Award or any Shares subject to the Award, in each case subject to the applicable provisions and limitations of the Plan. The Board may require that the recipient of an Award promptly execute and return to the Company his or her Award Agreement evidencing the Award. In addition, the Board may require that the spouse of any married recipient of an Award also promptly execute and return to the Company the Award Agreement evidencing the Award granted to the recipient or such other spousal consent form that the Board may require in connection with the grant of the Award.

ARTICLE V

OPTIONS

Section 5.1 General .

Subject to Section 5.6, Options may be granted under the Plan at any time and from time to time on or prior to the Termination Date; provided that (a) Options granted to employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be, in the discretion of the Committee, either ISOs or NSOs on the date of the grant and (b) Options granted to consultants and non-employee directors shall be NSOs. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have plenary authority, in its sole discretion and consistent with applicable law, to determine:

(a) The Persons (from among the class of Persons eligible to receive Options under the Plan) to whom Options shall be granted;

(b) The time or times at which Options shall be granted; and

(c) The number of Shares for which an Option may be exercisable.

Section 5.2 Option Terms .

Each Option granted under the Plan shall be designated as an ISO or an NSO and shall be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to ISOs and/or NSOs (as the case may be) set forth in the Plan. Each Option shall specify the number of Shares for which such Option shall be exercisable and the exercise price for such Shares. In addition, each Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall be executed by the Company and the Participant.

Section 5.3 Vesting .

The Committee shall determine whether and to what extent any Options which are exercisable for Shares are also subject to vesting based upon the Participant’s continued service to, or the performance of duties for, the Company and its Subsidiaries and/or the Company’s attainment of specified performance goals.

Section 5.4 Date of Grant .

The date of grant of an Option under this Plan shall be the date as of which the Committee approves the grant; provided , however , that in the case of an ISO, the date of grant shall in no event be earlier than the date as of which the Participant becomes an employee, director or consultant of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

 

9


Section 5.5 Shares Subject to Options .

Options shall be granted to purchase a specified number of Shares not to exceed, in the aggregate, the Reserved Shares. Options may only be exercisable for whole Shares.

Section 5.6 Option Price .

The price (the “ Option Price ”) at which each Share may be purchased shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided , however , that such Option Price shall in no event be less than 100% (or 110% in the case of an ISO, if Section 4.2 hereof is applicable) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of the grant.

Section 5.7 Automatic Termination of Options .

Each Option granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate and shall become null and void and be of no further force or effect upon such date or dates set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, consistent with the terms of this Plan. Any Shares that are not acquired as a result of an Option expiring without being fully exercised shall be available for award by the Committee to another eligible Person.

Section 5.8 Limitations on ISOs; Notice to Participants Granted ISOs .

(a) In accordance with Section 422(d) of the Code, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of all stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by such Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000, such ISOs shall be treated as NSOs.

(b) Under certain circumstances, the exercise of an ISO may disqualify the holder from recovering the favorable tax benefits ISOs offer. Therefore, the Company recommends that each Participant holding an ISO consult with a competent tax advisor before taking any action with respect to his or her ISOs.

Section 5.9 Payment of Option Price .

A Participant shall pay for the exercise of a Vested Option in United States currency by either (i) cash or personal or certified check payable to the Company in an amount equal to the aggregate Option Price of the Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised or (ii) with the consent of the Committee, by instructing the Company to withhold from the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised a number of Shares having, as of the date of such exercise, a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price of the Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised.

Section 5.10 Notice of Exercise .

A Participant (or other Person, as provided in Section 9.2) may exercise an Option (for the Shares represented thereby) granted under the Plan in whole or in part (but for the purchase of whole Shares only), as provided in the Award Agreement evidencing his or her Option, by delivering a written notice (the “ Notice ”) to the Secretary of the Company. The Notice shall state:

(a) That the Participant elects to exercise the Option;

 

10


(b) The number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “ Option Shares ”);

(c) The method of payment for the Option Shares (which method must be available to the Participant under the terms of his or her Award Agreement);

(d) The date upon which the Participant desires to consummate the purchase (which date must be prior to the termination of such Option);

(e) A copy of any election filed or intended to be filed by the Participant with respect to such Option Shares pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code; and

(f) Any additional provisions consistent with the Plan as the Committee may from time to time require.

The exercise date of an Option shall be the date on which the Company receives the Notice from the Participant. Such Notice shall also contain, to the extent such Participant is not then a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, an adoption agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board pursuant to which the Participant agrees to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement (an “ Adoption Agreement ”).

Section 5.11 Issuance of Certificates .

The Company shall issue stock certificates in the name of the Participant (or such other Person exercising the Option in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2), for the securities purchased upon exercise of an Option as soon as practicable after receipt of the Notice and payment of the aggregate Option Price for such securities; provided that the Company may elect to not issue any fractional Shares upon the exercise of any Options (determining the fractional Shares after aggregating all Shares issuable to a single holder as a result of an exercise of an Option for more than one Share) and in lieu of issuing such fractional Shares, shall pay the Participant the Fair Market Value thereof. Neither the Participant nor any Person exercising an Option in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2 shall have any privileges as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to an Option granted under the Plan until the date of issuance of stock certificates pursuant to this Section 5.11. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to deliver stock certificates to the Participant evidencing the Shares issued in connection with the exercise of Options if instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

 

11


ARTICLE VI

RESTRICTED STOCK (“ SWEET EQUITY ”) AWARDS

Section 6.1 General .

Restricted Stock may be granted or sold under the Plan at any time and from time to time on or prior to the Termination Date. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have plenary authority, in its sole discretion and consistent with applicable law, to determine:

(a) The Persons (from among the class of Persons eligible to receive Restricted Stock under the Plan) to whom Restricted Stock Awards shall be granted or sold;

(b) The time or times at which Restricted Stock shall be granted or sold;

(c) The number of Shares covered by a Restricted Stock Award; and

(d) The per-Share purchase price, if any, for the Shares of Restricted Stock.

Section 6.2 Restricted Stock Award Terms .

Each Restricted Stock Award shall specify the number of Shares covered thereby and the purchase price, if any, for such Shares. In addition, each Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall be executed by the Company and the Participant.

Section 6.3 Vesting .

The Committee shall determine whether and to what extent any Shares covered by Restricted Stock Awards are also subject to vesting based upon the Participant’s continued service to, or the performance of duties for, the Company and its Subsidiaries and/or the Company’s attainment of specified performance goals.

Section 6.4 Payment of Purchase Price .

The price (the “ Purchase Price ”), if any, for the Shares of Restricted Stock shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. A Participant shall pay the Purchase Price for the Shares of Restricted Stock in United States currency by cash or personal or certified check payable to the Company in an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase Price of the Shares covered by the Restricted Stock Award. In the event that the Participant files an election under Section 83(b) of the Code in connection with the purchase of the Restricted Stock, the Participant must promptly provide a copy of such election to the Secretary of the Company.

Section 6.5 Issuance of Certificates .

The Company shall issue stock certificates in the name of the Participant for the securities purchased or granted pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award as soon as practicable after

 

12


the grant of the Award and receipt of the payment, if any, of the aggregate Purchase Price for such securities. The Participant shall not have any privileges as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by a Restricted Stock Award granted under the Plan unless the Participant is a party to the Investor Rights Agreement (or has signed an Adoption Agreement with respect thereto) and until the date of issuance of stock certificates pursuant to this Section 6.5. The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to deliver stock certificates to the Participant evidencing the Shares issued in connection with the Restricted Stock Award if instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

Section 6.6 Dividends .

Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock shall be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares, unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, if any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the Shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. Each dividend payment will be made as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to holders of the Common Stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the later of (A) the date the dividends are paid to the holders of the Common Stock, and (B) the date the dividends are no longer subject to forfeiture.

ARTICLE VII

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS

Section 7.1 General .

Restricted Stock Units may be granted under the Plan at any time and from time to time on or prior to the Termination Date. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have plenary authority, in its sole discretion and consistent with applicable law, to determine:

(a) The Persons (from among the class of Persons eligible to receive Restricted Stock Units under the Plan) to whom Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be granted;

(b) The time or times at which Restricted Stock Units shall be granted and the settlement date for such Restricted Stock Units; and

(c) The number of Shares with respect to which a Restricted Stock Unit Award relates.

 

13


Section 7.2 Restricted Stock Unit Award Terms .

Each Restricted Stock Unit Award shall specify the number of Restricted Stock Units covered thereby and the settlement date for such Restricted Stock Units. In addition, each Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall be executed by the Company and the Participant.

Section 7.3 Vesting .

The Committee shall determine whether and to what extent the Restricted Stock Unit Awards are also subject to vesting based upon the Participant’s continued service to, or the performance of duties for, the Company and its Subsidiaries and/or the Company’s attainment of specified performance goals.

Section 7.4 Settlement .

Upon the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company one Share or an amount of cash or other property equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the settlement date, as provided in the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units or shall instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant, in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code and/or other applicable law.

Section 7.5 Issuance of Certificates .

The Company shall issue stock certificates in the name of the Participant for the securities issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit Award as soon as practicable after the settlement of the Award and the issuance of such securities. The Participant shall not have any privileges as a stockholder of the Company, including any voting rights, with respect to any Shares underlying Restricted Stock Unit Awards granted under the Plan prior to the settlement date, and the Participant shall not have any privileges as a stockholder of the Company with respect to Shares issued in connection with the settlement of such Award until the Participant is a party to the Investor Rights Agreement (or has signed an Adoption Agreement with respect thereto) and until the date of issuance of stock certificates pursuant to this Section 7.4. The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of Shares issued in connection with the settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit Award be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to deliver stock certificates to the Participant evidencing the Shares issued in connection with the settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit Award if instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

Section 7.6 Dividend Equivalents .

To the extent provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or in Shares) of ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to the Shares (“ Dividend Equivalents ”). Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, may be settled in Shares and/or cash or other property and will be subject to

 

14


the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which they were are paid, as determined by the Committee, subject, in each case, to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

ADJUSTMENTS

Section 8.1 Chances in Capital Structure .

If the Common Stock is changed by reason of a stock split, reverse stock split, or stock combination, stock dividend or distribution, or converted into or exchanged for other securities as a result of a merger, consolidation or reorganization, or in connection with extraordinary cash dividends on the Common Stock, the Committee shall make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of stock available under the Plan as shall be necessary, in the Committee’s good faith discretion, to preserve to a Participant rights substantially proportionate to his rights existing immediately prior to such transaction or event (but subject to the limitations and restrictions on such rights), including, without limitation, a corresponding adjustment changing the number and class of shares allocated to, and the Option Price or Purchase Price of, each Award or portion thereof outstanding at the time of such change. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, in the case of ISOs, no adjustment under this Section 8.1 shall be appropriate if such adjustment (a) would constitute a modification, extension or renewal of such ISOs within the meaning of Sections 422 and 424 of the Code, and the regulations promulgated by the Treasury Department thereunder, or (b) would, under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated by the Treasury Department thereunder, be considered as the adoption of a new plan requiring stockholder approval. The Company will not, in any event, permit the exercise price of any Option to be less than the par value of the Common Stock.

Section 8.2 Special Rules .

The following rules shall apply in connection with Section 8.1 above:

(a) No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends (except as described in Section 8.1) or the issuance to stockholders of rights to subscribe for additional Shares, or other securities; and

(b) Any adjustments referred to in Section 8.1 shall be made by the Board in its reasonable discretion and shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Persons holding any Awards granted under the Plan.

Section 8.3 Right to Include Vested Options upon a Realization Event .

(a) In anticipation of a Realization Event, the Company shall, at least five (5) business days prior to the consummation of such Realization Event (i) notify the Participants of the Realization Event, (ii) provide that each Option that would become a Vested Option in connection with such Realization Event shall be exercisable (and the underlying Shares will be issuable) immediately prior to such Realization Event, and (iii) invite the Participants to elect to exercise each outstanding Vested Option (including, without limitation, each Option that becomes a Vested Option pursuant to (ii) above) immediately prior to such Realization Event.

 

15


(b) In the notification pursuant to Section 8.3(a) the Company may, but is not obligated to, also notify the Participants that all Vested Options shall expire immediately following the consummation of the Realization Event. If prior to the expiry of the “ Belgian Tax Lock-up Period ” (as defined in Schedule I) the Company sends a notification pursuant to Section 8.3(a) mentioning that the Vested Options shall expire immediately following the consummation of the Realization Event, such notice shall include or be deemed to include an authorization from the Committee to exercise the Vested Options prior to the expiry of the Belgian Tax Lock-up Period. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company does not explicitly mention in the notification pursuant to Section 8.3(a) that the Vested Options shall expire immediately following the consummation of the Realization Event, the Participants may elect to exercise their Vested Options in accordance with the Plan, Schedule I and the applicable Award Agreement(s) in connection with or following such Realization Event.

ARTICLE IX

RESTRICTIONS ON AWARDS

Section 9.1 Compliance With Securities Laws .

No Awards shall be granted under the Plan, and no securities shall be issued and delivered pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, unless and until the Company and/or the Participant shall have complied with all applicable registration, listing and/or qualification requirements under any ‘applicable law and all other requirements of law or of any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction.

The Committee in its discretion may, as a condition to the delivery of any Shares pursuant to any Award granted under the Plan, require a Participant (a) to represent in writing that the securities received pursuant to such Award are being acquired for investment and not with a view to distribution and (b) to make such other representations and warranties as are deemed reasonably appropriate by the Company. Stock certificates representing securities acquired under the Plan that have not been registered under the Securities Act shall, if required by the Committee, bear the legends as may be required by the Investor Rights Agreement and Award Agreement evidencing a particular Award.

Section 9.2 Nonassignability of Awards .

No Award granted under this Plan shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Participant, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An Award may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. If a Participant dies, his or her Awards shall thereafter be exercisable, during the period specified in the applicable Award Agreement (as the case may be), by his or her executors or administrators to the full extent (but only to such extent) to which such Awards were exercisable by the Participant at the time of his or her death.

 

16


Section 9.3 Awards Subject to Investor Rights Agreement .

Before issuing any Shares pursuant to any Award to any Person who is not already a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company shall obtain, in appropriate form, an executed Adoption Agreement from such Person unless a Public Offering shall have already occurred.

Section 9.4 No Evidence of Employment or Other Service Relationship .

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment by or other service relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any such Subsidiary (subject to the terms of any separate agreement to the contrary) at any time to terminate such employment or other service relationship or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Award, subject to the terms and conditions of the Participant’s employment or service agreement. The grant of Awards under the Plan is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive any other grant of other Awards under the Plan in the future. The grant of an Award does not form part of the Participant’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits in terms of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

Section 9.5 Provisions for Foreign Participants - In General .

The Committee may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

Section 9.6 Provisions for Belgian Participants .

All Participants who are subject to the provisions set forth in Schedule I shall in principle not be eligible to exercise any Option during the “Belgian Tax Lock-up Period” (as defined in Schedule I).

Section 9.7 Data Privacy .

As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this paragraph by and among, as applicable, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), any shares of stock held in the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates, details of all Awards, in each case, for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan and Awards (the “ Data ”). The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of a

 

17


Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may each further transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. Through acceptance of an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Committee’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws his or her consents as described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

ARTICLE X

EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN

This Plan shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board (the “ Effective Date ”); provided , however , that no ISO shall be exercisable by a Participant unless and until the Plan shall have been approved by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the provisions of its Articles of Incorporation and By-laws, which approval shall be obtained by a simple majority vote of stockholders, voting either in person or by proxy, at a duly held stockholders’ meeting, or by written consent, within twelve months before or after the adoption of the Plan by the Board.

ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

No Awards may be granted after the Termination Date. Any Awards outstanding as of the Termination Date shall remain in effect in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the terms and conditions of the Plan.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENT OF PLAN

The Plan may be modified or amended in any respect by the Committee with the prior approval of the Board; provided , however , that the approval of the holders of a majority of

 

18


the votes that may be cast by all of the holders of shares of common stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class, with each such holder entitled to cast one vote per share held by such holder) shall be obtained prior to any such amendment becoming effective if such approval is required by law or is necessary to comply with regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or with Section 422 of the Code or the regulations promulgated by the Treasury Department thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan may not be modified or amended with respect to any existing Award Agreement if such change would impair the rights of or have material adverse tax consequences for the applicable Participant without the consent of such Participant.

ARTICLE XIII

CAPTIONS

The use of captions in this Plan is for convenience. The captions are not intended to provide substantive rights.

ARTICLE XIV

DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITIONS

If securities acquired by exercise of an ISO granted under this Plan are disposed of within two years following the date of grant of the ISO or one year following the issuance of the securities to the Participant (a “ Disqualifying Disposition ”), the holder of such securities shall, immediately prior to such Disqualifying Disposition, notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of such Disqualifying Disposition and provide such other information regarding the Disqualifying Disposition as the Company may reasonably require.

ARTICLE XV

WITHHOLDING TAXES

Whenever any taxes are required by law to be withheld in connection with Shares delivered to a Participant pursuant to Awards under the Plan (including, without limitation, upon exercise of an NSO (or an exercise of an ISO that will be taxed as an NSO)), such Participant shall remit or, in appropriate circumstances, agree to remit when due, an amount sufficient to satisfy all current or estimated future Federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax and employment tax requirements relating thereto. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow the Participant to satisfy any such withholding tax obligations arising in connection with the delivery of such Shares pursuant to an Award under the Plan by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld (based on applicable minimum statutory withholding rates), determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

 

19


ARTICLE XVI

OTHER PROVISIONS

Each Award granted under the Plan may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each ISO granted under the Plan shall include those terms and conditions which are necessary to qualify the ISO as an “ incentive stock option ” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations thereunder and shall not include any terms or conditions which are inconsistent therewith.

ARTICLE XVII

NUMBER AND GENDER

With respect to words used in this Plan, the singular form shall include the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, and vice-versa, as the context requires.

ARTICLE XVIII

CONSTRUCTION

It is intended that Awards granted under the Plan will not result in the imposition of any tax liability pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be construed and interpreted consistent with that intent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “ specified employee ” as defined in Section 409A of the Code on such Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with the Company, the Participant shall not be entitled to any payments hereunder until the earlier of (1) the date which is six (6) months after his separation from service with the Company for any reason other than death, or (ii) the date of the Participant’s death. Any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant following a Termination of Relationship that are not so paid by reason of this Article XVIII shall be paid as soon as practicable after the date that is six (6) months after the Participant’s separation from service with the Company (or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death). The provisions of this Article XVIII shall only apply if, and to the extent, required to comply with Section 409A of the Code. No provision of this Plan or .any Award granted thereunder shall be interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A from any Participant or any other individual to the Company or any of its Affiliates, employees or agents.

ARTICLE XIX

GOVERNING LAW

All questions concerning the construction, interpretation and validity of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Options granted hereunder shall be governed by and

 

20


construed and enforced in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether in the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. In furtherance of the foregoing, the internal law of the State of Delaware will control the interpretation and construction of this Plan, even if under such jurisdiction’s choice of law or conflict of law analysis, the substantive law of some other jurisdiction would ordinarily apply.

* * * * * *

As adopted by the Board of Directors of Taminco Acquisition Corporation on February 15, 2012.

 

21


SCHEDULE I

The following additional Plan provisions form an integral part of the Taminco Acquisition Corporation 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and shall apply to Participants who are subject to the Belgian resident/Belgian non-resident personal income tax on their Options as a result of their participation in the Plan. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan.

 

1 TAX REGIME APPLICABLE TO OPTIONS GRANTED TO BELGIAN PARTICIPANTS

 

1.1 Legal advice

All Participants, individuals as well as legal entities, are invited to consult their own counsellor in order to be informed on the legal and tax consequences relating to the granting of the Options, their exercise and the resale of the underlying Shares.

 

1.2 Participants taxable in Belgium

 

1.2.1 The tax regime, as described hereunder, is only applicable to the Participants that are individuals (not legal entities) taxable in Belgium in view of the Options that were offered to them. This only aims to provide general guidelines based on the law in force on January 1, 2012.

 

1.2.2 In the event that the Participant pays tax on his/her remuneration for his/her professional activity with the Company or any of its Affiliates in Belgium, he/she will be deemed to receive an additional taxable benefit in kind (due to the Options offered) if he/she accepts the Option in writing no later than the 60th day following the date of the grant of the Option. In such case, the Options will be taxed to the Participant on the 60th day following the day the Participant received the Option.

 

1.2.3 The taxable benefit in kind (“ avantage imposable / belastbaar voordeel ”) will be determined at a lump sum value. It will correspond to a percentage of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares, on the date of grant of the Options.

 

1.2.4 Assuming that the Options granted by the Committee will in principle not be exercisable during the period beginning on the date of grant and ending on the fourth 1 January to occur following the date of grant (the “Belgian Tax Lock-up Period”) (e.g., in the event that an Option would be granted on 1 February 2012, such Option would not be exercisable until 1 January 2016) and may not be exercised later than the 10th year after the grant date (e.g., in the event that an Option would be granted on 1 February 2012, the last date of exercise would be 31 January 2022), the taxable benefit for the Participant taxable in Belgium will in principle be calculated as follows: the present Fair Market Value of the underlying Share, multiplied by the number of Shares covered by the Option, multiplied by 11.5%.

 

1.2.5

If the Committee decides in the course of administrating the Plan to authorise an exercise of the Options prior to such fourth 1 January, there will be at that time, an additional

 

22


  taxable benefit which is equal to the taxable benefit at the start of the Plan and is calculated as set out in the above paragraph. In this case, the Participant will be able to avoid this additional taxation if he/she commits individually not to exercise his/her Options prior to such fourth 1 January and acts to this commitment. Depending on the circumstances, it cannot be excluded that the tax administration might consider the decision to make the Options exercisable prior to such fourth 1 January, as a new offer or the offering of a deemed guaranteed benefit. In this event the tax consequence might not be limited to the additional taxation of the taxable benefit declared at the start of the Plan. Should this be the case, the Committee will use its reasonable best efforts to inform the Participant of the tax consequences of the amendments to the Plan.

 

1.2.6 The taxable benefits described above and which result from the Plan are subject to tax at the Participant’s top individual tax rate (currently maximum of 50% to be increased with local taxes depending on the region and the municipality where the Participant is residing).

 

1.2.7 The Participants are responsible for reporting their taxable benefit on their annual tax return relating to the year of income during which they realise a taxable benefit (e.g. tax return filed in June-July 2013 for income 2012). The Committee will assist them in establishing a tax certificate which will state per Participant his/her taxable profit based on the information available to the Company.

 

1.2.8 Participants must be aware that, once they have accepted the Offer in accordance with Article V of this Plan, under no circumstances will they be able to reclaim the tax paid, even if the Options have not been exercised, irrespective for what reason. In general terms, the Company or any of its Affiliates will not assume any liability whatsoever in case of taxation of the Options or the Shares, or the surpluses (plus-values / meerwaarden) obtained by the Participants.

 

1.2.9 Once the Participant has been taxed at grant on the Options as a benefit in kind determined as described, the Options are in principle included in their private capital.

 

1.2.10 As of the Effective Date, the law does not provide any specific tax regime/exemption for Options that formally exclude a tax on capital gains resulting from the exercise of the Options, their transfer or assignment or the resale of the underlying Shares. As of the Effective Date, it is not considered likely that any benefit realised on such an occasion, will be imposed as miscellaneous income (“ revenus divers / diverse inkomsten ”) at a tax rate of 33% (plus local taxes). However, this risk can not be excluded. Also, the Participants should be aware that the legislation can change and new taxes might be introduced which could affect the above tax regime.

 

23


1.3 Transfers and Related Matters

Furthermore, each Participant is invited to consult its own counsellor in order to be informed on the legal and tax consequences relating to the granting of the Options, their exercise and the resale of the underlying Shares if:

 

  (a) the Participant is transferred/seconded (“ transfer / detachement / overbrenging / terbeschikkingstelling ”) to a non-Belgian company affiliated to the Company,

 

  (b) a salary split is set up,

 

  (c) the tax domicile (“ résidence fiscale / fiscale woonplaats ”) of the Participant is transferred to a country other than Belgium,

 

  (d) or in all other cases where there is an international element compared to the Participant’s initial location in Belgium.

 

24

Exhibit 10.16

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED UNDER

17 C.F.R. SECTIONS 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 AND 230.24b-2.

[*****] INDICATES OMITTED MATERIAL THAT IS THE

SUBJECT OF A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST

FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

THE OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED

SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

METHANOL PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (herein referred to as the “ Agreement ” and all other capitalised terms used in this Agreement are defined either in this Agreement or in Appendix 1) is made as of the 29 day of August, 2001, between METHANEX METHANOL COMPANY, Suite 490, 12377 Merit Drive, Dallas, Texas 75251-3227, telephone number (972) 308-0909, facsimile number (972) 239-3275 (“ MMC ”), and AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC., 7201 Hamilton Boulevard, Allentown, Pennsylvania 18195-1501, telephone number (610) 481-7067, facsimile number (610) 481-5765 (“ Air Products ”).

WHEREAS,

 

A. MMC anticipates the construction by Atlas Methanol Company Unlimited of the Methanol Plant;

 

B. MMC is the exclusive purchaser and marketer of methanol to be produced at the Methanol Plant; and

 

C. following the Performance Guarantee Date of the Methanol Plant, Air Products desires to purchase a portion of the methanol produced at the Methanol Plant from MMC under the terms of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Quantity and Use

1.1 Regular Supply Period Quantity : On the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, MMC agrees to sell to Air Products, and Air Products agrees to purchase from MMC, at regular intervals throughout such Year, a quantity of methanol produced at the Methanol Plant [*****] equal to the lower of:

 

(a) [*****] of Air Products’ and its Affiliates’ internal methanol consumption requirements at their current and future methyl amine production facilities [*****] and [*****] of Air Products’ and its Affiliates’ internal methanol consumption requirements at their current and future methyl amine production facilities [*****] and together with the [*****]; and

 

(b) [*****] Tonnes.

1.2 [*****] : If in any Year of the Regular Supply Period Air Products receives a quantity of methanol [*****], the quantity of methanol [*****] shall reduce [*****] to be delivered to Air Products and its Affiliates for the next Year.

 

-1-


1.3 Interim Period Quantity : In the event the Performance Guarantee Date does not occur on or before October 31, 2003 (the “ Target Start ”) the parties may meet to discuss terms and conditions that may be mutually agreeable for MMC to supply Air Products [*****] internal methanol consumption requirements [*****] for the period (the “ Interim Period ”) from the Target Start until the earlier of (a) 45 days after the Performance Guarantee Date; and (b) 24 months from the Target Start.

1.4 Use : The parties acknowledge that Air Products and its Affiliates will be purchasing methanol from MMC hereunder for their respective internal methanol consumption requirements at the Methyl Amine Plants, such requirements to be satisfied on an annual basis in the following order of priority:

 

(a) [*****];

 

(b) second, [*****]; and

 

(c) third, at such other [*****].

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Air Products and its Affiliates may take delivery of methanol from MMC at various Methyl Amine Plants throughout each Year to use [*****] to satisfy its expected annual requirements for the particular Methyl Amine Plants as more particularly determined in Section 9 of Appendix 1. For greater certainty, the underlying principle that the parties have agreed to for the priority of consumption of the methanol purchased hereunder is that on an annual basis all of the internal methanol consumption requirements of Air Products and its Affiliates for [*****] shall be satisfied in priority to the requirements at [*****] which in turn will be satisfied in priority to such other of the Methyl Amine Plants. It is understood that deliveries of the methanol to be supplied to Air Products hereunder may be made to [*****] where it is reasonably expected that methanol consumption [*****] for the Year will be less than [*****], and to the various other Methyl Amine Plants where it is reasonably expected that the combined methanol consumption at [*****] and [*****] for the Year will be less than [*****].

 

-2-


1.5 [*****] : Notwithstanding Section 1.1 above, provided Air Products in good faith anticipates purchasing not less than [*****] Tonnes of methanol in a Year [*****] from MMC hereunder as such methanol volume requirements are provided to MMC pursuant to Section 9 of Appendix 1 and In any subsequent Year into which a [*****] may continue (a “ Carry Forward Year ”), Air Products may enter into [*****] involving any quantity of methanol in excess of [*****] in such Year or Carry Forward Year. For greater certainty, if Air Products purchases from MMC a quantity of methanol equal to or in excess of [*****] Tonnes in any Year pursuant to this Agreement, Air Products shall have no obligations to MMC under this Section 1.5 for the duration of that Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where Air Products wishes to purchase from MMC a quantity of methanol [*****] greater than [*****] but less than [*****] Tonnes of methanol in a Year or Carry Forward Year, in respect of [*****]:

 

(a) Air Products must give MMC 12 months advance notice of each [*****];

 

(b) each [*****] has to be for a duration of not less than 12 months;

 

(c) the methanol Air Products is to receive under this [*****] Is to be evenly spread throughout the duration of the [*****];

 

(d) where Air Products’s total internal methanol requirements for the Methyl Amine Plants in a Year or Carry Forward Year less the quantity of methanol consumed pursuant to [*****] in such Year or Carry Forward Year (the “ Net Take ”) is less than [*****] Tonnes, Air Products shall pay for each Tonne of methanol consumed pursuant to the [*****], up to a maximum number of Tonnes of methanol equal to [*****] less the Net Take, the amount by which: [*****] methanol is delivered to Air Products or one of Its Affiliates pursuant to the [*****]. For greater certainty, if the [*****] is less than the [*****] Air Products shall not have any payment obligations pursuant to this paragraph 1.5(d);

 

(e) within 45 days of the end of each Year or Carry Forward Year, Air Products shall provide to MMC all necessary information to enable MMC to render an invoice to Air Products for the amounts provided in paragraph 1.5(d) above. No later than 30 days after receipt of invoices rendered by MMC pursuant to this paragraph, Air Products shall pay such invoices by wire transfer to an account designated by MMC;

 

(f) in the event Air Products has entered into any [*****] or where a [*****] continues into a Carry Forward Year, in which the Net Take is less than [*****] Tonnes of methanol, Air Products shall have 90 days from the date it is reasonably expected that Air Products will not consume the [*****] or Carry Forward Year within which it shall either have increased the Net Take for that Year or Carry Forward Year to a quantity in excess of [*****] Tonnes of methanol or have terminated exercise of the Tolling Arrangements.

 

2. Term

Subject to termination under Section 2 of Appendix 1, this Agreement shall take effect upon execution of this Agreement and continue until the expiry of the Regular Supply Period (the “ Term ”).

 

3. [*****]

 

-3-


3.2 [*****]:

 

(a) [*****] as determined in Section 3.1 above; plus

 

(b) the Distribution and Transportation Costs that MMC reasonably determines it would have incurred to deliver such quantity of methanol from the Methanol Plant [*****], on the day the methanol is actually delivered [*****]; provided that in determining the ocean shipping costs to transport the Methanol from the Methanol Plant to [*****] which form one part of the Distribution and Transportation Costs to be determined under this paragraph 3.2(b), MMC shall use the average of the actual ocean shipping costs incurred by MMC in the Immediately preceding calendar quarter to transport all shipments of methanol from the Methanol Plant to [*****]; less

 

(c) the Distribution and Transportation Costs that MMC reasonably determines it would have incurred to deliver such quantity of methanol from the Methanol Plant to [*****]; provided that in determining the ocean shipping costs which form one part of the Distribution and Transportation Costs to be determined under this paragraph 3.2(c), MMC shall use the average of the actual ocean shipping costs incurred by MMC in the immediately preceding calendar quarter to transport all shipments of methanol from the Methanol Plant to [*****].

3.3 Alternate Delivery Points : For methanol delivered to Alternate Delivery Points, the price shall be equal to:

 

(a) [*****] as determined in Section 3.1 above; plus

 

(b) the Distribution and Transportation Costs that MMC reasonably determines it would have incurred to deliver such quantity of methanol from the Methanol Plant to the Alternate Delivery Point on the day the methanol is actually delivered to the Alternate Delivery Point; less

 

(c) the Distribution and Transportation Costs that MMC reasonably determines it would have incurred to deliver such quantity of methanol from the Methanol Plant to [*****]; provided that in determining the ocean shipping costs which form part of the Distribution and Transportation Costs to be determined under this paragraph 3.3(c), MMC shall use the average of the actual ocean shipping costs incurred by MMC in the immediately preceding calendar quarter to transport all shipments of methanol from the Methanol Plant to [*****].

 

4. [*****]

4.1 [*****].

 

-4-


4.2 [*****] : For every shipment of methanol to any port [*****] subject to a [*****] based on the latest [*****], published immediately preceding the B/L Date, which shall be calculated as follows:

 

(a) for every increase [*****]; and

 

(b) for every decrease [*****].

4.3 [*****] : For every shipment of methanol to [*****] is subject to [*****], published immediately preceding the B/L Date, which shall be calculated as follows:

 

(a) [*****]; and

 

(b) [*****].

4.4 [*****] : Examples of the application of [*****] referred to in Sections 4.2 and 4.3 above are set forth in Appendix [*****].

 

5. [*****]

5.1 Parcel Size Escalation : Except where MMC is delivering methanol to Air Products at [*****] pursuant to Section 6.4 of Appendix 1, if at any time during the Regular Supply Period, MMC (through no fault of its own) is unable to discharge parcels of methanol that are greater than [*****] Tonnes for delivery to Air Products to [*****] and arranged in accordance with this Agreement, [*****], will apply and be payable by Air Products [*****] in such shipment:

 

[*****]

      

[*****]

    
Below [*****]      [*****]   
From [*****]      [*****]   
From [*****]      [*****]   
From [*****]      [*****]   

 

-5-


5.2 Total Volume Premium : If Air Products purchases a quantity of methanol (the “ Purchased Quantity ”) that is less than [*****] during the Regular Supply Period for any reason whatsoever, except to the extent the Purchased Quantity is reduced [*****] under this Agreement which arises as a result of either:

 

(a) [*****] or

 

(b) [*****]

Air Products shall pay to MMC (and which amounts are not considered by the parties to be a penalty), immediately upon receipt of an invoice from MMC and in addition to all other amounts due and payable by Air Products to MMC under this Agreement, the sum of:

 

(a) [*****]

 

(b)

[*****]

 

6. Payment Terms

6.1 [*****] : For deliveries of methanol to [*****], payment shall be made by Air Products or one of its Affiliates to MMC by wire transfer to an account designated by MMC no later than [*****] after discharge of the methanol [*****], provided that MMC has presented Air Products with the commercial invoice with respect to such delivery and original shipping documents or facsimile invoice and letter of indemnity in case of missing documents prior to [*****].

6.2 [*****] : For deliveries of methanol to [*****], payment shall be made by Air Products or one of its Affiliates to MMC by wire transfer to an account designated by MMC no later than [*****] after the end of the month in which the methanol was delivered [*****], provided that MMC or one of its Affiliates has presented Air Products with the commercial invoice with respect to such delivery prior to [*****].

6.3 Alternate Delivery Point Deliveries : For deliveries of methanol to Alternate Delivery Points, payment shall be made by Air Products or one of its Affiliates to MMC on such date (the “ Alternate Due Date ”) and in such manner as the parties may from time to time agree.

6.4 Banking Days : If [*****], as the case may be, for the payment by Air Products or one of its Affiliates falls on a banking holiday in New York, payment will be made on the next banking day in New York.

 

-6-


7. Standard Terms and Conditions

The parties acknowledge that they have read the Appendices and that the terms and conditions contained in Appendix 1 and the applicable provisions of the Incoterms 2000 are incorporated into this Agreement. To the extent that the Incoterms 2000 are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

8. Commercial Practicalities

The parties acknowledge and agree that to facilitate the commercial arrangements pursuant to this Agreement, the parties may supply or purchase, as the case may be, through any one or more of their respective Affiliates; provided that neither party shall be relieved of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement as a result.

 

9. Entire Agreement

This Agreement together with the Appendices constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. No terms which are contained in an order form or other communication sent by Air Products to MMC which has resulted in this Agreement becoming effective are incorporated into this Agreement. No amendment shall be made to this Agreement unless the amendment is agreed to in writing by both parties specifically for the purposes of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.     METHANEX METHANOL COMPANY
By:   /s/ Andrew E. Cummins     BY:   /s/ Gerry Duffy
  NAME: ANDREW C. CUMMINS       NAME: GERRY DUFFY
  TITLE: GROUP VICE PRESIDENT       TITLE: VICE PRESIDENT
      BY:  

/s/ Randy Milner

        NAME: RANDY MILNER
        TITLE: DIRECTOR

 

-7-


APPENDIX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1. Definitions

 

(a) Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “controlling”, “controlled by” or “under common control with” shall mean either (i) the possession, direct or indirect, other than by way of security only, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; or (ii) the possession, direct or indirect, other than by way of security only, of interests of the Person to which are attached fifty per cent or more of the votes that may be cast to elect management of the Person.

 

(b) [*****]

 

(c) Atlas Guarantee ” means a guarantee by Atlas Methanol Company Unlimited in favour of Air Products of the obligations of MMC hereunder substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix 4.

 

(d) Bankruptcy Event ” means with respect to a party, such party (i) makes a general arrangement or assignment (other than an arrangement or assignment undertaken in connection with a financing) for the benefit of creditors or otherwise takes any step or
  proceeding under any law applicable to the protection of insolvent debtors; or (ii) files a petition or otherwise commences, authorizes or acquiesces in the commencement of a proceeding or cause of action under any bankruptcy or similar law for the protection of creditors, or has such petition filed against it and such petition is not vacated, stayed, withdrawn or dismissed within 30 days after such filing; or (iii) has a receiver or a receiver- manager appointed for It or for all or a substantial part of its property or assets.

 

(e) [*****] methanol pipeline used by Air Products Affiliate to receive methanol deliveries at its [*****], crosses the property boundary on which [*****] is situated.

 

(f) [*****]

 

(g) B/L ” shall mean the form of bill of lading used by MMC and which is issued by the vessel owner’s nominated agent with respect to a particular shipment of methanol.

 

(h) B/L Date ” means the Day the Bill of Lading is issued with respect to the delivery of a particular shipment of methanol by MMC to Air Products.

 

(i)

Confidential Information ” means all technical, financial, commercial or legal information concerning this Agreement or a party (the “ Disclosing Party ”),

 

 

-1-


  including without limitation, its organization, business, finance and affairs, marketing plans, advertising activities and promotional plans, disclosed to the other party (the “ Receiving Party ”), which information is either communicated in writing or orally if promptly reduced to writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Confidential Information shall not include:

 

  (i) information that is in the public domain at the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii) information that subsequently comes into the public domain, otherwise than as a result of a breach of this Agreement;

 

  (iii) information which the Receiving Party obtains from a third Person not under any confidentiality obligation to the Disclosing Party respecting such information;

 

  (iv) information which the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure already has in its possession and which is not subject to any obligation of secrecy on its part to the Disclosing Party;

 

  (v) information which is independently developed by the Receiving Party.

 

(j) Day ” means calendar day.

 

(k) DDU ” means Delivered Duty Unpaid, as more particularly described in Incoterms 2000.

 

(l) DES ” means Delivered Ex Ship, as more particularly described in Incoterrns 2000.
(m) Distribution and Transportation Costs ” mean the costs and expenses incurred with respect to sales of methanol, expressed in U.S. dollars per Tonne, and shall include, without duplication;

 

  (i) shipping and freight charges whether by ocean, rail, truck and/or barge, including, without limitation, tank-car or barge rental, charter hire, fuel costs, port costs, dead-freight and charges on freight or documents;

 

  (ii) demurrage at discharge ports (net of any demurrage amounts recovered from Air Products);

 

  (iii) [*****]

 

  (iv) costs of insurance, including deductibles, obtained to cover any loss or contamination during delivery, shipping, storage or redelivery of methanol;

 

  (v) inspection/surveying costs; and

 

  (vi) all other direct costs which would normally be the responsibility of MMC under the particular incoterms agreed between MMC and Air Products for the sale of methanol to Air Products and delivery to its required destination.

If MMC incurs Distribution and Transportation Costs in a currency other than United States dollars, then for the purpose of computing the same, such other currency shall be converted to United States dollars in accordance with the then current

 

 

-2-


commercially reasonable hedging policies and practices of MMC. MMC agrees that, for the purposes of Distribution and Transportation Costs hereunder, hedging will only apply to costs incurred by MMC or its Affiliates in Europe in currencies other than USD.

 

(n) Export Duties ” shall mean all taxes, charges, fees, imposts, duties, levies or other assessments imposed by or under the authority of any Governmental Body in respect of export of methanol for delivery pursuant to this Agreement from the Methanol Plant and for its transit from the Methanol Plant prior to delivery to the Air Products delivery destination and including, without limitation, the responsibility for and the risks of the carrying out of customs formalities and the payment of such formalities necessary for export of methanol. For greater certainty, Import Duties and any income, withholding or franchise tax imposed on Air Products or an Affiliate of Air Products shall not be included in this definition.

 

(o) FCA ” means Free Carrier, as more particularly described in Incoterms 2000.

 

(p) Financing ” means the arm’s length commercial finance of the construction and commercial operation of the Methanol Plant on terms and conditions satisfactory to Atlas Methanol Company Unlimited, in its sole discretion, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by the availability to Atlas Methanol Company Unlimited to draw down on the credit facilities contemplated for same day funds.

 

(q) [*****]
(r) Governmental Body ” shall mean any national, state, municipal, or other local government, any subdivision, agency, court, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory or taxing authority.

 

(s) Import Duties ” shall mean all taxes, charges, fees, imposts, duties, levies or other assessments imposed by or under the authority of any Governmental Body in respect of import of methanol for delivery pursuant to this Agreement and including, without limitation, (a) any applicable value added and sales taxes; (b) the responsibility for and the risks of the carrying out of customs formalities and the payment of such formalities necessary for import of methanol into the country of destination; (c) amounts that would be incurred or payable in connection with a delivery of methanol directly from Point Lisas to the agreed Air Products Delivery Destination (whether or not the actual delivery of methanol to Air Products is made in that manner); and (d) any costs and risks caused by a failure to clear the methanol for import in the time reasonably required for delivery of the methanol as scheduled. For greater certainty, Export Duties and any income, withholding or franchise tax imposed on MMC or an Affiliate of MMC shall not be included in this definition.

 

(t) Incoterms 2000 ” means the standardized definitions relating to the export and import of goods published by the international Chamber of Commerce as revised in 2000.

 

(u) Letter of Intent ” means the letter agreement dated August 25, 2001, between Air Products and Atlas Methanol Company Unlimited.
 

 

-3-


(v) Methanol Plant ” means the methanol production facility to be constructed by Atlas Methanol Company Unlimited and located in the industrial estate of Point Uses in the Republic of Trinidad & Tobago, with a design capacity of approximately 5,000 Tonnes of methanol per Day.

 

(w) Methyl Amine Plants ” has the meaning attributed to that phrase in paragraph 1.1 of the cover Agreement.

 

(x) NOR ” means notice of readiness to be given upon [*****].

 

(y) Performance Guarantee Date ” means the Day the Methanol Plant has successfully completed the guaranteed performance test run as provided in the contract for the construction of the Methanol Plant. MMC shall notify Air Products in writing within 15 days after successful completion of the test run contemplated hereunder.

 

(z) Permits ” shall mean all permits, authorizations, variances, approvals, registrations, certificates of completion or legal status, certificates of occupancy, orders or other approvals or licenses by any Governmental Body.

 

(aa) Person ” means any individual or any partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other entity.

 

(bb)

Regular Supply Period ” means the period of time commencing on the 45 th day following the Performance Guarantee Date and expiring at the end of the fifteenth (15 th ) Year thereafter.

 

(cc) [*****]
(dd) Specifications ” shall mean the specifications for methanol which are attached in Appendix 2.

 

(ee) [*****] ” mean agreements between Air Products or one of its Affiliates and a third Person for that third Person to supply methanol to be consumed in the production of methyl amines or any other end product for such third Person at one of the Methyl Amine Plants.

 

(ff) Tonne ” means a metric weight tonne equating to 1,000 kilograms.

 

(gg) USD ” means the currency of the United States of America.

 

(hh) [*****] ” means [*****] or such other shipping port located in the [*****] region selected by Air Products pursuant to Section 6.1 below.

 

(ii) VS ” means the volume of methanol supplied by MMC to Air Products pursuant to paragraph 14.4(a) during a Year.

 

(jj) [*****] means the difference between the maximum quantity of methanol expressed in Tonnes that can be safely stored in the storage facility and the [*****].

 

(kk)

Year ” means each successive twelve (12) month period counted from the 45 th day after the Performance Guarantee Date.

 

 

-4-


2. Termination

 

2.1 General

Either party (the “ Terminating Party ”) may terminate this Agreement on written notice to the other (the “ Terminated Party ”), if:

 

(a) the Terminated Party fails to make payment of any amounts payable and overdue to the Terminating Party within sixty (60) days of demand; or

 

(b) the Terminated Party otherwise fails to comply substantially with a material requirement of this Agreement, other than due to Force Majeure, and (i) fails to remedy such non-compliance (A) within sixty (60) Days of receipt of written notice of the non-compliance from the Terminating Party (the “Non-compliance Notice”); or (B) if such non-compliance is not capable of being cured within sixty (60) Days, at such time as the Terminated Party fails to diligently pursue Its cure; or (ii) where such Non-compliance Notice Is provided by Air Products to MMC as a result of a Collection of Breaches pursuant to Section 11 of Appendix 1 of this Agreement, and MMC fails to provide Air Products within sixty (80) Days satisfactory evidence that the causes for the non-compliance have been, or within a reasonable period of time (“ Diligence Period ”), will be, cured, or at such time as a subsequent breach, similar to those making up the Collection of Breaches, occurs; provided that such subsequent breach occurs within four (4) months after the end of the sixty (60) Day period or, if applicable, the Diligence Period; or

 

(c) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Terminated Party occurs; or

 

(d) If the interim Period expires prior to the Performance Guarantee Date; or
(e) the Letter of intent is terminated or expires, except where it is as a result of Atlas Methanol Company Unlimited (I) completing its financing for the development, engineering and construction of the Methanol Plant and all conditions to the first drawing of funds thereunder have been satisfied by Atlas or waived by the lenders; and (II) receiving the rating or “shadow rating” of its outstanding senior debt securities of at least BB by Standard & Poor’s or Ba2 by Moody’s, all as more particularly provided in the Letter of Intent

 

2.2 Extended Force Majeure

If a Force “ Majeure occurs that prevents or delays substantially the performance by a party of its obligations under this Agreement and that party has given notice thereof under Section 14.2(a), and that Force Majeure continues for a period, whether or not continuous, of not less than 180 days after the date of the notice in the case of MMC giving notice and 360 days in the case of Air Products giving notice, the party receiving the notice under Section 14.2(a) may give notice to the other party at any time after the expiration of that period and for so long as the Force Majeure continues, of intent to terminate this Agreement or the pro-rata portion affected by the Force Majeure. The parties shall meet within 15 days after the notice of intent to terminate is given to discuss and endeavour to determine means, if any, that may be adopted by the parties to avoid termination of this Agreement if the parties agree on those means, their agreement must be recorded in writing as an amendment to this Agreement signed by the parties. If the parties fail to agree on those means and to execute and deliver an Amendment of the Agreement within 30 days after notice of intent to terminate is given, this Agreement or pro-rata portion affected by the Force Majeure automatically terminates.

 

 

-5-


2.3 Rights Not Affected

The termination of the Agreement shall not, of itself, relieve a party of due performance by such party of any obligation assumed by or imposed on it under the Agreement at any time prior to such termination; provided that MMC shall not be required to deliver or ship any methanol to Air Products pursuant to the Agreement after the date of termination.

 

3. Late Payment

If Air Products fails to pay the full amount of any invoice when due, or if MMC is not reasonably satisfied with Air Products’ financial condition, MMC may, in its sole discretion, require payment in cash or the establishment of a form of payment security before any further shipments of methanol are made to Air Products hereunder. In addition, if Air Products fails to make payment of any amounts payable and overdue to MMC hereunder within 15 days of demand by MMC, MMC may, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies it may have, suspend performance of Its obligations hereunder.

If Air Products or MMC does not pay the other of them in full, amounts owing by the one to the other, interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate of 1% per month, calculated on a daily basis.

 

4. Taxes

[*****] for methanol delivered hereunder includes [*****] and does not include any [*****]. Air Products agrees to be liable for the payment of [*****] and to indemnify MMC from liability in respect of such [*****]. MMC agrees to be liable for the payment of [*****]

and to indemnify Air Products from liability in respect of such [*****]. The obligations of Air Products and MMC respectively in the preceding two sentences shall survive termination of this Agreement and shall continue in force until discharged in full.

 

5. No Set-Off or Deduction

All amounts due under the Agreement shall be paid in full by the party owing such amounts without set-off or deduction except where either party is to pay an amount to the other of them pursuant to this Agreement but has outstanding invoices or a judgment or decision of an arbitrator for a claim hereunder. If a party reasonably and in good faith disputes an amount to be paid hereunder, it may withhold only the portion of the amount due that is in dispute.

 

6. [*****]

 

6.1 [*****]

Subject to Section 6.2 below, Air Products may, at any time and from to time, upon 12 months prior written notice to MMC, choose any shipping port, [*****] ordinarily serviced by MMC, for receiving deliveries of methanol from MMC hereunder.

 

6.2 [*****] Selection Conditions

Notwithstanding Section 6.1 above, Air Products may only select shipping ports [*****] or an [*****] that are able to accommodate vessels having the dimensions set out in Section 8.1 and at which Air Products has [*****] and discharge rate capabilities as set out in Section 6.4.

 

 

-6-


6.3 Incoterms

The delivery of methanol by MMC to Air Products, unless otherwise mutually agreed:

 

(a) [*****];

 

(b) [*****]; and

 

(c) [*****], shall be made on terms and conditions mutually agreed between the parties prior to such delivery.

 

6.4 [*****]

Air Products shall have available to it at all times during the Regular Supply Period (except upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure that directly affects Air Products’ ability to do so) [*****]

If Air Products does not have [*****] notwithstanding Section 3 of the cover

Agreement and the balance of Section 6 of this Appendix 1, the methanol to be delivered by MMC hereunder shall be delivered to Air Products at [*****]

 

7. [*****]

 

7.1 [*****]

The provisions of this Section 7.1 apply only to deliveries of methanol by MMC to Air Products at [*****].

Any vessel chartered by MMC must comply with applicable International Safety Standards and Regulations and with P & I Insurance and must be [*****].

Air Products shall take delivery of the methanol in approximately equal quantities evenly spread over a Year unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing.

The minimum discharge rate shall be 1,500 Tonnes per hour at the US Gulf based on 100 psig discharge pressure at the vessel’s discharge pipe flange.

Allowed laytime at US Gulf shall be calculated based on volume discharged divided by the minimum discharge rate of [*****] Tonnes per hour. Time shall start counting six hours after the vessel has presented NOR, unless used.

For any time used in excess of the allowed laytime, Air Products [*****]

 

 

-7-


[*****]

In the event the vessel arrives before the agreed laydays, laytime should start counting at six hours on the first Day of the laycan or upon berthing, whichever occurs first.

 

7.2 [*****]

The charter party terms applicable to deliveries of methanol to [*****] to incoterms not specifically addressed in this Agreement shall be as mutually agreed between the parties prior to such deliveries.

 

7.3 General Provisions

Presentation of demurrage claims shall be made by the effected party within sixty (60) Days from B/L Date.

 

7.4 [*****]

If a vessel, accepted by Air Products and chartered by MMC for the delivery of methanol to Air Products [*****] in accordance with this Agreement, does not arrive within seven (7) days after the expiry of the agreed upon laycan for such shipment as a direct result of an act of MMC or its shipper, Waterfront Shipping Company Limited that: (a) does not otherwise constitute a Force Majeure hereunder; (b) is not required or permitted under this Agreement; and (c) is performed other than at the written request or direction of Air Products, MMC agrees to direct the next available vessel carrying methanol from the Methanol Plant [*****] to Air Products on the terms provided in Section 7.1 above. If such vessel will not arrive in

the time period reasonably required by Air Products or the Affiliate, as the case may be, to meet its immediate internal methanol consumption [*****], MMC shall supply Air Products with a quantity of methanol (the “ Delay Quantity ”) that Air Products or its Affiliate, as the case may be, reasonably requires for immediate consumption [*****] during the period between the expiry of the seven (7) days after the missed laycan (the “ 7 Day Date ”) and the date the delayed or next shipment of methanol is anticipated to be delivered to Air Products, whichever is to first occur. For greater certainty, the warranty provided in Section 13.1 below shall apply to the Delay Quantity,

Delivery of the Delay Quantity shall be made on the following terms and conditions:

 

(a) delivery of the Delay Quantity will be made to Air Products at MMC’s or its Affiliate’s storage facilities located at [*****]; and

 

(b) Air Products shall pay to MMC within 30 days of receipt of an invoice from MMC for the Delay Quantity an amount equal to:

 

  (i) [*****]

 

  (ii) [*****] Delay Quantity; less

 

  (iii) [*****] Delay Quantity as confirmed in such supporting [*****] documentation reasonably requested by MMC.
 

 

-8-


7.5 Other Delay Remedies

In the event MMC falls to deliver:

 

(a) the Delay Quantity to Air Products at MMC’s or its Affiliate’s storage facilities located at [*****] pursuant to Section 7.4(a) on a timely basis but not later than within 3 days from the 7 Day Date (referred to as the “ 10 Day Date ”); or

 

(b) methanol scheduled for delivery [*****] the scheduled delivery date agreed between the parties (the “ 3 Day Date ”),

(In each case herein referred to as the “ Undelivered Quantity ”),

except in the case of wilful breach by MMC of its obligations to deliver the Undelivered Quantity hereunder, the liability of MMC, including any of Its directors, officers, employees or agents for breach of its obligation to deliver the Undelivered Quantity described in this Section 7.5 is limited to:

 

(a) where MMC fails to deliver or cause the delivery of the Undelivered Quantity but a third Person is able to timely effect such supply, MMC shall reimburse Air Products within 30 days of receipt of an invoice and all supporting documentation reasonably required by MMC for the amount, if any, by which:

 

  (i) the amount Air Products would have paid to MMC pursuant to Section 3 of the cover agreement for the Undelivered Quantity as reasonably determined by the parties; is less than

 

  (ii) the lower of:

 

  (A) [*****]; and

 

  (B) [*****]
  last available edition of the newsletter on the particular date that the Undelivered Quantity is delivered by the third Person to Air Products, multiplied by the Undelivered Quantity; or

 

(b) where neither MMC nor a third Person can timely supply Air Products with the Undelivered Quantity, and Air Products has to reduce production by [*****] at the Methyl Amine Plant for which such Undelivered Quantity was intended, to the extent caused as a direct result of MMC’s failure to deliver the Undelivered Quantity, MMC shall pay Air Products within 30 days of receipt of an invoice and all supporting documentation reasonably required by MMC, an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which:

 

  (i) [*****]

 

  (ii)

[*****]

 

 

-9-


  deliveries, as the case may be, on the last available edition of the newsletter on the 10 Day Date or the 3 Day Date, as the case may be, multiplied by the Undelivered Quantity.

 

8. Nomination and Shipments

 

8.1 [*****]

For deliveries of methanol by MMC to Air Products at [*****] the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a) final declared quantity of methanol to be supplied by MMC to Air Products shall be plus or minus 5% of the quantity nominated by Air Products pursuant to Section 9 below, at MMC’s option;

 

(b) MMC shall deliver the methanol to Air Products using vessels chartered by MMC or one of its Affiliates;

 

(c) All Products shall use reasonable commercial efforts to provide or procure one safe reachable berth always afloat and always accessible on arrival at the US Gulf and the US Gulf ports shall allow the accommodation of vessels with the following dimensions:

 

Deadweight:    45,000 Tonnes
Draft:    12.0 metres
LOA:    180.0 metres
Beam:    32.2 metres

 

(d) prior to fixture of any vessel, MMC shall confirm and advise Air Products of the vessel name and characteristics and charter party terms and conditions. If requested, MMC shall inform Air
  Products to the extent MMC has been advised by the vessel owner, the reference numbers of the tanks to be used to carry methanol for Air Products and the three previous cargoes carried in each tank, if available.

MMC shall not fix any vessel without Air Products’ prior acceptance of the nominated vessel, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed by All Products. Air Products’ signing of MMC’s written notification shall be deemed to confirm Air Products’ acceptance of the vessel.

 

8.2 Nominated Vessels Acceptance

Upon Air Products’ accepting nomination of a vessel for delivery of a quantity of methanol, Air Products shall be deemed to have undertaken a firm commitment to take delivery of and pay for such methanol. Air Products shall reimburse MMC for any and all reasonable shipping and storage costs and expenses which MMC incurs as a direct result of Air Products failing to take delivery or to pay for the quantity of methanol being shipped in the vessel so nominated, provided such costs or expenses do not arise as a direct result of a Force Majeure claimed by MMC or a breach by MMC of its obligations hereunder.

 

8.3 Alternate Delivery Point Deliveries

The issues addressed in Section 8.1 above for deliveries of methanol to Alternate Delivery Points or pursuant to Incoterms not specifically addressed in this Agreement shall be as mutually agreed between the parties prior to such deliveries.

 

 

-10-


9. Delivery Scheduling

Without in any way limiting the obligations of Air Products to purchase methanol pursuant to this Agreement and subject to Section 1.4 of the cover agreement:

 

(a) Air Products shall, no later than ninety (90) days prior to the commencement of a calendar year, provide MMC with a breakdown of its anticipated methanol volume requirements, delivery locations and applicable Incoterms pursuant to this Agreement [*****] if applicable, for such calendar year.

 

(b)

Air Products shall, no later than the thirtieth (30 th ) day of each month of each calendar year, forward to MMC a rolling three month schedule detailing Air Products’ firm methanol volume requirements, delivery locations, applicable Incoterms, nomination of vessels, if applicable, and quantity per shipment for the second succeeding month (which schedule shall have previously been discussed and agreed to between the parties) and tentative methanol volume requirements, delivery locations, applicable Incoterms, nomination of vessels, if applicable, and quantity per shipment for the third and fourth succeeding months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all methanol volume requirements to be detailed under this paragraph 9(b) shall be in amounts that do not [*****] nor are they less [*****] of the respective quantities set out in paragraph 9(a) above and the parties’ respective obligations to purchase and sell methanol hereunder are limited to such amounts; provided that nothing in this paragraph 9(b) prohibits the parties from agreeing to such other amounts.

 

(c) Air Products shall take delivery of the methanol in approximately equal quantities evenly spread over a Year unless otherwise agreed by Air Products and MMC in writing.
10. Quality and Quantity Measurement

 

10.1 [*****]

For deliveries of methanol by MMC to Air Products [*****], Air Products shall appoint at its expense an independent surveyor agreed to by both parties, acting reasonably, to do the following:

 

(a) take samples of and analyse the methanol In each of the vessel’s tank(s) prior to unloading the methanol from the vessel and a copy of the certificate issued by the surveyor shall be sent to both Air Products and MMC;

 

(b) retain the samples taken from each of the vessel’s tanks for 90 days;

 

(c) certify the quantity of methanol unloaded at the US Gulf on the basis of the vessel’s tank measurements and this certified quantity (the “ Invoice Quantity ”) shall be used for Invoicing Air Products for such methanol. The surveyor will also certify the quantity of methanol discharged from the vessel at the US Gulf based on land tank measurements (the “ Shore Tank Quantity ”) before and after unloading the methanol from the vessel.

Air Products will accept, and MMC has no liability to Air Products for, the difference between Invoice Quantity and Shore Tank Quantity at US Gulf that Is equal to or less than 0.5%. If Invoice Quantity exceeds Shore Tank Quantity by greater than 0.5%. MMC shall invoice Air Products based on the Shore Tank Quantity. Air Products will cooperate with MMC and its affiliates to determine the cause for difference in quantities and retroactive adjustments shall be made for any calibration errors.

 

 

-11-


Save in the case of fraud or manifest error, the certificate of the surveyor Issued in accordance with this Section 10.1 is final and binding on the parties.

 

10.2 [*****]

For deliveries of methanol by MMC to Air Products [*****]:

 

(a) Quantity : The existing flow meter [*****] at MMC’s Affiliate’s methanol [*****] shall be used to meter the volume of methanol supplied to Air Products at [*****] and this quantity determination shall be used for invoicing Air Products for such methanol. Upon written request, Air Products may attend any flow meter reading in connection with methanol to be delivered to Air Products or any calibration of the flow meter. MMC or its Affiliate shall regularly maintain and calibrate the flow meter at its Affiliate’s filling station.

 

(b) Quality : MMC shall appoint an independent surveyor agreed to by both parties, acting reasonably, to do the following:

 

  (i) Each time methanol is delivered into shore tanks [*****] by or on behalf of MMC or its Affiliates as the case may be, the surveyor shall take samples from the shore tanks promptly after discharge therein and analyse such methanol to verify that it meets or exceeds the Specifications. The
  surveyor shall provide a copy of the survey certificate it issues to both Air Products and MMC, upon request.

Save in the case of fraud or manifest error, the certificate of the surveyor appointed by MMC issued in accordance with this clause is final and binding on the parties.

 

10.3 Alternate Delivery Points and Delivery Terms

The manner and terms and conditions in connection with determining quality and quantity of methanol applicable to deliveries of methanol to Alternate Delivery Points or pursuant to Incoterms not specifically addressed in this Agreement shall be as mutually agreed between the parties prior to such deliveries.

 

10.4 Off-Spec Methanol

Air Products may reject methanol that does not meet or exceed the Specifications prior to title to such methanol passing to Air Products in accordance with Section 12 of this Appendix 1.

 

11. Claims

Notice of any claim by Air Products under this Agreement shall be given in writing by Air Products to MMC, together with all relevant supporting documentation in Air Products’ possession or control, no later than thirty (30) Days following delivery of the methanol which is the subject of the claim [*****] as the case may be. Failure by Air Products to give written notice of any claim within thirty (30) Days from the date of delivery, or in the case of non-delivery, from the date fixed for delivery, shall constitute a waiver by Air Products of all claims in respect of such methanol.

 

 

-12-


For greater certainty, notwithstanding compliance by MMC with the remedies stated In Sections 7.5 or 13.2 respectively, if there are several breaches in any rolling 12 month or lesser period by MMC of its obligations pursuant to Sections 7.4 or 13.1 which collectively have a material adverse effect on Air Products (a “ Collection of Breaches ”), Air Products may give written notice to MMC of non-compliance with this Agreement pursuant to paragraph 2.1(b); provided that if a termination right arises under paragraph 2.1(b) in connection with a Collection of Breaches, Air Products shall pursue its rights against Atlas Methanol Company Unlimited arising under the Atlas Guarantee.

 

12. Risk in and Title to Methanol

All risk of loss of or damage to the methanol shall pass from MMC to Air Products pursuant to [*****], as the case may be, for deliveries of methanol [*****], and in accordance with such other Incoterms 2000 as MMC and Air Products may agree for deliveries of methanol at Alternate Delivery Points. Title to the methanol shall pass to Air Products at the same time as risk passes from MMC to Air Products.

 

13. Warranties and Limitation Of Liability

 

13.1 Warranty

MMC warrants to Air Products that the quality of the methanol to be sold to Air Products hereunder shall meet or exceed the Specifications immediately prior to title to the methanol passing from MMC to Air Products hereunder. Air Products may not pass on the benefits of such warranty to any third party. MMC disclaims all other representations, warranties or conditions of

any kind, whether express or implied, statutory or otherwise including any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose in respect of the methanol to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

13.2 Remedy

Except in the case of a wilful breach by MMC of its obligations to deliver methanol that meets or exceeds the Specifications hereunder, the liability of MMC, including any of its directors, officers, employees or agents for breach of the warranty described herein is limited to:

 

(a) the timely replacement by MMC or a third Person arranged by MMC of the quantity of methanol expressed In Tonnes not meeting or exceeding the Specifications (the “ Replacement Quantity ”) on the same terms and conditions as were to govern the original supply of the affected methanol and to reimburse Air Products for any additional costs it incurs in connection with the survey of the Replacement Quantity; or

 

(b) if MMC fails to replace or cause the replacement of the Replacement Quantity in accordance with paragraph 13.2(a) above but a third Person is able to effect such supply, MMC shall reimburse Air Products within 30 days of receipt of an invoice and all supporting documentation reasonably required by MMC for the amount, if any, by which:

 

  (i) the amount Air Products would have paid to MMC pursuant to Section 3 of the cover agreement for the Replacement Quantity as reasonably determined by the parties; is less than
 

 

-13-


  (ii) [*****]:

 

  (A) [*****]; and

 

  (B) [*****] last available edition of the newsletter on the particular date that the Replacement Quantity is delivered by the third Person to Air Products, multiplied by the Replacement Quantity, or

 

(c) if neither MMC nor a third Person can timely supply Air Products with the Replacement Quantity and Air Products has [*****] at the Methyl Amine Plant for which such quantity of methanol was intended, to the extent caused as a direct result of MMC’s failure to deliver the Replacement Quantity, MMC shall pay Air Products within 30 days of receipt of an invoice and all supporting documentation reasonably required by MMC, an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which:

 

  (i) the amounts Air Products would have paid to MMC pursuant to Section 3 of the cover agreement for the Replacement Quantity as reasonably determined by the parties; is less than
  (ii) [*****] as the case may be, on the last available edition of the newsletter on the date that is fourteen (14) days after the date upon which the methanol not meeting or exceeding the Specifications was rejected by Air Products hereunder.

 

13.3 Exclusions

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither party is liable to the other party under or in relation to this Agreement for any loss of use, loss of production, loss of profits anticipated or otherwise, loss of markets, loss of opportunity, economic loss, special, indirect or consequential loss or damage suffered or incurred by the party or any third Person who makes a claim against the party for which that party seeks recovery from the other party, whether in contract, including liability for fundamental breach or termination of the Agreement, in tort, including negligence, strict or absolute liability, and product liability, or under any other theory of law or of equity. Neither party shall make any claim against the other party’s directors, officers or employees arising out of or relating to this Agreement, except in the case of fraud or wilful misconduct.

 

 

-14-


13.4 Indemnities

Air Products shall indemnify and hold harmless MMC and its directors, officers and employees and MMC shall indemnify and hold harmless Air Products and its directors, officers and employees, for claims made against them by third persons for personal injury, including death, or property damage caused by the negligence of the other of them, or that other party’s subcontractors, employees or agents.

 

13.5 Indemnity Conditions

Each of Air Products and MMC enters into Section 13.4 on behalf of itself, and as agent for its directors, officers and employees, each of whom may enforce the provision for their benefit directly against the indemnifying party. The right of a party, or its directors, officers and employees (“ indemnitee ”) to be indemnified by the other party (“ indemnitor ”) under Section 13.4 for a claim is subject to the conditions that:

 

(a) the indemnitee gives the indemnitor prompt notice of any claim, the right and opportunity to select counsel and defend or settle the claim, all documents and other information, including access to witnesses, available to the indemnitee that may assist in the favourable defence or settlement of the claim; and

 

(b) the indemnitee does not make any admission, or do any other act or thing, that is materially prejudicial to the favorable defence or settlement of the claim.

 

13.6 [*****]

Except with respect to wilful breach of this Agreement by a party, the [*****] of each of MMC and Air Products and including their respective employees, representatives, Affiliates or

agents in respect of or in any manner arising out of this Agreement, for all losses, damages or liability whatsoever and howsoever arising (including negligence) [*****].

 

14. Force Majeure

 

14.1 Definition

Neither party shall be liable for any failure to perform, or for delay in performing, any of their obligations hereunder, except for an obligation to pay any amounts due and owing hereunder, when acts or events beyond the reasonable control of the affected party prevent in whole or in material part the performance of such obligations, examples of which acts or events may include but are not limited to acts of a government authority, riots, disturbance, war, strikes, lockouts, slowdowns, delays of carriage beyond the reasonable control of MMC or the vessel operator, perils of sea, shortage of methanol produced at the Methanol Plant meeting the Specifications, prohibition of import or export of methanol, accident to port facilities, epidemics, fire, flood, hurricane, earthquake, lightning and explosion (any of which is herein referred to as a “ Force Majeure ”). Provided however:

 

(a) a lack of funds or other financial capability or insolvency shall in no event constitute Force Majeure; and

 

(b)

[*****]

 

 

-15-


14.2 Suspension and Notice

If either party relies on a Force Majeure for its failure to observe or perform any of the obligations imposed upon it under this Agreement, the performance or observance of such obligations will be suspended during the continuation of the Force Majeure, provided that the party claiming Force Majeure shall:

 

(a) give written notice to the other party specifying full particulars of such Force Majeure within ten (10) Days of becoming aware of the Force Majeure;

 

(b) to the extent and as soon as reasonably possible, remedy the Force Majeure; and

 

(c) give written notice to the other party promptly after the Force Majeure has been remedied.

 

14.3 Resumption of Performance

Upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure, each party shall exercise reasonable efforts to avoid, or minimize any delay, occasioned thereby. A party that is prevented or delayed in the performance or observance of its obligations under the Agreement by Force Majeure shall resume promptly the performance and observance of those

obligations after cessation of the Force Majeure, unless the Agreement has been terminated pursuant to Section 2 of this Appendix 1.

 

14.4 [*****]

 

(a) [*****]

 

(b)

[*****]

 

 

-16-


Subject to the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, MMC shall not otherwise be under any obligation to obtain methanol from any other source or to alter its own or its Affiliates’ production schedules or practices to meet its supply obligations to Air Products hereunder.

 

14.5 [*****]
15. Governing Law

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of New York excluding conflicts of laws rules thereof and except that the procedural rules for arbitration set forth in Section 16.2 below shall be applied. Subject to Article 16, the parties hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the Courts of the state of New York in respect of any action, suit or proceeding arising or relating to this Agreement.

 

16. Dispute Resolution

 

16.1 Escalation

In the event of any dispute or difference between the parties arising in connection with this Agreement, senior representatives of each of the parties to the dispute who have authority to settle the dispute shall, within 14 days of a written request from one party to the other, meet in an effort to resolve such dispute or difference without recourse to legal proceedings. If the dispute or difference is not resolved as a result of the meeting referred to in this Section 16.1 or within 14 days from its conclusion, or if no meeting occurs within the period described above, either party may (at such meeting or within 14 days from its conclusion) refer the dispute or difference to arbitration in accordance with Section 16.2.

 

16.2 Arbitration

All disputes arising between the parties out of or in connection with this Agreement or its performance shall be settled finally by

 

 

-17-


arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) by a panel of three arbitrators appointed in accordance with those rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in English and shall take place in New York, New York. Except with respect to Section 19.5, the parties waive all recourse to litigation and agree that the award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding and subject to no Judicial review. In no event, even if any other part of these provisions is held to be invalid or unenforceable, shall the arbitrators have power to make an award or impose a remedy that could not be made or imposed by a court deciding the matter in the same jurisdiction. All aspects of the arbitration shall be treated as confidential. The arbitrators shall render their final award within thirty (30) days of the close of the arbitration hearing and shall state the reasons for any award. The results of the arbitration will be binding on the parties, and judgment on the award of the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction for its enforcement. The arbitrators shall divide all costs (including fees of counsel) incurred in conducting the arbitration in their final award in accordance with what they deem just and equitable under the circumstances.

 

17. Responsible Care

Air Products and MMC shall comply in all material respects with the codes of practice of the Responsible Care ® initiative as established and in effect from time to time hereafter by the Canadian Chemical Producers’ Association, in the case of MMC, and the American Chemical Manufacturers Association, in the case of Air Products.

Either party may conduct audits of the other in accordance with Responsible Care ® . The

parties shall meet and cooperate in using reasonable efforts to take corrective actions where required.

 

18. Relationship Between the Parties

Nothing in this Agreement constitutes Air Products as a partner or agent of MMC and Air Products has no authority to represent, bind, act for, undertake or create any obligation or responsibility on behalf of, or in the name of, MMC or represent that it is the agent of MMC.

 

19. Confidentiality

 

19.1 Confidentiality

The Receiving Party shall keep confidential all Confidential Information and shall not disclose it to any third Person without the prior express written consent of the Disclosing Party, not to be unreasonably withheld, or as permitted under this Article 19.

 

19.2 Permitted Disclosure

The Receiving Party may, without consent of the Disclosing Party, disclose Confidential Information to those of its employees, officers, professional advisors, Affiliates, investors (Including owners and lenders) and potential investors who:

 

(a) have a need to know (and only to the extent that each has a need to know); and

 

(b) are aware that the Confidential Information must be kept confidential.

 

19.3 Term

The obligations contained in this Article 19 continue for a period of 2 years after termination of this Agreement.

 

 

-18-


19.4 Return of Confidential Information

The Receiving Party upon request from the Disclosing Party shall return to the Disclosing Party all written Confidential information, including all copies thereof, in its possession, immediately after this Agreement is terminated or after the completion and discharge of all obligations of the Receiving Party under this Agreement, whichever first occurs.

 

19.5 Injunctive Relief

The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that disclosure of Confidential Information may cause substantial economic loss and irreparable harm to a Disclosing Party that could not be compensated by monetary damages. Accordingly, the parties agree that a Disclosing Party shall be entitled to Injunctive and preliminary relief to remedy any actual or threatened unauthorized disclosure of its Confidential Information, in addition to any and all other remedies to which the Disclosing Party may be entitled at law or in equity.

 

20. Audit Rights

At any time within 18 months of delivery of methanol by MMC to Air Products hereunder, each party shall have the right, at its own cost, to engage an independent third party professional accounting firm to inspect and audit at the other party’s or its Affiliate’s place of business, the other party’s and its Affiliates’ books and records to verify the determination of:

 

(a) [*****] or
(b) [*****] or

 

(c) [*****] or

 

(d) [*****] or

 

(e) invoices or details of costs, as the case may be, provided to MMC by Air Products pursuant to Sections 7.4, 7.5 or 13.2; or

 

(f) [*****]

Each party shall cause its respective Affiliates to comply with this Section. The party pursuing the audit shall cause the audit to be pursued diligently and shall give the other party not less than thirty (30) days notice of its Intent to Initiate a particular audit; provided that no audits may be carried out by or on behalf of Air Products in the first two months of any fiscal year of Methanex Corporation. Each party shall cooperate in good faith with the other party and its representatives In any audit by that party and shall make available on a confidential basis to the independent third party professional accounting firm, and which firm shall not disclose such Information to the party pursuing the audit or any other Person, all information reasonably requested by that party or its representatives to determine the other party’s compliance with the terms of the Agreement Any adjustment resulting from any audit shall be made promptly but in no event later than 30 days after the auditors report has been completed and made available to both of the parties.

 

 

-19-


21. Waiver

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, no failure on the part of a party to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right, power or remedy created by the Agreement, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy by either party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No waiver by a party of any breach of or default in any term or condition of the Agreement shall constitute a waiver of or assent to any succeeding breach of or default in the same or any other term or condition of the Agreement.

 

22. Severability

To the extent that any term or condition of the Agreement is in whole or in part unenforceable or void, that term or condition shall be severed from the remaining terms and conditions which shall apply and be enforceable as though the severed term or condition had not been included In the Agreement

 

23. Remedies Exclusive

Where this Agreement provides a remedy for a loss, damage, cost, expense or liability suffered or incurred by a party, the remedy provided for herein Is that party’s sole and exclusive remedy against the other party-

 

24. Assignment and Change of Control

 

24.1 General Prohibition

Neither party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

24.2 Permitted Assignments

Notwithstanding Section 24.1 above, no consent shall be required for assignment of this Agreement by a party:

 

(a) to a successor in interest of all or substantially all of the assets or business of that party to which this Agreement relates that assumes, in writing, all of the obligations of such party under this Agreement; and

 

(b) to one of its Affiliates.

 

24.3 Air Products Change of Control Restrictions

If Air Products wishes to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey or dispose of (herein referred to as a “ Sale ”):

 

(a) direct or Indirect ownership of greater than 50% of any Affiliate that owns all or substantially all of the assets comprising any one or more of the Methyl Amine Plants that are or have been consuming methanol sold hereunder; or

 

(b) all or substantially all of the assets comprising any one or more of the Methyl Amine Plants that are or have been consuming methanol sold hereunder,

to a third Person, it shall cause, and a condition of the Sale shall be for, such third Person to assume, in writing concurrent with the Sale, all or, in the case of a Sale of less than all or substantially all of the assets comprising the Methyl Amine Plants, a pro-rata portion, of the obligations of Air Products under this Agreement.

 

 

-20-


24.4 MMC Assignment Restrictions

If MMC wishes to enter into a sale of its rights as the exclusive or primary reseller of methanol produced at the Methanol Plant (the “ Rights ”) to a third Person it shall cause, and a condition of the Sale shall be for, such third Person to assume, in writing concurrent with the Sale, all or, in the case of a Sale of less than all or substantially all of the Rights, a pro-rata portion, of the obligations of MMC under this Agreement.

 

24.5 Parties Still Bound

No assignment by either party of any of its rights, interests or obligations pursuant to this Section 24 shall relieve such party of its obligations under this Agreement unless the other party expressly agrees otherwise in writing.

 

25. [*****]

 

26. Enurement

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

27. Notices

All notices concerning this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be communicated by one party to the other by postage prepaid registered mail, delivery (by hand or courier service) or sent by facsimile to the address stated in this Agreement or at such other address as may from time to time be designated in writing by one party to the other. A notice shall be deemed to be received by the receiving party immediately if delivered personally, on the business day

following delivery to a national express courier service, five days following the registered mailing of the notice or, if given by facsimile, immediately if received by the recipient during its normal business hours on a business day, or, if not received until after business hours, at the beginning of the recipient’s business on the next business day (in each case as confirmed by receipt of an answer-back confirmation).

 

28. Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and a facsimile evidence of execution by any party to the Agreement shall be sufficient proof of execution.

 

29. Survival

The provisions of this Agreement which would naturally survive the expiry or termination of this Agreement, as necessary for the exercise of accrued rights or remedies, including, but not limited to those related to confidentiality, damages, the resolution of disputes and applicable law, shall survive the expiry or termination of this Agreement.

 

 

 

-21-

Exhibit 10.17

METHANOL PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT AMENDMENT

Amendment 1

This AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of October 9, 2002, by and between METHANEX METHANOL COMPANY , (“ MMC ”), and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. , (“ Air Products ”).

R E C I T A L S:

A. MMC and Air Products have heretofore executed the Methanol Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of August 29, 2002 (the “ Contract ”).

B. MMC and Air Products desire to amend the Contract to clarify certain provisions of the Contract relating to maximum liability of the parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, each capitalized term used in this Amendment has the meaning given to such term in the Contract.

ARTICLE 2

Amendment

Section 13.6 of Appendix 1 is amended by adding the following phrase before the period ending that Section:

“; provided, however, that the foregoing maximum aggregate liability limitation shall in no event limit the liability of Air Products [*****] this Agreement. For the purposes of this Section 13.6 of Appendix l, “wilful breach” shall include without limitation an intentional breach by a party in order to sell or purchase Methanol elsewhere.”

ARTICLE 3

Miscellaneous

Section 3.1 Arbitration . The terms and provisions of Section 16 of Appendix I of the Contract shall apply to this Amendment.

Section 3.2 Headings . The headings, captions and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.


Section 3.3 Effect of this Amendment . The Contract, as amended by this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect except that any reference therein to the Contract shall be deemed to mean and refer to the Contract as amended by this Amendment

Section 3.4 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and a facsimile evidence of execution by any party to the Agreement shall be sufficient proof of execution.

Section 3.5 Governing Law . This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of New York, excluding conflicts of laws rules thereof and except that the procedural rules for arbitration set forth in Section 16.2 of Appendix 1 of the Contract shall be applied. Subject to Article 16, the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the Courts of the state of New York in respect of any action, suit or proceeding arising or relating to this Amendment

Section 3.6 Severability . To the extent that any term or condition of the Contract is in whole or in part unenforceable or void, that term or condition shall be several from the remaining terms and conditions which shall apply and be enforceable as though the severed term or condition had not been included in the Contract.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment effective as of the dates first above written.

 

Methanex Methanol Company
By:   /s/ Mr. James Emmerston
Name:   Mr. James Emmerston
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Randy Milner

Name:   Randy Milner
Title:   Director
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
By:  

/s/ David J. Taylor

Name:   David J. Taylor
Title:   Vice President

 

2

Exhibit 10.18

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Taminco Group NV / Laurent LENOIR

Ghent


CONTENTS

 

1.    SUBJECT MATTER    3
2.    SERVICES    3
3.    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE    4
4.    CONSIDERATION — REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES    5
5.    NON-COMPETE AND CONFIDENTIALITY    6
6.    TERM AND TERMINATION    7
7.    ASSIGNMENT    9
8.    HEALTH AND SAFETY    9
9.    MISCELLANEOUS    9
10.    ARBITRATION    10


BETWEEN:

 

1) TAMINCO GROUP NV with principal offices at 9000 Gent, Pantserschipstraat 207, represented by Pol VANDERHAEGHEN,

(The “ Company ”);

 

2) Mr. Laurent LENOIR , residing at AVENUE DU MARECHAL 26, 1180 UKKEL

(“ Mr. Lenoir ”);

WHEREAS:

 

a) The Company is requiring daily management services in order to ensure continuous day-to-day management;

 

b) Mr. Lenoir is appointed as director of the Company by decision of the shareholders’ meeting; Mr. Lenoir is appointed as managing director of the Company (dagelijks bestuur) by decision of the Board of Directors;

 

c) Mr. Lenoir is willing and capable to provide daily management services for the benefit of the Company in accordance with Article 525 Belgian Company code (“BCC”);

 

d) This agreement does not affect the Company’s rights under Article 518 BCC; in particular this agreement does not affect the right of the Company to terminate Mr. Lenoir’s mandate as director at will;

 

e) The Parties have met to determine the terms and conditions that will apply to the delegation of powers of daily management to Mr. Lenoir in his capacity as managing director of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. SUBJECT MATTER

 

1.1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Mr. Lenoir shall perform the Services (as defined hereinafter) in his capacity as managing director of the Company.

 

2. SERVICES

 

2.1. The Services of Mr. Lenoir (the “ Services ”) relate to the day-to-day management of the Company and in particular:

 

  a) The assistance of the Company in attracting new business, to participate in presentations or meetings with key prospects;

 

Page 3 of 10


  b) The marketing of Company’s services and achievements through contacts and interviews in all relevant media and circles;

 

  c) Activities related to management of Company’s subsidiaries;

 

  d) Ensure execution of the business plan and strategy as developed, determined and agreed upon by the Group’s Board (as defined below);

 

2.2. Mr. Lenoir agrees to exercise his activities pursuant to this Agreement in the sole interest of the Company, and this in view of the development and the stimulation of the profitability of the Company.

 

2.3. The Services will be performed during no less than 215 working days per year.

 

3. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE

 

3.1. In the performance of the Services, Mr. Lenoir shall be guided by the guidelines set forth by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) (or his designee) and the provisions of the applicable laws and regulations.

 

3.2. The Company provides in principle for the necessary infrastructure and logistics (office, secretarial services, telephone, fax, and the like) for the proper performance of the Services.

 

3.3. The Company must make available to Mr. Lenoir a company car, type Audi A6 2.7 TDI (or similar), for carrying out his professional activities.

Mr. Lenoir must use the company car in a diligent manner, in accordance with the car policy. Mr. Lenoir acknowledges having received a copy of the car policy, having examined its content, and agrees to comply with it. Mr. Lenoir may use the company car for private purposes, in accordance with the terms of the car policy. The private use of the car will be taxed as a benefit in kind following the prevailing law.

 

3.4. The Parties acknowledge that the performance of this Agreement and the ensuing professional relationship cannot create an employment relationship between the Company and Mr. Lenoir. Mr. Lenoir is entirely responsible for complying with all statutory and legal requirements relating to the performance of the Services (including, but without limiting the general nature of the foregoing, paying taxes and social security contributions).

 

3.5. Mr. Lenoir undertakes to comply at all times and in all aspects with national and international competition and anti-trust laws, in particular but not limited to EU and US legislation and regulations.

The Parties acknowledge the importance of the obligations in this clause for the Company, its subsidiaries and its parent companies (together, the “Group” and separately a Taminco Group Company). Any breach of those obligations will constitute a Material Breach for the purpose of clause 6.7 of this Agreement.

 

Page 4 of 10


4. CONSIDERATION — REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

4.1. In consideration for the Services, Mr. Lenoir shall be paid a sum of € 19.583,33 on a monthly basis, (the “Monthly Consideration”), subject to appropriate withholdings. For the purpose of this Agreement Yearly Consideration means the Monthly Consideration multiplied by 12.

 

4.2. Mr. Lenoir will be entitled to Variable Compensation. Hereto Mr. Lenoir will be entitled to:

 

  a) participate in a Bonus Plan that shall be established by the Board of Directors of the Company further to the advice of the remuneration committee of the Company; and,

 

  b) to participate in a DC Pension Scheme to which the Company contributes an amount equal to 50 percent of the bonus earned under the Bonus Plan;

Under the Bonus Plan, Mr. Lenoir can earn a bonus based on the achievement of company objectives. The company objectives will relate to the business’ results of Taminco and/or the Taminco Group.

It is agreed that the total Variable Target Compensation (that is the sum of (1) the Target Bonus determined under the Bonus Plan and (2) the Target Pension Contribution determined under the DC Pension Scheme) equals 50% of the Yearly Consideration;

 

4.3. The Company will affiliate Mr. Lenoir under the existing Benefit Scheme (Voorzorgsplan 07.2963/01) and under the Medical Fees plan (35-0095-01). The parties agree that for the purpose of calculation of Mr. Lenoir’s benefits under those Plans a yearly remuneration will be taken into account equal to the Yearly Consideration.

 

4.4. The Consideration as determined in clauses 4.1 until 4.3, is an all-inclusive Consideration, excluding payment by the Company of any other fees, charges, taxes, and expenses of amounts whatsoever.

 

4.5. In case of disability of Mr. Lenoir, the Company will continue to pay the Consideration as determined in clauses 4.1 until 4.3 during a period of one month. After this initial period of one month, the Company shall suspend payment of Consideration, it being understood that Mr. Lenoir may be entitled to claim the benefits provided for under the Benefit Scheme referred to in 4.3.

 

4.6. The Company commits to contract management liability insurance for Mr. Lenoir, in particular with respect to the daily management, in line with the standard insurance coverage maintained for the Company’s directors.

 

Page 5 of 10


4.7. In situations (such as trips abroad) where Mr. Lenoir may incur exceptional costs, Mr. Lenoir may be reimbursed for those costs if they are supported by appropriate documents and approved by a Director of Taminco Group NV. As far as possible, Mr. Lenoir will advise this Director in advance that exceptional costs will be incurred.

 

5. NON-COMPETE AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

5.1. Mr. Lenoir undertakes not to develop any activities or take any actions which may be competitive to the business conducted or planned by the Company or any company belonging to the Group during the entire term of this Agreement and during two years after the termination hereof.

The application of this non-compete obligation will be limited to the territory of Belgium, the Netherlands, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, China, the United States of America and Brazil.

 

5.2. Mr. Lenoir agrees during this period not to:

 

  a) Be concerned in any business which is directly competitive with the business, or any part thereof, of the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  b) Except on behalf of the Company or a Taminco Group Company, canvass or solicit orders for goods of a similar type to those being manufactured or dealt in or for services similar to those being provided by the Company or any Taminco Group Company from any person who is or has been at any time within the year prior to this Agreement a customer of the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  c) Induce or attempt to induce any supplier of the Company or a Taminco Group Company to cease to supply, or to restrict or vary the terms of supply, to the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  d) Induce or attempt to induce any director or senior employee of the Company or a Taminco Group Company to leave the Company or that Taminco Group Company with a view to hiring such person; or

 

  e) Make use of or (except as required by law or any competent regulatory bode) disclose or divulge to any third party any information of a secret or confidential nature relating to the business or affairs of the Company or any Taminco Group Company; or

 

  f) Use or (insofar as he can reasonably do so) allow to be used (except by the Company or Taminco Group Companies) any trade name used by the Company or a Taminco Group Company or any other name intended or likely to be confused with such a trade name.

 

Page 6 of 10


5.3. For purpose of this clause 5:

 

  a) Mr. Lenoir is concerned in a business if he carries it on as principal or agent or if:

 

  A. He is a partner, director, employee, secondee, consultant or agent in, of or to any person who carries on the business; or

 

  B. He has any direct financial interest (as shareholder or otherwise) in any person who carries on the business; or

 

  C. He is a partner, director, employee, secondee, consultant or agent in, of or to any person who has a direct financial interest (as shareholder of otherwise) in any person who carries on the business,

Disregarding any financial interest of Mr. Lenoir in securities which are held for investment purposes only and are listed or traded on any generally recognized market if Mr. Lenoir and any person connected with him (the Investors ) are together interested in securities which amount to less than five per cent of the issues securities of that class and which, in all circumstances, carry less than five per cent of the voting rights (if any) attaching to the issued securities of that class, and provided that none of the Investors is involved in the management of the business of the issuer of the securities or of any person connected with it other than by the exercise of voting rights attaching to the securities; and

 

  b) References to a Taminco Group Company or the Company include its successors in business.

 

5.4. Mr. Lenoir acknowledges that the above provisions of this clause are no more extensive than is reasonable to protect the Company and the Taminco Group Companies.

 

5.5. In the event of a breach of his duties under this clause, Mr. Lenoir shall pay to the Company, the sum of € 250,000. — for each breach and, in addition, the sum of € 10,000. — for each day that he continues to be in breach, without the need to serve notice or the need of a court order and without prejudice to any right of the Company (or the relevant Taminco Group Company) to recover damages in excess of the amounts specified in this clause.

 

5.6. The Parties acknowledge the importance of the non-competition and confidentiality obligations in this clause for the Company and the Taminco Group Companies and that such amount represent a genuine and reasonable estimate of the damage likely to be suffered by the Company and/or the relevant Taminco Group Company if Mr. Lenoir breaches any of his obligations under this clause.

 

6. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

6.1. This Agreement is concluded for an indefinite term starting on 1 January 2010.

 

Page 7 of 10


6.2. This Agreement may be terminated by the Company, subject to a decision validly taken by the competent corporate body of the Company, giving Mr. Lenoir not less than 9 calendar months written notice.

 

6.3. If the Agreement is terminated immediately by the Company, Termination Compensation equal to the Consideration payable during the notice period that would have been due under clause 6.2 shall be immediately payable by the Company.

 

6.4. For calculation of the Termination Compensation, the Consideration to be taken into account (per month of notice that would have been due) will be based on:

 

  a) The Monthly Consideration paid under clause 4.1,

 

  b) The monthly amount (or average) of payments by the Company under the Benefit scheme referred under clause 4.3 and the Medical Fees plan referred under clause 4.3.

 

6.5. This Agreement may be terminated by Mr. Lenoir giving the Company not less than 9 calendar months written notice.

 

6.6. If the Agreement is terminated immediately by Mr. Lenoir, Termination Compensation equal to the Consideration (as determined under clause 6.4) payable during the notice period that would have been due under this clause 6.5, shall be immediately payable by Mr. Lenoir.

 

6.7. This Agreement can immediately be terminated without notice or indemnification in any of the following situations:

 

  a) By either Party in case a Material Breach of this Agreement by the other Party (including failure to render the Services by Mr. Lenoir) has not been cured within ten (10) days of a notice of default issued by the Party not in breach. Material Breach for this purpose shall be:

 

   

Material breach of laws, regulations, articles of association and by-laws, that may affect the performance of daily management;

 

   

Breach of the duties and/or commitments of such a nature that it makes a continuous relationship impossible;

 

   

Gross misconduct or negligence of such a nature that it makes a continues relationship impossible;

 

  b) By either Party in case of the other Party becomes involved in a dissolution, bankruptcy, liquidation or judicial settlement procedure, or becomes insolvent or gives up all or a substantial part of its assets.

 

Page 8 of 10


7. ASSIGNMENT

Mr. Lenoir shall not be entitled to assign this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

8. HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

8.1. Mr. Lenoir undertakes to strictly comply with the obligations relating to the well-being of the workers, as applicable on the Company’s site.

 

8.2. Should Mr. Lenoir not or not fully comply with the obligations referred in 8.1, the Company may automatically take all appropriate measures in this respect, in all instances at the Mr. Lenoir’s expense and risk.

 

8.3. The Parties are fully aware of their obligations under the law of 4 August 1996 on Health and Safety (published in the Belgian State Gazette 18 September 1996) and they undertake to fully comply with their obligations under said law.

 

9. MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1. Any notices or communications under the Agreement or in connection herewith shall be in writing and forwarded by registered mail to the addresses set out on the first page of the Agreement or shall be forwarded against receipt.

Such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given three business days after the same is mailed, or one business day after the delivery against receipt.

The Parties may change their addresses by notice to the other Parties in accordance with this section and must confirm such amendment by registered mail.

Other business communication shall be in writing and forwarded by e-mail, by regular mail or by fax.

In case of emergency, Parties can give notice by fax. Any notice by fax shall be followed by a hard copy with original signatures.

 

9.2. The descriptive words or phrases at the head of the various clauses and sections hereof are inserted only as a convenience and for reference. They are in no way intended to be a part of the Agreement or in no way define, limit or describe the scope of intent of the particular clause or section to which they refer.

 

9.3. No Party to this Agreement shall be deemed to have waived any rights arising out of the Agreement or out of any default or breach hereunder, unless such Party executes the waiver in writing in accordance with clause 9.1.

If a Party waives any right arising out of the Agreement or out of any default or breach of another Party in accordance with the section above, such waiver shall not be construed to constitute a waiver of any other right arising out of the Agreement or out of the default or breach of another Party, even is the latter is similar to the prior.

 

Page 9 of 10


9.4. If any covenant provided in the Agreement should be unenforceable or contrary to mandatory law, then such covenant shall be replaced by a covenant which has the same or a similar economic effect between Parties ineffective only to the extent of such unenforceability or invalidity and shall in no way affect the enforceability or validity of the remainder of such provision or covenant nor of the other provisions or covenants of the Agreement.

 

9.5. This Agreement supersedes all prior letters, representations, warranties, or agreements relating to the subject matter of the Agreement and no variation of the Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the Parties.

 

10. ARBITRATION

 

10.1. The Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Belgium.

 

10.2. All disputes arising in connection with this Agreement and which Parties are unable to settle amicably shall be settled exclusively by the courts of Belgium.

In witness whereof, the Parties have caused this agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives and officers, on 31-12-2009, in Ghent, in two originals, one for each Party.

 

For the Company,       Mr. Lenoir

/s/ Pol Vanderhaeghen

     

/s/ Laurent Lenoir

Pol VANDERHAEGHEN      

 

Page 10 of 10

Exhibit 10.19

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Taminco NV / Kurt DECAT

Ghent


CONTENTS

 

         Page  
1.  

SUBJECT MATTER

     3   
2.  

SERVICES

     3   
3.  

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE

     4   
4.  

CONSIDERATION — REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

     5   
5.  

NON-COMPETE AND CONFIDENTIALITY

     6   
6.  

TERM AND TERMINATION

     8   
7.  

ASSIGNMENT

     9   
8.  

HEALTH AND SAFETY

     9   
9.  

MISCELLANEOUS

     9   
10.  

ARBITRATION

     10   


BETWEEN:

 

  1) TAMINCO NV with principal offices at 9000 Gent, Pantserschipstraat 207, represented by Laurent LENOIR,

(The “ Company ”);

 

  2) Mr. Kurt DECAT, residing at LEON GILLIOTLAAN 48, 2630 AARTSELAAR (“ Mr. Decat ”);

WHEREAS:

 

  a) The Company is requiring daily management services in order to ensure continuous day-to-day management;

 

  b) Mr. Decat is appointed as director of the Company by decision of the shareholders’ meeting; Mr. Decat is a member of the Executive Management Team of the Company;

 

  c) Mr. Decat is willing and capable to provide daily management services for the benefit of the Company in accordance with Article 525 Belgian Company code (“BCC”);

 

  d) In that framework, the Parties have entered into a management agreement on 30 August 2007 to determine the terms and conditions that would apply to the delegation of powers of daily management to Mr. Decat in his capacity as director and member of the Executive Management Team of the Company;

 

  e) This agreement did not affect the Company’s rights under Article 518 BCC; in particular this agreement did not affect the right of the Company to terminate Mr. Decat’s mandate as director at will;

 

  f) The Parties have now agreed to replace the management agreement dated 30 August 2007 as follows.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. SUBJECT MATTER

 

1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Mr. Decat shall perform the Services (as defined hereinafter) in his capacity as member of the Executive Management Team of the Company.

 

2. SERVICES

 

2.1 The Services of Mr. Decat (the “ Services ”) relate to the day-to-day management of the Company and in particular:

 

Page 3 of 10


  a) Advice: Give advice on finance-related business-issues e.g. with regard to marketing plans and investment decisions, mergers & acquisitions etc. in order to contribute to effective finance-related decision making by management of the company;

 

  b) Inorganic Growth: Plan and implement suitable M & A Strategy for the Company;

 

  c) Taxation: Manage all matters relating to direct and indirect taxes across geographies;

 

  d) Management and HR: Organize staff, manage, motivate and develop the human resources, in order to be well equipped for current and future business challenges and contribute to the optimization of business results;

 

  e) Legal and Risk Affairs: Ensure the organization and execution of legal and risk activities, in compliance with Board guidelines and legislation, in order to and handle legal and risk affairs in the most effective way;

 

  f) Ensure execution of the business plan and strategy as developed, determined and agreed upon by the Group’s Board (as defined below).

 

2.2 Mr. Decat agrees to exercise his activities pursuant to this Agreement in the sole interest of the Company, and this in view of the development and the stimulation of the profitability of the Company.

 

2.3 The Services will be performed during no less than 215 working days per year.

 

3. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE

 

3.1 In the performance of the Services, Mr. Decat shall be guided by the guidelines set forth by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) (or his designee) and the provisions of the applicable laws and regulations.

 

3.2 The Company provides in principle for the necessary infrastructure and logistics (office, secretarial services, telephone, fax, and the like) for the proper performance of the Services.

 

3.3 The Company must make available to Mr. Decat a company car, type Volvo XC90 (or similar), for carrying out his professional activities.

Mr. Decat must use the company car in a diligent manner, in accordance with the car policy. Mr. Decat acknowledges having received a copy of the car policy, having examined its content, and agrees to comply with it. Mr. Decat may use the company car for private purposes, in accordance with the terms of the car policy. The private use of the car will be taxed as a benefit in kind following the prevailing law.

 

3.4 The Parties acknowledge that the performance of this Agreement and the ensuing professional relationship cannot create an employment relationship between the Company and Mr. Decat. Mr. Decat is entirely responsible for complying with all statutory and legal requirements relating to the performance of the Services (including, but without limiting the general nature of the foregoing, paying taxes and social security contributions).

 

Page 4 of 10


3.5 Mr. Decat undertakes to comply at all times and in all aspects with national and international competition and anti-trust laws, in particular but not limited to EU and US legislation and regulations.

The Parties acknowledge the importance of the obligations in this clause for the Company, its subsidiaries and its parent companies (together, the “Group” and separately a Taminco Group Company). Any breach of those obligations will constitute a Material Breach for the purpose of clause 6.7 of this Agreement.

 

4. CONSIDERATION — REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

4.1 In consideration for the Services, Mr. Decat shall be paid a sum of € 16.666,67 on a monthly basis, (the “Monthly Consideration”), subject to appropriate withholdings. For the purpose of this Agreement Yearly Consideration means the Monthly Consideration multiplied by 12.

 

4.2 Mr. Decat will be entitled to Variable Compensation. Hereto Mr. Decat will be entitled to:

 

  a) participate in a Bonus Plan that shall be established by the Board of Directors of the Company further to the advice of the remuneration committee of the Company; and,

 

  b) to participate in a DC Pension Scheme to which the Company contributes an amount equal to 50 percent of the bonus earned under the Bonus Plan;

Under the Bonus Plan, Mr. Decat can earn a bonus based on the achievement of company objectives. The company objectives will relate to the business’ results of Taminco and/or the Taminco Group.

It is agreed that the total Variable Target Compensation (that is the sum of (1) the Target Bonus determined under the Bonus Plan and (2) the Target Pension Contribution determined under the DC Pension Scheme) equals 40% of the Yearly Consideration;

 

4.3 The Company will affiliate Mr. Decat under the existing Benefit Scheme (Voorzorgsplan 07.2963/01) and under the Medical Fees plan (35-0095-01). The parties agree that for the purpose of calculation of Mr. Decat’s benefits under those Plans a yearly remuneration will be taken into account equal to the Yearly Consideration.

 

4.4 The Consideration as determined in clauses 4.1 until 4.3, is an all-inclusive Consideration, excluding payment by the Company of any other fees, charges, taxes and expenses of amounts whatsoever.

 

4.5 In case of disability of Mr. Decat, the Company will continue to pay the Consideration as determined in clauses 4.1 until 4.3 during a period of one month. After this initial period of one month, the Company shall suspend payment of Consideration, it being understood that Mr. Decat may be entitled to claim the benefits provided for under the Benefit Scheme referred to in 4.3.

 

Page 5 of 10


4.6 The Company commits to contract management liability insurance for Mr. Decat, in particular with respect to the daily management, in line with the standard insurance coverage maintained for the Company’s directors.

 

4.7 In situations (such as trips abroad) where Mr. Decat may incur exceptional costs, Mr. Decat may be reimbursed for those costs if they are supported by appropriate documents and approved by a Director of Taminco NV. As far as possible, Mr. Decat will advise this Director in advance that exceptional costs will be incurred.

 

5. NON-COMPETE AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

5.1 Mr. Decat undertakes not to develop any activities or take any actions which may be competitive to the business conducted or planned by the Company or any company belonging to the Group during the entire term of this Agreement and during two years after the termination hereof.

The application of this non-compete obligation will be limited to the territory of Belgium, the Netherlands, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, China, the United States of America and Brazil.

 

5.2 Mr. Decat agrees during this period not to:

 

  a) Be concerned in any business which is directly competitive with the business, or any part thereof, of the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  b) Except on behalf of the Company or a Taminco Group Company, canvass or solicit orders for goods of a similar type to those being manufactured or dealt in or for services similar to those being provided by the Company or any Taminco Group Company from any person who is or has been at any time within the year prior to this Agreement a customer of the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  c) Induce or attempt to induce any supplier of the Company or a Taminco Group Company to cease to supply, or to restrict or vary the terms of supply, to the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  d) Induce or attempt to induce any director or senior employee of the Company or a Taminco Group Company to leave the Company or that Taminco Group Company with a view to hiring such person; or

 

  e) Make use of or (except as required by law or any competent regulatory bode) disclose or divulge to any third party any information of a secret or confidential nature relating to the business or affairs of the Company or any Taminco Group Company; or

 

  f) Use or (insofar as he can reasonably do so) allow to be used (except by the Company or Taminco Group Companies) any trade name used by the Company or a Taminco Group Company or any other name intended or likely to be confused with such a trade name.

 

Page 6 of 10


5.3 For purpose of this clause 5:

 

  a) Mr. Decat is concerned in a business if he carries it on as principal or agent or if:

 

  A. He is a partner, director, employee, secondee, consultant or agent in, of or to any person who carries on the business; or

 

  B. He has any direct financial interest (as shareholder or otherwise) in any person who carries on the business; or

 

  C. He is a partner, director, employee, secondee, consultant or agent in, of or to any person who has a direct financial interest (as shareholder of otherwise) in any person who carries on the business,

Disregarding any financial interest of Mr. Decat in securities which are held for investment purposes only and are listed or traded on any generally recognized market if Mr. Decat and any person connected with him (the Investors ) are together interested in securities which amount to less than five per cent of the issues securities of that class and which, in all circumstances, carry less than five per cent of the voting rights (if any) attaching to the issued securities of that class, and provided that none of the Investors is involved in the management of the business of the issuer of the securities or of any person connected with it other than by the exercise of voting rights attaching to the securities; and

 

  b) References to a Taminco Group Company or the Company include its successors in business.

 

5.4 Mr. Decat acknowledges that the above provisions of this clause are no more extensive than is reasonable to protect the Company and the Taminco Group Companies.

 

5.5 In the event of a breach of his duties under this clause, Mr. Decat shall pay to the Company, the sum of € 250,000. — for each breach and, in addition, the sum of € 10,000.— for each day that he continues to be in breach, without the need to serve notice or the need of a court order and without prejudice to any right of the Company (or the relevant Taminco Group Company) to recover damages in excess of the amounts specified in this clause.

 

5.6 The Parties acknowledge the importance of the non-competition and confidentiality obligations in this clause for the Company and the Taminco Group Companies and that such amount represent a genuine and reasonable estimate of the damage likely to be suffered by the Company and/or the relevant Taminco Group Company if Mr. Decat breaches any of his obligations under this clause.

 

Page 7 of 10


6. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

6.1 This Agreement is concluded for an indefinite term starting on 1 January 2010.

 

6.2 This Agreement may be terminated by the Company, subject to a decision validly taken by the competent corporate body of the Company, giving Mr. Decat not less than 9 calendar months written notice.

 

6.3 If the Agreement is terminated immediately by the Company, Termination Compensation equal to the Consideration payable during the notice period that would have been due under clause 6.2 shall be immediately payable by the Company.

 

6.4 For calculation of the Termination Compensation, the Consideration to be taken into account (per month of notice that would have been due) will be based on:

 

  a) The Monthly Consideration paid under clause 4.1,

 

  b) The monthly amount (or average) of payments by the Company under the Benefit scheme referred under clause 4.3 and the Medical Fees plan referred under clause 4.3.

 

6.5 This Agreement may be terminated by Mr. Decat giving the Company not less than 9 calendar months written notice.

 

6.6 If the Agreement is terminated immediately by Mr. Decat, Termination Compensation equal to the Consideration (as determined under clause 6.4) payable during the notice period that would have been due under this clause 6.5, shall be immediately payable by Mr. Decat.

 

6.7 This Agreement can immediately be terminated without notice or indemnification in any of the following situations:

 

  a) By either Party in case a Material Breach of this Agreement by the other Party (including failure to render the Services by Mr. Decat) has not been cured within ten (10) days of a notice of default issued by the Party not in breach. Material Breach for this purpose shall be:

 

   

Material breach of laws, regulations, articles of association and by-laws, that may affect the performance of daily management;

 

   

Breach of the duties and/or commitments of such a nature that it makes a continuous relationship impossible;

 

   

Gross misconduct or negligence of such a nature that it makes a continues relationship impossible;

 

  b) By either Party in case of the other Party becomes involved in a dissolution, bankruptcy, liquidation or judicial settlement procedure, or becomes insolvent or gives up all or a substantial part of its assets.

 

Page 8 of 10


7. ASSIGNMENT

Mr. Decat shall not be entitled to assign this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

8. HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

8.1 Mr. Decat undertakes to strictly comply with the obligations relating to the well- being of the workers, as applicable on the Company’s site.

 

8.2 Should Mr. Decat not or not fully comply with the obligations referred in 8.1, the Company may automatically take all appropriate measures in this respect, in all instances at the Mr. Decat expense and risk.

 

8.3 The Parties are fully aware of their obligations under the law of 4 August 1996 on Health and Safety (published in the Belgian State Gazette 18 September 1996) and they undertake to fully comply with their obligations under said law.

 

9. MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Any notices or communications under the Agreement or in connection herewith shall be in writing and forwarded by registered mail to the addresses set out on the first page of the Agreement or shall be forwarded against receipt.

Such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given three business days after the same is mailed, or one business day after the delivery against receipt.

The Parties may change their addresses by notice to the other Parties in accordance with this section and must confirm such amendment by registered mail.

Other business communication shall be in writing and forwarded by e-mail, by regular mail or by fax.

In case of emergency, Parties can give notice by fax. Any notice by fax shall be followed by a hard copy with original signatures.

 

9.2 The descriptive words or phrases at the head of the various clauses and sections hereof are inserted only as a convenience and for reference. They are in no way intended to be a part of the Agreement or in no way define, limit or describe the scope of intent of the particular clause or section to which they refer.

 

9.3 No Party to this Agreement shall be deemed to have waived any rights arising out of the Agreement or out of any default or breach hereunder, unless such Party executes the waiver in writing in accordance with clause 9.1.

If a Party waives any right arising out of the Agreement or out of any default or breach of another Party in accordance with the section above, such waiver shall not be construed to constitute a waiver of any other right arising out of the Agreement or out of the default or breach of another Party, even is the latter is similar to the prior.

 

Page 9 of 10


9.4 If any covenant provided in the Agreement should be unenforceable or contrary to mandatory law, then such covenant shall be replaced by a covenant which has the same or a similar economic effect between Parties ineffective only to the extent of such unenforceability or invalidity and shall in no way affect the enforceability or validity of the remainder of such provision or covenant nor of the other provisions or covenants of the Agreement.

 

9.5 This Agreement supersedes all prior letters, representations, warranties, or agreements relating to the subject matter of the Agreement and no variation of the

Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the Parties.

 

10. ARBITRATION

 

10.1 The Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Belgium.

 

10.2 All disputes arising in connection with this Agreement and which Parties are unable to settle amicably shall be settled exclusively by the courts of Belgium.

In witness whereof, the Parties have caused this agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives and officers, on 31-12-2009, in Ghent, in two originals, one for each Party.

 

For the Company       Mr. Decat

/s/ Laurent Lenoir

     

/s/ Kurt Decat

Laurent LENOIR        

 

Page 10 of 10

Exhibit 10.20

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Taminco NV / Guy WOUTERS

Ghent


CONTENTS

 

         Page  
1.  

SUBJECT MATTER

     3   
2.  

SERVICES

     3   
3.  

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE

     4   
4.  

CONSIDERATION — REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

     5   
5.  

NON-COMPETE AND CONFIDENTIALITY

     6   
6.  

TERM AND TERMINATION

     7   
7.  

ASSIGNMENT

     9   
8.  

HEALTH AND SAFETY

     9   
9.  

MISCELLANEOUS

     9   
10.  

ARBITRATION

     10   


BETWEEN:

 

  1) TAMINCO NV with principal offices at 9000 Gent, Pantserschipstraat 207, represented by Laurent LENOIR,

(The “Company” );

 

  2) Mr. Guy WOUTERS , residing at SLEUTELBLOEMLAAN 15, 1933 STERREBEEK (ZAVENTEM)

( “Mr. Wouters” );

WHEREAS:

 

  a) The Company is requiring daily management services in order to ensure continuous day-to-day management;

 

  b) Mr. Wouters is appointed as director of the Company by decision of the shareholders’ meeting; Mr. Wouters is a member of the Executive Management Team of the Company;

 

  c) As a member of the Executive Management Team Mr. Wouters is willing and capable to provide daily management services for the benefit of the Company;

 

  d) This agreement does not affect the Company’s rights under Article 518 BCC; in particular this agreement does not affect the right of the Company to terminate Mr. Wouters’s mandate as director at will;

 

  e) The Parties have met to determine the terms and conditions that will apply to their professional relationship.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. SUBJECT MATTER

 

1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Mr. Wouters shall perform the Services (as defined hereinafter) in his capacity as a member of the Executive Management Team of the Company.

 

2. SERVICES

 

2.1 The Services of Mr. Wouters (the “Services” ) relate to the day-to-day management of the Company and in particular:

 

  a) consulting on the Company’s commercial and operational policy;

 

  b) consulting on strategy, sales, marketing and business development;

 

  c) advising on product development, operations, purchasing and sales policy and business administration;

 

Page 3 of 10


  d) investigating, preparing, drafting and evaluating business investment files and the business issues involved;

 

  e) screening of the company; drafting, performing, and following up of action plans, budgeting, restructuring and reorganization, mergers, acquisitions, splits and liquidations;

 

  f) Ensure execution of the business plan and strategy as developed, determined and agreed upon by the Group’s Board (as defined below).

 

2.2 Mr. Wouters agrees to exercise his activities pursuant to this Agreement in the sole interest of the Company, and this in view of the development and the stimulation of the profitability of the Company.

 

2.3 The Services will be performed during no less than 215 working days per year.

 

3. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE

 

3.1 In the performance of the Services, Mr. Wouters shall be guided by the guidelines set forth by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) (or his designee) and the provisions of the applicable laws and regulations.

 

3.2 The Company provides in principle for the necessary infrastructure and logistics (office, secretarial services, telephone, fax, and the like) for the proper performance of the Services.

 

3.3 The Company must make available to Mr. Wouters a company car, type BMW 520i (or similar), for carrying out his professional activities.

Mr. Wouters must use the company car in a diligent manner, in accordance with the car policy. Mr. Wouters acknowledges having received a copy of the car policy, having examined its content, and agrees to comply with it. Mr. Wouters may use the company car for private purposes, in accordance with the terms of the car policy.

The private use of the car will be taxed as a benefit in kind following the prevailing law.

 

3.4 The Parties acknowledge that the performance of this Agreement and the ensuing professional relationship cannot create an employment relationship between the Company and Mr. Wouters. Mr. Wouters is entirely responsible for complying with all statutory and legal requirements relating to the performance of the Services (including, but without limiting the general nature of the foregoing, paying taxes and social security contributions).

 

3.5 Mr. Wouters undertakes to comply at all times and in all aspects with national and international competition and anti-trust laws, in particular but not limited to EU and US legislation and regulations.

 

Page 4 of 10


The Parties acknowledge the importance of the obligations in this clause for the Company, its subsidiaries and its parent companies (together, the “Group” and separately a Taminco Group Company). Any breach of those obligations will constitute a Material Breach for the purpose of clause 6.7 of this Agreement.

 

4. CONSIDERATION — REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

4.1 In consideration for the Services, Mr. Wouters shall be paid a sum of € 12.122,50 on a monthly basis, (the “Monthly Consideration”), subject to appropriate withholdings. For the purpose of this Agreement Yearly Consideration means the Monthly Consideration multiplied by 12.

 

4.2 Mr. Wouters will be entitled to Variable Compensation. Hereto Mr. Wouters will be entitled to:

 

  a) participate in a Bonus Plan that shall be established by the Board of Directors of the Company further to the advice of the remuneration committee of the Company; and,

 

  b) to participate in a DC Pension Scheme to which the Company contributes an amount equal to 50 percent of the bonus earned under the Bonus Plan;

Under the Bonus Plan, Mr Wouters can earn a bonus based on the achievement of company objectives. The company objectives will relate to the business’ results of Taminco and/or the Taminco Group.

It is agreed that the total Variable Target Compensation (that is the sum of (1) the Target Bonus determined under the Bonus Plan and (2) the Target Pension Contribution determined under the DC Pension Scheme) equals 40% of the Yearly Consideration;

 

4.3 The Company will affiliate Mr. Wouters under the existing Benefit Scheme (Voorzorgsplan 07.2963/01) and under the Medical Fees plan (35-0095-01). The parties agree that for the purpose of calculation of Mr. Wouters benefits under those Plans a yearly remuneration will be taken into account equal to the Yearly Consideration.

 

4.4 The Consideration as determined in clauses 4.1 until 4.3, is an all-inclusive Consideration, excluding payment by the Company of any other fees, charges, taxes, and expenses of amounts whatsoever.

 

4.5 In case of disability of Mr. Wouters, the Company will continue to pay the Consideration as determined in clauses 4.1 until 4.3 during a period of one month. After this initial period of one month, the Company shall suspend payment of Consideration, it being understood that Mr. Wouters may be entitled to claim the benefits provided for under the Benefit Scheme referred to in 4.3.

 

4.6 The Company commits to contract management liability insurance for Mr. Wouters, in particular with respect to the daily management, in line with the standard insurance coverage maintained for the Company’s directors.

 

Page 5 of 10


4.7 In situations (such as trips abroad) where Mr. Wouters may incur exceptional costs, Mr. Wouters may be reimbursed for those costs if they are supported by appropriate documents and approved by a Director of Taminco NV. As far as possible, Mr. Wouters will advise this Director in advance that exceptional costs will be incurred.

 

5. NON-COMPETE AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

5.1 Mr. Wouters undertakes not to develop any activities or take any actions which may be competitive to the business conducted or planned by the Company or any company belonging to the Group during the entire term of this Agreement and during two years after the termination hereof.

The application of this non-compete obligation will be limited to the territory of Belgium, the Netherlands, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, China, the United States of America and Brazil.

 

5.2 Mr. Wouters agrees during this period not to:

 

  a) Be concerned in any business which is directly competitive with the business, or any part thereof, of the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  b) Except on behalf of the Company or a Taminco Group Company, canvass or solicit orders for goods of a similar type to those being manufactured or dealt in or for services similar to those being provided by the Company or any Taminco Group Company from any person who is or has been at any time within the year prior to this Agreement a customer of the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  c) Induce or attempt to induce any supplier of the Company or a Taminco Group Company to cease to supply, or to restrict or vary the terms of supply, to the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  d) Induce or attempt to induce any director or senior employee of the Company or a Taminco Group Company to leave the Company or that Taminco Group Company with a view to hiring such person; or

 

  e) Make use of or (except as required by law or any competent regulatory boddisclose or divulge to any third party any information of a secret or confidential nature relating to the business or affairs of the Company or any Taminco Group Company; or

 

  f) Use or (insofar as he can reasonably do sallow to be used (except by the Company or Taminco Group Companies) any trade name used by the Company or a Taminco Group Company or any other name intended or likely to be confused with such a trade name.

 

Page 6 of 10


5.3 For purpose of this clause 5:

 

  a) Mr. Wouters is concerned in a business if he carries it on as principal or agent or if:

 

  A He is a partner, director, employee, secondee, consultant or agent in, of or to any person who carries on the business; or

 

  B He has any direct financial interest (as shareholder or otherwise) in any person who carries on the business; or

 

  C He is a partner, director, employee, secondee, consultant or agent in, of or to any person who has a direct financial interest (as shareholder of otherwise) in any person who carries on the business,

Disregarding any financial interest of Mr. Wouters in securities which are held for investment purposes only and are listed or traded on any generally recognized market if Mr. Wouters and any person connected with him (the Investors) are together interested in securities which amount to less than five per cent of the issues securities of that class and which, in all circumstances, carry less than five per cent of the voting rights (if any) attaching to the issued securities of that class, and provided that none of the Investors is involved in the management of the business of the issuer of the securities or of any person connected with it other than by the exercise of voting rights attaching to the securities; and

 

  b) References to a Taminco Group Company or the Company include its successors in business.

 

5.4 Mr. Wouters acknowledges that the above provisions of this clause are no more extensive than is reasonable to protect the Company and the Taminco Group Companies.

 

5.5 In the event of a breach of his duties under this clause, Mr. Wouters shall pay to the Company, the sum of € 250,000. — for each breach and, in addition, the sum of € 10,000.— for each day that he continues to be in breach, without the need to serve notice or the need of a court order and without prejudice to any right of the Company (or the relevant Taminco Group Company) to recover damages in excess of the amounts specified in this clause.

 

5.6 The Parties acknowledge the importance of the non-competition and confidentiality obligations in this clause for the Company and the Taminco Group Companies and that such amount represent a genuine and reasonable estimate of the damage likely to be suffered by the Company and/or the relevant Taminco Group Company if Mr. Wouters breaches any of his obligations under this clause.

 

6. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

6.1 This Agreement is concluded for an indefinite term starting on 1 January 2010.

 

Page 7 of 10


6.2 This Agreement may be terminated by the Company, subject to a decision validly taken by the competent corporate body of the Company, giving Mr. Wouters not less than 9 calendar months written notice.

 

6.3 If the Agreement is terminated immediately by the Company, Termination Compensation equal to the Consideration payable during the notice period that would have been due under clause 6.2 shall be immediately payable by the Company.

 

6.4 For calculation of the Termination Compensation, the Consideration to be taken into account (per month of notice that would have been due) will be based on:

 

  a) The Monthly Consideration paid under clause 4.1,

 

  b) The monthly amount (or average) of payments by the Company under the Benefit scheme referred under clause 4.3 and the Medical Fees plan referred under clause 4.3.

 

6.5 This Agreement may be terminated by Mr. Wouters giving the Company not less than 9 calendar months written notice.

 

6.6 If the Agreement is terminated immediately by Mr. Wouters, Termination Compensation equal to the Consideration (as determined under clause 6.4) payable during the notice period that would have been due under this clause 6.5, shall be immediately payable by Mr. Wouters.

 

6.7 This Agreement can immediately be terminated without notice or indemnification in any of the following situations:

 

  a) By either Party in case a Material Breach of this Agreement by the other Party (including failure to render the Services by Mr. Wouters) has not been cured within ten (10) days of a notice of default issued by the Party not in breach. Material Breach for this purpose shall be:

 

   

Material breach of laws, regulations, articles of association and by-laws, that may affect the performance of daily management;

 

   

Breach of the duties and/or commitments of such a nature that it makes a continuous relationship impossible;

 

   

Gross misconduct or negligence of such a nature that it makes a continues relationship impossible;

 

  b) By either Party in case of the other Party becomes involved in a dissolution, bankruptcy, liquidation or judicial settlement procedure, or becomes insolvent or gives up all or a substantial part of its assets.

 

Page 8 of 10


7. ASSIGNMENT

Mr. Wouters shall not be entitled to assign this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

8. HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

8.1 Mr. Wouters undertakes to strictly comply with the obligations relating to the wellbeing of the workers, as applicable on the Company’s site.

 

8.2 Should Mr. Wouters not or not fully comply with the obligations referred in 8.1, the Company may automatically take all appropriate measures in this respect, in all instances at the Mr. Wouters’s expense and risk.

 

8.3 The Parties are fully aware of their obligations under the law of 4 August 1996 on Health and Safety (published in the Belgian State Gazette 18 September 1996) and they undertake to fully comply with their obligations under said law.

 

9. MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Any notices or communications under the Agreement or in connection herewith shall be in writing and forwarded by registered mail to the addresses set out on the first page of the Agreement or shall be forwarded against receipt.

Such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given three business days after the same is mailed, or one business day after the delivery against receipt.

The Parties may change their addresses by notice to the other Parties in accordance with this section and must confirm such amendment by registered mail.

Other business communication shall be in writing and forwarded by e-mail, by regular mail or by fax.

In case of emergency, Parties can give notice by fax. Any notice by fax shall be followed by a hard copy with original signatures.

 

9.2 The descriptive words or phrases at the head of the various clauses and sections hereof are inserted only as a convenience and for reference. They are in no way intended to be a part of the Agreement or in no way define, limit or describe the scope of intent of the particular clause or section to which they refer.

 

9.3 No Party to this Agreement shall be deemed to have waived any rights arising out of the Agreement or out of any default or breach hereunder, unless such Party executes the waiver in writing in accordance with clause 9.1.

If a Party waives any right arising out of the Agreement or out of any default or breach of another Party in accordance with the section above, such waiver shall not be construed to constitute a waiver of any other right arising out of the Agreement or out of the default or breach of another Party, even is the latter is similar to the prior.

 

Page 9 of 10


9.4 If any covenant provided in the Agreement should be unenforceable or contrary to mandatory law, then such covenant shall be replaced by a covenant which has the same or a similar economic effect between Parties ineffective only to the extent of such unenforceability or invalidity and shall in no way affect the enforceability or validity of the remainder of such provision or covenant nor of the other provisions or covenants of the Agreement.

 

9.5 This Agreement supersedes all prior letters, representations, warranties, or agreements relating to the subject matter of the Agreement and no variation of the Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the Parties.

 

10. ARBITRATION

 

10.1 The Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Belgium.

 

10.2 All disputes arising in connection with this Agreement and which Parties are unable to settle amicably shall be settled exclusively by the courts of Belgium.

In witness whereof, the Parties have caused this agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives and officers, on 31-12-2009, in Ghent , in two originals, one for each Party.

 

For the Company       Mr. Wouters

/ s/ Laurent Lenoir

     

/s/ Guy Wouters

Laurent LENOIR        

 

Page 10 of 10

Exhibit 10.21

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Taminco NV / Piet VANNESTE

Ghent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
1    SUBJECT MATTER      1   
2    SERVICES      1   
3    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE      2   
4    CONSIDERATION - REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES      3   
5    NON-COMPETE AND CONFIDENTIALITY      4   
6    TERM AND TERMINATION      5   
7    ASSIGNMENT      7   
8    HEALTH AND SAFETY      7   
9    MISCELLANEOUS      7   
10    ARBITRATION      8   

 

i


BETWEEN:

 

1) TAMINCO NV with principal offices at 9000 Gent, Pantserschipstraat 207, represented by Laurent LENOIR,

 

     (The “ Company ”);

 

2) Mr. Piet VANNESTE , residing at KREPELSTRAAT 93/D, 9400 DENDERWINDEKE

 

     (“ Mr. Vanneste ”);

WHEREAS:

 

a) The Company is requiring daily management services in order to ensure continuous day-to-day management;

 

b) Mr. Vanneste is appointed as director of the Company by decision of the shareholders’ meeting; Mr. Vanneste is a member of the Executive Management Team of the Company;

 

c) As a member of the Executive Management Team Mr. Vanneste is willing and capable to provide daily management services for the benefit of the Company;

 

d) This agreement does not affect the Company’s rights under Article 518 BCC; in particular this agreement does not affect the right of the Company to terminate Mr. Vanneste’s mandate as director at will;

 

e) The Parties have met to determine the terms and conditions that will apply to their professional relationship.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1 SUBJECT MATTER

 

1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Mr. Vanneste shall perform the Services (as defined hereinafter) in his capacity as a member of the Executive Management Team of the Company.

 

2 SERVICES

 

2.1 The Services of Mr. Vanneste (the “ Services ”) relate to the day-to-day management of the Company and in particular:

 

  (a) consulting on the Company’s commercial and operational policy;

 

  (b) consulting on strategy, sales, marketing and business development;

 

  (c) advising on product development, operations, purchasing and sales policy and business administration;


  (d) investigating, preparing, drafting and evaluating business investment files and the business issues involved;

 

  (e) screening of the company; drafting, performing, and following up of action plans, budgeting, restructuring and reorganization, mergers, acquisitions, splits and liquidations;

 

  (f) Ensure execution of the business plan and strategy as developed, determined and agreed upon by the Group’s Board (as defined below).

 

2.2 Mr. Vanneste agrees to exercise his activities pursuant to this Agreement in the sole interest of the Company, and this in view of the development and the stimulation of the profitability of the Company.

 

2.3 The Services will be performed during no less than 215 working days per year.

 

3 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE

 

3.1 In the performance of the Services, Mr. Vanneste shall be guided by the guidelines set forth by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board” ) (or his designee) and the provisions of the applicable laws and regulations.

 

3.2 The Company provides in principle for the necessary infrastructure and logistics (office, secretarial services, telephone, fax, and the like) for the proper performance of the Services.

 

3.3 The Company must make available to Mr. Vanneste a company car, type Audi A6 Break 2.7 TDI (or similar), for carrying out his professional activities.

 

     Mr. Vanneste must use the company car in a diligent manner, in accordance with the car policy. Mr. Vanneste acknowledges having received a copy of the car policy, having examined its content, and agrees to comply with it. Mr. Vanneste may use the company car for private purposes, in accordance with the terms of the car policy. The private use of the car will be taxed as a benefit in kind following the prevailing law.

 

3.4 The Parties acknowledge that the performance of this Agreement and the ensuing professional relationship cannot create an employment relationship between the Company and Mr. Vanneste. Mr. Vanneste is entirely responsible for complying with all statutory and legal requirements relating to the performance of the Services (including, but without limiting the general nature of the foregoing, paying taxes and social security contributions).

 

3.5 Mr. Vanneste undertakes to comply at all times and in all aspects with national and international competition and anti-trust laws, in particular but not limited to EU and US legislation and regulations.

The Parties acknowledge the importance of the obligations in this clause for the Company, its subsidiaries and its parent companies (together, the “Group” and separately a Taminco Group Company). Any breach of those obligations will constitute a Material Breach for the purpose of clause 6.7 of this Agreement.

 

2


4 CONSIDERATION - REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

4.1 In consideration for the Services, Mr. Vanneste shall be paid a sum of € 11.817,25 on a monthly basis, (the “ Monthly Consideration ”), subject to appropriate withholdings. For the purpose of this Agreement Yearly Consideration means the Monthly Consideration multiplied by 12.

 

4.2 Mr. Vanneste will be entitled to Variable Compensation. Hereto Mr. Vanneste will be entitled to:

 

  (a) participate in a Bonus Plan that shall be established by the Board of Directors of the Company further to the advice of the remuneration committee of the Company; and,

 

  (b) to participate in a DC Pension Scheme to which the Company contributes an amount equal to 50 percent of the bonus earned under the Bonus Plan;

Under the Bonus Plan, Mr. Vanneste can earn a bonus based on the achievement of company objectives. The company objectives will relate to the business’ results of Taminco and/or the Taminco Group.

It is agreed that the total Variable Target Compensation (that is the sum of (1) the Target Bonus determined under the Bonus Plan and (2) the Target Pension Contribution determined under the DC Pension Scheme) equals 40% of the Yearly Consideration;

 

4.3 The Company will affiliate Mr. Vanneste under the existing Benefit Scheme (Voorzorgsplan 07.2963/01) and under the Medical Fees plan (35-0095-01). The parties agree that for the purpose of calculation of Mr. Vanneste benefits under those Plans a yearly remuneration will be taken into account equal to the Yearly Consideration.

 

4.4 The Consideration as determined in clauses 4.1 until 4.3, is an all-inclusive Consideration, excluding payment by the Company of any other fees, charges, taxes, and expenses of amounts whatsoever.

 

4.5 In case of disability of Mr. Vanneste, the Company will continue to pay the Consideration as determined in clauses 4.1 until 4.3 during a period of one month. After this initial period of one month, the Company shall suspend payment of Consideration, it being understood that Mr. Vanneste may be entitled to claim the benefits provided for under the Benefit Scheme referred to in 4.3.

 

4.6 The Company commits to contract management liability insurance for Mr. Vanneste, in particular with respect to the daily management, in line with the standard insurance coverage maintained for the Company’s directors.

 

3


4.7 In situations (such as trips abroad) where Mr. Vanneste may incur exceptional costs, Mr. Vanneste may be reimbursed for those costs if they are supported by appropriate documents and approved by a Director of Taminco NV. As far as possible, Mr. Vanneste will advise this Director in advance that exceptional costs will be incurred.

 

5 NON-COMPETE AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

5.1 Mr. Vanneste undertakes not to develop any activities or take any actions which may be competitive to the business conducted or planned by the Company or any company belonging to the Group during the entire term of this Agreement and during two years after the termination hereof.

The application of this non-compete obligation will be limited to the territory of Belgium, the Netherlands, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, China, the United States of America and Brazil.

 

5.2 Mr. Vanneste agrees during this period not to:

 

  (a) Be concerned in any business which is directly competitive with the business, or any part thereof, of the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  (b) Except on behalf of the Company or a Taminco Group Company, canvass or solicit orders for goods of a similar type to those being manufactured or dealt in or for services similar to those being provided by the Company or any Taminco Group Company from any person who is or has been at any time within the year prior to this Agreement a customer of the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  (c) Induce or attempt to induce any supplier of the Company or a Taminco Group Company to cease to supply, or to restrict or vary the terms of supply, to the Company or a Taminco Group Company; or

 

  (d) Induce or attempt to induce any director or senior employee of the Company or a Taminco Group Company to leave the Company or that Taminco Group Company with a view to hiring such person; or

 

  (e) Make use of or (except as required by law or any competent regulatory bode) disclose or divulge to any third party any information of a secret or confidential nature relating to the business or affairs of the Company or any Taminco Group Company; or

 

  (f) Use or (insofar as he can reasonably do so) allow to be used (except by the Company or Taminco Group Companies) any trade name used by the Company or a Taminco Group Company or any other name intended or likely to be confused with such a trade name.

 

4


5.3 For purpose of this clause 5:

 

  (a) Mr. Vanneste is concerned in a business if he carries it on as principal or agent or if:

 

  A. He is a partner, director, employee, secondee, consultant or agent in, of or to any person who carries on the business; or

 

  B. He has any direct financial interest (as shareholder or otherwise) in any person who carries on the business; or

 

  C. He is a partner, director, employee, secondee, consultant or agent in, of or to any person who has a direct financial interest (as shareholder of otherwise) in any person who carries on the business,

Disregarding any financial interest of Mr. Vanneste in securities which are held for investment purposes only and are listed or traded on any generally recognized market if Mr. Vanneste and any person connected with him (the Investors ) are together interested in securities which amount to less than five per cent of the issues securities of that class and which, in all circumstances, carry less than five per cent of the voting rights (if any) attaching to the issued securities of that class, and provided that none of the Investors is involved in the management of the business of the issuer of the securities or of any person connected with it other than by the exercise of voting rights attaching to the securities; and

 

  (b) References to a Taminco Group Company or the Company include its successors in business.

 

5.4 Mr. Vanneste acknowledges that the above provisions of this clause are no more extensive than is reasonable to protect the Company and the Taminco Group Companies.

 

5.5 In the event of a breach of his duties under this clause, Mr. Vanneste shall pay to the Company, the sum of € 250,000 — for each breach and, in addition, the sum of € 10,000 — for each day that he continues to be in breach, without the need to serve notice or the need of a court order and without prejudice to any right of the Company (or the relevant Taminco Group Company) to recover damages in excess of the amounts specified in this clause.

 

5.6 The Parties acknowledge the importance of the non-competition and confidentiality obligations in this clause for the Company and the Taminco Group Companies and that such amount represent a genuine and reasonable estimate of the damage likely to be suffered by the Company and/or the relevant Taminco Group Company if Mr. Vanneste breaches any of his obligations under this clause.

 

6 TERM AND TERMINATION

 

6.1 This Agreement is concluded for an indefinite term starting on 1 January 2010.

 

5


6.2 This Agreement may be terminated by the Company, subject to a decision validly taken by the competent corporate body of the Company, giving Mr. Vanneste not less than 9 calendar months written notice.

 

6.3 If the Agreement is terminated immediately by the Company, Termination Compensation equal to the Consideration payable during the notice period that would have been due under clause 6.2 shall be immediately payable by the Company.

 

6.4 For calculation of the Termination Compensation, the Consideration to be taken into account (per month of notice that would have been due) will be based on:

 

  (a) The Monthly Consideration paid under clause 4.1,

 

  (b) The monthly amount (or average) of payments by the Company under the Benefit scheme referred under clause 4.3 and the Medical Fees plan referred under clause 4.3.

 

6.5 This Agreement may be terminated by Mr. Vanneste giving the Company not less than 9 calendar months written notice.

 

6.6 If the Agreement is terminated immediately by Mr. Vanneste, Termination Compensation equal to the Consideration (as determined under clause 6.4) payable during the notice period that would have been due under this clause 6.5, shall be immediately payable by Mr. Vanneste.

 

6.7 This Agreement can immediately be terminated without notice or indemnification in any of the following situations:

 

  (a) By either Party in case a Material Breach of this Agreement by the other Party (including failure to render the Services by Mr. Vanneste) has not been cured within ten (10) days of a notice of default issued by the Party not in breach. Material Breach for this purpose shall be:

 

   

Material breach of laws, regulations, articles of association and by-laws, that may affect the performance of daily management;

 

   

Breach of the duties and/or commitments of such a nature that it makes a continuous relationship impossible;

 

   

Gross misconduct or negligence of such a nature that it makes a continues relationship impossible;

 

  (b) By either Party in case of the other Party becomes involved in a dissolution, bankruptcy, liquidation or judicial settlement procedure, or becomes insolvent or gives up all or a substantial part of its assets.

 

6


7 ASSIGNMENT

Mr. Vanneste shall not be entitled to assign this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

8 HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

8.1 Mr. Vanneste undertakes to strictly comply with the obligations relating to the well-being of the workers, as applicable on the Company’s site.

 

8.2 Should Mr. Vanneste not or not fully comply with the obligations referred in 8.1, the Company may automatically take all appropriate measures in this respect, in all instances at the Mr. Vanneste’s expense and risk.

 

8.3 The Parties are fully aware of their obligations under the law of 4 August 1996 on Health and Safety (published in the Belgian State Gazette 18 September 1996) and they undertake to fully comply with their obligations under said law.

 

9 MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Any notices or communications under the Agreement or in connection herewith shall be in writing and forwarded by registered mail to the addresses set out on the first page of the Agreement or shall be forwarded against receipt.

Such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given three business days after the same is mailed, or one business day after the delivery against receipt.

The Parties may change their addresses by notice to the other Parties in accordance with this section and must confirm such amendment by registered mail.

Other business communication shall be in writing and forwarded by e-mail, by regular mail or by fax.

In case of emergency, Parties can give notice by fax. Any notice by fax shall be followed by a hard copy with original signatures.

 

9.2 The descriptive words or phrases at the head of the various clauses and sections hereof are inserted only as a convenience and for reference. They are in no way intended to be a part of the Agreement or in no way define, limit or describe the scope of intent of the particular clause or section to which they refer.

 

9.3 No Party to this Agreement shall be deemed to have waived any rights arising out of the Agreement or out of any default or breach hereunder, unless such Party executes the waiver in writing in accordance with clause 9.1.

If a Party waives any right arising out of the Agreement or out of any default or breach of another Party in accordance with the section above, such waiver shall not be construed to constitute a waiver of any other right arising out of the Agreement or out of the default or breach of another Party, even is the latter is similar to the prior.

 

7


9.4 If any covenant provided in the Agreement should be unenforceable or contrary to mandatory law, then such covenant shall be replaced by a covenant which has the same or a similar economic effect between Parties ineffective only to the extent of such unenforceability or invalidity and shall in no way affect the enforceability or validity of the remainder of such provision or covenant nor of the other provisions or covenants of the Agreement.

 

9.5 This Agreement supersedes all prior letters, representations, warranties, or agreements relating to the subject matter of the Agreement and no variation of the Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the Parties.

 

10 ARBITRATION

 

10.1 The Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Belgium.

 

10.2 All disputes arising in connection with this Agreement and which Parties are unable to settle amicably shall be settled exclusively by the courts of Belgium.

In witness whereof, the Parties have caused this agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives and officers, on 31-12-2009, in Ghent, in two originals, one for each Party.

 

For the Company,

 

/s/ Laurent Lenoir

Laurent LENOIR

   

Mr. Vanneste

 

/s/ Piet Vanneste

 

8

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated 3 December 2012 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. included in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-185244) of Taminco Acquisition Corporation dated 15 January 2013.

Ghent, Belgium

15 January 2013

Ernst & Young Bedrijfsrevisoren BCVBA

 

Represented by

 

/s/ Lieve Cornelis                    

Lieve Cornelis

Partner